Part B: Subjects, Themes, and Genres An Annotated Listing of Criticism ADAPTATIONS B1 GEISLER, ROLF. "Adapting Works of World Literature--Sacrilege or Necessity?" Bookbird 8, no. 1 (1970):3-9. Argues in favor of adaptations, but with careful limits that take into account the meaning, structure, and intention of the original work. B2 HAINES, MICHAEL. "Emasculated Classics." Use of English 32, no. 1 (Autumn 1980):66-69. Reviews a number of recent British adaptations of classics and other works designed for the foreign speaker of English and finds them "substitutes which cancel out the vital and meaningful confron tation between author and reader which we call reading." B3 LOFTIS, ANNE, and MARSHALL, RACHELLE. "Gresham's Law of Literature." Saturday Review 46 (21 September 1963):64-65. Argues against adaptations of classic literature for children, for "most great writing . . . requires a period of apprenticeship in the art of creative reading." B4 STEIN, RUTH. "The ABC's of Counterfeit Classics: Adapted, Bowdlerized, and Condensed." English Journal 55 (December 1966):1160-63. An indictment of revised classics. ADULTS B5 ELY, AMANDA, Sister. "The Adult Image in Three Novels of Adoles cent Life." English Journal 56 (November 1967):1127-31. Examines Golding's Lord of the Flies, Knowles's A Separate Peace, and Salinger's Catcher in the Rye in terms of their portrayal of adults. B6 STORCK, PATRICIA A., and CUTLER, MARION B. "Pictorial Repre sentations of Adults as Observed in Children's Literature." Educa tional Gerontology 2 (July-September 1977):293-300. Concludes from a survey of Caldecott-winning and runner-up books that adults are not portrayed realistically in children's books. -299- B7 WATSON, JERRY J. "The Less-than-Perfect Adult Image in Children's Books. Why." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 10 pp., ED 150 605. Defends the increasing appearance of negative portrayals of well- known adults--parents, teachers, and librarians--in children's books. Lists and annotates twenty-five books presenting these negative images, and discusses children's and adults' reactions to them. B8 WEICK, PAULA M. "Adult Portrayal in Novels for Teen-Age Girls." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 55 pp., ED 172 220. Analyzes the portrayal of adults in seven novels written for teenaged girls in the 1950s and late 1960s on the basis of four criteria: consistency, evident motivation, plausibility, and scope of activity. Concludes that stereotyping persists. ADVENTURE STORIES B9 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM, ed. ChLAQ 8, no. 3 (Fall 1983):7-33. Special Issue. Contents: "Mirror in the Sea: Treasure Island and the Internalization of Juvenile Romance," pp. 7-12, by William Black burn, compares and contrasts Treasure Island, Robinson Crusoe, and Peter Pan; "Captain Marryat and Sea Adventure," pp. 13-15, 30, by Anita Moss, traces the influence of Captain Frederick Marryat (1792-1848) on the nautical adventure story; "Youngsters `in the Great Lone Land': Early Canadian Adventure Stories," pp. 16-18, by Patri cia Demers, discusses Catherine Parr Traill's Canadian Crusoes, James De Mille's The "B.O.W.C.," G.A. Henty's With Wolfe in Canada, Egerton Ryerson Young's Three Boys stories, and Ernest Thompson Seton's Two Little Savages; "Fantasy as Adventure: Nineteenth Century Children's Fiction," pp. 18-22, by Roderick McGillis, dis cusses works of L.M. Montgomery, Lewis Carroll, George MacDonald, and others; "Authority, Autonomy, and Adventure in Juvenile Science Fiction," pp. 22-26, by Janis Svilpis, traces the influences of Jules Verne and adult science-fiction magazines on juvenile science-fiction writers, including Eleanor Cameron and Robert A. Heinlein; "The Adventurer and/or Hero: Paul Zweig's The Adventurer," pp. 26-29, by Glenn S. Burne; "Combining the Stereotypical and Archetypal: John Cawelti's Adventure, Mystery, and Romance," pp. 29-30, by Lois Kuznets; "Women as Heroes," p. 31, by Susan R. Gannon, reviews Carol Pearson's and Katherine Pope's The Female Hero in American and British Literature; "Some Help Along the Way," p. 32, by Linda Carroll, reviews Jean Craighead George's Journey Inward; and "The Expectations of Genre," pp. 32-33, by Robert Di Yanni, reviews Dennis Porter's The Pursuit of Crime." B10 CROUCH, MARCUS. "High Adventure." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 26-47. Examines the "adventure stories" of Ian Serrallier, Leon Garfield, Joan Aiken, Ren‚ Guillot, Paul Berna, Nina Bawden, and others. B11 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Adventure Stories." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 229-34. Contains a checklist for evaluating adventure stories and dis- cuss key elements of the genre with examples from contemporary young adult literature. B12 FISHER, MARGERY. "The Child in Adventure Stories." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 273-81. Examines the degree of responsibility allowed young people in two branches of the adventure story, the crime thriller and the castaway tale or Robinsonade. B13 JAN, ISABELLE. "Adventure." In On Children's Literature, pp. 122-40. Sees adventure stories as stemming from one of three interpreta tions of the journey: "that of Ulysses, of Sinbad, or of Robinson Crusoe," and traces their permutations in children's literature. AFGHANISTAN--FOLKLORE B14 NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "Afghanistan: The `Tales' Behind the News." TON 37, no. 2 (Winter 1981):168-73. An overview of Afghan folktales. AFRICA B15 COUGHLAN, MARGARET N., comp. Folklore from Africa to the United States: An Annotated Bibliography. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, 1976, 161 pp. Provides critical evaluations of African folklore collections, divided into those for children and those for adults, from all areas of Sub-Saharan Africa, as well as those from cultures of African origin or influence in the West Indies and the United States. B16 HALL, SUSAN J. "Tarzan Lives!: A Study of the New Children's Books about Africa." IRBC 9, no. 1 (1978):3-7. Points out ten common stereotypes in children's books on Africa published since 1977. B17 HERMAN, GERTRUDE B. "Africana: Folklore Collections for Chil- dren." SLJ 18 (May 1972):35-39. Outlines general criteria for evaluating folklore for children, particularly African folklore. Includes a bibliography of recom mended sources of African folklore for children. B18 OSA, OSAYIMWENSE. "The Rise of African Children's Literature." Reading Teacher 38 (April 1985):750-54. Reports on the recent growth of African children's literature and the increasing scholarly attention it is receiving. Includes references. B19 OSAZEE, FAYOSE. "Picture Books for African Children." Orana 16 (February 1980):12-18. Argues that more and better books and more serious criticism are needed. B20 SCHMIDT, NANCY J. "African Folklore for African Children." Research in African Literature 8 (1977):304-26. An introductory essay and annotated bibliography of African fol klore written in English for children. B21 -----. "African Women Writers of Literature for Children." World Literature Written in English 17 (April 1978):7-21. A brief critical survey. B22 -----. "Books By African Authors for Non-African Children." Africana Library Journal 2, no. 4 (Winter 1971):11-13. Reviews the differences between children's books by African authors published in America and Britain in hard-cover editions, and those published in paperback editions for African children in Africa. A previous article in 2, no. 3 (Autumn 1971):5-6, examines titles in the African Readers Library, one of many series which are intended for use by African school children. B23 -----. "Children's Books by Well-Known African Authors." World Lit erature Written in English 18 (April 1979):114-23. A brief critical survey. Includes bibliography. B24 -----. Children's Fiction About Africa in English. New York and Owerri: Conch Magazine Limited, 1981, 248pp. Covers, in terms of their African context, books written for African children and 542 volumes of children's fiction written for Europeans. Individual authors discussed at length have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B25 -----. "Children's Literature About Africa." African Studies Bulletin 8 (December 1965):61-70. Provides a brief introduction and a bibliography of children's books about Africa. B26 -----. "The Development of Written Literature for Children in Subsa haran Africa." Zeitschrift fur Kulturaustausch 29 (1979 ):267-70. Reports on oral literature background, mission-produced literature, literature published in Europe, and literature published in Africa. B27 -----. "The Politics of African Independence in American Children's Books." Africa Today 27, no. 3 (1980):29-37. B28 -----. "The Writer as Teacher: A Comparison of the African Adven ture Stories of G.A. Henty, Ren‚ Guillot and Barbara Kimenye." African Studies Review 19 (September 1976):69-80. Finds none of the books teaches youthful readers about more than a "very limited, segment of African life." All, including Kimenye's, are grounded in European rather than African tradition. AGED B29 ABRAHAMSON, RICHARD F. "The Elderly Person as a Significant Adult in Adolescent Literature." Arizona English Bulletin 18, no. 3 (April 1976):183-89. Explores the roles of elderly characters in four recent adolescent novels: Norma Fox Mazer's A Figure of Speech, Barbara Wersba's The Dream Watcher, Theodore Taylor's The Cay, and John Dono van's Remove Protective Coating a Little at a Time. B30 ANSELLO, EDWARD F. "Age and Ageism in Children's First Litera ture." Educational Gerontology 2 (July-September 1977):255-74. Examines the portrayal of the aged in juvenile picture books and easy readers. Concludes that the image of old age which emerges is "noncreative and boring." B31 -----. "Ageism in Picture Books, Part I: How Older People are Ste reotyped. Part II: The Rocking Chair Syndrome in Action. Part III: Old Age as a Concept." IRBC 7, nos. 6-8 (1976):4-6, 7-10, 6-8. Part 1 presents statistics on age stereotypes in children's literature; part 2, examples and illustrations of age stereotypes; and part 3, summary and conclusions. B32 -----. "Ageism: The Subtle Stereotype." Childhood Education 54 (January 1978):118-22. Reports on research on negative stereotypes of the elderly in children's books. B33 ASHLEY-BROWN, ELIZABETH. "Grandparents in Children's Litera ture." Orana 18 (November 1982):129-37. Examines the role of grandparents in past and present children's literature and in today's society. B34 BAGGETT, CAROLYN. "Ageism in Contemporary Young Adult Fic tion." TON 37 (Spring 1981):259-63. Reports on a study of the portrayal of the elderly in books for young adults. Finds the overall image "less positive in the seventies than it had been in the sixties." B35 -----. "Positive Portraits of the Elderly in Realistic Fiction for Young Adults." Catholic Library World 54 (September 1982):60-63. Surveys research on negative portrayals of the elderly in chil dren's books and discusses a number of titles offering positive portrayals. Includes extensive references. B36 BAGGETT, MARY. "A Study of the Image of the Senior Adult in Selected Recommended American Fiction Intended for Adolescents, 1960-1978." Ed.D. dissertation, Mississippi State University, 1980, 243 pp., DA 41:3306A. Analyzes the depiction of the aged by using a forty-category checklist based on Butler's six myths of aging. Finds a difference in depiction of the aged between the 1960s and 1970s in most catego ries, four showing improvement and fifteen deterioration. B37 BARNUM, PHYLLIS WINET. "The Aged in Young Children's Litera ture." LA 54 (January 1977):29-32. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 245-49.) Examines the treatment of the elderly in books for children of preschool through third grade. Concludes that the many negative stereotypes are reinforced. B38 -----. "Discrimination Against the Aged in Young Children's Litera ture." Elementary School Journal 77 (March 1977):301-7. Concludes that "old people appear infrequently in children's literature, and when they do appear they are depicted as "more pas sive, more sickly, and less self-reliant than other adults." B39 BENNE, MAE. "Leavening for the Youth Culture." PNLAQ [Pacific Northwest Library Association Quarterly] 41 (October 1976):4-8. Explores the portrayals of the aged and grandparents in a number of children's books. B40 BLUE, GLADYS F. "The Aging as Portrayed in Realistic Fiction for Children 1945-1975." Gerontologist 18 (April 1978):187-92. Concludes that portrayals of the aged were "neither negative nor stereotypic but were varied in presentation." B41 -----. "The Aging as Portrayed in Realistic Fiction for Children 1945-1975." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Akron, 1977, 296 pp., DA 38:2711A. Concludes there is "great diversity of characterization" and a "lack of negative or stereotyped portrayals." B42 CONSTANT, HELEN. "The Image of Grandparents in Children's Liter ature." LA 54 (January 1977):33-40. Points out that although a wide variety of grandparents are pre sented in children's books, most of them seem to have warm feelings toward their grandchildren. Asks if this is a stereotpye. B43 HORNER, CATHERINE T. The Aging Adult in Children's Books and Non-Print Media: An Annotated Bibliography. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1982, 242 pp. The introduction to this bibliography, pp. vii-xxiii, provides a fine overview of the topic. B44 KATZ, CAROL. "Outcasts and Renegades: Elderly People in Current Children's Fiction." Horn Book 54 (June 1978):316-21. Disagrees with studies which find that children's fiction stereot ypes the aged, and cites examples of recent works offering insights into old age and evidence of special bonds between young and old. B45 MAVROGENES, NANCY A. "Positive Images of Grandparents in Chil dren's Picture Books." Reading Teacher 35 (May 1982):896-901. Surveys the role of grandparents in children's books published between 1960 and 1980. Includes a list of books with positive images for young children, grades kindergarten through three. B46 PETERSON, DAVID A., and EDEN, DONNA Z. "Teenagers and Aging: Adolescent Literature As An Attitude Source." Educational Gerontology 2, no. 3 (July-September 1977):311-25. Concludes from an analysis of fifty-three Newbery Medal books that older people are "underdeveloped and consistently given periph eral roles within the plot." B47 PETERSON, DAVID A., and KARNES, ELIZABETH L. "Older People in Adolescent Literature." Gerontologist 16 (June 1976):225-30. Found that although older people were not underrepresented in adolescent fiction they were underdeveloped and peripheral to the action. B48 ROSE, KAREL. "The Young Learn About the Old: Aging and Chil dren's Literature." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):64-75. Argues that many aged characters in children's literature are stereotypes. Exceptions may be found in Charlotte Zolotow's Wil liam's Doll, Barbara Williams's Kevin's Grandma, Mildred Kantrow itz's Maxie, Marjorie Weinman Sharmat's Edgement, Rose Blue's Grandma Didn't Wave Back, Norma Fox Mazer's A Figure of Speech, Gil Kaben's Changes, and Hadley Irwin's The Lilith Summer. B49 RUTHERFORD, WILMA. "An Exploratory Study of Ageism in Chil dren's Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, University of The Pacific, 1981, 168 pp., DA 42:1938A. Finds little stereotyping of the aged in eighty fictional books for children aged five to fifteen. B50 SEEFELDT, CAROLYN, et al. "The Coming of Age in Children's Lit erature." Childhood Education 54 (January 1978):123-27. Discusses portrayals of the elderly in a number of books, and includes a bibliography of additional articles and books on the topic as well as a selected bibliography of children's books. B51 SELTZER, MILDRED M. "Changing Concepts of and Attitudes Toward the Old As Found in Children's Literature, 1870-1960." Ph.D. disser tation, Miami University, 1969, 191 pp., DA 31:4268A. Found little consistency and uniformity in attitudes toward, and stereotypes about, the old. B52 SELTZER, MILDRED, and ATCHLEY, ROBERT C. "Concept of Old: Changing Attitudes and Stereotypes." Gerontologist 11 (Autumn 1971):226-30. Found decreasingly positive attitudes toward the elderly and the aging process in a content analysis of children's books published between 1870 and 1960. B53 SHACKFORD, JANE. "Images of the Elderly in 19th Century Chil dren's Literature: The Legacy of Author and Artist." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):87-92. Concludes that many older books provide valuable and meaningful images of the aged and cautions against sugar-coated, one-dimensional images that can follow sociological demands. B54 STOREY, DENISE C. "Fifth Graders Meet Elderly Book Characters." LA 56 (April 1979):408-12. Reports on a study of children's responses to the treatment of the elderly in children's books. B55 -----. "Gray Power: An Endangered Species? Ageism as Portrayed in Children's Book." Social Education 41 (October 1977):528-33. Finds that stereotyped and negative images of the elderly in children's books misinform and prejudice young readers. Includes an annotated bibliography of books portraying the elderly. B56 VRANEY, MARY W., and BARRETT, CAROL J. "Marital Status: Its Effects on the Portrayal of Older Characters in Children's Litera ture." Journal of Reading 24 (March 1981):487-93. Summarizes research on the aged in children's literature and reports on a study to determine how marital status of the aged affects the way they are portrayed. Includes references. B57 WATSON, JERRY J. "A Positive Image of the Elderly in Literature for Children." Reading Teacher 34 (April 1981):792-98. Discusses a number of children's books that present positive portrayals of the elderly. ALCOHOL B58 SALESI, ROSEMARY. "Alcohol Consumption in Literature for Children and Adolescents: A Content Analysis of Contemporary Realistic Fic tion." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Georgia, 1977, 186 pp., DA 38:4572A. Identifies and classifies images of alcohol consumption that appear in contemporary realistic fiction for children and adolescents. ALIENATION B59 GOODRICH, CATHERINE. "The Many Faces of Aloneness." EE 40 (February 1963):135-41. Examines children's books with aloneness as a theme. B60 LENZ, MILLICENT. "Varieties of Loneliness: Alienation in Contem porary Young People's Fiction." Journal of Popular Culture 13 (Spring 1980):672-88. Classifies loners according to the factors that precipitate their alienation and points out identifiable patterns. Also notes key images of loneliness and positive and negative results of loneliness. Examines treatment of this theme in a number of recent novels for young adults. B61 MORGAN, ARGIRO L. "The Child Alone: Children's Stories Remini scent of E.T.: The Extraterrestrial." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 3 (Autumn 1985):131-42. Points out that "the isolation of the protagonist from his home" is one of the fundamental story patterns of folklore and children's literature. Identifies four structural variations of isolation: the abandoned child, self-imposed isolation, isolation due to imprudence, and isolation due to catastrophe. ALPHABET BOOKS B62 PRESSLER, C. "Old ABC Books--Learning Through Pictures." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 50 (March 1979):44-52. Discusses antique ABC books and reproduces pictures. B63 STEINFIRST, SUSAN. "The Origins and Development of the ABC Book in English from the Middle Ages through the Nineteenth Century." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pittsburgh, 1976, 385 pp., DA 37:3973A. Attempts to show "how the ABC book has reflected the historical, educational, cultural, social, religious, and literary trends throughout this period." B64 STEWIG, JOHN WARREN. "Alphabet Books: A Neglected Genre." LA 55 (January 1978):6-11. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 115-21.) Explores ways alphabet books can be used to develop children's visual and verbal skills. B65 TAYLOR, MARY AGNES. "From Apple to Abstraction in Alphabet Books." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 4 (Winter 1978):173-80. A careful critical overview of the alphabet book, which is cate gorized as falling into one or several combinations of four basic patterns: (1) word-picture format, (2) simple narrative, (3) a collection of nonsense verse, or (4) a subject-oriented content. B66 THOMAS, DELLA. "From Aardvark to Zymurgy." Library Journal 93 (15 December 1967):4582-86. Primarily a bibliographic essay on alphabet books but also cate gorizes the books and discusses their ingenuity, variety, and literary imagination. Includes an extensive bibliography. ANIMALS B67 BIRKS, JOHN. "Horses in Books." Junior Bookshelf 10, no. 4 (Decem ber 1946):166-72. Discusses Will James's Smoky, Mary O'Hara's My Friend Flicka, Anna Sewell's Black Beauty, and Primrose Cumming's Ben, as well as, briefly, a number of "pony" stories. B68 BLOUNT, MARGARET. Animal Land: The Creatures of Children's Fiction. London: Hutchinson, 1974, 336 pp. Explores the role of animals--real, toy, and imaginary--in chil dren's literature. Also indexed separately in this bibliography under individual authors and topics treated at length. B69 BURNFORD, SHEILA. "Animals All The Way." Canadian Library 19 (July 1962):30-32. Explores the role of animals in children's books from those for the very youngest up to the adult level. B70 BUSH, MARGARET. "In Search of the Perfect Shark Book." SLJ 25 (March 1979):108-9. Reviews a number of recent nonfiction books on sharks. B71 BYRNE, BARBARA. "Cats in Literature." EE 51 (October 1974):955-58. A brief bibliography of six fictional works and one informational book about cats. Each annotation includes "not only a summary of the work, but a statement of basic concepts within the work, a cri tique of literary value, read-aloud possibilities and illustrations within the work." B72 CAMPBELL, A. "Stories About Dogs: A Critical Survey." School Librarian 20, no. 2 (June 1972):107-12. A critical international bibliography of dog stories. B73 Canadian Children's Literature "The Canadian Animal Story." 1, no. 2 (Summer 1975). Special issue. Includes articles on Roderick Haig-Brown, Charles G.D. Roberts, and a general survey, "Tales of the Wilderness: The Canadian Animal Story," by Muriel Whitaker (pp. 38-46). B74 COLWELL, EILEEN. "Of Mice and Men: Some Light-Hearted Thoughts on Mice in Children's Books." Junior Bookshelf 21, no. 4 (1957):180-86. After examining a number of stories about mice, concludes, "But why do children enjoy reading about mice in stories? Let a six-year- old boy answer: `Because they are small--and because they have whiskers.'" B75 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Open Air." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 142-60. Analyzes several stories about outdoor adventure and animals, many by British and Australian authors. Includes Ransome's Great Northern, Kathleen Peyton's Fly-By-Night, and others. B76 ELLEMAN, BARBARA. "The Animal Fact." Booklist 73 (1977):664-65. Sets forth criteria for evaluating various categories of children's informational books about animals. B77 ELLIS, ALEC. "Man and Beast." Junior Bookshelf 32, no. 5 (October 1968):279-83. Considers briefly the theme of kindness to animals. B78 FARMER, LILLAH. "Rabbits in Children's Books." LA 53 (May 1976):527-30. An overview of many favorite rabbit books for children. Includes a bibliography. B79 FORD, MARY. "The Wolf as Victim." CCL 7 (1977):5-15. Traces the history of the wolf in literature, emphasizing chil dren's literature, showing the falseness of the stereotypes, and concluding with the more accurate portrayals of wolves in the works of Charles G.D. Roberts, and the favorable views in Julie of the Wolves and works by Farley Mowat and Claude Aubrey. B80 JAN, ISABELLE. "Animal Land." In On Children's Literature, pp. 79-89. Explores the role of animals in children's literature, particularly in Kipling's books. Sees the animal world as the child's earthly paradise, as represented in such works as Kenneth Grahame's Wind in the Willows and Randall Jarrell's Animal Family. B81 JORDAN, ALICE M. "Animals in Fairyland." Horn Book 17 (Novem ber 1941):439-43. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 146-49.) Discusses "real animals in an unreal world" in a number of books from the 1930s. B82 LAWRENCE, JOSEPH. "Animals and `Dressed Animals.'" Junior Book shelf 21 (December 1967):289-94. Provides a brief overview of various categories of animal books. B83 MAGEE, WILLIAM H. "The Animal Story: A Canadian Specialty." CCL 14 (1979):67-69. Reviews Muriel Whitaker's anthology, Great Canadian Animal Stories, commenting on the nature of the Canadian contribution to the genre. B84 -----. "The Animal Story: A Challenge in Technique." Dalhousie Review, Summer 1964. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 221-32.) Discusses the development of the realistic animal story beginning with Anna Sewell's Black Beauty and Margaret Marshall Saunders' Beautiful Joe, but emphasizing the work of Canadian writer Sir Charles G.D. Roberts. B85 O'DONNELL, HOLLY. "Animals in Literature." LA 57 (April 1980):451-54. A bibliographic essay mentioning critical articles on animals in children's literature available in documents from the Educational Document Reproduction Service. B86 OSBORNE, EDGAR. "Animals In Books." Junior Bookshelf 9, no. 1 (March 1945):1-9;no. 2 (July 1945):47-56. Part 1 discusses the realistic animal story, up to Kipling; part 2 the fanciful and nonsense animal story. B87 PITTS, DEIRDRE DWEN. "Discerning the Animal of a Thousand Faces." Children's Literature 3 (1974):169-72. Discusses the animal as hero in myth, folklore, and children's literature. B88 POLL, BERNARD. "Why Children Like Horse Stories." EE 38 (November 1961):473-75. Discusses the psychological reasons for children's love of horse stories. B89 PROCTER, GERALDINE. ". . . Masses of Bears. . . ." Junior Book shelf 25 (March 1961):63-70. Surveys bears in children's books. Additional comments by Roger L. Green, "Sing Ho! The Life of a Bear," follow in October 1961, pp. 202-4. B90 RAYNER, MARY. "Some Thoughts on Animals in Children's Books." Signal 29 (May 1979):81-87. Discusses the ways in which predatory aggression is handled in children's fiction and nonfiction about animals. B91 SALE, ROGER. Fairy Tales, pp. 77-99. Sees the animal story as the strongest link between fairy tales and modern children's literature. Discusses the conventions of "talking animals." B92 "Sense and Sensibility: The Course of Animal Fiction." TLS, 2 July 1971, pp. 763-4. Comments on the history of animal stories with an animal point of view and reviews several recent titles. B93 SIMON, MINA LEWITON. "Crickets, Raccoons, and Writers." Library Journal 90 (15 May 1965):2336-37 and SLJ 12 (May 1965):32-33. Urges awareness of stereotyped and prejudiced portrayals of ani mals in children's books and argues animals should be presented fairly and accurately. B94 TULLY, DEBORAH SHIELDS. "Nature Stories--Unrealistic Fiction." EE 51 (March 1974):348-52. Discusses danger in animal stories that are too realistic to be fantasy but are full of half-truths about animals. B95 VINSON, ESTHER. "The Newer Animal Story." EER 6 (October 1929):197-200. Sees a trend toward simple realism and away from sentimentalism and pseudorealism. Comments upon several books illustrating this trend. B96 WIDDICOMBE, JOAN T. "Children's Science Books About Animals-- Criteria and Evaluation." In MacLeod, Children's Literature, pp. 36-54. Provides criteria for evaluating informational books about animals and evaluates a number of titles based upon these criteria. Includes a bibliography on children's science book evaluation. ANTHROPOMORPHISM B97 DERBY, JAMES. "Anthropomorphism in Children's Literature or `Mom, My Doll's Talking Again.'" EE 47 (February 1970):190-92. A brief introduction to the topic of anthropomorphism in chil dren's literature. B98 MARKOWSKY, JULIET KELLOGG. "Why Anthropomorphism in Chil dren's Literature?" EE 52 (April 1975):460-62, 466. Examines the role of talking animals in children's books by Rob ert Lawson, L. Leslie Brooke, Beatrix Potter, and E.B. White. Sug gests that writers use anthropomorphic animals to help children identify with the characters, to engage in a needed flight of fancy, for variety, and for humor. Suggests a few outstanding anthropo morphic animal fantasy stories and discusses them briefly. B99 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH. "The Benign Image of Dehumanization." In Ways of the Illustrator, pp. 150-68. (Reprinted in part from "Machine Animism in Modern Children's Literature," in Fenwick, Critical Approaches, pp. 78-95.) Provides a fairly extensive discussion of a number of books feat uring anthropomorphized machines. B100 VON ZWEIGBERGK, EVA. "What Are They Saying, Those Flowers and Animals?" Bookbird 10, no. 3 (1972):23-28. Traces the development of the anthropomorphic animals and flowers so common to children's literature back to J.J. Grandville (pseudonym of Jean-Ignace-Isidore Gerard, 1803-1847). APPALACHIA B101 HATHAWAY, JOYCE A. "The Uses of Appalachian Culture and Oral Tradition in the Teaching of Literature to Adolescents." Ph.D. disser tation, Ohio State University, 1979, 182 pp., DA 40:3933A. Emphasizes the Jack Tales and compares their use in the oral tradition and their use in written literature. B102 HINSON, CAROLYN M. "Appalachian Literature and the Adolescent Reader." ALAN Review 11, no. 1 (Fall 1983):4-10. Discusses the portrayal of Appalachian mountain life in five young adult novels. B103 TROY, ANNE. "Appalachia in Children's and Adolescents' Fiction." LA 54 (January 1977):55-58. A bibliographic essay focusing on the characteristics of children's literature of the Appalachian region. Includes a bibliography. ARCHAEOLOGY B104 LUBELSKI, AMY. "Archaeology: A Young Science for Young Read ers." L&U 6 (1982):77-83. An overview of children's literature in the field, which concludes that "mixing of fact and conjecture is a major problem in archae ology books for children." ARGENTINA B105 COLAVITA, FEDERICA DOMINGUEZ. "The Current State of Chil dren's Literature in Argentina." Children's Literature 7 (1978):169-80. Summarizes information about research trends, professional orga nizations, children's writers, publishers, and information sources. ARMENIA B106 FRASER, JAMES H. "Armenian Language Maintenance in the United States and Literature for Children." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):79-81. Discusses the programs of the Armenian General Benevolent Union and cooperating organization to develop literature and pro grams for teaching the language to American-born Armenian children. ART B107 GAINER, RUTH STRAUS. "Beyond Illustration: Information about Art in Children's Picture Books." Art Education, March 1982, pp. 16-19. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 487-91.) Suggests using picture books to help teach children about art. Includes a short list of picture books "which have been rich sources of information in our art studio." B108 WILTON, SHIRLEY M. "The Pleasure Principle: Where Is It in Kids' Art Books?" SLJ 23 (February 1977):44-45. Criticizes the concentration in children's art books on art history, on art as an intellectual activity, and on the development of creati vity. Recommends what good children's art books should do, and offers examples. Comment and corroboration by Phyllis J. Yuill in a letter in SLJ 23 (May 1977):6. ARTISTS B109 ALBERGHENE, JANICE MARIE. "From Alcott to Abel's Island: The Image of the Artist in American Children's Literature." Ph.D. disser tation, Brown University, 1980, 206 pp., DA 41:5100A. This study of image of the artist in American children's literature concludes that "Despite the widely-held belief that modern children's literature encourages creativity and expressiveness . . . most images of the artist provide very little encouragement for choosing to become an artist." B110 HOFFMAN, B. "Studies in the Quest of the Artist-Hero in Children's Literature of the Past Century." Ph.D. dissertation, Case Western Reserve University, 1979, 186 pp., DA 40:2645A. Explores the portrayal of the developing artist-hero in six juve nile books: Louise de la Ramee's (Ouida) A Dog of Flanders, Louisa May Alcott's Little Women, Kenneth Grahame's Wind in the Willows, and E.B. White's Stuart Little, Charlotte's Web, and The Trumpet of the Swan. ARTHURIAN LEGENDS B111 WHITAKER, MURIEL. "Swords at Sunset and Bog-Puddings: Arthur in Modern Fiction." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 4 (Winter 1977):143-53. Examines the treatment of Arthurian legends in modern children's fiction, including William Mayne's Earthfasts, Mary Stewart's The Hollow Hills, Rosemary Sutcliff's Sword at Sunset, Henry Treece's The Eagles Have Flown, and T.H. White's The Sword in the Stone. ASIA AND ASIAN AMERICANS B112 AOKI, ELAINE M. "`Are You Chinese? Are You Japanese? Or Are You Just a Mixed-Up Kid?': Using Asian American Children's Lit erature." Reading Teacher 34 (January 1981):382-85. Suggests guidelines for evaluating and using books portraying Asians and Asian-Americans. B113 Bridge 4 (July 1976):5-29. Special issue on Asian American images in children's books. Presents criteria for evaluating children's books and reports on widespread stereotyping and misrepresentation. B114 COUNCIL ON INTERRACIAL BOOKS FOR CHILDREN. "Asian Americans in Children's Books." IRBC 7, nos. 2-3 (1976):40 pp. (Excerpt in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 83-96.) Special Double issue. Includes an article pointing out common stereotypes of Asian-Americans in children's literature, a statement of criteria for analyzing books on Asian Americans, and sections of reviews of books relating to Chinese Americans, Japanese Americans, Korean Americans, and Vietnamese Americans. Also includes an article by Frank Chin stating that "Only in the works of Taro Yash ima and Laurence Yep are the literary sensibility, language and vision of the universe Asian and Asian American." B115 HARADA, VIOLET. "Ginger Root and Ginseng Tea: The World of The Asian Novel." TON 31 (January 1975):167-71. Discusses four books recommended to dispel some of the mystery of the Orient for the young reader: Rama Mehta's The Life of Keshar, Yukio Mishima's The Sound of Waves, Mary Lois Dunn's The Men in The Box: A Story from Vietnam, and Elizabeth Fore man Lewis's To Beat a Tiger. B116 -----. "The Treatment of Chinese and Japanese Characters in American Settings in Selected Works of Fiction for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii, 1982, 248 pp., DA 43:1027A. Notes certain stereotypic tendencies, particularly in books written by non-Asians prior to 1970. B117 KAMM, ANTONY. "Children's Literature: The South Asian Picture." International Library Review 1 (April 1969):183-96. Surveys the nature of children's literature in each of the follow ing countries as of 1966: Burma, Ceylon, India (Hindi speaking), India (Southern Region), Iran, Nepal, Pakistan (East and West), and Thailand. ASTRONOMY B118 GREENLEAF, SARAH A. "Astronomy Through the Centuries." Appraisal 15, no. 2 (Spring-Summer 1982):4-14. Surveys astronomy books for children, including several twen tieth-century books, and discusses approaches to science writing for children. AUNTS B119 QUIGLEY, MARJORY C. "Aunts in Literature: Or Farewell to Orphans." Horn Book 8 (February 1932):20-25. A humorous survey of aunts in children's books from the latter half of the nineteenth century to 1930. Includes a bibliography and quotations by and about "a few particular aunts." AUSTRALIA B120 ANDERSON, HUGH. The Singing Roads: A Guide to Australian Chil dren's Authors and Illustrators. 4th ed. 2 vols. Surrey Hills, N.S.W: Wentworth Press, 1970, 76 pp.; 1972, 117 pp.. Includes brief biographies, personal statements, and bibliographies of primary works of a number of Australian authors and illustrators. B121 BARLOW, ALEX. "Holding the Country: Carrying the Law." Orana 19 (May 1983):98-108. Reflections on the Aborigines in Australian children's literature. B122 BUICK, BARBARA. "An Indigenous Children's Literature." SLJ 14 (November 1967):35-37. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Liter ature, pp. 340-44.) Provides a concise overview of the development of Australian children's literature from 1841 to the 1960s. B123 BUICK, BARBARA, and WALKER, MAXINE. "Books for Children." In The Literature of Western Australia. Edited by Bruce Bennett. Nedlands: University of Western Australia Press, 1979, pp. 215-49. Surveys Western Australian children's literature according to a number of recurrent themes: Aborigines and race relations, sense of place, treasure-seeking, convicts, and bushrangers. Also examines the use of humor and satire, conventions, and illustrations. Includes bibliographies of primary and secondary sources. B124 CRAGO, HUGH. "Australian Children's Periodicals: Scope for Research." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):17-18. Discusses Australian children's periodicals and the fact that no research has been done on them. B125 CRAGO, HUGH, and CRAGO, MAUREEN. "Children's Literature Research: A Bibliographic Essay." Phaedrus 3, no. 1 (Spring 1976):26-27. States that the level of scholarship on children's literature in Australia is low compared to that in Germany and Scandinavia, and that it lacks institutional support. Discusses several recent studies of Australian children's literature. B126 DONKIN, NANCE; FATCHEN, MAX; INGRAM, ANNE; GREEN WOOD, TED; WRIGHTSON, PATRICIA; and PHIPSON, JOAN. "Is There a Distinct Australian Identity in Children's Literature?" In Robinson, M., Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 148-72. The panelists discuss the extent and the nature of a distinct Australian identity in children's literature. B127 DUGAN, MICHAEL, comp. Early Dreaming: Australian Children's Authors and Childhood. Queensland, Australia: Jacaranda Press, 1980, 114 pp. Australian authors of books for children recollect their own childhoods and influences on their writing. Authors are Hesba Brins mead, Mavis Thorpe Clarke, Max Fatchen, Christobel Mattingley, Lil ith Norman, Joan Phipson, Noreen Shelley, Ivan Southall, Eleanor Spence, and Colin Thiele. Includes biographical sketches, portraits, and bibliographies. B128 DUNKLE, MARGARET. "Changing Attitudes in Australian Children's Literature: An Historical View." Orana 17 (February 1981):30-31. A brief summary of changes. B129 FRASER, GAEL. "Small Press Children's Books: An Alternative View of the World." Australian Library Journal 26 (1 April 1977):68-79. Surveys the social aspects of Australian small-press children's books. Includes a bibliography. B130 FURNISS, ELAINE R. "Australian Adventuring Through Children's Books." LA 54 (January 1977):59-62. A concise overview of Australian children's literature. Includes bibliography. B131 HILL, MARJI. "Of the Lives and Deeds of the Immortal Beings, Aboriginal Stories: A Cultural Perspective." Orana 19 (May 1983):109-12. Suggests guidelines for the responsible handling of traditional Aboriginal literature. B132 LEVERSON, DOROTHY. "We looked in the library but. . . ." IRBC 9, no. 2 (1978):13-14. Discusses portrayals of Australian native people (Aborigines) in Australian children's fiction and nonfiction. B133 LIPPMANN, LORNA, ed. "Children's Literature and the Aborigines." In Generations of Resistance: The Aboriginal Struggle for Justice. Melbourne: Longman Chesire, 1981, pp. 212-26. Includes criteria for evaluating racism in textbooks. Comments on writings by white authors about Aborigines and on the writings of Aborigine writers. Includes references. B134 MacKENZIE, MAVIS. "Children's Literature in the '80s." Orana 17 (November 1981):141-45. Compares the children's literature of the 1980s with that of the fifties, sixties, and seventies. B135 McVITTY, WALTER. "Australian Children's Literature: Some Thoughts on Two Decades of Change." Orana 18 (May 1982):39-42. Questions whether children's literature is becoming more "about" rather than for children. rather than for children. B136 -----. Innocence and Experience: Essays on Contemporary Australian Children's Writers. Melbourne, Australia: 1981, 277 pp., bibl. Sees Australian children's literature as becoming increasingly sophisticated and proposes reasons for this development. Discusses Mavis Thorpe Clark, Joan Phipson, Eleanor Spence, Patricia Wright son, H.F. Brinsmead, David Martin, Colin Thiele, and Ivan Southall in separate chapters. B137 MUSGRAVE, P.W. "From `Chummy Innocence' to Concerned Individu ality: A Case Study in the Sociology of Literature." Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology 18, no. 2 (June 1982):162-71. Responds to McVitty's Innocence and Experience, arguing that the nature and causes of change in Australian children's and young adult literature is "different and more complex" than he suggests. B138 ORME, NEDRA. "The Image of the Migrant in Australian Children's Fiction." Orana 15 (February 1979):20-23. Surveys the portrayal of migrants in Australian children's litera ture. B139 RYAN, J.S. "Australian Fantasy and Folklore." Orana 17 (May 1981):63-79; (August 1981):112-33; (November 1981):164-77. This three-part article provides an extensive overview and analy sis of Australian fantasy and folklore traditions. B140 SAXBY, H.M. A History of Australian Children's Literature 1941-1970. Sidney: Wentworth Books, 1971, 316 pp. Provides a comprehensive overview of Australian children's litera ture, but contains little in-depth discussion of individual authors. B141 SIMPSON, ANNE. "Australian Fiction for Adolescents." Orana 15 (May 1979):45-52. An overview. B142 SINGH, MICHAEL J. "Aboriginal Children's Literature: Continuing Resistance to Colonization." Reading Time 86 (January 1983):9-18. Emphasizes the importance of mythology to traditional Aboriginal communities and the problems associated with its exploitation by non-Aboriginal authors. Suggests guidelines for its use. AUSTRIA B143 BAMBERGER, RICHARD. "Children's Literature in Austria." In Read ing and Children's Books, pp. 56-76. Provides an overview of the history and current trends in Aus trian children's literature, briefly discussing significant authors. B144 BINDER, LUCIA. "Theoretical work in Children's Literature and Research in Reading in Austria: An Overview." Phaedrus 2, no. 2 (Fall 1975):12-15. Discusses research centering on such organizations as the Austrian Children's Book Club, the Institute for Children's Literature and Reading Research, and the pedagogical academies. B145 HELLER, FRIEDRICH C. "Stilkunst and Viennese Children's Book Illus tration 1895-1925." Phaedrus 9 (1982):1-6. A scholarly account of children's book illustration in turn-of-the- century Vienna. B146 LEDERER, EVA M. "Children's Literature in Austria." Children's Liter ature 3 (1974):43-47. Discusses the status of research in children's literature in Austria. BATCHELDER AWARD BOOKS B147 HELBIG, ALETHEA K. "Innocence and Experience in Batchelder Books." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):112-21. Examines the world visualized by European Batchelder award- winners, as compared to that generally envisioned in British and American books for young people, and finds the Batchelder books far more didactic and polarized "in their attitudes toward life and in the treatment of their subjects." B148 HOYLE, KAREN NELSON, and SCAPPLE, SHARON M. "Panel: The Mildred L. Batchelder Award." Proceedings of the Children's Litera ture Association 6 (1979):31-39. Discusses the award committee and its selection criteria. Includes a bibliography of articles relating to the awards and to translation and internationalism in children's books. B149 NIST, JOAN STIDHAM. "Cultural Constellations in Translated Chil dren's Literature: Evidence from the Mildred L. Batchelder Award." Bookbird 17, no. 2 (1979):3-8. Discusses the difficulties of translating books from one culture to another and comments on characteristics of Batchelder books to date. B150 -----. "The Mildred L. Batchelder Award Books, 1968-1977: A Decade of Honored Children's Literature in Translation." Ph.D. disser tation, Auburn University, 1977, 156 pp., DA 38:4633A. Examines the characteristics of Batchelder Award and nominee books for the first ten years. Finds that (1) many publishers are included, (2) many translators are involved, (3) Germanic language books dominate, (4) European settings predominate, (5) contemporary or recent past settings are preferred, (6) modern and historical fiction are the main genres, and (7) progressive narrative is the main struc tural form. B151 -----. "Patterns of Cultural Interchange in Children's Literature." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):136-45. (A version entitled "The Mildred L. Batchelder Award: Around the World with Forty-Two Books" appears in LA 56 [April 1979]:368-74.) Reports on a study to identify patterns in original languages, settings, genres, and structures in Batchelder Award-Winning books and nominees. Includes a bibliography. BIBLE STORIES B152 HARMS, JEANNE M., AND LETTOW, LUCILLE J. "A Flood of Noah Stories: A Concern About the Re-Telling of Old Stories." TON 40 (Fall 1983):56-61. Examines a number of picture-book retellings, adaptations, and imaginative and modern versions of the story of Noah's ark. Sug gests criteria for evaluating the retelling of traditional tales. B153 MAY, JILL P. "Looking at the Twentieth Century: Three Picture Book Adaptations of Noah's Ark." Catholic Library World 51 (September 1979):54-57. Examines three versions of the Noah story: Maud and Miska Petersham's The Ark of Father Noah and Mother Noah (1930), Peter Spier's Noah's Ark (1977), and Gail E. Haley's Noah's Ark (1971). B154 PIEHL, KATHY. "Noah As Survivor: A Study of Picture Books." CLE, n.s. l3, no. 2 (Summer 1982):80-86. Examines a number of picture-book versions of the story of Noah. B155 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH. "Jonah: Seven Images of a Prophet." In Ways of the Illustrator, pp. 131-49. Examines seven recent picture-book versions for children of the story of Jonah and the whale, including two English-language edi tions: Beverly Brodsky's Jonah: An Old Testament Story and Clyde Robert Bulla's Jonah and the Great Fish illustrated by Helga Aich inger. BIOGRAPHY B156 BILLMAN, CAROL. "Once Upon a Time . . . Telling Children Bio graphical History." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Associa tion 7 (1980):91-97. Argues that biography and history for children are often more fantastic than realistic. Discusses William Armstrong's Education of Abraham Lincoln as an example of a realistic biography. B157 CARR, JO, ed. "Biography: Facts Warmed By Imagination." In Beyond Fact, pp. 118-53. Contains Carr's introductory essay, "What Do We Do About Bad Biographies?"; Margery Fisher's "Biography," adapted from chapter 4, pp. 300-308 of Matters of Fact; Denise Wilms's "An Evaluation of Biography," reprinted from WLB 49 (October 1974):146-50; and Eliza beth Segel's "In Biography for Readers, Nothing is Impossible," reprinted from L&U 4, no. 1 (Summer 1980):4-14. B158 -----. "What Do We Do About Bad Biographies?" SLJ 27 (May 1981):19-22. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over The Moon, pp. 226-35.) Examines the dismal state of biography for children and suggests alternatives: use of autobiography, use of books focusing on a short segment of someone's life, and use of biographical material in non fiction and historical fiction. Concludes with criteria for evaluating biographies. B159 COOLIDGE, OLIVIA. "My Struggle with Facts." WLB 49 (October 1974):146-51. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 374-80, and in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 141-48.) Describes the difficulties a biographer, particularly one writing for children and young adults, has in ascertaining and selecting facts, reconciling contradictions, making judgments, limiting research, determining how much background information is necessary, and handling one's own opinions. B160 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Current Trends in Biographies." In Litera ture for Today's Young Adults, pp. 287-93. Includes a checklist for evaluating biographies. B161 FISHER, MARGERY. "Life Course or Screaming Force?" CLE, o.s., no. 22 (Autumn 1976):108-15. Points out the need for better biographies for young people. Discusses different approaches and argues for better writing, more enterprising use of material, a greater respect for readers' intelligence, and more personal writing. "It is the task of the biographer to select, from material more or less limited, those facts that will best enable him to reveal to his readers a particular person as he sees him." B162 GROFF, PATRICK. "Biography: The Bad or the Bountiful?" TON 29 (April 1973):210-17. Attempts to show that biography does not have the moral and psychological influences credited to it; and questions whether "true biography can be written for children" and whether children can understand or identify with the adult lives depicted. Concludes that common assumptions about biography for children are wrong. B163 -----. "How Do Children Read Biography About Adults?" Reading Teacher 24 (April 1971):609-15, 629. Questions standard assumptions about the responses of children to biographies. B164 HERMAN, GERTRUDE B. "Footprints on the Sands of Time: Biogra phy for Children." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):85-93. Examines biography and autobiography for children in terms of its relationship to personality integration and suggests criteria for selection. Contains a section on pitfalls for both the authors and critics of biographies. B165 JURICH, MARILYN. "What's Left Out of Biography for Children?" Children's Literature 1 (1972):143-51. Surveys the field of juvenile biography and concludes there is a need for biographies of great human beings who are not famous, and a need for fuller treatment of the subjects, written without conde scension. B166 KOCH, SHIRLEY LOIS. "Portrayal of Life Form in Selected Biogra phies for Children Eight to Twelve Years of Age." ERIC Educa tional Document Reproduction Service, ED 089 311. Examines the literary devices and symbolism used by writers of biography for children to communicate the biographees' religious and social commitment. B167 Lion & Unicorn 4, no. 1 (Summer 1980). Special issue on biography. Includes an article on Dorothy Aldis's biography of Beatrix Potter, articles on picture-book and sports biographies, and on biographies of Emma Goldman, George Sand, Mary Shelley, Billy Holiday, Bessie Smith, Mahalia Jackson, Marx and Engels, and others. B168 McCONNELL, GAITHER. "Achievement Factors in Juvenile Biogra phies." EE 32 (April 1955):240-44. A content analysis of twenty-four biographies for children. B169 -----. "Criteria for Juvenile Biographies." EE 33 (April 1956):231-35. Argues that individuality and truth are the two most important criteria for juvenile biography and that identification with heroes is important in forming character. B170 -----. "Modern Biographies for Children." EE 30 (May 1953):286-89. A survey of children's biographies indicates (1) there are still heroes to be written about, (2) better writing is needed, (3) more biographies for younger children are needed, (4) more biographies about women are needed, and (5) new biographies of old subjects are needed. B171 MARCUS, LEONARD S. "Life Drawings: Some Notes on Children's Picture Book Biographies." L&U 4, no. 1 (Summer 1980):15-31. Discusses the work of Ingri and Edgar Parin D'Aulaire, Anne Rockwell, Jean Fritz, Margot Tomes, and others. "The biographer's task is life drawing in which the comic sense, fantasy, and common sense have a part." B172 MARTIN, FRAN. "Stop Watering Down Biographies." Library Journal 84 (15 December 1959):3887-88. Castigates the convention, common in popular children's biogra phy series, that "great men and women invariably started out as normal and likeable youngsters, good mixers, and good sports." Compares popular treatments of Nancy Hanks and Mary Todd Lin coln with Carl Sandburg's. Calls for accuracy and realism in biogra phy for children. B173 MELTZER, MILTON. "Notes on Biography." ChLAQ 10, no. 4 (Win ter 1986):172-75. Offers insights into the art of biography and comments upon its criticism. B174 MORGAN, C.J. "Biography for Children." Orana 14 (February 1978):5-9; (May 1978):58-64. B175 SAYERS, FRANCES CLARKE. "Biography for Children." EER 9 (1932):197-99, 216. Stresses that well-written biographies are not merely collections of facts. Biography should be a tale of "mystic and symbolic combats." B176 SCULLEY, JAMES DAVID. "An Analysis of Five United States Mili tary Officers As They Are Portrayed by Authors and Illustrators in Biographical Literature for Intermediate Grade Children Published during the World War II Years of 1941-1946 and Viet Nam Years of 1970-1975." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1981, 102 pp., DA 42:5022A. Analyzes biographies of Dwight D. Eisenhower, George Washing ton, Ulysses S. Grant, Robert E. Lee, and John Paul Jones. B177 STOTT, JON C. "Biographies of Sports Heroes and the American Dream." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 4 (Winter 1979):74-85. "This article examines relationships between four areas: children's fairy tales, the North American dream of going from rags to riches, the role of sports in North American society, and the uses and mis uses of biographies written for younger readers." B178 -----. "Biography for Children." Children's Literature 3 (1974):245-48. Stott makes some general comments about biography for children and reviews seven books. B179 SUTHERLAND, ZENA. "Biography in the United States." CLE, o.s., no. 22 (Autumn 1976):116-20. Sets forth, briefly, criteria for judging juvenile biography and then compares recent trends with past standards. Among recent trends she mentions, with examples, "more books about minorities, minor figures, more varied approaches, more books for young chil dren, more candor in presentation, and more documentation." Con cludes that on the whole biographical writing is better than it used to be. B180 TAYLOR, M. IONA. "A Study of Biography as a Literary Form for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1970, 119 pp., DA31:5679A. Identifies distinctive qualities of biography for children as compared to that intended for adults. Traces the development of the genre away from didacticism and toward imaginative appeal, realism, and humor. B181 VIPOND, Mary. "Biography for Children: The Case of Dr. Frederick Banting." CCL 30 (1983):21-32. Comments on the problems confronting biographers; uses as an example four juvenile biographies of Dr. Frederick Banting. B182 WILMS, DENISE M. "An Evaluation of Biography." Booklist 75 (15 September 1978):218-20. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 220-25.) Sets forth criteria for evaluating biographies for children and criticizes a frequent disregard for quality, questionable notions of suitability, and excessive fictionalization. B183 WITUCKE, VIRGINIA. "Trends in Juvenile Biography." TON 37 (Winter 1981):158-67. Surveys and comments upon the characteristics of juvenile biogra phies published in 1978. Finds an emphasis on young, contemporary Americancs, often entertainers or athletes. B184 -----. "Trends in Juvenile Biography: Five Years Later." TON 42 (Fall 1985):45-53. This follow-up to the above study examines juvenile biographies published in 1983. Finds an improved balance between living and deceased biographies, but fewer books published. B185 ZANDERER, LEO. "Evaluating Contemporary Children's Biography: Imaginative Reconstruction and Its Discontents." L&U 5 (1981):33-51. Places biography for children in the context of recent theories of biography for adults. An examination of three examples finds them falling short of standards set forth by Michael Holroyd and Jean Paul Sartre. BLACKS B186 AGREE, ROSE HYLA. "Black American in Children's Books: A Criti cal Analysis of the Portrayal of the Afro-American as Delineated in the Contents of a Select Group of Children's Trade Books Published in America from 1950-1970." Ed.D. dissertation, New York Univer sity, 1973, 245 pp., DA 34:3442A. Concludes that the portrayal of the black American in children's books during this period is unenlightening, lacks honesty and integ rity, and for the most part lacks distinction. B187 ANDERSON, ORA S. "Fiction for the Young Black Reader: A Cri tique of Selected Books." Journal of Negro Education 50 (Winter 1981):75-82. Concludes that very few unbiased books of fiction for black juvenile readers exist. B188 BACHNER, SAUL. "Three Junior Novels on the Black Experience." Journal of Reading 24 (May 1981):692-95. Discusses Robert Lipsyte's The Contender, Dorothy Sterling's Mary Jane, and Mary Elizabeth Vroman's Harlem Summer. B189 BADER, BARBARA. "Negro Identification, Black Identity." In Ameri can Picturebooks, pp. 373-82. Discusses the evolution in the portrayal of blacks in picture books through the 1960s. B190 BAKER, AUGUSTA. "The Black Experience in Children's Books: An Introductory Essay." Bulletin of the New York Public Library 75 (March 1971):143-46. Originally published as the introduction to The Black Experience in Children's Books, a 109-page bibliography compiled by Baker and published by the New York Public Library in 1971, this article sets forth criteria for evaluating children's books portraying blacks. B191 -----. "The Changing Image of the Black in Children's Literature." Horn Book 51 (February 1975):79-88. Traces the changes in depictions of blacks in children's literature from the 1920s and 1930s to the 1970s, and raises new concerns. B192 -----. "Guidelines for Black Books: An Open Letter to Juvenile Edi tors." Publishers Weekly 196 (14 July 1969):131-33. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 50-56, and in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 110-15.) Discusses criteria for illustrations, language, themes, and attitudes. Also discusses guidelines for selecting imported books and reprints and reissues. Concludes that the final criterion is that "The books must be worth reading." B193 BANFIELD, BERYLE, and WILSON, GERALDINE L. "The Black Experience through White Eyes--The Same Old Story Once Again." IRBC 14, no. 5 (1983):4-13. Argues that two award-winning picture books, Margot Zemach's Jake and Honeybunch Go to Heaven and Marcia Brown's Shadow, raise serious questions about the presentation of the black experience in children's books. Provides charts analyzing the uses of cultural symbols in the two books, statements from well-known writers, illus trators, and critics on the two books and related issues, and discus sions of evaluation versus censorship. B194 BAXTER, KATHERINE B. "Combating the Influence of Black Stereot ypes in Children's Books." Reading Teacher 27 (May 1974):540-44. (Excerpt in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 155-61.) Concentrates on ways of evaluating stereotypes, using several popular titles as examples. B195 BECKER, J™RG. "Racism in Children's and Young People's Literature in the Western World." Journal of Peace Research 10, no. 3 (1973):295-303. Makes an international and historical examination of the portray als of blacks in Western children's literature. Includes a lengthy international bibliography of books and journal articles. B196 BINGHAM, JANE MARIE. "A Content Analysis of the Treatment of Negro Characters in Children's Picture Books 1930-1968." Ph.D. dis sertation, Michigan State University, 1970, 218 pp. DA 31:2411A. "The purpose of the study was to ascertain how the American Negro had been depicted in the illustrations of children's picture books published between 1930 and 1968." B197 -----. "The Pictorial Treatment of Afro-Americans in Books for Young Children 1930-68." EE 48 (November 1971):880-85. Based on the author's doctoral dissertation, the article discusses the pictorial treatment of Afro-Americans in children's books from 1930 to 1968 and makes several recommendations for improvements. Includes a list of the forty-one books studied. B198 BIRTHA, JESSIE M. "Portrayal of the Black in Children's Literature." Philadelphia Library Association Bulletin 24 (July 1969):187-97. (Also in TON 26 [June 1970]:395-408 and MacCann, Black Americans, pp. 63-71.) Offers criteria for evaluating children's books relating to black Americans. Includes book lists and selection aids. B199 BOOTH, MARTHA F. "Black Ghetto Life Portrayed in Novels for the Adolescent." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1971, 172 pp., DA 32:1503A. Examines and evaluates "selected aspects of adolescent novels published since 1950, treating the Black adolescent, aged 10-19, living in an inner-city ghetto." B200 BRODERICK, DOROTHY M. Image of the Black in Children's Fiction. New York: Bowker, 1973, 219 pp. Examines the portrayal of blacks in children's fiction between 1827 and 1967. Considers such topics as slavery, religion and super stition, music, segregation, and black-white relationships. "The major problem with the books in the study and most of the Black books published and accepted since its cutoff date, is that they personalize the race issue instead of recognizing it as the social-economic- political problem it is." Based on the author's doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, 1971. B201 -----. "Lessons in Leadership." SLJ 18 (February 1971):31-33. Reports on reactions of librarians and reviewers to the depictions of blacks, particularly in illustrations, in children's books over a number of years. Comments especially on the work of Ellis Credle and Marguerite de Angeli. Feels Tobe by Stella Sharpe, with photo graphs by Charles Farrell, should have been a landmark book but was overlooked. B202 BROWN, ESTELLE. "Emerging Concepts of Social-Developmental Tasks of the Young Black Adolescent in Ten Selected Black Junior Novels." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1974, 192 pp., DA 36:3380A. Identifies the handling of the following themes in ten "Black junior novels" published from 1902 to 1972: achievement of individu ality, the social milieu, social values and ethnic understanding, group-peer relationships, family relationships, and world view and social change. B203 CARLSON, JULIE ANN. "A Comparison of the Treatment of the Negro in Children's Literature in the Periods 1929-38 and 1959-68." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Connecticut, 1969, 165 pp., DA 30:3452A. Concludes that stereotyping of the Negro in children's literature decreased in the period from 1929-38 to 1959-68. B204 CHALL, JEANNE S., et al. "Blacks in the World of Children's Books." Reading Teacher 32 (February 1979):527-33. This replication of Nancy Larrick's 1965 study finds definite improvements in the portrayal of blacks in children's books, but concludes that much remains to be done "with regard to both quan tity and quality." B205 COOLIDGE, ANN ELIZABETH. "Origins of Our Negro Folk Story." EER 9 (June 1932):161-62. Describes some of the origins of Negro folklore, including Afri can, American regional, and American Indian influences. Includes a bibliography. B206 CROSSON, WILHELMINA. "The Negro in Children's Literature." EER 10 (December 1933):249-55. Suggests children need to become more familiar with literature by and about Negroes. Provides extensive discussion of several works and appends a bibliography. Useful primarily for its historical perspective. B207 DAVIS, MAVIS WORMLEY. "Black Images in Children's Literature: Revised Editions Needed." Library Journal 97 (15 January 1972):261-63 and SLJ 19 (January 1972):37-39. (Reprinted in Ger hardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 75-80.) Argues that the classics should be edited to remove offensive racial and social stereotypes. B208 DEANE, PAUL C. "The Persistence of Uncle Tom: An Examination of the Image of the Negro in Children's Fiction Series." Journal of Negro Education 37, no. 2 (Spring 1968):140-45. Examines the stereotypes of blacks in children's fiction series, concluding that although dialects have been removed, the traditional images remain. B209 DUFF, OGLE. "Treatment of Blacks in Selected Literature Anthologies for Grades Nine through Twelve Published Since 1968." Ph.D. dis sertation, University of Pittsburgh, 1974, pp. 155, DA 35:2219A. Concludes that "although the image of blacks in high school liter ature anthologies is improving, there are still critical omissions." B210 DYBEK, CAREN. "Black Literature for Adolescents." English Journal 63 (January 1974):64-67. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Litera ture, pp. 245-50.) Surveys recent trends in adolescent literature by black writers. Includes bibliography. B211 EVANS, EVA KNOX. "The Negro in Children's Fiction." Publishers Weekly 140 (30 August 1941):650-53. Argues that books portraying real people in real situations are needed, and discusses the reactions of black and white children to dialect and illustrations in books portraying blacks. Letters in response to Evans's comments on dialect follow, in "Negro Dialect in Children's Books," Publishers Weekly 140 (18 October 1941):1555-58, and in "A Further Statement on Negro Dialect in Children's Books," Publishers Weekly 141 (10 January 1942):104-5. B212 FISHER, WINIFRED MAXINE. "Images of Black American Children in Contemporary Realistic Fiction for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1971, 174 pp., DA 32:2302A. Describes the images of the everyday lives of black American children in contemporary realistic fiction, based on a sample of forty books. B213 FRANK, ZELMA ANN LLOYD. "The Portrayal of Black Americans in Pictures and Content in the Caldecott Award Books and Honor Books from 1938-1978." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Missouri- Columbia, 1979, 193 pp., DA 40:4398A. Investigates the "qualitative and quantitative portrayal of black Americans in illustrations and content in Caldecott Award and Honor books from 1938 to 1978." B214 GANT, LIZ. "That One's Me." Redbook, August 1972. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 348-54.) A positive view of new directions in children's books having a black perspective and utilizing black English. Authors cited and quoted include Walter Myers, Sonia Sanchez, Sharon Bell Mathis, and Lorenz Graham. B215 GODDARD, ROSALIND K. "Humanizing the Black Hero in Fiction for Children." California Librarian 34 (October 1973):50-54. Argues that "quality fiction which depicts the experience of black people must embody all of the standards of character development, plot development and setting, but at the same time be consciously committed to realism and above all authenticity." B216 GRAHAM, BERYL. "Multi-Ethnic Literature: Where Are We Now?" Bulletin of the Children's Literature Assembly 6, no. 2 (Spring- Summer 1981). Delineates common stereotypes in literature about black children and provides a brief overview of ten positive and realistic books published between 1978 and 1980. B217 HAMILTON, VIRGINIA. "High John Is Risen Again." Horn Book 51 (April 1975):113-21. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 59-67.) Discusses the role of black folklore and slave tradition in chil dren's and adult's literature. B218 HOPKINS, LEE BENNETT. "Negro Life in Current American Chil dren's Literature." Bookbird 6, no. 1 (1968):12-16. Surveys picture books, juvenile fiction, biography, nonfiction, and books about Africa. B219 JORDAN, JUNE. "Black English: The Politics of Translation." In Issues in Children's Book Selection, New York: Bowker, 1973, pp. 85-89. (Also in Library Journal 98 [15 May 1973]:1631-34 and SLJ 19 [May 1973]:21-24.) Argues in favor of children's books written in black English. B220 KIAH, ROSALIE BLACK. "The Black Teenager in Young Adult Nov els By Award-Winning Authors." Paper presented at the Southeast National Council of Teachers of English Affiliate Conference (Atlanta, Georgia, 25-27 September, 1980). ERIC Educational Docu ment Reproduction Service, 1980, 14 pp., ED 193 636. Examines over eighty young adult novels for blacks "to determine how they revealed the shared experience of black people in the fam ily setting and the social world (including the world of work)." Concludes that more authenticity and development of social problems are needed. B221 -----. "Content Analysis of Children's Contemporary Realistic Fiction About Black People in the United States to Determine If and How a Sample of These Stories Portray Selected Salient Experiences of Black People." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1976, 274 pp., DA 37:3781A. Concludes that writers are focusing on "salient shared experiences of black people" and are focusing on social issues but "are not developing the stories to the extent that the child will be able to gain from the experience." B222 KRAUS, K. "From Steppin Stebbins to Soul Brothers: Racial Strife in Adolescent Fiction." Arizona English Bulletin 18, no. 3 (April 1976):154-60. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 235-44.) Traces the changing portrayals of black-white relations in adoles cent fiction. Among works examined are Hope Newell's A Cap for Mary Ellis, Jesse Jackson's Call Me Charley, Gilbert Douglas's Hard to Tackle, Gretchen Sprague's A Question of Harmony, and Kristin Hunter's The Soul Brothers and Sister Lou. B223 LANES, SELMA. "Black Is Bountiful." In Down the Rabbit Hole, pp. 158-77. Begins by summarizing the publishing history and controversies surrounding Helen Bannerman's Little Black Sambo, then discusses several aspects of the portrayal of blacks in children's books. Concludes with a brief discussion of John Steptoe's Stevie. B224 LARRICK, NANCY. "The All-White World of Children's Books." Sat urday Review 48 (11 September 1965):63-65, 84-85. (Also in Mac Cann, Black American, pp. 156-74.) This highly influential article was one of the first to raise the public's awareness of the extent of racism in children's books. Letters in response in 48 (16 October 1965):78-79. B225 LASS, BONNIE. "Trade Books for Black English Speakers." LA 57 (April 1980):413-19. An annotated bibliography of twenty-two books containing black English, with synopsis and language sample for each. B226 LATIMER, BETTYE I. "Children's Books and Racism." Black Scholar 4 (May-June 1973):21-27. Classifies flaws in the portrayal of blacks in children's literature as the romantic syndrome, the avoidance syndrome, the bootstrap syndrome, the oasis syndrome, and the ostrich-in-the-sand syndrome. B227 MacCANN, DONNARAE, and RICHARD, OLGA. "Picture Books for Children." WLB 57 (December 1982):332-33, 365. Reviews Margot Zemach's Jake and Honeybunch Go to Heaven and Marcia Brown's Shadow, and concludes that in both "The prob lems with portrayal of black life and culture seem to be caused by unconscious ethnocentrism and historical stereotyping." B228 MacCANN, DONNARAE, and WOODARD, GLORIA, eds. Black American in Books for Children: Readings in Racism. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1972, 223 pp. This anthology is divided into sections on criteria for judging the treatment of blacks in literature, racism in Newbery prize books, examples of racism in recent and older books, and racism in the publishing world. Also indexed separately under authors and topics covered in depth. B229 McGUIRE, ALICE. "The Minority Image in Books for Youth: Evolu tion and Evaluation." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Ser vice, 1971, 13 pp., ED 052 907. Traces changes in the portrayals of blacks in children's literature from the forties and fifties to the present. B230 MADISON, JOHN. "School Integration in Children's Literature." Inte grated Education 16 (May-June 1978):10-11. Looks at "interesting and disconcerting results" in the way school integration is handled in May Justus's New Boy In School, Natalie Savage Carlson's The Empty Schoolhouse, and Dead End School by Robert Coles. B231 MIKKELSEN, NINA. "Censorship and The Black Child: Can the Real Story Ever Be Told?" Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):117-27. Censorship of the black child in American children's literature has meant misrepresentation and neglect and also rejection, banning, and revision of books. A historical approach may help disseminate the "real story" that children greatly need. B232 MILLENDER, DHARATHULA H. "Through a Glass Darkly: Represen tation of the Negro in Books for Children." Library Journal 92 (15 December 1967):4571-76. (Excerpted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 143-52.) Describes the evolution of the representation of blacks in chil dren's books and the long history of distorted reality and stereotypes. Includes detailed listings of books discussed. B233 MULLER, AL. "Some Thoughts on the Black Young Adult Novel." SLJ 24 (April 1978):1963. (Reprinted from ALAN Review, Winter 1978.) Explores reasons for the decline of interest in the black young adult novel. B234 MUSE, DAPHNE. "Black Children's Literature: Rebirth of a Neglected Genre." Black Scholar 7 (December 1975):11-15. Praises the renaissance of a new black children's literature. B235 NOLEN, ELEANOR W. "The Colored Child in Contemporary Litera ture." Horn Book 18 (September 1942):348-55. Interesting in part for its historical perspective, this article discusses the problems and controversies surrounding dialect as well as several other issues. Includes a short reading list entitled "Some Well-Written, Sincere Stories of Negro Child Life." B236 OTEY, RHETA WASHINGTON. "An Inquiry into the Themes of Isola tion in Adolescent Literature about Black Youth: An Examination of Its Treatment by Selected Writers." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1978, 248 pp., DA 29:4699A. Focuses mainly on Virginia Hamilton, but includes a survey of blacks in children's literature from 1936 through 1975. Concludes that most works for children inadequately portray black life. B237 PARKS, CAROLE A. "Good-bye Black Sambo." Ebony, November 1972, pp. 60-70. Provides an overview of recent literature by black children's writers. B238 PREER, BETTE BANNER. "Guidance in Democratic Living through Juvenile Fiction." WLB 22 (May 1948):679-81, 708. Summarizes the history of the portrayals of blacks in children's books up to the 1940s, offers a set of guidelines for judging the portrayal of any minority group, and concludes with a rated list of books about blacks. B239 RICHARDSON, JUDY. "Black Children's Books: An Overview." Jour nal of Negro Education 43 (Summer 1974):380-400. Chronicles changes in black children's literature before and after 1954 and 1966. B240 ROLLINS, CHARLEMAE. "The Role of the Book in Combating Preju dice." WLB 42 (October 1967):176-79. Summarizes briefly the history of the portrayals, distortions, and omissions of blacks in children's books and the efforts of herself and others to effect change. B241 ROSNER, SOPHIE P. "A Descriptive Study to Identify Manifestations of Racist Ideology of Whites toward Blacks in Picture Books Pub lished in the United States: 1959, 1964, 1969." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1975, 358 pp., DA 36:8063A. "The purpose of this study was to determine how the text and/or illustration of children's picture books convey to young children the values of society concerning black and White people." B242 SHEPARD, RAY ANTHONY. "Adventures in Blackland with Keats and Steptoe." IRBC 3, no. 4 (Autumn 1971):3. Compares Ezra Jack Keats's books about Peter (an outsider's view of the black world) with John Steptoe's Stevie (an insider's view). B243 SIMS, RUDINE. "A Question of Perspective." Advocate 3, no. 3 (Spring 1984):145-56. Discusses the complexities of whites writing about the black experience. B244 -----. Shadow and Substance: Afro-American Experience in Contem porary Children's Fiction. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English, 1982, 111 pp. Chapter 1 places "contemporary realistic fiction about Afro- Americans in a sociocultural and historical context." Chapter 2 discusses "`social conscience' books . . . written to help whites know the condition of their fellow humans." Chapter 3 discusses the "`melting pot' books" Chapter 4 discusses "`culturally conscious' books . . . written primarily for Afro-American readers." Chapter 5 pro vides "brief overviews of the work of five Afro-American writers who have made major contributions to Afro-American children's fic tion since 1965." These are Lucille Clifton, pp. 80-82, Eloise Greenfield, pp. 83-86; Virginia Hamilton, pp. 86-90; Sharon Bell Mathis, pp. 90-92, and Walter Dean Myers, pp. 92-96. A final chapter "summarizes the current status of children's fiction about Afro-Americans and suggests some frontiers yet to be explored." B245 -----. "What Has Happened to the `All-White' World of Children's Books?" Phi Delta Kappan 64 (May 1983):650-53. Argues that despite a growing group of prolific black writers, the characters, authors, and audience of children's books remain largely white. B246 SIMS, RUDINE, and HURMENCE, BELINDA. "Point of View: A Question of Perspective II and III." Advocate 4 (Fall 1984):20-23. Sims and Hurmence debate the issue of whether whites can write about blacks from a black perspective. B247 SMALL, ROBERT C. "An Analysis and Evaluation of Widely Read Junior Novels with Major Negro Characters." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Virginia, 1970, 395 pp., DA 31:4634A. Explores the question: To what extent do junior novels with major Negro characters possess recognized literary qualities? Found six books that received consistently high ratings for literary quality, listed in order: Lipsyte's The Contender, Means's Shuttered Windows, Bonham's Durango Street, Hentoff's Jazz Country, Vroman's Harlem Summer, and Fox's How Many Miles to Babylon?. B248 -----. "The Junior Novel and Race Relations." Negro American Liter ature Forum 8, no. 1 (Spring 1974):184-89. Argues that "although motivated by good intentions, the authors of a large number of recent junior novels on the theme of race rela tions have, to a great extent, been unable to break away from the narrow conventions and overt moralizing which have spoiled many junior novels with other themes." Discusses a number of well-known titles. B249 SODERBERGH, P.A. "Bibliographical Essay: The Negro in Juvenile Series Books, 1899-1930." Journal of Negro History 58 (April 1973):179-86. Examines series books as reinforcers of Negro stereotypes. B250 TATE, BINNIE. "In House and Out House: Authenticity and the Black Experience in Children's Books." Library Journal 95 (15 October 1970):3595-98. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 39-49.) Compares the responses of black and white librarians to several books by black and white authors about the black experience. B251 THOMPSON, JUDITH, and WOODARD, GLORIA. "Black Perspective in Books for Children." WLB 44 (December 1969):416-24. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 14-27.) Points out examples of stereotyping in a number of children's books and argues for more awareness of unconscious prejudices and stereotypes and for the validity of racial attitude as a criteria for judging literature. B252 TREMPER, ELLEN. "Black English in Children's Literature." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):105-24. Discusses the role of black English in John Steptoe's Stevie and Trainride, in Lucille Clifton's My Brother Fine with Me, and in June Jordan's His Own Where. B253 WHARTON, LINDA R. "Black American Children's Singing Games: A Structural Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pittsburgh, 1979, 513 pp., DA 40:2356A. Collects and investigates American black children's singing games and analyzes their roles and functions. B254 WILLIAMS, LILLIANN B. "Black Traditions in Children's Literature: A Content Analysis of the Text and Illustrations of Picture Story Books about Black People in the United States to Determine How Selected Black Traditions Have Been Portrayed and to Determine What Impact These Portrayals Have on the Self-Concept of Children Who Are Exposed to These Books." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1979, 267 pp., DA 40:4888A. Studies the impact on third graders of selected picture books portraying blacks. B255 WUNDERLICH, ELAINE. "Black Americans in Children's Books." Reading Teacher 28 (December 1974):282-85. Attempts to show an improvement in the portrayal of blacks in children's books since 1972. B256 YOUNG, JACQUELINE. "Criteria in Selection of Black Literature for Children." Freedomways 13 (1973):107-16. "Black literature must completely nullify the deceptive influences that prevent Black children from finding self esteem; Black literature must convey realism; and Black literature must be authentic." BOOK DESIGN B257 BEILENSON, EDNA. "Children's Books in `The Fifty Books of the Year.'" Horn Book 26 (May 1950):161-70. Examines the design qualities of the six children's books included in the fifty best selected by the American Institute of Graphic Arts and four which were not selected among the fifty that she felt had special merit. B258 DALGLIESH, ALICE, and EVANS, MARGARET B. "Designing Chil dren's Books." Bulletin of the New York Public Library 60 (Novem ber 1956):573-78. Comments on considerations in the design of books for children. B259 HOGROGIAN, NONNY. "The Story Sets The Pace: An Illustrator's View of Design." Publishers Weekly 189 (21 February 1966):100-103. Discusses various considerations in book design, with examples from her own work. Emphasizes the priority of the text, the signifi cance of typeface, and the use of another designer's format. BOONE, DANIEL B260 SMITH, CAROLYN. "Literary Image of Daniel Boone: A Changing Ideal in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Popular Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Utah, 1974, 184 pp., DA 35:1635A. Examines the image of Daniel Boone in juvenile as well as in adult popular literature. BOYS' FICTION B261 SPARAPANI, HENRY R. "American Boy-Book: 1865-1915." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1971, 181 pp., DA 32:7006A. Examines the "bad boy" in American literature, beginning with Thomas Bailey Aldrich's The Story of A Bad Boy (1870) and ending with Booth Tarkington's Penrod series (1914-16). B262 TURNER, E.S. Boys Will Be Boys: The Story of Sweeney Todd, Deadwood Dick, Sexton Blake, Billy Bunter, Dick Barton, et al. London: Michael Joseph, 1948, 269 pp. A history of popular British periodicals for boys since the early nineteenth century. Includes sections on the Boy's Own Paper (pp. 93-98), Gem and Magnet (pp. 198-220), and a detailed index. B263 UNSWORTH, ROBERT. "Holden Caulfield, Where Are You?" SLJ 23 (January 1977):40-41. Argues that more books are needed that portray "rites-of-passage" for adolescent boys, that "relates to and possibly relieves their anxieties," especially about sex, and "convinces them they do not agonize alone." BRAZIL B264 WERNECK, REGINA YOLANDA MATTOSO. "Illustration of Chil dren's Books in Brazil." Bookbird 11, no. 2 (1973):64-69. A summary of the history and current state of children's book illustration in Brazil. BRITAIN B265 DONOVAN, JOHN. "American Dispatch." Signal 28 (January 1979):3-8. Includes comments of prominent American reviewers and critics concerning differences between American and British juvenile fiction. B266 EYRE, FRANK. "British Children's Books in the Twentieth Century." In Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 335-39. (Excerpts from Frank Eyre, British Children's Books in the Twentieth Century, pp. 26-30, 35, 77-79.) An overview of trends in children's books since World War II and the recent growth in criticism of children's literature. B267 HANNABUSS, STUART. "What We Used to Read: A Survey of Chil dren's Reading in Britain, 1910-1950." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 3 (1977):127-34. Compares what was actually read during these years with what experts advised teachers, librarians, and children to read. B268 LEESON, ROBERT. Children's Books and Class Society: Past and Pre sent. Edited by the Children's Rights Workshop Papers on Children's Literature, no. 3. London: Writers & Readers Publishing Coopera tive, 1977, 62 pp. Examines issues of social class in British children's books over two centuries. B269 MOSS, ELAINE. "The Seventies in British Children's Books." In Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 48-80. Surveys sociological concerns of the seventies, publishing econom ics, fiction, picture books, verse, information books, and book reviewing and promotion. B270 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "The Present State of English Children's Literature." WLB 43 (October 1968):126-33. An overview. B271 TREASE, GEOFFREY. "The Revolution in English Children's Litera ture." Bookbird 9, no. 4 (1971):6-13. Discusses changes in the scope and subject matter of English children's books since the 1930s. Warns against future dangers from pressure groups, and expresses fears that in the desire to raise critical standards and achieve academic respectability "we shall produce books to please teachers and librarians more than the children themselves." A similar article, entitled "The Revolution in Children's Literature," appears in Blishen's Thorny Paradise, pp. 13-24. BULGARIA B272 BOSSER, ASSEN. "Children's Literature in Bulgaria." Bookbird 10, no. 3 (1972):14-18. A survey of Bulgarian authors, illustrators, and periodicals. CANADA B273 BLAIR, HEATHER. "Canadian Native Peoples in Adolescent Litera ture." Journal of Reading 26 (December 1982):217-21. Examines the content and readability of young adult fiction about Canadian native peoples by both native and nonnative authors. Includes an annotated chart of books discussed. B274 Canadian Literature 78 (Autumn 1978):135 pp. Special issue. Includes articles indexed separately in this bibliography by and about Mordecai Richler, Christie Harris, and Catherine A. Clark. B275 CARPENTER, CAROLE HENDERSON. "Native Folklore for Canadian Children." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):57-63. Discusses problems and difficulties of using folklore with children and urges that more care be taken in presenting "other cultures" to children. Includes examples from Canadian native American folklore. B276 CLEMENT, BEATRICE. "Children's National Literature in French Canada." TON 17 (December 1960):27-31. Provides an overview of the history and development of French- Canadian children's literature. See also in the same issue Guy Sylvester's "The Young Adult and French-Canadian Writing," pp. 9-12. B277 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Children's Literature." In Literary History of Canada. Edited by Carl Frederick Klinck. 2d ed. Toronto: Univer sity of Toronto Press, 1976, 3:204-11. Provides a brief overview of Canadian children's literature. B278 -----. "Reflections and Distortions: Canadian Folklore as Portrayed in Children's Literature." International Library Review 4 (July 1972):265-79. Discusses the use of Eskimo, Indian, French, and English- Canadian folklore in Canadian children's literature. B279 -----. The Republic of Childhood: A Critical Guide to Canadian Children's Literature in English. 2d ed. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1975, 335 pp. Includes discussions of Indian and Eskimo legends, folktales, fantasy, historical fiction, the realistic animal story, realistic fiction, history and biography, poetry and drama, illustration and design, picture books, and early Canadian children's books. B280 ELLIS, SARAH. "News from the North." Horn Book 60 (February 1984):99-103. Discusses three recent Canadian books for young adults, Brian Doyle's Up to Low, Kevin Major's Hold Fast, and Jan Truss's Jasmin, seeing each as firmly rooted in time and place. B281 -----. "News from the North." Horn Book 60 (June 1984):375-79. Discusses four Canadian picture books written from the perspec tive of an adult looking back: William Kurelek's A Prairie Boy's Summer (1975) and A Prairie Boy's Winter (1973), Sing Lim's West Coast Chinese Boy (1979), and Shizuyo Takashima's A Child in Prison Camp (1971). B282 FEE, MARGERY. "Romantic Nationalism and the Child in Canadian Writing." CCL 18-19 (1980):46-61. Explores the connection between the romantic invention of the modern child, the romantic concept of nationalism, and the relation ship between the two in Canadian literature. B283 GAGNON, ANDRE. "French Canadian Literature for Children." Pro ceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):106-11. An overview of recent French Canadian children's literature. B284 MENDELSOHN, LEONARD R. "The Current State of Children's Liter ature in Canada." Children's Literature 4 (1975):138-52. Maintains that the overshadowing by English and American pub lishers has led to a relatively small number of books of excellent quality by Canadian authors. Discusses several recent examples. Includes a bibliography of Canadian children's books published from 1970 to 1974. B285 ORD, PRISCILLA, ed. "Canadian Children's Literature." ChLAQ 2, no. 3 (Autumn 1977):16pp. (Reprinted in part in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 6-10.) Includes articles on Canadian children's literature as a mirror of culture, by Carole Henderson Carpenter, on Canadian children's poetry, by William Blackburn, and on the realistic animal story, by Margaret Wilson. Also includes articles, indexed separately, on William Kurelek and Ruth Nichols, and a lengthy review by Patricia Dooley of Lillian Smith's Unreluctant Years and Sheila Egoff's Republic of Childhood. B286 SORFLEET, JOHN R. "Children's Books in Canada, or, the Twittering of the Penguins." In Children's Books International 2. Proceedings and Book Catalog. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1977, pp. 41-48. Provides an overview of Canadian children's literature, pointing out some of its distinguishing regional characteristics. B287 -----. "Children's Periodicals in Canada." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):19-20. Provides an introduction to the field, designed "to spur additional research." B288 ZOLA, MEGUIDO. "Children's Magazines: High-Flyers of Canadian Publishing." Bookbird 3 (1981):33-38. An overview. CARNEGIE MEDAL BOOKS B289 CROUCH, MARCUS, and ELLIS, ALEC, eds. Chosen for Children: An Account of Books Which Have Been Awarded the Library Asso ciation Carnegie Medal, 1936-1975. 3d ed. London: Library Asso ciation, 1977, 180 pp. Each section contains a short introduction to an award-winning book, an account of the circumstances of the award, an excerpt from a chapter of the winning book, and a comment by the author on the origins of the book. CENSORSHIP B290 BRODERICK, DOROTHY. "Censorship--Reevaluated." Library Journal 96 (15 November 1971):3816-18 and SLJ (November 1971):30-32. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 61-66.) Argues that intellectual freedom should not be an issue in cases of pornography and racism. "The whole concept of social responsi bility implies value judgments--some things are right and some things are wrong and it is that simple." Argues that bigotry is not just another point of view. Against Broderick's point of view, James A. Harvey's "Acting for the Children?" follows, in Gerhardt, pp. 67-72, and in SLJ (February 1973), arguing that some individuals may find valuable and useful those works Broderick detests. B291 -----. "A Different Look at The Diviners." Emergency Librarian 4, no. 2 (November-December 1976):14-15. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 208-10.) Examines the real issues in the censorship of Margaret Laurence's book and comments on censorship. B292 DARLING, RICHARD L. "Censorship--An Old Story." EE 51 (May 1974):691-96. A historical overview of the censorship of children's books. Includes references. B293 HEARNE, BETSY. "Sex, Violence, Obscenity, Tragedy, Scariness and Other Facts of Life in Children's Literature." Learning 10, no. 7 (February 1982):104-7. Attempts to strike a balance between freedom and protection. B294 HENTOFF, NAT. "Any Writer Who Follows Anyone Else's Guidelines Ought to Be in Advertising." SLJ 24 (November 1977):27-29. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 454-60, and in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 176-80.) Attacks the checklists and activities of the Council on Interracial Books for Children as censorship. The "CIBC not only distrusts individualism . . . but it also distrusts children." B295 KLEIN, NORMA. "Some Thoughts on Censorship: An Author Sympo sium." TON 39 (Winter 1983):137-53. A number of authors comment on the way censorship by editors and libraries has affected their literary careers. Writers are Robin Brancato, Judy Blume, Sandra Scoppettone, David Rees, and Betty Miles. In the second part of the symposium Klein discusses her own experiences with editors and her own books. B296 KOSINSKI, JERZY. "Against Book Censorship." Media and Methods 12 (January 1976):21-24. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Litera ture, pp. 460-64.) Censorship "undermines one of the basic reasons for teaching contemporary literature: to present the students with hypothetical situations--emotional, moral, political, religious, sexual--which they are likely to face once they leave the protective structure of school, family, or community, or which they may be struggling to face already." B297 LEHMANN-HAUPT, HELMUT. "What the Nazis Did to Children's Books." Horn Book 25 (May 1949):220-30. Describes how Nazi propaganda was "cunningly grafted onto existing concepts," resulting in subtle changes that were in many ways more effective and lasting than overt indoctrination. B298 LETTIS, RICHARD. "The Book Is Not for Burning." Journal of Read ing 21 (November 1977):106-8. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 452-54.) Compares censorship as "protection" with Holden Caulfield's role as a "catcher" in Salinger's Catcher in the Rye, suggesting that Holden learns, in the course of the novel, the dangers and impossi bilities of the role of "catcher," while the censors have not. B299 McCLURE, AMY. "Censorship." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):22-25. Provides a brief historical overview of the history of censorship of children's literature. Includes references. B300 -----. "Intellectual Freedom and the Young Child." ChLAQ 8, no. 3 (Fall 1983):41-43. Surveys the reasons for censorship in various categories of issues and explores ways of balancing intellectual freedom with the need to protect. B301 MacLEOD, ANNE SCOTT. "Censorship and Children's Literature." Library Quarterly 53 (January 1983):26-38. Attempts to place current arguments over censorship of children's books into a historical context. Suggests that the consensus and homogeneity among people involved in the production of children's books broke up in the 1960s, and "enormous changes in the content of children's literature followed. . . . The 1980s promises to be a period of conflict, as conservative reaction against the liberal trends of the 1970s tries to reverse an accomplished transformation in the literature." B302 MAZER, NORMA FOX. "Comics, Cokes, and Censorship." TON 32 (January 1976):167-70. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Litera ture, pp. 211-14.) Comes out strongly against the censorship of children's reading matter yet leaves the reader with the questions "What is censorship?" and "If we are censoring, however discreetly, whether as parents, readers, teachers, librarians, or writers, what are we risking?" B303 MOOD, ROBERT G. "Let' em Read Trash." EE 34 (November 1957):444-50. Censorship to protect children from corrupting their taste and intelligence does not keep children from reading trash. Defends comics and maintains that the four elements people most often want to eliminate in them are also found in the classics. These are: (1) violence and terror, (2) incitement to misconduct and crime, (3) banality, and (4) sex. B304 MOORE, ROBERT B., and BURRESS, LEE. "Bait/Rebait: Criticism vs. Censorship." English Journal 70 (September 1981):14-19. Issue: "The criticizing of racism and sexism by the Council on Interracial Books for Children is not censorship." B305 MUSSER, LOUISE A. "Censoring Sexist and Racist Books: Unjustified and Unjust." ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):36-37. Summarizes briefly a number of recent censorship issues and cases. Concludes that "arguments against censorship in general must also apply to censorship of those books that may be sexist or racist." B306 NODELMAN, PERRY. "The Case of the Disappearing Jew." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 1 (Spring 1979):44-48. Examines the disappearance of the anti-Semitic tale "The Jew in the Bush" from a Puffin "reprint," raising questions of values, censorship, and literary criticism. B307 SULLIVAN, PEGGY, ed. "Freedom and Constraint in Children's Liter ature." WLB 51 (October 1976):144-76. Special issue. Contains "What shall They Read? A History Per spective," by W. Boyd Rayward, pp. 146-53; "Children's Books in a Pluralistic Society," by Donnarae MacCann, pp. 154-62; "The Intellec tual Rights of Children," by Pamela Ellen Procuniar, pp. 163-67; "The Students Right to Free Expression," by Eileen S. Sullivan, pp. 168-76; and "Somewhat Free: Post-Civil War Writing for Children," by Evelyn Geller, pp. 172-76. B308 WARD, NANCY. "Feminism and Censorship." LA 53 (May 1976):536-37. Argues not to take away or change older, sexist materials, but to add new. B309 WEST, MARK I. "Not to Be Circulated: The Response of Children's Librarians to Dime Novels and Series Books." ChLAQ 10 (Fall 1985):137-39. Reviews the history of librarians' attempts to censor dime novels and series books, and shows that librarians have not always defended freedom to read. B310 WHITE, MARY LOU. "Censorship--Threat Over Children's Books." Elementary School Journal 75 (October 1974):2-10. Points out the wide range of opinions on many censored chil dren's books. B311 YATES, JESSICA. "Censorship in Children's Paperbacks." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 4 (Winter 1980):180-91. Discusses the prevalence of moral and political censorship in children's books, particularly the changes frequently made in paper back editions, with examples from many well-known books. Letters in response and Yates's reply follow in CLE, n.s. 12, no. 1 (Spring 1981):56-58. CHILD ABUSE B312 FIEDLER, LESLIE. "Child Abuse and the Literature of Childhood." Children's Literature 8 (1980):147-53. Discusses approaches to child abuse in children's literature. B313 HEARNE, BETSY. "The American Connection." Signal 31 (January 1980):36-41. Discusses two recent children's books centering on child abuse. B314 SHANNON, GEORGE. "The Survival of the Child: Abuse in Folk tales." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 1 (Spring 1981):34-38. Examines the treatment of child abuse in the folktales of several cultures. B315 WOOLRIDGE, CONNIE N. "Masquerading as Realism: Child Abuse in Juvenile Novels." SLJ 24 (March 1978):102-3. Examines the treatment of child abuse in five juvenile novels: Irene Hunt's The Lottery Rose, Willo D. Roberts's Don't Hurt Laurie, Jacklyn O'Hanlon's Fair Game, Betsy Byars's Pinballs, and Marion D. Bauer's Foster Child. CHILDREN B316 BARRICK, JEAN ANNE. "The Authority of Childhood: Three Com ponents of the Childlike Spirit in Poems by Robert Louis Stevenson, Kate Greenaway, and Christina Rossetti." Ed.D. dissertation, Colum bia University, 1971, 249 pp., DA 32:3146A. Discusses wonder, play, and construction/reconstruction as means by which young children "author and authenticate their life- experiences, values, and commitments" in literature written for adults about children and in literature written for children. B317 BILDMAN, JOAN. "Study of Child-Adult Relationships as Revealed in Selected Contemporary Picture-Storybooks for Children in the Primary Grades." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1972, 510 pp., DA 33:950A. Explores the depiction of child-adult relationships in one hundred picture books published between 1950 and 1970. B318 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "The Characterization of the Child in Trans lated Books." Ripples 5, no. 3 (Fall-Winter 1980):4-10. Analyzes the characters and weighs the relative importance of character and place in several translated books, including J”rg Steiner's Rabbit Island, Maria Gripe's The Night Daddy, Tove Jansson's Tales from Moominvalley, and Van Iterson's Pulga. B319 ESCARPIT, DENISE, ed. The Portrayal of the Child in Children's Lit erature: Proceedings of the Sixth Conference of the International Research Society for Children's Literature. Bordeaux, France: University of Gascony, September 1983. Munich: K.G. Saur, 1985, 392 pp. Includes 36 papers in French and in English, with summaries in the alternate language. Papers are grouped under the following topics: the child in national literature, the child in illustration, the child in minority groups, the child in the literary genres, and individual visions of the child. Selected papers have been indexed under individual topics in this bibliography. B320 GLASSER, WILLIAM. "Creative Children: Characterized and Criti cized." L&U 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977):40-46. Examines two picture books which "foster the idea that the child's creative capacities should be selectively restrained," Edward Fenton's Fierce John and Else Minarik's Little Bear. B321 HAYDEN, GRETCHEN PURTELL. "A Descriptive Study of the Treat ment of Personal Development in Selected Children's Fiction Books Awarded the Newbery Medal." Ed.D. dissertation, Wayne State Uni versity, 1969, 303 pp., DA 31:1663A. Examines four Newbery award-winning books in terms of their depiction of the personal development of the main character: Irene Hunt's Up a Road Slowly, Joseph Krumgold's And Now Miquel, Emily Neville's It's Like This Cat, and Esther Forbes's Johnny Tremain. B322 HOMZE, ALMA CROSS. "Interpersonal Relations in Children's Litera ture, 1920 to 1960." Ed.D. dissertation, Pennsylvania State Univer sity, 1963, 222 pp., DA 24:5079A. Found adult characters becoming decreasingly authoritarian and decreasingly critical in their relationships with child characters, child characters increasingly outspoken and critical in interactions with adult characters, child characters increasingly independent, and increasing competition and less affection among adults and children. B323 KELLY, R. GORDON. "Changing Lifestyles in Children's Books." Catholic Library World 53 (Summer 1981):65-69. Reflects on the changing nature of childhood and the child's preparation for the adult world in Louisa May Alcott's Little Women, in Horatio Alger's Ragged Dick, in Richard Hughes's Tom Brown's School Days, in Mark Twain's The Adventures of Tom Sawyer, in Kate Douglas Wiggin's Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm, and in Mary Stolz's Look Before You Leap. B324 KORTH, VIRGINIA. "The Gifted Child in Children's Fiction." Gifted Child Quarterly 21 (Summer 1977):246-60. Describes research to identify children's fiction about gifted children. Finds mostly positive portrayals. B325 NYE, MARILYN L. "Children's Literature to Educate Adults." LA 54 (January 1977):51-54. Discusses several books that provide insights into children's feelings and actions in terms of child-child and child-adult relation ships. B326 PEARCE, PHILIPPA. "The Writer's View of Childhood." Horn Book 38 (February 1962):74-78. Reflects on attitudes toward childhood expressed by various well- known and classic writers. B327 TODD, ROBERT. "The Treatment of Childhood Stress in Children's Literature." CLE, o.s., no. 5 (1971):26-45. (Originally published in Child in Care, the magazine of the Residential Childcare Association, in a slightly different form.) Examines depictions of stress in books ranging from "Snow White" to a number of modern problem novels. Comments by David Evans follow, pp. 46-50. B328 TWAY, EILEEN. "The Gifted Child in Literature." LA 57 (January 1980):14-20. Surveys the gifted child in more than two dozen contemporary children's books. CHILDREN AS AUTHORS B329 MOLSON, FRANCIS. "Portrait of the Young Writer in Children's Fic tion." L&U 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977):77-90. Discusses Louise Fitzhugh's Harriet the Spy, Irene Hunt's Up the Road Slowly, Jean Little's Look Through My Window, Eleanor Cam eron's A Room Made of Windows, and Mollie Hunter's A Sound of Chariots. B330 SMITH, LOUISA A. "Child Writers in Children's Literature." LA 57 (May 1980):519-23. Discusses the portrayal of the child as a writer in Louisa May Alcott's Little Women, Carol Ryrie Brink's Louly, Eleanor Cameron's Julia and the Hand of God, and Maud H. Lovelace's Betsy and Tacy Go Downtown. CHILE B331 BRAVO-VILLASANTE, CARMEN. "The History of Juvenile Literature in Chile." Bookbird 5, no. 3 (1967):28-34. Concentrates on Chilean folktale collections. CHINA B332 BLUMENTHAL, EILEEN P. "Models in Chinese Moral Education: Per spectives from Children's Books." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan, 1976, 250 pp., DA 37:6357A. Investigates Chinese children's books that are produced as part of a broad program of moral education in China, paying particular attention to the Chinese theory of model emulation. B333 CHANG, PARRIS H. "Children's Literature and Political Socialization." In Moving a Mountain: Cultural Change in China. Edited by God win C. Chu and Francis L.K. Hsu. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii for East-West Center, 1979, 446 pp. Discusses Chinese picture story books, identifying major themes, and explores the implications of early political socialization. B334 CHU, LEONARD L. "Sabers and Swords for the Chinese Children: Revolutionary Children's Folk Songs." In Popular Media in China: Shaping New Cultural Patterns. Edited by Godwin C. Chu. Hono lulu: University Press of Hawaii, 1978, pp. 16-50. Provides an extensive account, with examples, of Chinese chil dren's folk songs, contrasting the traditional songs of the past, which were communicated by parents and grandparents, to the modern rev olutionary songs, which are mass circulated. Includes extensive references. B335 COLE, DAVID, and COLE, DOROTHEA. "Two Cultures, Two Kinds of Children's Books." IRBC 8, no. 7 (1977):9-11. Identifies major themes and values expressed in Chinese literature for children and contrasts them with American themes and values. B336 DOOLEY, PATRICIA. "Porcelain, Pigtails, Pagodas: Images of China in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Illustrated Editions of the Nightingale." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):94-105. Examines European ideas of China as revealed in nineteenth- and twentieth-century illustrations and translations of "The Nightingale," and provides extensive background information on the various ver sions. B337 ECO, UMBERTO. "Little Red Comic Books." Atlas 20 (November 1971):36-38. Finds Mao's new way of reaching the people through comics to be humane, educational, and revolutionary. "With few exceptions, there is no distinction between strips for children and for adults." B338 HANNABUSS, STUART. "Muscular Ideology: A Look at Chinese Children's Books." Signal 20 (May 1976):68-77. Discusses what he sees as the almost overwhelming emphasis on ideology in Chinese children's books. B339 HWANG, JOHN C. "Lien Huan Hua: Revolutionary Serial Pictures." In Popular Media in China: Shaping New Cultural Patterns. Edited by Godwin C. Chu. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii, 1978, pp. 51-72. Discusses the Chinese equivalents of Western comic books, placing them in their historical centers and showing how they are used to communicate political messages. B340 KRASILOVSKY, PHYLLIS. "What Chinese Children Read: A Morality Tale." Publishers Weekly 203 (26 February 1973):100-101. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 64-68.) Examines the messages communicated in a sampling of Chinese children's books. B341 MITCHELL, EDNA. "Children's Books from the People's Republic of China." LA 57 (January 1980):30-37. Surveys recent Chinese children's literature discussing trends, artistic qualities, and values portrayed. B342 "`Monkey': A Chinese Children's Classic." In Childhood in Contempo rary Cultures. Edited by Margaret Mead and Martha Wolfenstein. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1955, pp. 246-52. Provides a detailed analysis of the traditional tale "Monkey," a favorite of Chinese children between the ages of six and ten, and attempts to explain the reasons for its appeal to this age group. B343 "People's Republic of China: Educating the Masses with Picture-Story Books." Interracial Books for Children 5, nos. 1-2 (1974):7-10. A lengthy report on children's books in China that includes the following categories: (1) stories written as object lessons, (2) stories about the "Bitter Years," 1920s-1940s, (3) stories about revolutionary movements in other countries, (4) adaptations of works by foreign authors, (5) reading texts, and (6) folklore. B344 SCOTT, DOROTHEA H. Chinese Popular Literature and the Child. Chicago: American Library Association, 1980, 181 pp. Surveys China's popular literature, oral and written, over several centuries and shows its influences on Chinese children's literature. Includes a bibliography and index. B345 -----. "Chinese Stories: A Plea for Authenticity." Library Journal 99 (15 April 1974):1183-87 and SLJ 20 (April 1974):21-25. (Comments in Library Journal 99 [15 September 1974]:2189 and SLJ 21 [Septem ber 1974]:3.) Discusses numerous books about China and the Chinese, pointing out problems, inaccuracies, and difficulties, as well as citing what is excellent. B346 -----. "Lu Hsun and Chinese Literature for Children." International Library Review 7 (January 1975):29-37. Traces the influences of Lu Hsun (pseudonym of Chou Shu-jen) on Chinese children's literature in the twentieth century. B347 SMITH, LYNN COZETTE. "China: A New Perspective for Adolescent Readers." TON 37 (Summer 1981):344-48. Discusses changes in young adult literature about China since United States recognition of Communist China; includes the availabil ity of Chinese works in translation. B348 STONES, ROSEMARY. "An Introduction to Children's Books in the People's Republic of China." Bookbird 15, no. 1 (1977):8-18. A brief history of children's literature in China and a summary of its current status. Concludes that "there now exists a substantial body of literature for children in China that is very worthy of our attention." Includes a bibliography of Chinese children's books. B349 ZANIELLO, THOMAS A. "Flowers in Full Bloom: The Variety of Chinese Children's Literature." Children's Literature 7 (1978):181-90. A follow up to Zaniello's article in Children's Literature (1974) (below), reevaluating the influences of the Cultural Revolution. Concludes that "The `liberalism' of the Hundred Flowers movement of the 1950s may be blossoming once more in Chinese children's litera ture." B350 -----. "Heroic Quintuplets: A Look at Some Chinese Children's Liter ature." Children's Literature 3 (1974):36-42. Examines Claire Huchet Bishop's Five Chinese Brothers and com pares it with the anonymous Chinese Five Little Liu Brothers (1960) with illustrations by Wang Yu-Chuan (available in English translation from the Foreign Languages Press in Peking). Sees the significant difference between the tales in the source of the brothers' difficulty and its resolution. The Chinese version reflects recent Chinese history and stages in the development of a communist society. Dis cusses briefly the ways in which other Chinese tales also reflect changes wrought by the Cultural Revolution. CHINESE AMERICANS B351 WONG, JEAN H. "Chinese-American Identity and Children's Picture Books." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1973, 17 pp., ED 067 663. Surveys the portrayal of Chinese and Chinese Americans in books for young children. Concludes that (1) tales and legends of ancient China have been well-executed, (2) stories of pre-World War II China are old-fashioned and in some cases outdated, and (3) stories with American China-town settings tend to contain occupational stereotypes and overgeneralizations of the culture and show little interaction with the dominant American culture. CHRISTMAS B352 EATON, ANNE T. "Christmas in Books." Horn Book 12 (November- December 1936):339-43. A brief overview of treatment of Christmas, in text and illustra tion, in children's books from around the world. CITIES B353 DELLA ROCCA ORIENTE, LOUISA. "Images of City Life as Depicted in Contemporary Realistic Fiction for Children, Ages Eight to Twelve." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1976, 420 pp., DA 37:6236A. Describes and analyzes the portrayal of city life in contemporary, realistic literature for children ages eight to twelve. B354 LLOYD, BONNIE. "The Changing City Landscape in Children's Books." Journal of Outdoor Education 13, no. 2 (1979):15-20. Explores changes in portrayals of urban and rural life in chil dren's books and suggests they reveal "how much the political and social climate of the country influences our landscape imagery." B355 STEIN, RUTH M. "Of Skies and Skyscrapers: Rural-Urban Imagery in Children's Literature." EE 46 (November 1969):940-49. Although urban living has been upgraded in recent children's books, the Jeffersonian ethos remains. B356 THOMAS, JANE R. "The Infernal City: The Arcadian Lament in Children's Picture Books." Horn Book 54 (February 1975):24-31. "While many authors have discovered in city life the rewards and discomforts of community, some however, have found in it the root of all evil." Examines "the myth of pastoral bliss" in a number of children's books, including Helen Oxenbury's Pig's Tale, Virginia Burton's The Little House, Nicholas Brennan's Olaf's Incredible Machine, and others. Also recommends books with positive portray als of urban life. CLASSICS B357 AKE, MARY, moderator. "Panel Discussion: Developing a Canon of Children's Literature." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):45-67. Panel members Jane Bingham, Alethea Helbig, Marcia Shafer, and Jon Stott discuss why a canon of children's literature is desirable, propose various criteria for selection, and present proposed lists for the canon. B358 ALDERSON, BRIAN. "What Makes a Book Survive? or, `Wild Tales Which Made the Child a Man.'" WLB 47 (October 1972):172-77. Concludes that the children's classics that seem destined to survive share "a certain imaginative density and a certain narrative vigor." B359 DODERER, KLAUS. "German Children's Classics: Heirs and Pretend ers to an Eclectic Heritage." WLB 48, no. 2 (October 1973):146-52. Attempts to define a classic by examining four "classic" German children's books: Grimms' Fairy Tales; Johanna Spyri's Heidi (which he recommends consigning to history), Wilhelm Busch's Max and Moritz, and Erich K„stner's Emil und die Detektive. (See also B947.) B360 FADIMAN, CLIFTON. "Children's Reading." In Party of One: The Selected Writings of Clifton Fadiman. Cleveland: World Publishing Co., 1955, pp. 369-420. Includes "Portrait of The Author as a Young Reader"; "Books for Children," which ranges widely over classics and recent works of children's literature; "Mother Goose"; "The Maze in the Snow," which concerns Alice; and "How Pleasant to Know Mr. Lear!" which sees nonsense as "the comic spirit's organized defiance of experience." B361 -----. "Three Perspectives on: Children's Classics in a Non-Classical Age." WLB 47, no. 2 (October 1972):158-61. Introduces a special issue on classics from French, English, and American children's literature. Includes articles by Isabelle Jan, Brian Alderson, and Sara Innis Fenwick. B362 FENWICK, SARA INNIS. "American Children's Classics: Which Will Fade, Which Endure." WLB 47, no. 2 (October 1972):178-85. Examines the characteristics of classic works of American chil dren's literature that seem destined to survive, and extends the study to certain additional titles from the 1930s and 1940s. Also discusses the influence of the Newbery award. B363 LAWRENCE, ANN. "Children's Classics." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 109-10. Briefly summarizes her research into various groupings of "clas sics" of children's literature. B364 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Grand Canon Suite." ChLAQ 5, no. 1 (Sum mer 1980):1, 3-8. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 38-41.) Discusses the Children's Literature Association's process of developing its list of important children's books and offers his own "Tentative List of Books Everyone Interested in Children's Literature Should Know." Responses to this article are reported in ChLAQ 5, no. 4 (Winter 1981):28-30, and also reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 68-69. B365 RAWSON, CLAUDE. "Elements of a Children's Classic." TLS, 25 November 1983, pp. 1309-10. Reviews the new Puffin classics series and ponders the signifi cance of the ubiquitous orphan in so many children's classics, which, nevertheless, reaffirm family values. In this same issue, p. 1311, twelve writers and critics select and comment on books which they think will become classics. B366 SAYERS, FRANCES CLARKE. "Books That Enchant: What Makes a Classic?" NEA Journal, January 1957, pp. 9-11. (Reprinted in Sayers, Summoned By Books, pp. 152-61.) Looks for common elements in children's classics and finds breathtaking events, the development of character, vivid personalities, originality, atmosphere, and genuine emotion. "Even the youngest children, in the period of their first reading experience, are capable of responding to the great elements of art: to drama and originality, to conflict and resolution, to feeling of place and atmosphere, to the emotions of fear and love and hate, to the inevitability of character and the mystery of personality, to humor and nonsense, to truth, and to the Wizardry of words in the hands of the masters." B367 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "A Working List of Children's Fiction." CLE, o.s., no. 9 (November 1972):57-63. Provides his own list of the best recent children's fiction. COMICS B368 ARBUTHNOT, MAY HILL. "Children and the Comics." EE (March 1947):171-83. Identifies seven types of comics and argues that they will not harm children if they are used wisely and supplemented by good books. B369 ARMSTRONG, DAVID T. "How Good Are the Comic Books?" EER 21 (December 1944):283-85. Upon close examination of an early Superman comic, a teacher formerly opposed to comics concedes that (1) the vocabulary is on a high level, (2) reading and reading speed are encouraged, (3) the values are wholesome, (4) the comics are reaching a large audience often unreached by the schools. B370 BAILEY, BRUCE. "An Inquiry into Love Comic Books: The Token Evolution of the Genre." Journal of Popular Culture 10, no. 1 (Summer 1976):245-48. Sees little change and development in the love comic since its inception in 1949 to the present. B371 BALL, HOWARD G. "Who Is Snoopy?" LA 53 (October 1976):798-802. Summarizes objections to comic strips, briefly describes the history and development of the medium, and provides criteria for determining the "instructional appropriateness" of any particular comic. B372 BECCHETTI, MARIO DI FRANCESCO; FACE, ANDREA; and OTTAVIANI, GIOIA. "From `Mickey Mouse' to `Diabolik.'" Book bird 8, no. 3 (1970):20-24. This Italian study examines comic book themes ranging from vio lence, racism, and the Wild West, to war and horror, finds comics lacking in "positive" and "educative" figures. B373 BECHTEL, LOUISE SEAMAN. "The Comics and Children's Books." Horn Book 17 (July-August 1941):296-303. Expresses dismay at the popularity of comics, particularly the magazine versions, and suggests tactics for turning children away from them to books. B374 BERGER, ARTHUR. "Comics and Culture." Journal of Popular Cul ture 5, no. 1 (Summer 1971):164-77. Explores the role of comics in American life and the reflection of American culture in the comics. B375 Comic Books and Juvenile Delinquency: Interim Report of the Commit tee on the Judiciary. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1955, 50 pp. Includes a brief history of comic books. Discusses the nature of crime and horror comics, the methods used to portray violence, and the contribution of comics to juvenile delinquency. Includes an appendix listing comic book publishers. B376 CUTRIGHT, FRANK, Jr. "Shall Our Children Read the Comics? Yes!" EER 19 (May 1942):165-67. A spirited defense of comics, maintaining that the three aspects that are most decried may be found in any kind of literature: (1) unhealthy excitement and presentation of horror, (2) sex or pornogra phy, and (3) lack of artistry. Includes a list of beneficial aspects of comics with the statement that they usually "exhibit a high integrity quotient" by showing good triumphing over evil. B377 DOHM, J.H. "Comic Books: An American View." Junior Bookshelf 39 (June 1975):159-67. Argues that research is needed on the mental and physical pro cesses used in reading comics and on the ways in which they are used by children. B378 FAUST, WOLFGANG M. "Comics and How to Read Them." Journal of Popular Culture 5 (Summer 1971):194-202. Suggests new ways to read and analyze comics that link verbal and pictorial fields. B379 FEIFFER, JULES. The Great Comic Book Heroes. New York: Dial Press, 1965, 189 pp. This compilation of excerpts from comics includes Feiffer's per sonal critical and historical introduction, pp. 11-53, and afterword, pp. 185-89. B380 FIEDLER, LESLIE A. "Up, Up and Away: The Rise and Fall of Comic Books." NYTBR, 5 September 1976, pp. 1, 9-11. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 339-44.) Traces the history and development of twentieth-century comics from the 1920s through the 1960s. B381 FOSTER, DAVID WILLIAM. "Mafalda: An Argentine Comic Strip." Journal of Popular Culture 14 (Winter 1980):497-508. Applies some general semiological principles to highlight the complex ironies of Mafalda. B382 FRANCIS, MADELEINE. "Girls Only." New Society, 28 September 1972, pp. 627-28. Examines popular British girls' comics. B383 HANNA, WILLARD A. Indonesian Komik. AUFS Report, no. 16. Hanover, N.H.: American Universities Field Service, 1979, 11 pp. Provides an overview of the phenomenon of the Indonesian com ics and their principle themes. B384 HARVEY, ROBERT C. "The Aesthetics of the Comic Strip." Journal of Popular Culture 12, no. 4 (Spring 1979):640-52. Proposes an aesthetic theory of comics. B385 HORN, MAURICE. Comics of the American West. New York: Winchester Press, 1977, 224 pp. Includes a history of the Western comic strip and comic book, and chapters on the portrayal of the West, the Western comic around the world, and major themes and inspirations. Includes a bibliogra phy and index. B386 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Wham! Sok! Thinks!: The Development of Comic Strips from Wilhelm Busch to Walt Disney." In Three Centu ries, pp. 160-72. Traces the evolution of comics. B387 INGE, M. THOMAS. "The Comics as Culture." Journal of Popular Culture 12, no. 4 (Spring 1979):631-39. An introductory overview of the serious study of comics. B388 KASEN, JILL HELENE. "Portraits from the Dream: The Myth of Success in the Comic Strip, 1925-1975." Ph.D. dissertation, Rutgers University, 1978, 441 pp., DA 39:6341A. Analyzes some of the myths of the American class system as unfolded through the comic strip from 1925 to 1975. B389 LUPOFF, RICHARD A., and THOMPSON, DON, eds. All in Color for a Dime. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Ace Books, 1970, 255 pp. An anthology of articles on two dozen heroes, by a number of professional writers and editors. B390 MIRA, EDUARD J. "Notes on a Comparative Analysis of American and Spanish Comic Books." Journal of Popular Culture 5, no. 1 (Summer 1971):203-20. Compares and contrasts the evolution of comics in the United States and in Spain. B391 NEFF, WILLIAM A. "The Pictorial and Linguistic Features of Comic Book Formulas." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Denver, 1977, 239 pp., DA 38:3786A. Applies John Cawelti's definitions and formulas of adventure, romance, mystery, and alien beings or states, to the study of comic books. B392 PEREBINOSSOFF, PHILIPPE. "`What Does a Kiss Mean?' The Love Comic Formula and Creation of the Ideal Teen-Age Girl." Journal of Popular Culture 8 (Spring 1975):825-35. "Love comics reflect in condensed or capsule form the values popular culture requires of the ideal teen-age girl." Discusses the conservative, traditional values that "love comic heroines must learn to accept if they are going to be successful wives and mothers." B393 RICHLER, MORDECAI. "The Great Comic Book Heroes." Encounter 28, no. 5 (May 1967):46-53. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 299-308.) A favorable and nostalgic view of the often maligned comic book heroes of the 1940s, 1950s, and 1960s. Reviews Feiffer's The Great Comic Book Heroes. B394 "Roughage: Comics." In Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 49-70. Includes Bob Dixon's "Cartoon Comics," pp. 50-53 (from Catching Them Young 2: Political Ideas in Children's Fiction), an analysis of social issues; Margaret Marshall's "Have You Read Your Child's Comic Recently?," pp. 54-56, a presentation of some positive aspects of comics; and Nicholas Tucker's "A New Look at the British Comic," reprinted from Where. B395 SHADOIAN, JACK. "Yuh Got Pecos! Doggone, Belle, Yuh're as Good As Two Men." Journal of Popular Culture 12 (Spring 1979):721-36. Analyzes strong female cowgirl characters in some short-lived comics of the late 1940s and early 1950s. B396 SKIDMORE, MAX J., and SKIDMORE, JOEY. "More than Mere Fan tasy: Political Themes in Contemporary Comic Books." Journal of Popular Culture 17 (Summer 1983):83-92. Analyzes the shift in political themes between the comics of the Golden Age (the 1940s and 1950s) to those of the present. Includes extensive references. B397 SKINNER, KENNETH A. "Salaryman Comics in Japan: Images of Self-Perception." Journal of Popular Culture 13 (Summer 1979):141-51. Analyzes common characteristics and concerns of Japan's salary man ("sarariman manga") comic strips between 1974 and 1976. B398 SMITH, COLIN. "Himmel! The Englanders Won't Stop Fighting." Observer Colour Supplement, 16 July 1972. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 338-43.) A journalist's report on war comics produced by the British- based International Publishing Corporation, with comments by their writers. B399 SMITH, RODNEY DALE. "A Study of the International Political Events and Commentary in Selected American Comic Strips from 1940-1970." Ed.D. dissertation, Ball State University, 1979, 248 pp. Traces the ways in which five comic strips commented on inter national political events over a thirty-year period. The strips are Al Capp's Li'l Abner, Harold Gray's Little Orphan Annie, Zack Mosley's Smilin Jack, Milton Caniff's and George Wunder's Terry and the Pirates, and Walt Kelly's Pogo. B400 STEVENS, JOHN D. "Reflections in a Dark Mirror: Comic Strips in Black Newspapers." Journal of Popular Culture 10 (Summer 1976):239-44. Examines comics in black newspapers for their insights into black aspirations and frustrations. B401 STOTT, JON C. "Pseudo-Sublimity and Inarticulate Mumblings in Vio lent Juxtaposition: The World of Comic Books." ChLAQ 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982):10-12. Surveys currently popular comic books and notes their similarity to television format, their purple prose, and their similarities to Northern mythology. B402 SWARTZ, J. "The Anatomy of the Comic Strip and the Value World of Kids." 2 vols. Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1978, 558 pp., DA 37:5780A. Analyzes the contribution of Richard F. Outcault, creator of Buster Brown, to the development of American comic strip history. B403 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "A New Look at the British Comic." Where 122 (November 1976):291-93, 326-29. Provides an overview of current British children's comics. B404 -----, ed. "Part Two: Comics." In Suitable for Children?, pp. 77-112. Includes reprints of articles by Tucker, Nicholas Johnson, J.B. Priestley, and Angela Carter. B405 -----. "What Was All the Fuss About?" TES 3349 (22 August 1980):15. Examines the battle to ban comics, spearheaded by Frederick Wertham in the 1950s. B406 VIGUS, ROBERT. "The Art of the Comic Magazine." EER 19 (May 1942):168-70. Explores the influences of comic book art and summarizes argu ments for and against. Urges that comics be given more careful criticism. Includes references for the arguments. B407 VOLPER, R. "Feminist Goals As Depicted in the Behavior of the Hus band Versus the Wife in Selected American Family Comic Strips 1960-1974--A Content Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, New York Uni versity, 1975, 242 pp., DA 36:7717A. Examines Blondie, Moon Mullins, and Gasoline Alley from their beginnings through 1974. Finds the feminist movement has not had a significant impact upon comic-strip husbands and wives. B408 WALP, RUSSELL LEE. "Comics as Seen By the Illustrators of Chil dren's Books." WLB 26 (October 1951):153-56, 159. Surveys twenty-five well-known illustrators to gather opinions on comics. Opinions range from those who believe "comics are a menace to welfare and reading habits" to those who believe there are some "good" and some "bad" comics. B409 WERTHAM, FREDERICK. Seduction of the Innocent. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1954, 400 pp. "This book, thoroughly documented by facts and cases, gives the substance of Dr. Wertham's expert opinion on the effects that comic books have on the minds and behavior of children who come in con tact with them." Wertham concentrates especially on crime comics, but examines the entire field, detailing its detrimental influences on children and society. B410 WIDZER, MARTIN E. "Comic-book Superhero: A Study of the Fam ily Romance Fantasy." Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 32 (1977):565-603. "Viewing the comic book as contemporary mythology, I shall focus specifically on the comic-book superheroes and consider them in relation to the myth of the birth of the hero of classical mythol ogy. The manner in which the superheroes acquire their powers will be related to the phases of the family romance fantasy." Widzer also relates this fantasy to stages of psychological development. Includes extensive references. B411 YOUNG, WILLIAM H., Jr. "The Serious Funnies: Adventure Comics During During the Depression, 1929-1938." Journal of Popular Cul ture 3 (Winter 1969):404-27. Examines the way adventure comic strips responded to the depression of the 1930s. Comics discussed include Tarzan, Dick Tracy, Radio Patrol, Terry and the Pirates, and Buck Rogers. CONFLICT B412 BLACKBURN, WILLIAM. "`Daddy, Daddy, You Bastard, I'm Through': Rebellion in Children's Literature." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 12 pp., ED 147 825 Examines the way in which children's rebellion against adults is handled in three works in which adults meet their deaths at the hands of children: "Hansel and Gretel," Treasure Island, and Peter Pan. B413 -----. "Terrible Thoughts: The Instinct of Revolt in Children's Litera ture." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1983, 14 pp., ED 240 616. Examines the portrayal of children's rebellion against their parents in three classic works of children's literature: the Grimms' "Hansel and Gretel," R.L. Stevenson's Treasure Island, and J.M. Barrie's Peter Pan. B414 BOND, NANCY. "Conflict in Children's Literature." Horn Book 60 (June 1984):297-306. Identifies three kinds of conflict in children's books (global, personal, and internal) and discusses them, chiefly in terms of her own books. CONSUMER EDUCATION B415 HEYLMAN, KATHERINE M. "No Bargains for Francis: Children's Trade Books and Consumer Education." SLJ 18 (October 1971):77-92. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 125-35.) This critical bibliographic essay examines approaches to consumer education in children's fictional and informational books. COOKBOOKS B416 JENKS, CAROLYN. "The Basic Ingredients: Cookbooks for Children." SLJ 23 (March 1977):120-21. Provides criteria for evaluating children's cookbooks and a briefly annotated bibliography. CRITICAL THEORY B417 ABRAHAMSON, RICHARD F. "Children's Literature Scholarship: Implications of Favat's Child and Tale." LA 55 (April 1978):502-4. Suggests directions the scholarship of children's literature might take if guided by Favat's suggestions. B418 AIKEN, JOAN. "Purely for Love." Books: Journal of the National Book League, Winter 1970, pp. 9-21. (Reprinted in Haviland, Chil dren and Literature, pp. 141-54.) In a roundabout way, sets forth criteria for writers of children's books and their critics. "Really good writing for children should come out with the force of Niagara, it ought to be concentrated; it needs to have everything that is in adult writing squeezed into a smaller compass." B419 ALDERSON, BRIAN W. "Bibliography and Children's Books: The Pre sent Position." Library 32 (1977):203-13. Argues that children's books need a firmer bibliographical base-- especially in the area of illustration. B420 -----. "Literary Criticism and Children's Books; or, `Could Be Worse.'" In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 59-75. Explores the ways in which various varieties of "literary critics" might approach Edward Lear's poem "Daddy Long-Legs and the Fly": The Educationist, The Utilitarian, The Authoritarian, The Child Minder. Argues that the critic should be concerned with the "inte grity--the wholeness and truth" of the secondary world created within a work and that the means to this is textual analysis. B421 -----. "Opinions are Free: Facts are Expensive." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 77-82. Argues that bibliographical and historical research to establish accurate textual and bibliographic information about works of chil dren's literature is essential to critical understanding of both historical and modern children's literature. B422 BAMBERGER, RICHARD. "Principles for the Evaluation of Children's Books." In Reading and Children's Books, pp. 77-89. Examines aesthetic, psychological, and pedagogical principles as means of evaluating children's books. B423 BATOR, ROBERT, ed. Signposts to Criticism of Children's Literature. Chicago: American Library Association, 1983, 346 pp. Selects critical articles on children's literature that "exemplify much of the serious treatment that has emerged so far." Individual topics and authors have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B424 BEKKEDAL, TEKLA K. "Content Analysis of Children's Books." Library Trends 22 (October 1973):109-26. A literature review of content analysis studies on children's books, examining content analysis as a tool, studies of human rela tionships, studies on values and cultural content, studies on racial and ethnic groups, and other studies. Concludes with suggestions for further research. Includes extensive references and numerous doctoral dissertations. B425 BENTON, MICHAEL, ed. Approaches to Research in Children's Litera ture. Southampton, England: University of Southampton, Department of Education, February 1980, 41 pp. This report, from a two-day research seminar on children's litera ture held at Southampton University in September 1979, includes Nicholas Tucker's "Can We Ever Know the Reader's Response?," Peter Hunt's "Children's Books, Children's Literature, Criticism and Research," and Margaret Meek's "Prologomena for a Study of Chil dren's Literature." Tucker explores the applications of developmental psychology for criticism of children's literature. Hunt attempts to define children's literature and distinguish between "literature" and "non-literature" and "quality" and "value." Meek questions the assumptions that are made about children and their response to litera ture and explores the role of criticism of children's literature and its present stage of development. "It seems that we have reached the point where we must look at the prospects for research into a liter ary theory that can encompass literature written with children as part ary theory that can encompass literature written with children as part of the acknowledged audience, so that developmental considerations can be included, so that judgements relevant to `adult' literature need not be excluded, and the historical progression can be enlightening." B426 BLOS, JOAN. "Of Children's Literature and Child Psychology." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):101-5. Explores the different, yet complementary, approaches of psychol ogy and literature to childhood. B427 BRETT, BETTY. "A Study of the Criticism of Children's Literature 1969-1979." Ph.D dissertation, Ohio State University, 1981, 501 pp., DA 42:1947A. See annotation for the following item. B428 BRETT, BETTY M., and HUCK, CHARLOTTE S. "Research Update: Children's Literature--The Search for Excellence." LA 59 (Novem ber-December 1982):877-82. (Also available from ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 41 pp., ED 220 846.) Summarizes the nature of children's literature criticism in the years 1969-79. Based on Brett's doctoral dissertation, criticism is classified into three categories: work-centered, child-centered, and issue-centered. Each category is defined and discussed. Concludes that "There is a valid criticism of children's literature, a criticism which appears to be moving away from a narrow preoccupation with text to a more comprehensive criticism which embraces the author, the work, the social environment in which the work develops, and the audience to whom the work is addressed." B429 -----. "What Makes a Good Story?" LA 55 (April 1978):460-66. Analyzes the qualities that make a story good in relationship to children's understanding. Identifies characteristics such as identifiable structures, the difficulty of recognizing and using these structures, reliance on the reader's prior beliefs and expectations, and the complexity of the story. B430 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "For Whom Does the Critic Write--and Why?" ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):181-83, 198. The critic, after satisfying him or herself, is, or should be, writing, indirectly, for children. The critic of children's literature should have, as Lawrence Clark Powell notes Frances Clarke Sayers had, a "gift of celebration." B431 -----. "Why Not for Children?" Horn Book 42 (February 1966):21-33. (Revised and published as "The Sense of Audience," in Green and Burning, pp. 203-8.) A spirited defense of children's literature and those who admit they write for children as well as to please themselves. B432 -----. "With Wrinkled Brow and Cool Fresh Eye." Horn Book 61 (May-June 1985):280-88; (July-August 1985):426-31. Explores the role of the literary critic. B433 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Three Fallacies About Children's Books." Horn Book 54 (June 1978):322-26. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 54-59.) The three fallacies are that (1) only good stories today are in children's books, (2) didacticism is an old-fashioned literary weakness, and (3) I write for myself. B434 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA J. "Responding to Literature as a Work of Art--An Aesthetic Literary Experience." LA 59 (March 1982):259-64. Explores approaches to the aesthetic aspects of literature, empha sizing "an intense internal happening, an awareness of literary structure, and the identification of multiple meanings." For another approach to literature as art see the article preceding Cianciolo's in this same issue: Diane Monson's "The Literature Program and the Arts," pp. 254-58. B435 -----. "To Each His Own!" TON 27 (June 1971):406-15. Categorizes children's literature according to the desires of the readers who cry, "Comfort me. Amuse me. Touch me. Make me shudder. Make me weep. Make me think," and the few who say, "Give me something fine in any form which may suit you best, according to your own temperament." Mentions books that might satisfy the reader in each category. B436 COOPER, SUSAN. "In Defense of the Artist." In Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):20-28. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, 98-108.) An attack on "pseudo-scientific" criticism and the issues approach and a plea to treat literature as art, to "Be careful how you treat the magic of books . . . if you peer at it too hard . . . it will vanish." (See reply by Lois Kuznets, below.) B437 COUPLAND, JUSTIN. "What's in a Story: Narrative Structure and Realisation in Children's Fiction." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 85-91. Explores ways of analyzing and comparing narrative structure in children's books. Includes extensive references. B438 CRAGO, HUGH. "Children's Literature: On the Cultural Periphery." Children's Book Review 4, no. 4 (Winter 1974-75):137-38. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 61-65.) Applies the tenet "tradition survives longest on the periphery" to children's literature, explores parallels between children's literature and rock music, and ponders the political effects of decompartmen talizing children's literature. B439 -----. "Cultural Categories and the Criticism of Children's Literature." Signal 30 (September 1979):140-50. Attempts to address these large questions: "What is being a critic about? What assumptions do critics of children's literature work on? Are they valid? Are there real differences between child and adult responses to literature?" B440 DALE, RUTH ELLEN. "A Critical Inquiry into the Nature of Whole ness and Fragmentation in Selected Prose Fiction for Young Chil dren." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1965, 594 pp., DA 26:2544A. "This study probes the nature of wholeness and fragmentation and their relationship to prose fiction for young children, with a view toward a theory of literature for children." Finds that today's children's literature tends to express fragmentation. B441 DAVIS, DAVID C. "It's This Way, Kid!" Horn Book 40 (October 1964):523-27. In a humorous, colloquial style, Davis sets forth criteria for a "good" book. B442 DE ANGELO, RACHAEL, ed. "Book Selection for Children." Drexel Library Quarterly 2 (January 1966):5-26. Includes an overview, "Children's Literature Today--Its Back ground and Problems," by William A. Jenkins; "Criteria for Children's Books," by Anne Izard; and summaries of small group discussions centered on criteria for evaluating various categories of books: picture and easy books, factual and fictional series, and retellings, adaptations, and abridgements. B443 EBERT, GUNTER. "Critics and Criticism." Bookbird 10, no. 4 (1972):3-7. Discusses differences in the ways in which children and adults approach books. Stresses that the successful authors of children's books are those who "reach the dialectic of worldliness and naivet‚," and discusses the role and definition of "adventure" and "excitement" in children's books. B444 ELLEMAN, BARBARA. "The Real Book and the Real Child." Booklist 75 (1979):40-42. Book-reviewer Elleman persuasively argues that those working with children and books should not lose sight of the child. B445 FADIMAN, CLIFTON. "The Case for Children's Literature." Children's Literature 5 (1976):9-21. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 7-18.) Summarizes arguments against children's literature as an art form and worthwhile entity, then argues in favor of children's literature on the basis of tradition, recognized masterpieces, the suitability of genres such as nonsense and fantasy, and themes central to the form. Finally, Fadiman points out the growing critical apparatus and num bers of institutions in support of the field. B446 FAVAT, ANDRE F. "Achieving a State of Grace." English Education 2 (Spring 1971):136-41. Suggests a plan to help critics and teachers of children's literature "achieve a state of grace." It must be decided whether children's literature is "apart from or a part of literature in general," a "semantically viable" vocabulary of criticism must be found, criticism and reviewing must be joined, and focus on the author's life must not be substituted for focus on the author's work. Calls for a mora torium on textbooks and booklists, and argues that as well as training in literature, the critic of children's literature needs training in psychoanalytic and developmental psychology. "Those of us who practice or use criticism of children's literature must decide just what the relationship is between children's literature and conventional literature. We must employ or insist upon a precise critical vocabu lary in the reviews we write to take on the functions of criticism, and must eschew appreciations in favor of in-depth, topical studies. And we must bring to bear upon our writing and teaching, knowl edge of literature and psychology and not pedagogy or bibliography alone." B447 FIELD, CAROLYN W. "Criteria and the Individual." Horn Book 40 (October 1964):527-29. Suggests that the criteria for excellence are generally agreed upon and may even seem self-evident, but because judges differ in per sonality, experience, and background, disagreements over selection of distinguished books occur. B448 FISHER, MARGERY. "Coming to Books." Signal 33 (September 1980):127-29. Fisher shares her approach to appreciating and evaluating books. B449 -----. "Rights and Wrongs." In Arbuthnot Lectures, pp. 3-20. (Also in TON 26 [June 1970]:373-91.) Urges we approach books as lovers first, critics second. Com ments on various trends in children's literature, including somewhat extended discussions of the following books: Zindel's My Darling, My Hamburger, Ivan Southall's Finn's Folly, Jill Walsh's Fireweed, Lucy Boston's Stranger at Green Knowe, and Peter Dickinson's Heartsease. B450 FRANK, JOSETTE. "What Makes a Book for Children Good." Library Journal 84 (15 March 1959):978-80. Provides criteria for both fiction and nonfiction, starting with the statement that a book must have "integrity." B451 FRASER, JAMES. "Children's Literature as a Scholarly Resource: The Need for a National Plan." Library Journal 94 (15 December 1969):4490-91. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 198-201.) Discusses the need for systematic collection of children's books for the use of research scholars; not only "quality" children's literature but all kinds are needed to meet the needs of researchers in the social sciences. B452 GEORGIOU, CONSTANTINE. "A Compilation and Analysis of Ele ments of Literary Quality Expressed in Fictional Works Found in Children's Classics and the John Newbery Medal Books." Ed.D. dis sertation, New York University, 1963, 231 pp., DA 26:1020A. Explores the dimensions of quality found in standard children's classics and in Newbery award-winning fiction. Attempts to produce a guide for analyzing juvenile fiction. B453 GIBLIN, JAMES CROSS. "Does It Have to Be Fantasy to Be Imagina tive?" CLE, n.s. 9, no. 3 (Autumn 1978):151-55. (Letters follow in CLE, n.s. 10, no. 1 [Spring 1979]:49-51.) Imaginative quality in literature does not depend upon whether the work is labeled "fantasy" or "realism," but depends upon the quality of execution of character, plot, setting, sense perceptions, language, and illustrations. B454 GODDEN, RUMER. "Have the Courage to Tell a Story." Bookseller, 31 July 1976. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 111-13.) Questions whether the importance of "story" is being overlooked in today's emphasis on standards and quality in children's literature. B455 GORDON, JESSE E. "The Wrong Rights in Children's Literature." Michigan Quarterly Review 6 (January 1967):54-56. (Reprinted in TON 23 [June 1967]:376-78, along with a response and rebuttal, "Flashing Dr. Gordon," by Peggy Sullivan and others, pp. 379-85.) Gordon argues that compared to traditional literature, recent children's literature lacks "significant themes." Peggy Sullivan's spirited reply begins, "The inhabitant of the ivory tower has opened his window and spit." Among books upon which Sullivan and Gor don disagree are Robert McCloskey's Make Way for Ducklings and Lynd Ward's The Biggest Bear. B456 HAND, NIGEL. "Criticism and the Children's Fiction Industry." CLE, o.s., no. 12 (September 1973):3-9. Points out weaknesses in much children's literature criticism, which he describes as neither searching nor generous. B457 HANNABUSS, STUART. "Beyond the Formula: Ways of Extending the Obvious for Children and Young People." Junior Bookshelf 46, no. 4 (August 1982):123-27; no. 5 (October 1982):173-76. Urges that writers for children avoid the obvious, the clich‚, and points out ways that some writers have done this. Hannabuss expresses related ideas in his discussion of popular adult fiction, "A Bridge to Far," Junior Bookshelf 47, no. 3 (June 1983):101-5. B458 HARDGRAVE, WILMA JEAN BAKER. "An Interpretation of Kenneth Burke's Order and the Narrative Applied to Selected Newbery Medal Novels for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, New Mexico State Univer sity, 1970, 131 pp., ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Ser vice, ED 054 156. Concludes that only six of the seventeen novels considered were judged to be "properly constructed narratives" according to Burke's concept of ultimate order, and that applying Burkean concepts to children's novels "gave more questions than answers." B459 HEDGES, NED SAMUEL. "The Fable and the Fabulous: The Use of Traditional Forms in Children's Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Nebraska, 1968, 255 pp., DA 29:2213A. Examines the ways in which children's books are modeled on the traditional literary forms of fable, myth, epic, and romance. Sees Kipling's Just So Stories as combining the forms of beast fable and nature myth, Kenneth Grahame's Wind in the Willows as combining fable and epic, and Tolkien's The Hobbit as employing the devices of the medieval chivalric romance. B460 HEINS, ETHEL L. "The Criticism and Reviewing of Children's Books." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):48-56. Distinguishes between reviewing and criticism, and warns critics against going too far, echoing Susan Cooper's comments. B461 HEINS, PAUL. "Coming to Terms with Criticism." Horn Book 46 (August 1970):370-75. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 82-87, and in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 408-12.) Lists topics worthy of consideration by critics of children's literature. These include seeing children's literature and its criticism as a part of the whole of literature, identifying the distinguishing characteristic of children's literature, and considering the trends of the age, the judgment of time, and the effect of stressing excellence. B462 -----. "Literary Criticism and Children's Books." Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress 38 (Fall 1981):255-63. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 85-90.) Discusses the importance of literary criticism in casting "the introspective light," and differentiates this approach from others. B463 -----. "Some Random Thoughts on the Present State of the Criticism of Children's Literature." Horn Book 46 (June 1970):264-73. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 72-81, and as "Out on a Limb with the Critics," in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 400-407.) Examines the relationship between reviewing and criticism. Con cludes, "The prime function, then, of the reviewer and even of the critic of children's books is to recognize those books which appealing at present to children will seem even better when they are reread by those same children in adulthood." B464 HELSON, RAVENNA. "Change, Tradition, and Critical Styles in the Contemporary World of Children's Books." Children's Literature 5 (1976):22-39. Reports on a study of the personalities and psychology of critics of children's literature. B465 HUGHES, FELICITY A. "Children's Literature: Theory and Practice." ELH [English Literary History] 45 (Fall 1978):542-61. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 26-36, 242-48.) Maintains that as the novel became elevated to the status of serious literature in the 1880s, fantasy was "abandoned to the child." Failure to recognize that this is the case has led to confusion in the theory of criticism of children's literature. B466 HUNT, PETER. "All Art is One Art: The Holistic Approach to Chil dren's Literature." Advocate 2, no. 3 (Spring 1983):170-74. Suggests that children's book studies "epitomize--and are a para digm for--all the most advanced critical and educational and socio logical and philosophical ways of dealing with text and reader." B467 -----. "Childist Criticism: The Subculture of the Child, the Book and the Critic." Signal 43 (January 1984):42-60. Questions whether books said to represent a child's point of view actually do that or whether they represent what adults think is a child's point of view and children go along with it to please adults. Suggests new viewpoints may start with studies of children's responses, such as the Cragos' work, and with the book itself and post structuralist critical theory. Finally suggests that we might begin by looking at a book written by a child. B468 -----. "Critical Method for Children's Literature: A Booklist by Peter Hunt." Signal 19 (January 1976):12-21. Recommends a basic list of works on criticism useful to chil dren's literature scholars. B469 -----. "Criticism and Children's Literature." Signal 15 (September 1974):117-30. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 114-25.) Defines children's literature as books written for a particular child or children, and literature "in terms of the critical process applied to it." Divides criticism into factual, objective, and subjective phases, and further divides these phases into textual, contextual, generic, and moral approaches; formal, linguistic, stylistic, exponential, mythological, archetypal, psychological, and sociological criticism. Urges that "a firm foundation of academic disciplines would be valuable" in the study of children's literature and that "criticism can make a contribution." B470 -----. "Criticism and Pseudocriticism." Signal 34 (January 1981):14-21. Responds to Rees's Marble in the Water which he labels a "poor book," exemplifying the pseudocriticism which has flourished among children's books for too long. B471 -----. "A Fine Skepticism: Academics, Children, and Books." Signal 36 (September 1981):175-81. Reviews Neil Philip's study of Alan Garner, A Fine Anger. Devotes a final two pages to Nicholas Tucker's The Child and the Book, linking them with discussion on the nature and problems of criticism of children's literature. B472 -----. "The Good, The Bad and the Indifferent: Quality and Value in Three Contemporary Children's Books." In Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 225-46. In an attempt to provide a model for more rigorous critical thinking about children's books, Hunt examines Richard Adams's Watership Down, William Mayne's It, and Leon Garfield's The Pleasure Garden. B473 -----. "Narrative Theory and Children's Literature." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):191-94. Explores the difficulties of applying narrative theory to children's literature, yet argues that theory and radical thinking are necessary or "it may well be that we will continue to get the books we seem to deserve." Suggests a "children's-literature-specific theory" must be developed that takes into account ways in which children's literature differs from that for adults. B474 -----. "Questions of Method and Methods of Questioning: Childist Criticism in Action." Signal 45 (September 1984):180-200. Applies his theories of "childist criticism" in an interpretation of Betsy Byars's The Eighteenth Emergency. B475 HUNTER, MOLLIE. "Talent Is Not Enough." Arbuthnot Lecture (1975):105-19. (Also in TON 31 [June 1975]:391-406.) Maintains that "There must be a person behind the book." The children's writer must be in touch with the deep, unblunted emotions of childhood, must be able to relate the significance of a theme to the reader, yet the story must remain paramount. B476 HUUS, HELEN. "Common Denominators in Children's Books." Reading Teacher 34 (March 1981):633-39. Briefly surveys similarities in genres, themes, and topics of an international array of children's books. B477 INGLIS, FRED. "The Awkward Ages, or What Shall We Tell the Chil dren?" CLE, o.s., no. 13 (1974):13-34. Using some examples from great children's literature from the past as touchstones, Inglis proposes a theory for evaluating recent children's literature based on a liberal ideology and a search for goodness. B478 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Children and the Voices of Literature." May Hill Arbuthnot Honor Lecture. TON 40 (Fall 1983):95-104. Explores the various ways in which authors' voices appeal to "the authority of childhood," to "the children's needs, their sense of wonder, their playfulness, their perpetual constructions-- reconstructions of ideas, of opinions and judgements and reactions, of meanings, of feelings." B479 JAN, ISABELLE. On Children's Literature. New York: Schocken, 1974, 189 pp. Examines the question "Is there such a thing as literature for children?" The various chapters discuss aspects of children's litera ture, the final chapter, "Childhood Regained," asserting that "Chil dren's literature has nothing whatsoever to lose by insisting on its own individuality." B480 JENNERICH, EDWARD J. "Panel: A Symposium on the Teaching of Children's Literature." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 1980):68-83. Includes presentations on various approaches to children's litera ture and its criticism at the college level by Jane Bingham (education department perspective), Mildred Laughlin (library science perspec tive), and Joy Andersen (English department perspective). B481 KARL, JEAN. "Excellence in Children's Books." Bookbird 5, no. 2 (1967):17-20. Points out what children's trade books are not and suggests ways in which "the climate in which excellence can be created can be established." B482 KAYE, MARILYN. "The Critical Front." Booklist 76 (February 1980):769-70. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 142-46.) Summarizes and lists pros and cons of various methods of criti cism: archetypal, sociocultural, and formalist. Concludes it is time to pick and choose from the many approaches to develop an approach suitable for children's literature. Urges less attention to content and more to form, better definition of audience, and a clearer distinction between popular and "high" literature. B483 KERTZER, ADRIENNE. "Inventing the Child Reader: How We Read Children's Books." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 1 (Spring 1984):12-21. Examines John Newbery's Little Goody Two Shoes and Richard Hughes's High Wind in Jamaica to show how writers invent their readers, and points out the ways in which recognition of this fact "helps us make sense of children's literature." B484 KIMMEL, ERIC A. "Children's Literature without Children." Chil dren's Literature 13 (Spring 1982):38-43. Expresses concern over what he sees as a growing trend toward ignoring children's tastes and preferences by critics of children's literature as literature. Letter in Response (CLE, n.s. 13, no. 4 [Winter 1982]:195-97) from Perry Nodelman argues against "narrow conceptions both of what children are capable of and of what chil dren's books should be." Kimmel holds fast to his position, saying we should accept the wisdom of children's choices. "Newberys are always in [in libraries]; Blumes are always out." B485 -----. "Toward a Theory of Children's Literature." LA 56 (April 1979):357-62. Discusses four basic trends in children's literature that reflect four possible ways of viewing childhood: (1) Mythic, (2) Didactic, (3) Rousseauvian, and (4) Nihilistic. In the end links the Nihilistic to the Mythic level where "we return, battered and disillusioned by the contemporary world, to draw renewed strength and inspiration through simple contemplation of the wonder of being." B486 KINGSBURY, MARY. "Perspectives on Criticism." Horn Book 60 (February 1984):17-23. (Reprinted in Bookbird 3 [1984]:4-8.) Examines the role of the critic, maintaining that new criticism's "Loyalty to the Text" should be the "first law of the critical jungle." Urges that the improvement of criticism of children's literature is important for "the very survival of the culture we live in." B487 KUSKIN, KARLA. "The Language of Children's Literature." In The State of the Language. Edited by Leonard Michaels and Christopher Ricks. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1980, pp. 213-25. Discusses the changing language of children's books, the influence of the fairy tales and the storyteller, the influence of illustration on language, the importance of the sounds of words to the very young, and the influence of the simplified language of the "read-alone" books. Among books used in extended examples are William Nichol son's Clever Bill and Margaret Wise Brown's Good Night Moon. B488 KUTTY, K. NARAYAN. "Roger Sale Puts in a Word for Children's Literature." Children's Literature 7 (1978):208-14. Praises Sale's Fairy Tales and After, but also feels "he undermines the role of the child in children's literature." B489 KUZNETS, LOIS R. "Susan Cooper, A Reply." Children's Literature Association Newsletter 3 (Spring-Summer 1978):14-16. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 109-13.) Refutes Susan Cooper's attack on criticism (above). Defends the right of the critic to ask "Why?" and apply his or her own experi ence, training, and interests to a work in the attempt to discover the author's answers. B490 LANES, SELMA. "Once Upon the Timeless: The Enduring Power of A Child's First Books," and "When All the Sky Is Clear and Blue." In Down The Rabbit Hole, pp. 179-203, 204-11. In these final chapters of her book, Lanes examines a number of factors that may make a young child's book particularly memorable, and reflects on the differences in the reactions of child and adult to particular scenes. B491 LANGTON, JANE. "Down to the Quick: The Use of Daily Reality in Writing Fiction." Horn Book 59 (February 1973):24-30. Defines three levels of truth-telling, with examples from chil dren's books: "there is the telling of the truth as it appears on the surface; there is the telling of the truth a little farther in"; and, "finally, there is a telling of the truth even farther toward the center, and this third truth may deny the other two." B492 LAWSON, ROBERT. "Make Me a Child Again." Horn Book 16 (November-December 1940):447-56. Suggests that people connected with children's books should add to their prayers "make me a child again" so they can see books as children see them. Lawson criticizes the concern with "doing good" for children through books and attacks the "dreary" trends which result. Expresses similar sentiments in somewhat different terms in his Caldecott Medal acceptance speech in Horn Book 17 (July-August 1947):278-84. B493 LEE, BRIAN. "Children's Books Grow Up." Contemporary Review 233 (1980):85-90. Comments on the new adult-type of children's books, discussing briefly, Richard Adams's Watership Down, Russell Hoban's Mouse and His Child, Alan Garner's Red Shift, and Robert Westall's Machine-Gunners. Concludes, "If you want a good read it often pays to take a look around the children's section of the nearest library or book shop." B494 LEESON, ROBERT. "To the Toyland Frontier." Signal 16 (January 1975):18-25. (Also in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 208-16.) Disputes Townsend's (B540) "purist position in children's book criticism." We need "synthesis" not "rejection of non-literary criteria." ("These days turning to adult lit-crit is like asking to be rescued by the Titanic.") Rejects the idea of "consensus" on quality as a middle class assumption. "Rather than purge criticism of non-literary elements, let us renew and enrich literary standards with those elements, that literature may better reflect and in its turn enrich life." B495 LEHTONEN, MAIJA. "Reflections on Children's Literature." Bookbird 11, no. 2 (1973):22-28. Analyzes various critical approaches to children's literature ranging from new criticism to Gote Klingberg's theory of "adapta tion," to biographical analysis and to historical, national, and sociological (including Marxist and structuralist) approaches. Especially helpful for its summary of the work of European critics not translated into English. B496 LEWIS, C.S. "On Three Ways of Writing for Children." In Proceedings of the Bournemouth Conference. London: Library Association, 1952. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 2d ed., pp. 207-20; in Horn Book 39 [October 1963]:231-40; in Canadian Library Association Bulletin 15 [June 1958]:28-35, and in Lewis's Of Other Worlds: Essays and Stories [New York: Harcourt Brace, 1966].) Much quoted by critics and authors of children's literature, Lewis herein describes two good and one bad way of writing for children. The bad: give the children what they want. The good: tell a story to a particular child, and "writing a children's story because a children's story is the best art-form of something you have to say." Lewis also provides insights into the nature of fantasy and fairy tales. B497 LUKENS, REBECCA. "The Child, the Critic, and a Good Book." LA 55 (April 1978):452-54, 546. "Good literature is good literature; it satisfies both children and critics." Points out qualities that make a book good to both critic and child. B498 -----. A Critical Handbook of Children's Literature. 2d ed. Glen view, Ill.: Scott Foreman, 1982, 264 pp. (Introduction reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 173-78.) This introductory text takes a critical approach to children's literature, discusses many classic and contemporary books in passing, and contains many detailed references to E.B. White's Charlotte's Web which it uses as a touchstone. Includes chapters analyzing character, plot, setting, theme, point of view, style, and tone, as well as sections devoted to various genres. B499 LURIE, ALISON. "On the Subversive Side." TLS, 28 March 1980, pp. 353-54. Argues that many of the classic and most famous of children's books represent the child's point of view and are subversive of the status quo. B500 -----. "Vulgar, Coarse, and Grotesque: Subversive Books for Kids." Harper's 259 (December 1979):66-68. Points out that the classic great books of children's literature tend to be subversive and appeal to the real child many grown-ups would prefer not to acknowledge. B501 MacCANN, DONNARAE. "A Valid Criticism for Children's Books." WLB 44, no. 4 (December 1969):369-96. This introduction to a special issue devoted to criticism of children's books tells why this criticism is necessary and points out some of its elements and functions. B502 McGILLIS, RODERICK. "Calling A Voice Out of Silence: Hearing What We Read." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 1 (Spring 1984):22-29. Explores ways in which readers interact with texts. "The conver sation with the text is the reader's subjective rendering of the objective voice that exists as a text, and at this level the reader objectifies his subjectivity." See also exchange of letters on this topic, between McGillis and Perry Nodelman, pp. 58-60 in this same issue. B503 -----. "Utopian Hopes: Criticism Beyond Itself." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):184-86. Argues that the goal of criticism should be "the experience of literature itself" and summarizes various approaches that might be applied to Kenneth Grahame's Wind in the Willows. B504 MARCUS, LEONARD S. "Small Worlds: The Recovery of Children's Literature." Michigan Quarterly Review 18 (Fall 1979):661-67. This review of Sale's Fairy Tales and After, the journals Chil dren's Literature and The Lion and the Unicorn, and Robin Got tlieb's Publishing Children's Books in America, 1919-1976 provides insights into the status of children's literature and its criticism. B505 MEEK, MARGARET, et al. "Introduction: Approaches to Criticism." In Cool Web, pp. 262-64. A brief overview of some of the major approaches to criticism of children's books. B506 -----. "Questions of Response." Signal 31 (January 1980):29-35. Proposes a sequence of rhetorical questions every adult reactor to children's books should answer before writing on the subject. Also offers a brief list of suggested readings. B507 MOSS, ANITA, ed. "MLA Special Session: Structuralist Approaches to Children's Literature." ChLAQ 7, no. 3 (Fall 1982):33-58. Includes Anita Moss's introductory overview of structuralist criticism, pp. 33-36; "Child Reader and the Saussurean Paradox," by Boyd H. Davis, pp. 36-38, which comments on the impact of Ferdi nand de Saussure and the implications of his theories of criticism of children's literature, demonstrated through an examination of "lan guage awareness" in Kipling's Kim, Le Guin's The Tombs of Atuan, and Virginia Hamilton's Zeely; "Makers of Meaning: A Structuralist Study of Twain's Tom Sawyer and Nesbit's The Enchanted Castle," by Anita Moss, pp. 39-45; "The Limits of Structures: A Shorter Version of a Comparison between Toni Morrison's Song of Solomon and Virginia Hamilton's M.C. Higgins the Great," by Perry Nodelman, pp. 45-48, which notes that most critics have commented on "the adult qualities of the children's novel and the childlike qualities of the adult one"; "Anno's Counting Book: A Semiological Analysis," by Stephen Roxburgh, pp. 48-52, which applies Roland Barthes's theories to the picture book; and finally "Appropriating the Theory: Structu ralism and Children's Literature," by Elizabeth Frances, pp. 52-58, which comments on each of the preceding essays in relation to "structuralist activity," and suggests further directions for structuralist criticism of children's literature. B508 MOSS, ELAINE. "What Is a Good Book?: The `Peppermint' Lesson." In Meek, Cool Web, pp. 140-42. Shows how one nondescript book was of utmost importance to a child and concludes that "a book by itself is nothing . . . one can only assess its value by the light it brings to a child's eye." B509 NESBITT, ELIZABETH. "The Critic and Children's Literature." In Fen wick, Critical Approach, pp. 119-26. Explores the nature of criticism and succinctly distinguishes between criticism and reviewing. B510 NEUMEYER, PETER F. "A Structural Approach to the Study of Lit erature for Children." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1966, 14 pp., ED 011 328. (Also in EE 44 [December 1967]:883-87 and reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 185-90.) Suggests that through a structural approach to children's literature certain functions basic to the stories, as outlined by Vladimir Propp, are identified. These functions are viewed as sequences of action and reaction and are common denominations within stories, no matter how the superstructure may vary. B511 NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "Children's Literature and Mass Media." SLJ 23 (March 1977):106-9. Finds ways references to well-known works of children's litera ture are used to convey messages by the mass media. Concludes that the traditional and classic works of children's literature "show, better than almost anything else, the foolishness combined with the hopes and fears that make us all human," and this accounts for their popu larity. B512 NODELMAN, PERRY, ed. "Children's Literature and Literary Theory." ChLAQ 6, no. 1 (Spring 1981):9-40. (Introduction reprinted in Nodelman, Festchrift, p. 37; entire special section reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 73-92.) "An introduction to the current state of critical theory, particu larly as it might apply to children's literature." Glenys Stow and Lois Kuznets comment on books that offer an overview of criticism in general, and of the novel in particular. Susan Gannon and Phyllis Bixler describe some influential theories of fiction. Anita Moss discusses structuralism and its aftermath, and Perry Nodelman looks at the theory of genre and also at the relationship of linguistics to literature. Roderick McGillis examines "reader response" theory, Carol Billman discusses interpretation, and William Blackburn the "Yale critics." B513 -----. "Defining Children's Literature." Children's Literature 8 (1980):184-90. Reviews four recent books of criticism relevant to children's literature: Once Upon a Time: On the Nature of Fairy Tales, by Max Lthi; Fantastic in Literature, by Eric S. Radkin; Fairy Tales and After, by Roger Sale, and The Hills of Far Away, by Diana Waggoner. B514 -----. "Thirty Writers Talk About Writing." Children's Literature 12 (1984):200-205. Reviews three recent collections of articles on children's literature in which thirty writers talk about writing. Discusses this common genre of writing about children's literature and explores ways in which, limited as it is, it may open the way for true criticism, for concern with the finished work, not the creative process. B515 OHANIAN, VERA. "Cherished Books of Children: What Makes Them So?" EE 47 (November 1970):946-52. Examines three "favorite" books: Armstrong Sperry's Call it Courage, Rumer Godden's Impunity Jane, and A.A. Milne's Winnie- the-Pooh in terms of apparent and hidden stories. Concludes that favorite books "explore problems common to childhood and permit their solution," but that these problems are hidden in the apparent story. B516 OLSON, JOAN BLODGETT PETTERSON. "An Interpretive History of the Horn Book Magazine, 1924-1973." Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University, 1976, 299 pp., DA 37:2875A. Provides a history and interpretation of Horn Book's first fifty years, characterizing the magazine as "a major source of literary criticism of children's books." B517 OLSON, MARY S. "Regional-Psychological Story for Children, Ages Eight to Twelve: An Evolution of Some Critical Insights." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1972, 400 pp., DA 33:4249A. Explores the literary characteristics of the fusion of two genres, in this case regional and psychological fiction. Includes considerable attention to the work of Lois Lenski. B518 PEASE, HOWARD. "An Author's View of Criticism." Horn Book 22 (May 1946):196-202. (Reprinted in Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 96-103.) Outlines a pattern for the critic, based on evaluation of form, story, characterization, content, craftsmanship, prose, and reaction. B519 PELLER, LILI. "Daydreams and Children's Favorite Books." Psy choanalytic Study of the Child 14 (1959):414-33. Discusses a number of "typical childhood fantasies" and some of the stories based on them. "At the core of every successful story there is a universal daydream." Explores the role of "story" in the young child's psychological development. B520 PHILIP, NEIL. Review of Nicholas Tucker's The Child and the Book. CLE, n.s. 12, no. 3 (Autumn 1981):164-67. Reviews Tucker's psychological, child-development approach to children's literature and illuminates various approaches to criticism of children's literature. B521 -----. "This Way Confusion?" Signal 43 (January 1984):12-18. Argues that "The critic must be a reader first." Responds to Bator's collection, Signposts to Criticism of Children's Books. Discusses the importance of reader response as proposed by Cham bers in "The Reader in the Book" (Signal 23) and Myles McDowell in "Fiction for Children" (in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children). "However criticism in children's literature develops, it cannot afford, as so much in Bator's book does, to keep one eye only glancing at the text, the other nervously fixed on university English departments." B522 PICKERING, SAMUEL, Jr. "The Function of Criticism in Children's Literature." Children's Literature in Education 13, no. 1 (Spring 1982):13-18. "Perhaps all that can be attempted is to make good literature accessible to more people." Argues "if criticism is ever to assume a significant role in society, it must provide insight into human experience and examine the problems which must concern society." Because children's literature reflects many of society's concerns rapidly, "good criticism of children's literature could in the future become the model for much literary study." Stresses the importance of historical research, and concludes "Why not demand that criticism influence the important affairs of life?" B523 ROSE, JACQUELINE. The Case of Peter Pan or the Impossibility of Children's Fiction. London: Macmillan, 1984, 181 pp. This complex work centers on J.M. Barrie's Peter Pan as a means of demonstrating a number of interpretations of the nature of chil dren's literature. Rose asks "what adults, through literature, want or demand of the child," rather than "what children want, or need from literature." She hopes to contribute to the "dismantling" of "the ongoing sexual and political mystification of the child." Provides numerous detailed analyses of the complexities of Barrie's style, explores works by Alan Garner, and ranges over the history of chil dren's literature interpretations of childhood, and theories of language, education, and Freudian analysis. B524 SALE, ROGER. "Child Reading and Man Reading: Oz, Babar, and Pooh." Children's Literature 1 (1972):162-72. (See also introduction to Fairy Tales and After, pp. 1-20.) Goes back to favorite books of his childhood in an attempt to discover the child reader who "defines not only the man reader, but the man," and to discover "what most matters to us, and why." Uses books by L. Frank Baum, Jean de Brunhoff, and A.A. Milne as his examples. B525 SALMON, EDWARD. "Signal Reprints: Should Children Have a Special Literature?" Signal 11 (May 1973):94-101, 111. Reprints an 1890 essay. B526 SANDERS, JACQUELYN. "Psychological Significance of Children's Lit erature." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):15-22. "The best authors are the best psychologists. They provide, through their writings, deep insight into human nature and, thereby, a powerful tool for better living." Suggests children's literature be examined in terms of (1) its interest and importance to the child, (2) in terms of providing manageable models of useful and desirable behavior, and (3) in terms of the feasibility and constructiveness of the solutions offered. B527 SARLAND, CHARLES. "False Premises." Signal 37 (January 1982):11-20. Critiques Fred Inglis's Promise of Happiness, maintaining that his approach is based on false premises. B528 SAUL, E. WENDY. "Homage to Metaphor." SLJ 30 (March 1984):118-19. Argues that the nature of a work is often most apparent in its metaphorical meaning, something that literary classification schemes seldom take into account. B529 SEBESTA, SAM; CALDER, JAMES; and CLELAND, LYNNE N. "Story Structures in Children's Book Choices." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, April 1981, 12 pp., ED 203 370. Concludes, after applying Applebee's six basic categories of story structure to selected children's books, that "no single story structure can be designated as an exclusive favorite," and "variety and integrity in story structure rather than adherence to the critically approved true narrative might guide us in selecting literature." B530 SEELYE, JOHN. "Notes on the Waist-High Culture." Children's Litera ture 9 (1981):178-82. Examines literature children have "appropriated" and discusses its "subversive" appeal. B531 SHAVIT, ZOHAR. "The Ambivalent Status of Texts: The Case of Children's Literature." Poetics Today: Theory and Analysis of Literature and Communication 1, no. 3 (1980):75-86. Applies semiotic analysis to the problem of ambivalence in texts of children's literature, that is, texts which, though written for children, are primarily read and commented upon by adults. Uses three versions of Lewis Carroll's Alice's Adventures in Wonderland to demonstrate the difference between univalent (appealing only to children) and ambivalent (appealing to both children and adults) texts. Michael Steig comments upon Shavit's analysis in Poetics Today 2 (Winter 1980-81):193-97, criticizing her failure to take into account historical circumstances and definitions of childhood, and disagrees with her evidence that Carroll wrote two of his versions primarily for adults and one for children. Shavit responds, and Steig further questions her handling of theory, pp. 199-201. B532 SHOHET, RICHARD MATTHEW. "Functions of Voice in Children's Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, Harvard University, 1971, 184 pp., DA 32:3270A. Focuses on "the presence--the role and function--of the voice of the implied author or narrator or storyteller" in children's literature. B533 SILVER, LINDA. "From Baldwin to Singer: Authors for Kids and Adults." SLJ 25 (February 1979):27-29. Discusses the works for children of a number of successful writ ers for adults. Includes Donald Barthelme's The Slightly Irregular Fire Engine, James Baldwin's Little Man, Little Man, Mordecai Richler's Jacob Two-Two Meets the Hooded Fang, and a number of books by John Gardner, Graham Greene, Paula Fox, and Isaac Bashevis Singer. B534 SINGER, ISAAC BASHEVIS. "I See the Child As a Last Refuge." NYTBR, 9 November 1969, Children's Book sec., p. 1. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 50-54.) Argues that children's literature is the only place where one can still tell a good story that does not have to be didactic, utilitarian, or subject to complex interpretation. "We are no longer allowed to enjoy a sunset without footnotes." B535 SMITH, JAMES STEEL. "Children's Literature: Form or Formula?" EE 35 (February 1958):92-95. Distinguishes between books that have strong structure or form, and those that follow a formula and in which the unity is mainly one of tone or feeling. B536 STEELE, MARY Q. "As Far As You Can Bear to See: Excellence in Children's Literature." Horn Book 51 (April 1975):250-55. Raises the question of how much our determination of excellence depends upon our own quixotic reactions. B537 SUTTON, WENDY KATHLEEN. "A Study of Selected Alternate Liter ary Conventions in Fiction for Children and Young Adults and an Examination of the Responses of Professionals Influential in Juvenile Literature to the Presence of These Conventions." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1978, 425 pp., DA 40:513A. Identifies twenty distinctive literary conventions and innovations in contemporary juvenile fiction but finds they are not adequately recognized by teachers, librarians, and reviewers. B538 SWINGER, ALICE K. Children's Books: A Legacy for the Young. Fastback, no. 164. Bloomington, Ind.: Phi Delta Kappa Educational Foundation, 1981, 45 pp. ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 208 406. Discusses children's literature by genre, provides a history of children's literature in the United States in the twentieth century, and suggests references for further study. B539 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "In Literary Terms." Horn Book 47 (August 1971):347-53. (From introduction to Sense of Story. Also in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 65-71.) Agrees with the commonly held view that children's literature is thriving while adult literature is ailing, and maintains the need for sound literary criticism of children's books. B540 -----. "Standards of Criticism for Children's Literature." TON 27 (June 1971):374-87. (Reprinted in Signal 14 [May 1974]:91-105 and in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 193-207, and excerpted in Arbuthnot Lectures, pp. 23-36.) Arbuthnot Lecture for 1971. Distinguishes between child- centered standards and standards of literary merit. Places criticism of children's literature in the context of criticism of adult literature, yet says it does matter whether or not the book actually speaks to the child. A book's popularity or lack of it may tell us something. Robert Leeson (see B494) disagrees with Townsend, and calls this statement "the most comprehensive and best" statement of "the purist position in children's book criticism." B541 TREASE, GEOFFREY. Tales Out of School. London: Heinemann Educational Books, 1964, 181 pp. Contains personal reflections on children's literature ranging from fairy tales to picture books, fantasy, popular periodicals, adventure stories, historical fiction, school and family stories, and career stories. B542 WALSH, JILL PATTON, and TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "Writers and Critics: A Dialogue Between Jill Paton Walsh and John Rowe Town send." Horn Book 58 (October 1982):498-504; (December 1982):680-85. The creative process is described as a partnership between "pro ducer" and "shaper," between the purely creative and the critical parts of the writer. The role of the writer as critic is also explored by these two writers who are also critics. Part 2 concentrates on reviews and their effects on writers. B543 WESTWATER, A. MARTHA. "Towards Understanding Coincidence in Children's Literature." CCC 5-6 (1976):16-22. While the adult has learned to belittle coincidence, the child loves it. Relates "meaningful coincidence" in children's books to Jung's archetypal foundations and concludes that the child's-eye view of reality can be a corrective to the adult twofold worship of action and intellect. B544 WHALEN-LEVITT, PEGGY. "The Critical Theory of Children's Litera ture: A Conceptual Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania, 1983, 251 pp., DA 44:3618A. Identifies and analyzes essential concepts and assumptions under lying criticism of children's literature and offers suggestions regarding appropriate tasks for children's literature criticism and means of undertaking them. B545 WHITE, MARY LOU. Children's Literature: Criticism and Response. Columbus, Ohio: Charles E. Merrill, 1972, 252 pp. Divides criticism into four categories--psychological, sociological, archetypal, and structural--and gathers together a number of essays of each type. A final chapter discusses ways to use the four types of literary criticism with children. Articles are indexed separately under specific topics in this bibliography. B546 -----. "Structural Analysis of Children's Literature: Picture Story books." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1972, 227 pp., DA 33:3274A. Analyzes one hundred picture storybooks in terms of plot and structural components. B547 WIGHTON, ROSEMARY, and FINNIS, ERN. "Children's Books: Adult Pleasures." In Robinson, M., Readings in Children's Literature pp. 244-70. Explores the rewards for adults of the "purely literary approach" to children's literature without consideration of "the schoolroom, the clinic, or even the child." Includes a "Freudian psychoanalytical approach" to Sendak's In the Night Kitchen, pp. 256-58, an analysis of the maturation theme and symbolic structure of Ivan Southall's Josh, pp. 258-62, and the use of animal imagery in William Arm strong's Sounder, pp. 262-64. B548 WOLF, VIRGINIA LEORA. "The Children's Novel as Romance." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kansas, 1980, 413 pp., DA 41:2107A. Using the methods of structuralism and modern critical studies of the novel, Wolf determines that the formal characteristics of the children's novel are most closely akin to the adult novels identified as romance "and should be understood and evaluated accordingly." CRITICAL THEORY--READER RESPONSE CRITICISM B549 AGEE, HUGH, and GALDA, LEE, eds. "Reader Response Research." Journal of Research and Development in Education 16 (Spring 1983), 1-77. Special issue. Includes Lee Galda's "Research in Response to Literature," pp. 1-7; Janet Hickman's "Everything Considered: Response to Literature in an Elementary School Setting," pp. 8-13; Barbara Kiefer's "The Responses of Children in a Combination First/Second Grade Classroom to Picture Books in a Variety of Artis tic Styles," pp. 14-20; Rudine Sims's "Strong Black Girls: A Ten Year Old Responds to Fiction About Afro-Americans," pp. 21-28; Bernice E. Cullinan's "The Reader and the Story: Comprehension and Response," pp. 29-38; Richard Beach's "Attitudes, Social Conventions and Response to Literature," pp. 47-54; Hugh Agee's "Literary Allu sion and Reader Response: Possibilities for Research," pp. 55-59; Zohar Shavit's "The Notion of Childhood and the Child as the Implied Reader (Test Case `Little Red Riding Hood')," pp. 60-67; and Michael Benton's "Secondary Worlds," pp. 68-75, which explores the secondary worlds of writers and readers and their relationships. B550 BEINLICH, ALEXANDER. "On the Literary Development of Children and Adolescents." Bookbird 6, no.1 (1968):17-22. Explores the significance of child development to children's reading and summarizes a number of research studies. B551 BENTON, MICHAEL. "Children's Responses to the Text." In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 13-33. Explores various approaches to the study of reader response and offers a conceptual model of his own. B552 CARTER, BETTY, and HARRIS, KAREN. "The Children and the Critics: How Do Their Book Selections Compare?" School Library Media Quarterly 10 (Fall 1981):54-58. Studies children's reading choices and compares their evaluations with the critics. B553 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "The Reader in the Book: Notes from Work in Progress." Signal 23 (May 1977):64-87. (Also in Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 [1978]:1-19. Reprinted in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 250-75, and excerpted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 127-35.) Argues that criticism of children's books must take into account the readers for whom they were intended. "The concept of the implied reader . . . offers a critical approach which concerns itself less with the subjects portrayed in a book than with the means of communication . . . It can help determine "whether a book is for children or not, what kind of book it is, and what kind of reader it demands." Applies the "implied reader" theory to several well-known modern works for children, and examines at length Lucy Boston's The Children of Green Knowe. (This last part is omitted in Bator's excerpt.) B554 COCHRAN-SMITH, MARILYN. "Directions in Research: The Parent- Diary as a Research Tool." ChLAQ 5, no. 3 (Fall 1980):3-7. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 51-52.) Considers the parent-diary as a means of literary research and summarizes two articles by Elinor Ochs, and one by Susan R. Braun wald and Richard W. Brislin, as important background reading for those interested in conducting such research. Diana Kelly-Byrne reponds in ChLAQ 5, no. 4 (Winter 1981):39-41, and in ibid., 6, no. 2 (1981):6-9. (Reprinted in Dooley, pp. 70-71, 109-11.) B555 CRAGO, HUGH. "The Reader in the Reader: An Experiment in Per sonal Response and Literary Criticism." Signal 39 (September 1982):172-82. This follow-up to Crago's earlier Signal article attempts to apply his theories through an analysis of Jill Paton Walsh's A Chance Child. B556 FRIEDLAENDER, KATE. "Children's Books and Their Function in Latency and Prepuberty." American Imago 3 (April 1942):129-50. Explores what children read in their latency period, and why. Advises that children of this age be given freedom to read what they choose. B557 GREEN, GEORGIA M., and LAFF, MARGARET O. "Five-Year-Olds Recognition of Authorship By Literary Style." Technical Report, no. 181. ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 44 pp., ED 193 615. Reports that "at least some five-year-old children have the ability to appreciate and discriminate among literary styles," and recommends that children beginning to read be given more challenging, interesting literature than the strictly measured and uniform basic readers. B558 HICKMAN, JANET. "Research Currents: Researching Children's Response to Literature." LA 61 (March 1984):278-84. Outlines ways of utilizing and conducting reader-response research with children in a classroom situation. B559 "Kids vs. Adults on Children's Books." Publishers Weekly 20 (4 Novem ber 1974):22-24. Reports on the choices of three juries, of children, retailers, and designers, for best books. There is agreement only on four titles. B560 McNAMARA, SHELLEY. "Focus: Dialogue on Response to Literature." Ripples 5, no. 2 (Summer 1979):2-4. Reviews the literature on reader response as an aspect of literary criticism. B561 MAXWELL, RHODA. "The Young Critic." Ripples 5, no. 2 (Summer 1979):9-11. Describes the responses of a group of sixth graders to books they have read. B562 MEARNS, HUGHES. "Bo Peep, Old Woman, and Slow Mandy." New Republic, 10 November 1926, pp. 344-46. An early, influential study of children's reading interests. B563 MIKKELSEN, NINA. "Literature and the Storymaking Powers of Chil dren." ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):9-14. Categorizes children's storytelling responses to literature as retellings, borrowings, re-creations, blendings, and transformations. Finds more borrowings and retellings among younger children and more blendings and transformations among older children. Suggests further avenues of research into "the creative processing of literature." B564 -----. "Sendak, Snow White, and the Child as Literary Critic." LA 62 (April 1985):362-73. Reports on a four to five-year-old child's responses to Outside Over There, Snow White (Disney and Burkert versions) and Peter Rabbit. B565 NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE; PETERSON, RALPH; and SEARFOSS, LYN DON W. "The Adult as Critic vs. The Child as Reader." LA 57 (May 1980):530-39. Explores reasons for the discrepancy between books acclaimed by critics and those most popular with children. Includes lists of books published from 1951 to 1975, with indications of popularity and critical acclaim. B566 POLICASTRO, MARGARET MARY. "The Concept of a Story: A Comparison Between Children and Teachers." Ph.D. dissertation, Northwestern University, 1981, 114 pp., DA 42:3931A. Examines the differences in the way teachers and second-grade children classified stories. 6567 PROTHEROUGH, ROBERT. "How Children Judge Stories." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 1 (Spring 1983):3-13. Applies E.A. Peel's theories, as expressed in The Nature of Adolescent Judgement, to three broad stages in the development of children's critical responses to literature. B568 TABBERT, REINBERT. "The Impact of Children's Books: Cases and Concepts." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 2 (Summer 1979):92-102; no. 3 (Autumn 1979):144-50. (Reprinted in Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 34-58.) Explores various critical theories based upon reader response and the implied reader. B569 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "How Children Respond to Fiction." CLE, o.s., no. 9 (November 1972):48-56. Explores elements of literature that seem to appeal to children and comments upon some earlier critics' observations. B570 WHALEN-LEVITT, PEGGY. "Pursuing the Reader in the Book." ChLAQ 4 (Winter 1980):10-14. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 135-41, and in May, Children and Literature, pp. 154-59.) "We can respect the aesthetic function of the text and consider the reader as well." Considers the implications of the work of Wolfgang Iser and Louise Rosenblatt for criticism of children's literature. B571 YOUNG, DORIS. "Evaluation of Children's Responses to Literature." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):100-109. Reviews much of the early literature on children's responses to literature. CRITICAL THEORY--STUDY AND TEACHING B572 AGEE, HUGH. "Responding to Response: An Application of Research in the Classroom." Advocate 1, no. 2 (Winter 1982):92-98. Discusses ways in which teachers might utilize research studies on reader response. B573 AITKEN, JOHAN L. "The Tale's the Thing: Northrop Frye's Theory Applied to the Teaching of Tales in the Elementary School." Inter change 7, no. 2 (1977):63-72, 76-77. Proposes Northrop Frye's archetypal criticism as the basis of a method for teaching literature. B574 ALLEN, ARTHUR T., and SEABERG, DOROTHY I. "Toward a Rationale for Teaching Literature to Children." EE 45 (December 1968):1043-47. A comparison of one aspect of the theories of Northrop Frye and Kornei Chukovsky as a basis for teaching literature to young chil dren. B575 BENNEE, FLORENCE E. "Selected Applications of Frye's Academic Criticism in the Senior High School Years." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1971, 259 pp., DA 32:3131A. Explores ways in which Frye's theories can be applied to teaching criticism to high-school students. B576 BROWN, MERRILL. "Reading Together: Eight-to-ten-year-olds as Critics." CLE, o.s., no. 21 (Summer 1976):74-80. Describes a technique used to elicit critical discussion of books by children, with examples of their comments on some current British books. B577 BRUCE, BERTRAM. "Stories within Stories." LA 58 (November- December 1981):931-36. Examines the rhetorical devices by which stories are embedded within stories and discusses the implications for teaching reading to children. B578 BUTLER, FRANCELIA; McWILLIAMS, J. BRUCE; and MINER, ROB ERT F., Jr. "Educational Survival Kit: Learning Basic Human Interests, and the Teaching of Children's Literature." Children's Literature 2 (1973):244-51. Relates various works of children's literature to basic physiologi cal categories of respiration, ingestion, digestion, excretion, and reproduction. B579 CAMPBELL, PATRICIA. "Helping Young Readers Become Book Crit ics: Here's How." IRBC 14, no. 5 (1983):22-23. Concentrates on teaching children an issues approach to criticism. B580 COUGHLIN, WILLIAM F. Jr., and DESILETS, BRENDAN. "Frederick the Field Mouse Meets Advanced Reading Skills as Children's Litera ture Goes to High School." Journal of Reading 24 (December 1980):207-11. Contends that principles of criticism can be taught best by using relatively simple stories for children, rather than extremely complex and difficult adult works. Lists twelve stories, including Frederick by Lionni, along with "literary concepts which can appropriately be stressed in each." B581 CULLINAN, BERNICE E. Its Discipline and Content. Literature for Children Series. Edited by Pose Lamb. Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown, 1971, 108 pp. Outlines a program for teaching literature to elementary school children, emphasizing the role of literary criticism and narrative forms. B582 KUTZER, M. DAPHNE. "Children's Literature in the College Class room." College English 43 (November 1981):716-23. Suggests approaches to children's literature for the college English classroom based on questions of audience, purpose, literary merit, social and educational value, censorship, and dangers of nostalgia. B583 NORTON, DONNA E. "Using a Webbing Process to Develop Children's Literature Units." LA 59 (April 1982):348-56. Discusses the use of webbing as a practical means of organizing children's literature teaching units; however, the technique may also have applications for the literary critic. B584 ROSENBLATT, LOUISE, M. "`What Facts Does This Poem Teach You?'" LA 57 (April 1980):386-94. Explores some of the implications for teaching of her theories of "evocation from the text" and her distinction between efferent and aesthetic reading. B585 SLOAN, GLENNA D. "Practice of Literary Criticism in the Elementary School as Informed by the Literary and Educational Theory of Nor throp Frye." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1972, 311 pp., DA 33:1084A. "Explores the proposition that literary criticism may have mean ingful beginnings in the elementary school, that it is at this level of formal education a study of vital importance, and that its practice maybe informed by significant literary theory, in this case that of the critic, Northrop Frye." Child as Critic: Teaching Literature in the Elementary and Middle Schools (New York: Teachers College Press, 1984, 168 pp.) updates this research. B586 STEINLEY, GARY. "Left Brain/Right Brain: More of the Same?" LA 60 (April 1983):459-62. Suggests activities in literature teaching which emphasize "right brain" aspects of the literary experience. B587 STOTT, JON C. "Criticism and the Teaching of Stories to Children." Signal 32 (May 1980):81-92. Discusses the interrelationship among the areas of the study of children's literature, the university teaching of the subject, and the presentation of stories to children. Selects three works of children's literature for his examples: Beatrix Potter's The Tale of Peter Rabbit, Leslie Brooke's Johnny Crow's Garden, and Frances Hodgson Burnett's The Secret Garden. B588 -----. "`It's Not What You'd Expect': Teaching Irony to Third Grad ers." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 4 (Winter 1982):153-63. Applies Wayne C. Booth's theories of irony to Lynd Ward's The Biggest Bear and demonstrates how the technique can be used to teach third graders about that book and other ironic stories. Includes a list of ironic stories studied in third grade. B589 -----. "A Structuralist Approach to Teaching Novels in the Elementary Grades." Reading Teacher 36 (November 1982):136-43. Uses Tolkien's The Hobbit to show how the details and patterns of stories can help children understand literature, and "to see how patterns in a novel contribute to its total meaning." B590 -----, ed. "Teaching Literary Criticism in the Elementary Grades: A Symposium." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 4 (Winter 1981):192-206. (Reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 160-72.) Four professors of children's literature offer suggestions for teaching critical attitudes and insights in grades 2-6. Sonia Landes uses Potter's The Tale of Peter Rabbit as an example. Stott explains how stories could be arranged into a sequential curriculum for second graders, Anita Moss demonstrates use of narrative structure, and Norma Bagnall the uses of language games. B591 STUDIER, CATHERINE E. "Children's Responses to Literature." LA 58 (April 1981):425-30. Describes the basis for an approach to teaching children "to become discriminating life-time readers." B592 USERY, MARY LOU. "Critical Thinking Through Children's Litera ture." EE 43 (February 1966):115-18, 120. Demonstrates how children's literature can be used to teach criti cal thinking. Uses Lynd Ward's The Biggest Bear and Armstrong Sperry's Call It Courage as examples. Steps outlined are: perceiving, analyzing, predicting, and judging. B593 VANDERGRIFT, KAY E. "The Elements of Story," and "Compositional Elements and Genres: A Matrix." In Child and Story, pp. 103-33 and pp. 134-79. With an eye toward training the child as literary critic, the elements are defined as character, point of view, structure, plot/setting, tone/mood, language/symbol, style, with frequent examples from well-known children's books. The following chapter places these into a matrix with genres. B594 -----. "Teaching Children to Be Critics of a Story: A Handbook for Teachers in the Later Elementary Grades." Ed.D. dissertation, 1978, 185 pp., DA 39:5939A. B595 WISER, NELL FUNDERBURK. "Teaching Strategies for Enabling Ele mentary Pupils to Develop Inductively the Literary Concepts of Plot, Theme, Characterization and Setting." Ed.D. dissertation, Memphis State University, 1975, 204 pp., DA 36:4247A. Develops strategies for teaching students literary concepts of plot, theme, characterization, and setting by synthesizing research in areas of concept formation and levels of questioning, child development, behavioral objectives, and literary concepts. CUBA B596 ELIZAGARAY, ALGA MARINA. "Some Considerations on Cuban Revolutionary Poetry for Children." Phaedrus 8 (1981):49-51. An overview. B597 -----. "A Survey of Literature for Children and Adolescents in Social ist Cuba." Phaedrus 5 (Fall 1978):25-30. Provides a historical overview of recent activities in the field and mentions several recent theoretical and critical studies. B598 WALD, KAREN. "Cuba: Book Power as Revolutionary Power." IRBC 5, nos. 1-2 (1974):5-6. Reports on children's book publishing in Cuba and the values of the revolution the new books portray. B599 WALD, KAREN, and BACON, BETTY. "New Literacy for New People: Children and Books in Cuba." Journal of Reading 25 (December 1981):251-60. (Reprinted in Bookbird 1-2 (1982):10-18.) Surveys the current state of children's literature in Cuba. CZECHOSLOVAKIA B600 HOLESOVSKY, FRANTISEK. "New Creative Trends in Czechoslovak Books for the Youngest." Bookbird 1 (1981):61-64. Discusses work of Aloiz Klima, Viera Bombova, Zdenek Seydl, and Kveta Pacovska. B601 MACH, HELGA. "Children's Literature in Czechoslovakia." In Koef oed, Children's Literature and the Child, pp. 30-34. Summarizes developments in Czechoslovakian children's literature since the "Spring of Prague" (1968). B602 -----. "Czech and Slovak Children's Literature." De Openbare Bibliotheek 14, no. 9 (1971). (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 365-73.) Provides an overview of trends and developments throughout the history of Czechoslovakian children's literature. B603 ORVIG, MARY. "Children's Books in Czechoslovakia." International Library Review 2 (1970):275-85. An overview of publishing, literary, and organizational trends. B604 "Publisher's Profile: The Mlade Leta Publishing House, Bratislava, Czechoslovakia." Bookbird 6, no. 1 (1968):50-58. Provides a historical overview of the only publishing house in Czechoslovakia specializing in children's books. DEAFNESS B605 BATSON, TRENTON. "Deaf Person in Fiction--From Sainthood to Rorschach Blot." IRBC 11, nos. 1-2 (1980):16-18. Examines the history of the treatment of the deaf in literature, especially in recent works. B606 GROFF, PATRICK. "Children's Fiction and the Psychology of Deaf ness." School Librarian 24, no. 3 (September 1976):196-202. Examines the depiction of deafness in children's books, concen trating on the way the psychological effects of the disability are portrayed and the way the fictional characters manage their problems. Suggests future ways for such novels to develop. B607 -----. "The Child's World of the Fictional Deaf." TON 32 (April 1976):261-67. Examines the portrayal of deaf children in five children's books, and raises questions about the ways in which they are portrayed. B608 SCHWARTZ, ALBERT V. "Books Mirror Society: A Study of Chil dren's Materials." IRBC 11, nos. 1-2 (1980):19-24. In this accompaniment to Batson's article, Schwartz points out "stereotypic, inaccurate and handicappist portrayals of deafness and deaf "people in children's books. DEATH B609 APSELOFF, MARILYN. "Death in Current Children's Fiction: Sociology or Literature." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1974, 17 pp., ED 101 371. Analyzes four books for the sociological and psychological atti tudes they take toward death. Also examines their style, plot, and characterization. The books are Annie and the Old One, by Miska Miles, The Magic Moth, by Virginia Lee, A Taste of Blackberries, by Doris Buchanan Smith, and Grover, by Vera and Bill Cleaver. B610 BAILIS, LAWRENCE A. "The Concept of Death in Children's Litera ture on Death." Ph.D. dissertation, Case Western Reserve University, 1974, 207 pp., DA 35:6566A. "The purpose of this study was to determine and classify the concepts of death that occur in children's literature on death for ages three through twelve." Includes a bibliography of children's books about death. B611 -----. "Death in Children's Literature: A Conceptual Analysis." Omega 8, no. 4 (1977-78):295-303. Examines and classifies concepts of death in a sample of forty children's books. B612 BEASLEY, MARY. "The Effect of Death Awareness on the Protagon ists of Selected Adolescent Novels." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Tennessee, 1981, 160 pp., DA 42:3851A. Analyzes the effect of awareness of death on the maturation pro cess of adolescent protagonists in Paul Annixter's Swiftwater, Paul Zindel's Pardon Me, You're Stepping on My Eyeball, James Lincoln Collier and Christopher Collier's My Brother Sam Is Dead, Richard E. Peck's Something for Joey, Lois Lowry's A Summer to Die, Judith Guest's Ordinary People, John Gunther's Death Be Not Proud, Doris Lund's Eric, Norma Klein's Sunshine, and Gunnel Beckman's Admis sion to the Feast. B613 BERNSTEIN, JOANNE. "Suicide in Literature for Young People." ALAN Review 6 (Winter 1979):5-13. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 161-67.) Briefly summarizes twenty-nine books for young adults, both fic tion and nonfiction, that concern suicide. B614 BIRX, CHARLES. "Concepts of Death Presented in Contemporary Realistic Children's Literature: A Content Analysis." Ed.D. disserta tion, Northern Arizona University, 1979, 189 pp., DA 40:1235A. Examines the concepts of death in contemporary realistic chil dren's literature and evaluates the appropriateness of these concepts to various age groups. B615 BUTLER, FRANCELIA. "Death in Children's Literature." Children's Literature 1 (1972):104-24. Traces the history of the handling of death in children's literature from earliest times through George MacDonald and C.S. Lewis. B616 CARR, ROBIN L. "Death As Presented in Children's Books." EE 50 (May 1973):701-5. Surveys the treatment of death in children's literature from the 1600s to the present, from death as "poetic justice" and a religious experience, to sentimentality, vagueness, realism, and sensationalism. Concludes with an annotated bibliography of recent children's fiction treating death. B617 CORNELISON, GAYLE LYNN. "Death and Childhood: Attitudes and Approaches in Society, Children's Literature and Children's Theatre and Drama." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kansas, 1975, 245 pp., DA 37:37A. Investigates the question: "Can and should the topic of death be openly and honestly presented to children in their drama?" Chapter 4 reviews critical works on the subject of death in children's litera ture, and chapter 6 analyzes the topic in terms of typical children's plays, while chapter 7 "considers atypical approaches in children's drama." B618 CRAIN, HENRIETTA. "Basic Concepts of Death in Children's Litera ture." EE 49 (January 1972):111-15. An unusual arrangement of quotations and citations from various works of children's and adult's literature that expand on a number of statements about death. B619 DELISLE, ROBERT G., and WOODS, ABIGAIL S. "Death and Dying in Children's Literature: An Analysis of Three Selected Works." LA 53 (September 1976):683-87. The three books examined are Charlotte's Web, by E.B. White, The Magic Moth, by Virginia Lee, and A Taste of Blackberries, by Doris Smith. Elizabeth Kubler-Ross's five stages in the acceptance of death--denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance are--used as framework. B620 DORR, RONALD FRED. "Death Education in McGuffey's Readers, 1836-1896." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1979, 416 pp., DA 40:3377A. Concludes that McGuffey's treatment of death was "soothing and bracing" and a "powerful agent of death education, adding to the fundamental mystery of, yet confidence in, life." B621 DORVAL, JEFFREY. "A Comparison of Selected Authors' Intended Ideas and The Actual Understandings by Young Children of Selected Primary Books in which Death is the Main Theme." Ed.D. disserta tion, Temple University, 1981, 114 pp., DA 42:522A. Investigates why five authors of books for young children chose death as a theme and explores children's understanding of the theme. Concludes that the authors had personal reasons for writing about death and determines that in the case of two authors most children did not understand the presentations, while in the case of three they had either full or partial understanding. B622 GREEN, MARY LOU JOHNSON. "The Image of Death as Portrayed in Fiction for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, Lehigh University, 1975, 126 pp., DA 36:2501A. Examines death imagery, vocabulary, and themes in ninety chil dren's books. B623 KIMMEL, ERIC A. "Beyond Death: Children's Books and the Hereaf ter." Horn Book 56 (May-June 1980):265-73. Explores recent children's literature about death. In contrast to nineteenth-century literature, which "presented the existence of heaven as a counterpoise to the inevitability of death," modern books leave the issue unresolved. Sees as an exception Astrid Lindgren's The Brothers Lionhart and Ruth Nichols's Song of the Pearl. B624 MARSHALL, JOANNE G., and MARSHALL, VICTOR W. "The Treat ment of Death in Children's Books." Omega 2 (February 1971):36-45. Uses Eulalie Steinmetz Ross's work as a critical basis for "a documented study of the treatment of death in children's books . . . to determine to what extent children's books support the developmen tal needs of children as they work towards a mature concept and acceptance of death." Includes reference and a briefly annotated bibliography of children's books. B625 MOORE, DAVID; MOORE, SHARON ARTHUR; and READENCE, JOHN E. "Understanding Characters' Reactions to Death." Journal of Reading 26 (March 1983):540-44. Applies Elizabeth Kubler-Ross's five stages of confronting death to the interpretation of characters' responses to death in literature. B626 MOSS, JUDITH P. "Death in Children's Literature." EE 49 (April 1972):530-32. Recommends and briefly discusses six modern books for children, including two nonfiction works. B627 MYERS, JEANETTE. "`Werewolves' in Literature for Children." LA 53 (May 1976):552-56. An exploration and report on research of young children's atti tudes toward death, with references to its treatment in children's literature. B628 PERRY, PHYLLIS. "A Comparative Analysis of the Treatment of The Death Theme in Children's and Adolescent Literature Pre and Post 1970." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Colorado at Boulder, 1980, 308 pp., DA 41:1378A. Finds "remarkable consistency" in the handling of themes of death in children's literature during the twentieth century. Identifies major characteristics of this literature, and notes trends and areas for further research. B629 REES, DAVID. "Timor Mortis Conturbat Me: E.B. White and Doris Buchanan Smith." In Marble in the Water, pp. 68-77. Call's Charlotte's Web "the one great modern classic about death," and compares it with Doris Buchanan Smith's A Taste of Blackber ries, which he also praises for its handling of death in a way that helps children to cope and grow. B630 ROMERO, CAROL E. "The Treatment of Death in Contemporary Chil dren's Literature." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Ser vice, 1975, ED 101 664. Reviews the treatment of death in American children's literature from colonial times to the present. Relates the child's concepts of death at various developmental stages to reactions a child might display and to cultural attitudes of present-day American society toward death. B631 SWENSSON, EVELYN J. "The Treatment of Death in Children's Liter ature." EE 49 (March 1972):401-4. Points out that although children's literature through the end of the nineteenth-century frequently dwelt upon death, twentieth-century children's literature has all but ignored the topic until recently. Several books from the 1960s are discussed briefly. B632 WALKER, MAXINE. "Last Rites for Young Readers." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 4 (Winter 1978):188-97. Traces changing attitudes toward death in children's books, in traditional folklore, and from Victorian times to the present. Among recent examples discussed are Letitia Parr's Flowers for Samantha, K.M. Peyton's A Pattern of Roses, and books by Vera and Bill Cleaver. B633 WASS, HANNELORE, and SHAAK, JUDITH. "Helping Children Understand Death through Literature." Childhood Education 53 (November 1976):80-85. Examines the topic of death in children's literature and provides a brief annotated bibliography of children's books. B634 WILSON, LAURA W. "Helping Adolescents Understand Death and Dying through Literature." English Journal 73 (November 1984):78-82. Discusses fiction and nonfiction relevant to the study of death and dying through literature. DEFINITIONS OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE B635 ARTHUR, ANTHONY. "An Interview with Clifton Fadiman." CLE, o.s., no. 17 (Summer 1975):67-75. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 94-101.) A wide-ranging examination of a number of children's books, the nature of children's literature itself, and the goals of the magazine Cricket. B636 BABBITT, NATALIE. "Happy Endings? Of Course, and Also Joy." NYTBR, 75, pt. 2, (8 November 1970):1, 50. (Reprinted in Havi land, Children and Literature, pp. 155-59.) Suggests ways in which children's literature differs from that for adults: children's literature contains more joy, continues to retain "Everyman" as hero, bars graphic sex, but most of all usually has a happy ending. B637 BROOKS, PETER. "Toward Supreme Fictions." Yale French Studies 43 (1969):5-14. Attempts to define children's literature and concludes that what it does, better than anything else, is teach the young the power of language "to express their imaginative reformation of reality." B638 HOLLAND, ISABELLE. "The Walls of Childhood." Horn Book 50 (April 1974):113-20. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 27-34.) Examines the question of what is a children's book, looking at how the answer has changed over time. B639 HUCK, CHARLOTTE S. "Children's Literature Defined." EE 41 (May 1964):467-70. Maintains that children's literature has a social conscience, a commitment, and an integrity that seeks to present sound moral and ethical principles. Criteria for evaluating children's literature are (1) lively, well-constructed, and credible plots, (2) worthy content and themes, (3) convincing characterizations, (4) action-filled style without too much description, and (5) attractive format. B640 McDOWELL, MYLES. "Fiction for Children and Adults: Some Essen tial Differences." CLE, o.s., no. 10 (March 1973):48-63. (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children, pp. 140-56.) "A good children's book makes complex experience available to its readers; a good adult book draws attention to the inescapable complexity of experience." Uses many examples from modern writ ers. B641 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "An Elusive Border." Horn Book 50 (October 1974):33-42. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 41-50.) Discusses the problems in categorizing books as "children's," "young adult," and "adult." B642 WALSH, JILL PATON. "The Rainbow Surface." TLS, 3 December 1971. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 192-95, and in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 212-15.) Discusses the nature of children's books and what distinguishes them from adult fiction. Examines the problem of conveying adult thought and emotion at a level comprehensible to the child. DENMARK B643 BUTTENSCHON, ELLEN. "A Curious and Particular Bird." In Koef oed, Children's Literature and the Child, pp. 51-53. Discusses censorship and issues debates on Danish children's books, lamenting that the authors and the readers are not consulted. B644 NELSON, KAREN ANNE. "Contemporary Danish Children's Authors and Illustrators." TON 29 (January 1973):133-45. An overview and bibliographic essay on recent Danish children's literature. B645 -----. "The Fidelity of the Text and Illustrations of Selected Danish Children's Fiction Translated and Published in Great Britain and the United States, Excluding Works by Hans Christian Andersen." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1975, 539 pp., DA 36:1880A. Compares the fidelity of American and British translations of Danish children's books. B646 ROSTRUP, SUS. "Danish Picture Books." In Koefoed, Children's Lit erature and the Child, pp. 5-13. Discusses Danish picture books, particularly those of Ib Spang Olsen, Halfdan Rasmussen, Egon Mathiesen, and Louis Moe. B647 SHINE, NORMAN. "Danish Youth Periodicals." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):21-25. Surveys the history of Danish children's periodicals, beginning in the late eighteenth century, and briefly summarizes research in the field. DIALECT B648 AIKEN, JOAN. "`Bred and Bawn in a Briar-Patch'--Dialect and Collo quial Language in Children's Books." CLE, o.s., no. 9 (November 1972):7-23. Defends the use of dialect as a means of accepting each other's differences. DIVORCE B649 BARTCH, MARIAN. "Divorce--Children's Literature Style." LA 53 (May 1976):574-76. Surveys current children's books on the topic. B650 GIFFORD, RICHARD W. "A Content Analysis of Selected Adolescent Novels Dealing with Divorce, Separation, and Desertion Published between January, 1970 and May, 1979." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Colorado, 1981, 151 pp., DA 42:117A. Compares fictional portrayals of marital breakup in twenty-eight young adult novels published between 1970 and 1979, and actual stat istics and real-life studies from that time. B651 HALEY, BEVERLY. "Once Upon a Time--They Lived Happily Ever After." LA 52 (November-December 1975):1147-53. Discusses the treatment of divorce and separation, parental death, and single parents in several recent children's books. Includes a bibliography "of books that present life realistically." B652 JENKINSON, DAVID H. "Divorce as Portrayed in Selected Juvenile Fiction Published in America between 1947 and 1977." Ph.D. disser tation, 1983, 174 pp., DA 43:3448A. Examines the picture of divorce presented in American juvenile fiction between 1947 and 1977. DOLLS B653 COLWELL, EILEEN H. "Stories about Dolls." Junior Bookshelf 7, no. 1 (March 1943):7-11. Examines briefly a number of doll stories. B654 GLOVER, JOYCE. "The Doll as Heroine." Junior Bookshelf 35, no. 6 (December 1971):353-57; 36, no. 1 (February 1972):13-18. Provides a brief history of dolls as heroines of children's books. DRAGONS B655 BERMAN, RUTH. "Victorian Dragons: The Reluctant Brood." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 4 (Winter 1984):220-33. Summarizes the history of dragons in folklore and literature and discusses the Victorian handling of dragons, especially Grahame's "The Reluctant Dragon," E. Nesbit's The Book of Dragons, L. Frank Baum's dragons, and Tolkien's Smaug. B656 BLOUNT, MARGARET. "Dragons." In Animal Land, pp. 116-30. Identifies Kenneth Grahame's Reluctant Dragon as the prototype of most modern dragons. Also discusses a number of more recent dragons, including Sendak's Wild Things. B657 PETERSON, VERA O. "Dragons--in General." EE 39 (January 1962):3-6. Discusses the place that dragons occupy in literature of many countries. Considers Kenneth Grahame's dragon in Dream Days, chapter 1, separately published as The Reluctant Dragon, to be the most memorable of them all. B658 STEIN, RUTH M. "The Changing Styles in Dragons--from Fafnir to Smaug." EE 45 (February 1968):179-83. A brief history of the dragon in Western literature, from those of Siegfried, Beowulf, and St. George, to the soft cuddly, shy dragons of more recent literature, to Tolkien's fierce Smaug, "the truest literary dragon since Beowulf's day." B659 YOLEN, JANE. "Dealing with Dragons." Horn Book 60 (June 1984):380-88. Discusses the dragon as a symbol in literature and the dragons in her own books. DRAMA B660 BALLET, ARTHUR. "An Analysis of Value Judgments in Selected Secondary School Plays." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1953, 632 pp., DA 14:567A. Explores the value judgments expressed by the nine plays most frequently produced during 1950-51 in secondary schools having National Thespian affiliation. B661 BARNIEH, ZINA ROSSO. "Some Myths in Canadian Theatre for Young Audiences." CCL 8-9 (1977):7-12. Identifies the following myths: (1) children are the most difficult audience to please, (2) one can tell immediately if children do not like a play, (3) a play for children should not be too frightening, (4) plays should have happy endings, (5) plays should be easily under stood, (6) there is a correct genre of theater for young audiences, and (7) we are preparing the audience of tomorrow. B662 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Curtain Call." Horn Book 55 (April 1979):224-28. Feels that the outlook for children's drama is changing, at least in England. Cites authors he feels are developing excellent material, including Alan Garner with his Holly from the Bongs. B663 -----. "Letter from England: Curtain Call." Horn Book 59 (February 1983):96-98. Discusses trends in plays for children, urging that more plays are needed and more critical attention must be paid. B664 DAVIS, DESMOND. "The Participation Play for Children--A New Genre." CCL 8-9 (1977):19-26. Defines and describes the participation play, citing many examples from Canadian children's theater. Includes a bibliography. B665 DEVERELL, REX. "Towards a Significant Children's Theatre." CCL 8-9 (1977):13-18. Offers criteria for play selection: (1) Is the play true? (2) Is it about something that matters? (3) Is it interesting? (4) Does it do anything? B666 GAY, CAROL. "The Play's the Thing: The Need for Some Critical Perspectives in Children's Drama." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1974, 8 pp., ED 101 356. Argues that there is a dearth of good drama of "literary worth" for children, that good drama belongs to children's literature as an accepted literary genre, that it needs to be examined critically and practically on all levels, and that it needs "an active and viable body of criticism to grow in stature". B667 HARRIS, ALBERT JAMES. "Criteria for the Evaluation of Playscripts for Children's Theatre; The Magic Glen: An Original Children's Play." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Tennessee, 1965, 128pp., DA 27:602A. Develops criteria for evaluating playscripts for children's theater, and writes an original play. B668 KINGSLEY, WILLIAM HARMSTEAD. "Happy Endings, Poetic Justice and the Depth and Strength of Characterization in American Chil dren's Drama: A Critical Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pittsburgh, 1964, 348 pp., DA 26:3534A. Found that happy endings, poetic justice, and simplified and softened characterizations "were evident to the exclusion of any variations" in the children's plays written at the time of the study. B669 LORIMER, ROWLAND M. "Playing What for Whom Out in B.C." CCL 8-9 (1977):61-69. A survey of Canadian plays for children that examines several specific plays and concludes that "the majority of the plays examined were undistinguished and overly didactic." B670 MANNA, ANTHONY L. "Special Section: Children's Drama." ChLAQ 9, no. 3 (1984):102-28. Contents: Introduction by Manna, p. 102; "Sara, Jack, Ellie: Three Generations of Characters," by Roger L. Bedard, pp. 103-4, discusses changes in children's drama over the past one hundred years through an examination of the major characters in F.H. Burnett's A Little Princess, Charlotte B. Chorpenning's Jack and the Beanstalk, and Susan Zeder's Step on a Crack; "Beyond Pinocchio: Stylistic Developments in Plays for Young Audiences," by Jed H. Davis, pp. 105-7, 128; "The Child Audience: Toward a Theory of Aesthetic Development," by Moses Goldberg, pp. 108-10; "Instruction and Delight in Moses Goldberg's Plays for the Maturing Child," by Anthony L. Manna, pp. 111-14; "Aurand Harris: Children's Play wright," by Nellie McCaslin, pp. 114-16; "Joan Aiken: Literary Dramatist," by Marilyn Apseloff, pp. 116-18, 128; "Strindberg's Legacy to Drama for Young People," by Lowell Swortzell, pp. 119-21; "In Search of Drama: A Study of James Reaney's Plays for Children," by Kay Unruh, pp. 122-25; and "I've Heard Some of Them Before," by Susan Zeder, pp. 125-28, in which she reflects upon the experience of writing plays for children. B671 MASHIACH, SELLINA. "Allegory in Children's Theatre and Drama." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kansas, 1975, 243 pp., DA 37:38A. Provides an allegorical interpretation, a structural analysis of literary sources, and an analysis of the dramatic means and structural devices of five plays: The Blue Bird, Punch and Judy, Androcles and the Lion, Little Red Riding Hood, and Hansel and Gretel. B672 PERLSTEIN, SUSAN, and LAURINO, FRANK. "Children's Theater as a Reflection of Contemporary Values." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):96-104. Reviews two collections of plays: Political Plays for Children, edited and translated by Jack Zipes (St. Louis: Telos Press, 1976), and Contemporary Children's Theatre, edited by Betty Jean Lifton (New York: Avon, 1974). B673 POKORNY, AMY. "Theatre pour Enfants." CCL 8-9 (1977):90-97. Describes seven French language plays, six of them written for the Theatre Rideau Vert in Montreal, by Luan Asllani, Andre Cail loux, Marie-Francine Hebert, and Pierre Morency. B674 RADLIFF, SUZANNE P. "A Study of the Techniques of Adapting Children's Literature to the Stage." Ph.D. dissertation, Bowling Green State University, 1969, 271 pp., DA 30:4601A. Provides a critical analysis of the techniques play-wrights use in adapting literary works for the stage. Concentrates on scripts based on three literary sources: Lewis Carroll's Alice's Adventures in Wonderland and Through the Looking Glass; Hansel and Gretel; and Mark Twain's The Adventures of Tom Sawyer. B675 SUCKE, GREER WOODWARD. "Participation Plays for Young Audiences: Problems in Theory, Writing, and Performance." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1980, 963 pp., DA 41:853A. Investigates some of the problems encountered in writing partici pation plays for young audiences. B676 SWORTZELL, LOWELL S. "Five Plays: A Repertory of Children's Theatre to Be Performed by and for Children." 2 vols. Ph.D. dis sertation, New York University, 1963, 680 pp., DA 26:2923. Includes eighty rules essential to writing a good children's play. These extend the rules for evaluating children's plays set forth by Kenneth L. Graham in his "An Introductory Study of Evaluation of Plays for Children's Theater in the United States." (Ph.D. disserta tion, University of Utah, 1952.) B677 Use of English. Numerous issues. Contains numerous reviews of play, television, and film scripts, as well as reviews of books on theater of interest to secondary-level teachers. B678 ZEDER, SUZAN LUCILLE. "A Character Analysis of the Child Prota gonist as Presented in Popular Plays for Child Audiences." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, 1978, 400 pp., DA 39:3236A. Concludes that the child protagonists in popular plays for chil dren, with whom children are supposed to identify, reinforce depen dent, stereotyped characteristics and do not provide "adequate role models for older children." B679 ZIPES, JACK. "Children's Theater in East and West Germany: Theories, Practice, and Programs." Children's Literature 2 (1973):173-91. An overview, concentrating on developments since 1945. B680 ZOLA, MEGUIDO. "Potions, Pies, and Puns: Participation Plays for the Primaries." CCL 8-9 (1977):108-12. Briefly discusses four Canadian participation plays. EASTER B681 BADER, BARBARA. "Expanding Possibilities: Easter, for Instance." In American Picture Books, pp. 323-31. Discusses the trend of picture books for special occasions, using Easter as an example. Considers especially DuBose Heyward's The Country Bunny and The Little Gold Shoes, illustrated by Marjorie Flack; Priscilla and Otto Friedrich's The Easter Bunny that Overslept, illustrated by Adrienne Adams; and William Littlefield's The Whiskers of Ho Ho, illustrated by Vladimir Bobri. EGYPT B682 BESHAI, JAMES A. "Content Analysis of Egyptian Stories." Journal of Social Psychology 87 (August 1972):197-203. "Content analysis of Egyptian stories selected from children's readers, short stories, and folktales representing three periods of social change showed a significant rise in achievement imagery of current children's readers." ELVES B683 CALHOUN, MARY. "Tracking Down Elves in Folklore." Horn Book 45 (June 1969):278-82. (Reprinted in Norton, Folk Literature of the British Isles, 1978, pp. 28-32.) Examines the varieties of European elves of folklore. ENTRAPMENT B684 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. "The Tragic Moment: Entrapment." In Tragic Mode, pp. 57-80. Discusses a number of books for children and young people in terms of the theme of "entrapment." Individual authors and titles have been indexed separately in this bibliography. ENVIRONMENT B685 HEYLMAN, KATHERINE M. "The Little House Syndrome vs. Mike Mulligan and Mary Anne." SLJ 16 (1970):44-50. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 142-53.) Evaluates a number of fictional and informational books touching on environment, ecology, conservation, and pollution. Includes a bibliography. EPIC LITERATURE B686 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Heroes of Epic and Saga." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 80-95. Discusses various versions of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, from Charles Lamb to Alfred J. Church and Padraic Colum, translations of Icelandic sagas by Sir George Dasent and William Morris, and retel lings by Allen French and Dorothy Hosford. EPIPHANIES IN LITERATURE B687 BUYZE, JEAN. "The Use of Literary Epiphany in Children's Litera ture." EE 49 (November 1972):986-88. Discusses the crucial moments of truth in six children's books: Eleanor Estes's The Middle Moffat, Emily Neville's It's Like This Cat, Mary Stolz's A Wonderful Terrific Time, Evaline Ness's Sam, Bangs and Moonshine, Kenneth Grahame's Wind in the Willows, and Mary Hays Weik's The Jazz Man. ESKIMOS B688 GEDALOF, ROBIN. "Publishing Eskimo Literature: Developments in the Circumpolar World." Phaedrus 8 (1981):45-48. Examines the problems and progress in publishing literature in the native languages of Eskimo peoples of the various countries of the Arctic. B689 McGRATH, ROBIN. "Genuine Eskimo Literature: Accept No Substi tutes." CCL 31-32 (1983):23-39. An overview of Eskimo literature, arguing for stricter authentic ity. "It is ironic that monsters, sex, and violence are routinely being expurgated from Inuit legend by modern publishers just at a time when they are being restored to the tales of the Brothers Grimm and lauded in the works of Maurice Sendak." ETHNIC GROUPS B690 BERNSTEIN, JOANNE E. "Minorities in Fiction for Young Children." Integrated Education 11 (May-June 1973):34-37. Analyzes ninety-eight stories with school settings in terms of their portrayals of minority groups. Finds trends in recent multicul tural portrayals hopeful. Includes a bibliography. B691 -----. "Minority Group Representation in Contemporary Fiction for American Children between the Ages of 3-7." Urban Review 5 (May 1972):42-44. Reports on an analysis of the way in which the primary school experiences of minority groups is reflected in contemporary fiction for American children. B692 BREED, CLARA E. "Books that Build Better Racial Attitudes." Horn Book 21, no. 1 (January-February 1945):55-61. Critically surveys contemporary books about various ethnic groups: American Indians, Mexican Americans, blacks, Jews, Germans, Ital ians, Chinese, and Japanese. B693 BRODERICK, DOROTHY. "Minority Groups in Children's Books." In Frontiers of Library Service for Youth. New York: Columbia Uni versity School of Library Service, 1979, pp. 35-42. Comments on the philosophical background of content analysis of literature, surveys current research on portrayals of blacks, women, and other minorities, and summarizes what she sees as long-range issues. Includes references. B694 DODSON, DIANA RODGERS. "A Critical Analysis of Ethnic Coexis tence and Minority Representation in Selected Contemporary Junior Novels." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Mississippi, 1977, 157 pp., DA 38:1377A. Analyzes the portrayal of minority cultures in recommended juve nile fiction. B695 ELKINS, HILDA ARNOLD. "An Analysis of the Social and Ethnic Attributes of the Characters in Children's Books Which Have Won Awards." Ed.D. dissertation, Northern Texas State University, 1967, 106 pp., DA 28:3359A. Examines the social and ethnic group distribution of early and recent Newbery and Caldecott award-winning books. B696 GAST, DAVID K. "Characteristics and Concepts of Minority Americans in Contemporary Children's Fictional Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, Arizona State University, 1965, 206 pp., DA 27:390A. Investigates the depiction of present-day American Indians, Chi nese, Japanese, Negroes, and Spanish-Americans in children's fiction, identifying stereotypes and comparing the portrayals to those in adult magazine fiction and school instructional materials. B697 -----. "Minority Americans in Children's Literature." EE 44 (January 1967):12-23. Surveys characterizations of minority groups in recent children's literature and concludes that (1) traditional, uncomplimentary stereo- types have largely disappeared, (2) occupational stereotypes of all groups except the Negro are still present, (3) Japanese and Negroes are more thoroughly assimilated than are American Indians, Chinese, and Spanish-Americans; and (4) social acceptance of Negroes is dom inant in books about Negroes. Recommends fewer generalizations and suggests areas for further research. B698 GRIESE, ARNOLD. "Multi-Ethnic Literature: Where Are We Today?" Children's Literature Assembly Bulletin 6, no. 2 (Spring-Summer 1981). Summarizes conflicts between two approaches to multi-ethnic lit erature: the approach that sees literature as having direct instruc tional responsibility, exemplified by the Council on Interracial Books for Children, and a less direct approach that emphasizes developing empathetic understanding of the human condition through use of the imagination. B699 KIMMEL, ERIC A. "Multi-Ethnic Literature--Where Are We Now?" Children's Literature Assembly Bulletin 6, no. 2 (Spring-Summer 1981):1-4. Briefly summarizes the increases in ethnic group representation in children's books in the 1960s and 1970s (it was not as great as people seem to think), then looks at the various groups: blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian Americans, and Jewish Ameri cans. Concludes that while we have come a long way in the past two decades, we still have a long way to go. B700 MADISON, JOHN PAUL. "Analysis of Values and Social Action in Multi-Racial Children's Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1972, 138 pp., DA 34:516A. Identifies and analyzes "the values content and the social actions in a sample of thirty-two children's books containing interracial and intercultural settings and situations." B701 SHAW, SPENCER G. "Legacies for Youth: Ethnic and Cultural Diver sity in Books." SLJ 30 (December 1983):17-21. Traces trends and problems in ethnic and multicultural literature for the young. B702 SINGH, M.J. "Children's Literature for Our Multicultural Society." Orana 17 (August 1981):92-104. Suggests guidelines and considerations for literature meeting the needs of Australia's many ethnic groups. B703 WHITE, MARY LOU. "Ethnic Literature for Children: A View from the Heartland." Catholic Library World 51 (March 1980):326-29. Reports on a decrease in the publication, promotion, and use of ethnic literature for children in the 1970s. ESTONIA B704 VIISE, RIINA M. "Estonian Children's Literature in the Diaspora." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):64-71. Relates the history of Estonian children's literature outside of Estonia since 1944-45. FABLES B705 BLOUNT, MARGARET. "Folklore and Fable." In Animal Land, pp. 23-41. Explores the roles of animals in fables and traditional literature. B706 REED, JANET GRAYCE. "Sixth Graders' Need for, Use and Acquisi tion of Background Knowledge in Comprehending Fables." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1981, 161 pp., DA 42:636A. Concludes that background knowledge increases students' under standing of fables. FAIRIES B707 AVERY, GILLIAN. "The Quest for Fairyland." Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress 38, no. 4 (Fall 1981):221-27. Examines the fascination of a number of early twentieth-century children's writers for fairies. B708 BRIGGS, KATHERINE. An Encyclopedia of Fairies, Hobgoblins, Brownies, Bogies, and Other Supernatural Creatures. New York: Pantheon, 1976, 481 pp. A comprehensive guide to fairies and other creatures from myths, legends, folklore, and fairy tales. Includes pronunciation keys, illustrations, a bibliography, and a type and motif index. B709 ELLIS, ALEC. "Little Folk and Young People." Junior Bookshelf 30, no. 2 (April 1966):97-102. Surveys briefly the role of fairies and little folk in children's literature from traditional folktales to Mary Norton's The Borrowers. B710 HUNTER, MOLLIE. "The Otherworld." In Talent Is Not Enough, pp. 78-102. Delves into the origins of fairies in Celtic folklore and the importance of "the otherworld" to children's literature. FAIRY TALES B711 ADAMS, RICHARD. Review. NYTBR, 3 November 1974, Children's Book sec., pp. 23, 32-36. Reviews the reissue of Padraic Colum's 1944 edition of The Complete Grimm's Fairy Tales and Iona and Peter Opie's The Classic Fairy Tales. B712 ARTHUR, ANTHONY. "The Uses of Bettelheim's The Uses of Enchantment." LA 55 (April 1978):455-59, 533. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 310-16.) Reflects on the usefulness of Bettelheim's book to the critic of fairy tales as children's literature. B713 ASTBURY, E.A. "Other and Deeper Worlds." Junior Bookshelf 39 5 (October 1975):301-5. Argues for the benefits of fairy tales and fantasy for children. B714 AUDEN, W.H. "Grimm and Andersen." In Forewords and Afterwords. New York: Random House, 1973, pp. 198-207. Defends the use of fairy tales with children and analyzes ele ments in tales by Andersen and the Grimms. B715 BARCHILON, JACQUES, and PETIT, HENRY. The Authentic Mother Goose Fairy Tales and Nursery Rhymes. Denver: Alan Swallow, 1960, 287 pp. The introduction to this facsimile reprint of the original 1729 translation of Perrault's Mother Goose's Tales and the early Mother Goose's Melody includes discussions of the origins of the tales and rhymes and analysis of them as literature. Includes a bibliography, pp. 41-43. B716 BETTELHEIM, BRUNO. The Uses of Enchantment: The Meaning and Importance of Fairy Tales. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1977, 339 pp. Examines the "psychological meaning and impact" of fairy tales, showing how they "represent in imaginative form . . . the process of healthy human development." The second half of the book analyzes a number of tales at length: "Hansel and Gretel," pp. 159-66, "Little Red Riding Hood," pp. 166-83, "Jack and the Beanstalk," pp. 183-93, "Snow White," pp. 199-215, "Goldilocks and the Three Bears," pp. 215-24, "The Sleeping Beauty," pp. 225-36, "Cinderella," pp. 236-77, and a number of tales Bettelheim classifies as "animal groom" stories, including "Snow White and Rose Red," "The Frog King," "Cupid and Psyche," "The Enchanted Pig," "Bluebeard," and "Beauty and the Beast." B717 BLAMIRES, DAVID. "Challenge of Fairy Tales to Literary Studies." Critical Quarterly 21 (Autumn 1979):33-40. Provides a concise overview of recent approaches to fairy tales and argues that they should not be neglected by literary scholars and the schools. B718 BLOOM, HAROLD. "Driving Out Demons." NYRB, 15 July 1976, p. 10. Reviews Bettelheim's Uses of Enchantment. Concludes that Bet telheim is right, "but for the wrong reasons." Fairy tales are good for us "not because they are paradigms or parables that teach us how to adjust to an adult reality" but "because their uncanny energies liberate our potential for the sublime." B719 BOWEN, ELIZABETH. "The Comeback of Goldilocks, et al." New York Times Magazine, 26 August 1962, pp. 18-19, 74-75. Reflects upon the increased popularity of fairy tales and their effects on the young. Comments on their moral and aesthetic quali ties, and urges that they be told or read aloud. B720 BUCHAN, JOHN. "The Novel and the Fairy Tale." English Association Pamphlet, no. 79 (July 1931):6-16. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 221-29.) Identifies and classifies plots, themes, and character types of literature, especially the great Victorian novels, all traceable to folk and fairy tales. B721 CHANG, CHARITY. "The Psychological Implications of Fairy Tales." In Robinson, M., Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 207-19. Summarizes the approaches of Von Franz and others to the psy chological truths of fairy tales and argues for their suitability for children. Includes extensive references. B722 CHESTERTON, G.K. "Fairy Tales." In All Things Considered. New York: Sheed & Ward, 1956, pp. 186-90. Argues that fairy tales are, above all, moral, and that through them all runs the theme "that peace and happiness can exist only on some condition." The basis for the morality of fairy tales is not logical but mystical. B723 -----. "The Red Angel." In Tremendous Trifles. New York: Sheed & Ward, 1955, pp. 85-89. Argues that fairy tales are suitable for children, rebutting a number of common objections. B724 CHUKOVSKY, KORNEI. "The Inevitability of Story Telling: There Is No Such Thing as a Shark." In Two to Five, pp. 118-20. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 48-50, and in Haviland, Children and Liter ature, pp. 213-20, entitled "The Battle for the Fairy Tale: Three Stages.") Argues that if fairy tales are denied to a child, he or she will make up similar tales. B725 COOK, ELIZABETH. The Ordinary and the Fabulous: An Introduc tion to Myths, Legends and Fairy Tales for Teachers and Storytellers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1969, 152 pp. Following introductory material on "myths, legends and fairy tales in the lives of children," and sections on choices of materials and suggestions for classroom presentations for various ages, Cook attempts to show the "language and temper of fabulous storytelling" through the examination of several versions of seven "crucial scenes" from traditional literature. The scenes are (1) Medea Bewitches the Serpent while Jason Snatches the Golden Fleece from the Grove of Ares, pp. 60-67, (2) Odysseus is Driven by Storm to the Coast of Phaeacia, pp. 68-77, (3) The Golden Touch of King Midas, pp. 78-85, (4) The Lair of Grendel's Mother, and Beowulf's Fight with Her Beneath the Waters of the Lake, pp. 86-93, (5) Gawain's Winter Journey and His First Sight of the Green Knight's Castle on Christ mas Eve, pp. 94-101, (6) Cinderella's Sisters Get Ready for a Ball, pp. 102-12 and, (7) The Courtiers of the Emperor of China Look for the Real Nightingale, and the Artificial Nightingale Takes Her Place, pp. 113-20. Includes an annotated "Short List of Books" of versions for children, originals in translation, and background reading. B726 COOPER, SUSAN. "A Review of Womenfolk and Fairy Tales." NYTBR, 13 April 1975, p. 8. (Reprinted in Butler, Sharing, pp. 331-32.) Feels that concern about sex roles in fairy tales is "an adult neurosis foisted upon children." Concludes that "ten television commercials can do more to damage your daughter's image of Woman than ten centuries of fairy tales." B727 DARNTON, ROBERT. "The Meaning of Mother Goose." NYRB 31, no. 1 (2 February 1984):41-47. Examines many versions and variants of well-known fairy tales collected in France in the seventeenth century and concludes that (1) although the tales contain touches of fantasy they are rooted in reality (the desire for food is paramount), (2) the tales reveal some particularly French characteristics (especially a reliance on wit and tricksterism), and (3) they also provide insights into the subsequent course of French history. See also Jack Zipes's letter in response in 31 (10 May 1984):4712. B728 DUFF-STEWART, C. "The Dragon's Grandmother." Junior Bookshelf 22 (March 1958):47-54. Argues for the benefits of fairy tales for children. Sees a key characteristic as "interesting plot." Lists tales in the categories of accumulative tales, droll stories, realistic tales, talking beast stories, and tales of magic. Also mentions some of the best-known collectors and collection of tales. B729 FAVAT, ANDRE. Child and Tale: The Origins of Interest. Research Report no. 19. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English, 1977, 102 pp. (Based on Ed.D. dissertation, Harvard Uni versity, 1971, DA 32:2480A.) Examines the question, "What is it about the reader and the book that causes interest?" Analyzes the child's psychological background as set forth by Piaget, but also looks at Bettelheim's and Jung's interpretations. Analyzes the fairy tales of Grimm and Andersen by using Propp's Morphology of the Folktale. By combining the approaches of Piaget and Propp, Favat determines that the tales "embody an accurate representation of the child's conception of the world," particularly in regard to "the child's egocentrism and concep tions of animism, causality, magic, and certain aspects of morality." B730 FLAUMENHAFT, A.S. "Children's `Sick' Stories." Educational Forum 33 (May 1969):473-77. Argues that demoralizing and violent comic books and television programs are mild in comparison with the brutality, violence, and viciousness of such fare as "The Three Little Pigs," "Little Red Riding Hood," and other traditional tales for children. B731 FRAIBERG, SELMA. "Tales of Discovery of the Secret Treasure." Psy choanalytic Study of the Child 9 (1954):218-41. Provides a psychoanalytic interpretation of the meaning of myths and stories concerning buried treasure so popular with children. Among tales discusses at length are "Aladdin," Robert Louis Steven son's Treasure Island, H.C. Andersen's "The Tinder Box," "Ali Baba and the Forty Thieves," and D.H. Lawrence's "The Rocking Horse Winner." B732 GŕG, WANDA. "I Like Fairy Tales." Horn Book 15 (April-May 1939):75-80. Defends the "goriness" of fairy tales and emphasizes their folk origins and deep roots. B733 -----. Introduction to Tales from Grimm. New York: Coward, McCann, 1936, pp. vii-xiii. Describes her approach to translating the tales and provides insights into their origins, meanings, and complexities. B734 GARDNER, HOWARD. "Brief on Behalf of Fairy Tales." Semiotica 21, nos. 3-4 (1977). (Reprinted in Phaedrus 5, no. 2 [Fall 1978]:14-23.) Comments on Bettelheim's theories as developed in The Uses of Enchantment. Generally favorable, although some of Bettelheim's premises are questioned and suggestions for further research that might prove or disprove Bettelheim's hypotheses are made. B735 GREENE, ELLIN. "`A Peculiar Understanding': Recreating the Liter ary Fairy Tale." Horn Book 59 (June 1983):270-78. Discusses the literary fairy tale--"a piece of imaginative writing that often uses the form and motifs of the traditional folk tale but has an identifiable author." B736 HARTLAND, EDWIN S. "The Forbidden Chamber." Folk-Lore Journal III (1885):193-242. Examines a number of folktales with the forbidden chamber motif. B737 HARTMANN, WALTRAUT. "Identification and Projection in Folk Fairy-Tales and in Fantastic Stories for Children." Bookbird 7, no. 2 (1969):8-17. Concerns the following three questions: (1) "What characteristics must literature, and in particular the hero figure, have to insure that the child will instinctively and necessarily identify with the hero?" (2) "What psychological processes occur within the child when he identi fies with the hero of a story?" and (3) "What functions does this process of identification fulfill in the development of the child's personality?" B738 HEISIG, JAMES. "Bruno Bettelheim and the Fairy Tale." Children's Literature 6 (1977):93-114. Although Heisig feels Bettelheim's study of fairy tales is welcome and timely, and that he succeeds in opening the tales up, he dis agrees with some of Bettelheim's basic premises and interpretations, specifically his interpretations of "Rapunzel," "Cinderella," and "Sleeping Beauty." B739 HOFER, M. "A Study of the Favorite Childhood Fairy Tales of an Adult Psychiatric Population." Ph.D. dissertation, California School of Professional Psychology, San Francisco, 1976, 196 pp., DA 37:4683A. Examines "the relationship between favorite childhood fairy tales and the psychodynamics of an adult psychiatric population." B740 HOOKER, BRIAN. "Fairy Tales." Forum 40 (1908):375-84. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 168-76.) Discusses modern and traditional fairy tales in terms of symbol ism. Sees them as the purest form of romance in the broadest sense, and as, above all, disclosers of truth. B741 HORNYANSKY, MICHAEL. "The Truth of Fables." In Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 121-32. A modern father takes a psychological approach to the appeal of the classic fairy tales, emphasizing "Snow White," "Hansel and Gretel," "Jack and the Beanstalk," and "Rumpelstiltzkin." B742 HORRELL, RUTH C. "Fairy Tales and Their Effect Upon Children." Illinois Libraries 38 (September 1956):235-39; (November 1956):278-82. (Reprinted in Robinson, E. Readings about Children's Literature, pp. 263-76.) Defines traditional and modern fairy tales, summarizes criticism for and against their effect on children, and concludes that they should be used with judgment and mixed with realistic stories. Includes references. B743 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Once Upon a Time: Some Notes on Fairy Stories and How They Have Come Down to Us." In Three Centu ries, pp. 21-44. Identifies the distinguishing characteristics of fairy tales and examines the ways in which they have been transmitted. B744 HUTCHINSON, EARL R. "These Modern Children's Tales." EE 35 (November 1958):456-68. Questions the modern, softened and expurgated versions of some of the classic fairy tales. B745 JACKSON, ANTHONY. "The Science of Fairy Tales?" Folklore 84 (Summer 1973):120-41. Proposes a method of charting the misfortunes that occur in fairy tales and a means of studying "shifts in the meaning and beliefs about spirits in Britain." B746 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Another Look at the Fairy Tales." Reading Teacher 14 (November 1960):108-11. Suggests criteria for selecting fairy tales to be shared with individual children. B747 LANES SELMA. "America as Fairy Tale." In Down the Rabbit Hole, pp. 91-111. Traces America's own fairy tales, from Washington Irving's "Rip Van Winkle," through Baum, Thurber, Sendak, and others. B748 LANGFELDT, J. "The Educational and Moral Values of Folk and Fairy Tales." Junior Bookshelf 25 (January 1961):7-15. (Reprinted in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 56-63.) Summarizes past and present objections to fairy tales on moral and educational grounds, concurring with some of the objections but defending certain tales and their uses. Argues that children should be given tales that help them develop courage and security, and that tales such as "Hansel and Gretel" and "Cinderella" should not be given to them. B749 LIEBERMAN, MARCIA. "Some Day My Prince Will Come: Female Acculturation through the Fairy Tale." College English 34 (December 1972):383-95. (Reprinted in Butler, Sharing, pp. 332-43.) Analyzes the portrayal of women in Andrew Lang's selection of tales in The Blue Fairy Book. Points out that "There are only a few powerful good women in The Blue Fairy Book and they are nearly all fairies." Speculates on the impact that the traditional attributes of femininity as portrayed in popular children's literature may have on children. B750 LURIE, ALISON. "Fairy Tales for a Liberated Age." Horizon 19, no. 4 (July 1977):80-85. Selects three tales depicting women who "are not only beautiful and good, but also strong, brave, clever, and resourceful," and provides a brief introduction detailing why these tales have been neglected and remain largely unknown. The tales are "Clever Gretchen," "Molly Whuppie," and "Tomlin." B751 -----. "Witches and Fairies: Fitzgerald to Updike." NYRB 17 (2 December 1971):6-11. Explores four roles of women--(1) princess, (2) the poor girl who marries the prince, (3) the fairy godmother or wise woman, and (4) the wicked stepmother or witch--in traditional fairy tales and in modern literature. Sees the legacy of "Cap O'Rushes" in Fitzgerald's Tender Is The Night, Cinderella in Jane Eyre and Jean Stafford's Boston Adventure, the wicked stepmother in Philip Roth's Sophie Portnoy in Portnoy's Complaint, and the wise woman witch in John Updike's Mrs. Robinson in Of the Farm. B752 LšTHI, MAX. Once Upon a Time: On the Nature of Fairy Tales. New York: Frederick Ungar Publishing Co., 1970, 179 pp. Applies techniques of literary analysis to the study of fairy tales. Among tales discussed at length are "Sleeping Beauty," "Cinderella," "Hansel and Gretel," the "White Snake," and "Rapunzel" (as a repre sentation of a maturation process), as well as numerous other less familiar tales. Also includes discussions on saints' legends and local legends, style, symbolism, animal stories, riddle tales, the image of the hero, and the miracle in literature. Includes extensive references. B753 MacDONALD, RUTH K. "The Tale Re-Told: Feminist Fairy Tales in Modern Collections." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):112-16. (Reprinted in ChLAQ 7, no. 2 [Summer 1982]:18-20.) Discusses three options available to feminists who dislike the role models presented in traditional fairy tales: write new tales, retell old ones, or stay with the original versions. Concludes that, at least for the time being, the old tales are the best. B754 MacVEAGH, CHARLES PETER, and SHANDS, FRANCES. "Fairy Stories: Fantasy, Fact, or Forecast?" LA 59 (April 1982):328-35. Proposes that the giants, dwarfs and goblins, fairies, transforma tions, and talking animals of fairy tales may provide a glimpse of facts from a long-lost past or even "foretell of future discoveries of things once known by some high civilizations of the past." Includes references. B755 MARKMAN, ROBERTA HOFFMAN. "The Fairy Tale: An Introduc tion to Literature and the Creative Process." College English 45 (January 1983):31-45. Discusses teaching fairy tales to college students and relating the tales to more sophisticated forms of literature. B756 MAY, JILL P. "American Literary Fairy Tale and Its Classroom Use." Journal of Reading 22 (November 1978):149-52. Defines the literary fairy tale and discusses its appeal to young people, especially in the stories of Washington Irving, Frank Stockton, Carl Sandburg, Evaline Ness's The Girl and the Goatherd, and Patri cia Coombs's Mouse Cafe. Includes a bibliography and references. B757 MOORE, ROBERT. "From Rags to Witches: Stereotypes, Distortions and Anti-Humanism in Fairy Tales." IRBC 6, no. 7 (1975):1-3. Argues that fairy tales reinforce many "unhealthy and destructive images" for the reader. Points out examples of overemphasis on beauty, the inferior role of women, materialism, magic and luck, elitism, and "whiteness." B758 MOSS, ANITA. "Crime and Punishment, or Development in Fairy Tales." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):132-38. Contrasts didactic fairy tales with fantasies in terms of techniques used to express "complex spiritual, ethical, or emotional truths." Modern works discussed include Roald Dahl's Charlie and the Choco late Factory, Andrew Lang's The Gold of Fairnilee, and Natalie Babbitt's Tuck Everlasting. B759 MOUSTAKIS, CHRISTINA, ed. "Special Section: Fairy Tales: Their Staying Power." ChLAQ 7, no. 2 (Summer 1982):2-37. Articles include "Criticism in the Woods: Fairy Tales as Poetry," by Roderick McGillis, pp. 2-8; "Teaching a Unit of Fairy Tales," by Perry Nodelman pp. 9-11; "The Importance of Being Ernest: The Fairy Tale in 19th-century England," by Patricia Miller, pp. 11-14; "Varieties of Fairy Tale," by Anita Moss, pp. 15-17; "The Tale Retold: Feminist Fairy Tales," by Ruth MacDonald, pp. 18-20; "The Grimms' Housekeepers: Women in Transition Tales," by Janet Spaeth, pp. 20-22; "Towards a Social History of the Literary Fairy Tale for Children," by Jack Zipes, pp. 23-26; "A Pica for Heads: Illustrating Violence in Fairy Tales," by Christina Moustakis, pp. 26-30; "From Rags to Riches: Fairy Tales and the Family Romance," by Maria M. Tatar, pp. 31-34; and "Initiatory Scenarios: Von Franz's Archetypal Approach to Fairy Tales," by Joyce A. Thomas, pp. 35-37. B760 NICHOLSON, DAVID B., III. "The Fairy Tale in Modern Drama." Ph.D. dissertation, City University of New York, 1982, 442 pp., DA 43:1349A. Traces the influence of fairy tales and their motifs on modern drama. B761 NODELMAN, PERRY. "And the Prince Turned into a Peasant and Lived Happily Ever After." Children's Literature 11 (1983):171-74. Review of Jack Zipes's Breaking the Magic Spell: Radical Theories of Folk and Fairy Tales. Concludes that fairy tales allow us to devise our own meanings, and to "explore and discover ourselves and our own stories. Wise children respect and enjoy that gift; so should wise critics." B762 -----. Review of Jack Zipes's Fairy Tales and the Art of Subversion and The Trials and Tribulations of Little Red Riding Hood. ChLAQ 9, no. 2 (Summer 1984):81-82. Nodelman feels that Zipes misrepresents both history and the tales he is analyzing in order to make his case. Zipes responds in ChLAQ 9, no. 3 (Fall 1984):131-32. For a more favorable response to The Trials and Tribulations of Little Red Riding Hood see Roni Natov's review in Children's Literature 13 (1985):199-203. B763 OPIE, IONA, and OPIE, PETER. The Classic Fairy Tales. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1974, 255 pp. "Introduction," pp. 11-28, provides an overview of the fairy tales, with discussions of Perrault, Madame d'Aulnoy, Madame de Beau mont, the Grimms, and Andersen. Each tale is also preceded by a scholarly essay. Tales included, in the versions in which they first appeared in English, are "Tom Thumb," "Jack the Giant Killer," "The Yellow Dwarf," "Sleeping Beauty," "Little Red Riding Hood," "Dia monds and Toads," "Bluebeard," "Puss in Boots," "Cinderella," "Hop o' my' Thumb," "Beauty and the Beast," "The Three Wishes," "The Three Heads in the Well," "Jack and the Beanstalk," "Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs," "The Frog Prince," "The Twelve Dancing Princesses," "Rumpelstiltskin," "Goldilocks and the Three Bears," "The Tinder Box," "The Princess and the Pea," "Thumbelina," "The Swineherd," and "Hansel and Gretel." B764 PROPP, VLADIMIR. The Morphology of Folktales. Bloomington: Pub lications of the Indiana University Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics, no. 10, 1958, 134 pp. This pioneering structural analysis of Russian fairy tales has been extremely influential. B765 RAUSCH, HELEN MARTHA. "The Debate Over Fairy Tales." Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University Teachers College, 1977, 266 pp., DA 38:3918A. Outlines the historical and psychological backgrounds of the twentieth-century debates over the "suitability" of fairy tales for children. Summarizes arguments for and against, concluding that "the weight of general opinion points to sustained support for fairy tales." B766 ROHEIM, GEZA. "Fairy Tale and Dream." Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 8 (1953):394-403. Applies techniques of dream interpretation to two fairy tales: "Little Red Riding Hood" and "Fearless John." B767 ROSCOE, WILLIAM CALDWELL. "Signal Reprints: Children's Fairy Tales and George Cruikshank." Signal 9 (September 1972):115-22. Castigates Cruikshank's rewriting of the tales, but praises his illustrations. B768 ROWE, KAREN E. "Feminism and Fairy Tales." Women's Studies 6 (1979):237-57. Concludes that "fairy tales perpetuate the patriarchal status quo by making female subordination seem a romantically desirable, indeed an inescapable fate." B769 RUSKIN, JOHN. "Signal Reprints: Fairy Stories." Signal 8 (May 1972):81-86. From the introduction to German Popular Stories, edited by Edward Taylor (1868). Ruskin expresses his admiration for the tales and for Cruikshank's illustrations. B770 RYAN, CALVIN T. "Advocate for the Fairies." EER 11 (December 1934):268-71, 278. Summarizes arguments pro and con fairy tales and concludes that there are no rules, but fairy tales "represent the childhood of a race, hence are most suitable for children. They are no more bad, wicked, cruel, vulgar, or immoral than a child can be." B771 SALE, ROGER. "Fairy Tales." Hudson Review 30 (Autumn 1977):372-394. Comments upon the insights and excesses of Bettelheim's approach to fairy tales and attempts to explain his own approach, which acknowledges them as "the great well of narrative possibility; when one is there the stories can go anywhere because life, crimped and fearful though it be, is wonderful and full and one must accept it all." B772 -----. ""Fairy Tales" and "Written Tales: Perrault to Andersen." In Fairy Tales, pp. 23-47 and 49-75. The first chapter discusses folktales, especially "Snow White" and "The Juniper Tree." The second chapter emphasizes more highly embellished tales like "The Green Snake," "Beauty and the Beast," "The Little Mermaid," and "The Snow Queen." B773 SCHERF, WALTER. "Family Conflicts and Emancipation in Fairy Tales." Children's Literature 3 (1974):77-93. Examines family conflicts as portrayed in folktales as a means of understanding the nature of the tales. Includes references. B774 SEGAL, ELIZABETH. "Feminists and Fairy Tales." SLJ 29 (January 1983):30-31. Surveys 1970s feminist criticism of fairy tales and concludes that the criticism has resulted in recent collections of tales emphasizing strong heroines. B775 SMITH, LILLIAN. "The Art of the Fairy Tale." Unreluctant Years, pp. 45-63. Analyzes "Sleeping Beauty," "Three Billy Goats Gruff," and "Puss n' Boots" to show national and universal characteristic of each. Points out the style and details that make them "great literature." B776 STONE, KAY F. "M„rchen to Fairy Tale: An Unmagical Transforma tion." Western Folklore 40 (July 1981):232-44. Explores the reasons fairy tales have become the domain of chil dren. B777 -----. "Romantic Heroines in Anglo-American Folk and Popular Liter ature." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1975, 406 pp., DA 36:3016A. Analyzes the occurrence and roles of heroines in popular fairy tales and finds that the passive and pretty princesses, while most popular in North America, are not in fact the most prevalent type of heroines, but "retain their position in part because they coincide with the feminine ideal still maintained for North American women." B778 STORR, CATHERINE. "Why Folk Tales and Fairy Stories Live For ever." Where 53 (January 1971):8-11. (Reprinted in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 64-73, and in Bator, Signposts, pp. 177-84.) Argues that fairy tales survive because they reflect man's "desire to impose a pattern on what mystifies and frightens him." They should be valued for "their beautiful form and for their message." B779 SWINDELLS, MINNIE H. "Fairy Tales as Folklore." EER 11 (January 1934):5-8, 30; (February 1934):1-45; (March 1934):81-85. Sees fairy tales as containing elements of primitive beliefs and practices of faraway ancestors and reflecting tribal rituals, customs, and organization as presented in The Science of Fairy Tales, by Edwin Sidney Hartland. Concludes with an analysis of Perrault's versions of "Little Red Riding Hood" and "The Three Billy Goats Gruff." B780 TAYLOR, PAULINE BIRD. "Ethics in Fairy and Household Tales." EER 17 (May 1940):190-91, 198. Contends that fairy tales do not offer a code of ethics for chil dren. States four reasons for the twisted ethical conception found in fairy tales. Concludes they should simply be enjoyed as entertain ment. B781 TAYLOR, UNA ASHWORTH. "Signal Reprints: Fairy Tales as Litera ture." Signal 21 (September 1976):123-38; 22 (January 1977):48-56. Reprinted from Edinburgh Review, July 1898. Presents a strong argument in favor of fairy tales for children. B782 THOMAS, JOYCE AUGUSTA. "The Fairy Tale: An Analysis of Matter, Rhetoric, and Theme." Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York, Albany, 1978, 411 pp., DA 39:6109A. Analyzes fairy tales from a literary perspective in terms of the functions of physical things, the role of animals, analysis of charac ter, form and structure, and language and theme. Concludes that the fairy tale is "a genuine work of art." B783 TOLKIEN, J.R.R. "On Fairy Stories." Excerpt in Horn Book 39 (Octo ber 1963):457. Provides an influential definition and defense of fairy tales. B784 TRAVERS, P.L. "Grimm's Women." NYTBR, 16 November 1975, Children's Book sec., p. 59. Finds the fairy tales provide endless prototypes for women. B785 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "Dr. Bettelheim and Enchantment." Signal 43 (January 1984):33-41. Provides an extended critique of Bettelheim's interpretations. B786 -----. "Fairy Stories, Myths and Legends." In The Child and the Book, pp. 67-96. Explores the significance for children of fairy tales, myths, and legends. B787 -----. "Part One: Fairy Stories." In Suitable for Children?, pp. 31-73. Summarizes arguments and approaches to fairy tales and includes excerpts by Mrs. Trimmer, George Cruikshank, Charles Dickens, J. Langfeldt, and Catherine Storr. B788 USPENSKY, LEV. "How Marvelous Are These Fairy Tales." Anglo- Soviet Journal 35 (May 1975):35-40. (Translated from Literaturnaya Gazeta 29, no. 1, [1975] by James Riordan.) Defends the folktale as a rich source of moral education. B789 VON FRANZ, MARIE-LOUISE. An Introduction to the Psychology of Fairy Tales [Title on cover: Interpretation of Fairy Tales] 2d ed. Zurich, Switzerland: Spring Publications, 1973, 155 pp. Offers a Jungian interpretation of fairy tales and interprets the Grimm's "The Three Feathers" to demonstrate her methods. B790 WILSON, ANNE. "The Civilizing Process in Fairy Tales." Signal 44 (May 1984):81-88. Discusses Jack Zipes's The Trials and Tribulations of Little Red Riding Hood and his Fairy Tales and the Art of Subversion. Dis agrees with Zipes's overreliance on Marxist and feminist interpreta tions of the tales, to the exclusion of the psychological, which she feels runs deeper. Wilson admits that Zipes offers new perspectives and valuable information. B791 -----. "Magical Thought in Story." Signal 36 (September 1981):138-51. Reports on her pursuit of the nonsense and absurdities in tradi tional literature that is also full of good sense. She tries to determine a level at which the absurdities make sense. Includes discussions of "Jack and the Beanstalk," "The Golden Bird," "The Goose Girl," and "The King of the Golden Mountain," and concludes with an extended discussion of Daphne du Maurier's Rebecca. B792 -----. Traditional Romance and Tale--How Stories Mean. London: D.S. Brewer, 1976, 116 pp. Examines medieval romances and traditional fairy tales as dream like forms in which the reader-listener's identification with the protagonist is paramount. Shows how this interpretation enables us to make sense of much that appears to be illogical and accounts for the tales' lasting popularity and deep appeal. B793 WRIGHT, MAY M. "Terrible Tales for Tots." EER 18 (May 1941):190-91. Summarizes some of the "terrible" incidents from traditional children's literature and is happy to report that now children are able to find up-to-date nonfiction and realistic and inspiring juvenile stories to replace the gloomy old tales. B794 YOLEN, JANE. Touch Magic: Fantasy, Faerie and Folklore in the Literature of Childhood. New York: Philomel, 1981, 96 pp. Includes "The Lively Fossil," pp. 21-28, which discusses the ways in which folk and fairy tales and their variants have been passed on; "Once Upon a Time," pp. 29-39, which examines transformations and values in "Little Red Riding Hood," "The Princess and the Frog," and "Cinderella"; "The Eye and the Ear" (reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 133-34), which discusses the role of illustrations in fairy tales, and compares the Burkert, Hyman, and Disney versions of "Snow White"; "Touch Magic," pp. 49-57, which explores the ways in which the fairy tales "catch a glimpse of the soul beneath the skin"; "The Mask on the Lapel," pp. 61-67, "Tough Magic," pp.69-74, and "Here There Be Dragons," pp. 75-79, which explore the role of fantasy. The final section, "Wild Child, Feral Child," pp. 83-91, explores wild children in folklore and in real life. B795 ZIPES, JACK. Breaking the Magic Spell: Radical Theories of Folk and Fairy Tales. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979, 201 pp. (Excerpt reprinted in May, Children and Literature, pp. 14-33.) Places the fairy tales in their social and historical settings and then views them in terms of their values, separating good from bad, and suggesting ways in which the tales could be revised to be more acceptable. He attacks Bettelheim's approach and interpretations. See Nodelman and Wilson (above) for in-depth reviews of Zipes's approach. B796 -----. Fairy Tales and the Art of Subversion: The Classical Genre for Children and the Process of Civilization. London: Heinemann; New York: Wildman Press, 1983, 214 pp. Concentrating on the fairy tales most often read by children in English-speaking countries, Zipes shows how the tales are used to repress and indoctrinate children. B797 -----. "On the Use and Abuse of Folk and Fairy Tales with Children." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 5 (1978):113-22. Critical of Bettelheim's views, Zipes presents his own theories on "the importance of the imaginative components in folk and fairy tales" and suggests "ways in which they can be used with children to heighten their awareness of the social forces acting upon them." Uses "Cinderella" as example. B798 -----. "The Potential of Liberating Fairy Tales for Children." New Literary History 13 (Winter 1982):309-25. Explores means of liberating fairy tales from repressive and regressive social and political values and points out hindrances to this. FAMILY STORIES B799 BERNARD, JOY. "The Image of The Family in Young Adult Litera ture." Ph.D. dissertation, Arizona State University, 1981, 257 pp., DA 42:4271A. Examines the quality of family life as portrayed in "twenty-two outstanding contemporary young adult novels." B800 BOOTHBY, PAULA. "Three Dimensions of the Parental Role in Selected Children's Literature, 1950-1974." Ed.D. dissertation, University of North Dakota, 1975, 220 pp., DA 37:702A. Concludes that children's fiction has moved toward "the depiction of a parenting figure who appears less emotionally supportive and acceptive of the fictional child, while at the same time more con cerned about the child's development intellectually, socially, and emotionally." B801 CHAUDOIR, MARY HYDE. "The Single Parent Family in Contempo rary Realistic Fiction for Young People." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1979, 169 pp., DA 40:1731A. Reports on a study of sixty-two contemporary realistic novels published in the United States from 1964 through 1974. B802 CROUCH, MARCUS. The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 171-83. Discusses the family stories of Antonia Forest, Gillian Avery, Kathleen Peyton, Meriol Trevor, and others. Points out American and Australian influences, and comments on Margot Benary's The Ark and the works of Irish writer Patricia Lynch. B803 ELLIS, ALEC, and ELLIS, ANNE. "The Family Story as a Reflection of Reality." Junior Bookshelf 31 (October 1967):303-7. Brief reflections on the origins of the family story and its ability to reflect life and incorporate social commentary. B804 ELLIS, ANNE W. The Family Story in the 1960s. London: Clive Bingley, 1970, 105 pp. Traces the evolution of the family story from its beginnings, concentrating on its evolution during the 1960s. "This is an attempt to capture a picture of family life in the 1960s as reflected in children's books of the period from three main angles: human rela tionships; everyday life; and problems facing the characters." Includes bibliographies of children's books and secondary sources. B805 ELLISON, CAROLYN. "A Study to Determine the Credibility of Foster Home Situations Portrayed in Contemporary Realistic Fiction for Purposes of Reading Guidance." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1982, 253 pp., DA 43:1454A. Found that there is room for improvement in the realistic por trayal of foster homes in realistic fiction for adolescents. B806 FINCKE, KATE. "The Breakdown of the Family: Fictional Case Studies in Contemporary Novels for Young People." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):86-95. Discusses books portraying families in trouble, or lacking adult leadership: Isabelle Holland's Man Without a Face, Susan Terris's The Downing Boy, Louise Fitzhugh's Nobody's Family Is Going to Change, and Vera and Bill Cleaver's Where the Lilies Bloom. B807 GILLIS, RUTH J. "An Exploratory Study of Divorce, Religion, and Discipline in Family Relationships as Found in the Texts and Illustra tions of Picture Books." Ed.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1977, 144 pp., DA 38:5234A. Examines the treatment of the selected topics in picture books designed for children from ages five through eight. B808 JAN, ISABELLE. "The Home." In On Children's Literature, pp. 90-121. Explores the development of attitudes toward home and family life in children's literature, particularly in the nineteenth century. B809 KAROLIDES, NICHOLAS J. "The Trouble with Parents." Wisconsin English Journal 20, no. 2 (January 1978):23-26. (ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 149 373.) Examines changes in the depictions of parents in the adolescent novel from the 1940s through the 1970s. B810 LUKENBILL, W. BERNARD. "Fathers in Adolescent Novels: Some Implications for Sex Role Interpretations." SLJ 20 (February 1974):26-30. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 245-54.) Reports on a survey that examined the "father image in a body of fiction currently recommended for children and adolescents." B811 LYSTAD, MARY. At Home In America: As Seen Through Its Books for Children. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1984, 154 pp. Traces the history of the family story in American children's books from colonial times to 1980. B812 -----. "Family as Seen in American Books for Children." Children Today 8 (March-April 1979):2-5. Traces changes from idealistic to realistic portrayals of family life from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to the present. B813 McBRIDE, WILLIAM L. "Parent-Adolescent Relationships and Familial Environments in the Realistic Problem Novel: A Content Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1982, 174 pp., DA 43:1493A. Examines the characteristic familial environments and interper sonal relationships portrayed in 103 adolescent novels published between 1967 and 1980. B814 POSTON, GAYLE TERESA. "Preadolescent Needs and Problems as Seen in Family Life Fiction Published between the Years 1965 and 1975: A Content Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State Univer sity, 1977, 242 pp., DA 38:1717A. (Summarized in TON 34 [Summer 1978]:342-47.) Reports on an examination of sixty books published from 1965 to 1975 in categories relating to family life to see the ways in which preadolescent needs and problems were portrayed. FANTASY B815 ALEXANDER, LLOYD. "Fantasy as Images: A Literary View." LA 55 (April 1978):440-46. Sees the images of fantasy as its key, its tradition, its basic stuff, its DNA. B816 -----. "High Fantasy and Heroic Romance." Horn Book 47 (December 1971):577-84. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 170-77.) Touches on the link between fantasy, heroic romance, and myth ology. "Does the vitality of fantasy come from . . . its deliberate use of the archaic, the imagery of our most ancient modes of thought?" B817 -----. "Substance and Fantasy." Library Journal 91 (15 December 1966):6157-59 and SLJ 13 (December 1966):19-21. Examines the nature of fantasy; tells how it reflects reality. Also comments on his Prydain series and his attempts to give each book "its own particular tone and mood, in the same way that a single musical composition has its allegro and andante movements, its lyrical passages as well as its scherzos." B818 -----. "The Truth About Fantasy." TON 24 (January 1968):168-74. Discusses similarities between fantasy and fairy tales. They both reflect reality and truth. Fantasy is a "hopeful dream." B819 -----. "Wishful Thinking--or Hopeful Dreaming?" Horn Book 44 (August 1968):383-90. (Reprinted in Bookbird 7, no. 3 [1969]:3-9.) Explores fantasy as a means of dreaming and a catalyst of hope, rather than "wishful thinking." Comments that the "ability to accept fantasy joyously and wholeheartedly is one step, a giant step, into real adulthood." B820 BABBITT, NATALIE. "The Purposes of Fantasy." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):22-29. Sees fantasy as a means of interpreting life, as a universal language, a system of symbols that "enriches and simplifies our lives and makes them bearable." B821 BILLMAN, CAROL. "Reading and Mapping: Directions in Children's Fantasy." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 9 (1982):40-46. Explores mapping and visualizing places in fantastic realms. Concludes that "mapping provides, not simply a metaphor for what goes on in reading fantasy, but also a working description of the actual process by which young readers engage themselves in or `play' the game of fantasy." B822 BINGHAM, JANE M., and SCHOLT, GRAYCE. "Enchantment Revi sited: Or, Why Teach Fantasy?" CEA Critic 39 (January 1978):11-15. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 261-64.) Argues that although fantasy is particularly suited to children it has much to offer persons of all ages and is suitable for literary analysis. B823 BODEM, MARQUERITE M. "The Role of Fantasy in Children's Read ing." EE 52 (April 1975):470-71, 538. Comments on Ravenna Helson's theories of fantasy and suggests ways in which teachers might apply them. B824 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "The Eternal Moment." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):157-64. Discusses style, sense of place, characterization, and unifying techniques that communicate "almost unanalyzable overtones" in a number of recent fantasies and time fantasies, especially K.M. Peyton's Pattern of Roses, Jill Paton Walsh's A Chance Child, Penelope Lively's The House in Norham Gardens, and Ruth Park's time fantasy Playing Beatie Bow. B825 -----. Green and Burning Tree, pp. 3-47, 71-134, and 258-74. The following essays are devoted to fantasy literature for chil dren: "Unforgettable Glimpse," first published in October 1962 issue of WLB, and rewritten for Green and Burning Tree, attempts to define fantasy and outline the qualities of great fantasy, using examples from children's literature. "Green and Burning Tree: A Study of Time Fantasy," discusses at length E. Nesbit's The Story of the Amulet, the time tales of Edward Eager, Jane Louise Curry's The Sleepers, Elizabeth Marie Pope's The Sherwood Ring, Alison Uttley's A Traveler In Time, Lucy Boston's Green Knowe books, especially The River at Green Knowe (which she finds disappointing), Philippa Pearce's Tom's Midnight Garden, and William Mayne's Earthfasts. "The Dearest Freshness Deep Down Things," originally published in Horn Book 40 (October 1964):459-72, explores the relationship between imagination (or fantasy) and realism. Each needs to exist in the presence of the other. B826 -----. "The Inmost Secret." Horn Book 59 (February 1983):17-24. Examines the way several authors of modern fantasy have handled secrets in their books. Among authors considered are Lucy Boston, Philippa Pearce, Penelope Lively, E.B. White, William Mayne, Pauline Clarke, and Nancy Bond. B827 Canadian Children's Literature 15-16 (1980), 143 pp. Special issue on fantasy. Contains "Analyzing Enchantment: Fantasy After Bettelheim," by Constance B. Hieatt, pp. 6-14; "`Noth ing Odd Ever Happens Here': Landscape in Canadian Fantasy," by Gwyneth Evans, pp. 15-30; "Jacob Two-Two and the Satisfactions of Paranoia," by Perry Nodelman, pp. 31-37; "Gordon R. Dickson: Science Fiction for Young Canadians," by Raymond H. Thompson, pp. 38-46; "Stories and Stlalakums: Christie Harris and the Supernat ural World," by Susan Wood, pp. 47-56; "Monsters from Native Cana dian Mythologies," by Muriel A. Whitaker, pp. 57-66; and "Fantasy and Transformation in Shadow Puppetry," by Elizabeth Cleaver, pp. 67-79. B828 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA JEAN. "A Look at the Modern Fantasy Cur rently Available to Young Readers." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 14 pp., ED 144 109. Analyzes twenty-two children's books in terms of good storytel ling and lively imagination. Examines recurring themes, satires and wordplay, original fairy tales, the divided self, the occult, and parapsychology. B829 COHEN, JOHN ARTHUR. "An Examination of Four Key Motifs Found in High Fantasy for Children." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1975, 389 pp., DA 36:5016A. Analyzes four motifs in fantasy for children: created worlds, time displacement, quest, and combat between good and evil. Sug gests that, although the roots of fantasy are in myth and folklore, "its concerns are very much those of the present." Fantasy provides a framework in which authors can deal with philosophical questions without moralizing while at the same time projecting the reader into marvelous new worlds and experiences. B830 COLBATH, MARY LOU. "Worlds as They Should Be: Middle-Earth, Narnia and Prydain." EE 48 (December 1971):937-45. Discusses the fantasy worlds of J.R.R. Tolkien, C.S. Lewis, and Lloyd Alexander, concentrating on their qualities of adventure, enchantment, and heroism. B831 COOPER, SUSAN. "Escaping Into Ourselves." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 14-23. Reflections on the nature of fantasy by one of the foremost writers of the genre. "Fantasy goes one stage beyond realism; requiring complete intellectual surrender. . . . Fantasy is the metaphor through which we discover ourselves." B832 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Magic Casements." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 112-41. Discusses briefly a great many, primarily British, writers of fantasy, including Russell Hoban, Alan Garner, William Mayne, David Severn, Margot Benary, Clive King, Tove Jansson, Lucy Boston, and Mary Norton. B833 CURRY, JANE. "On the Elvish Craft." Signal 2 (May 1970):42-49. (Reprinted in Chambers, Signal Approach, pp. 83-93.) Distinguishes between "contemporary" and "traditional" fantasy. Discusses E. Nesbit's Enchanted Castle and works of other British fantasists for children. B834 DE LUCA, GERALDINE, and NATOV, RONI. "The State of the Field in Contemporary Children's Fantasy: An Interview with George Woods." L&U 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977):4-16. Personal reflections and comments on current children's fantasy. B835 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Fantasy." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 265-72. Discusses the appeal of "fantasy to young adults--especially Lloyd Alexander's Prydain books, Ursula K. Le Guin's Earthsea trilogy, Saint-Exupery's Little Prince, Peter Beagle's Last Unicorn, and Robin McKinley's Beauty. B836 DRURY, ROGER W. "Realism Plus Fantasy Equals Magic." Horn Book 48 (April 1972):113-19. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 178-84.) Explores the connection between fantasy and reality. B837 EGOFF, SHEILA. "The New Fantasy." In Thursday's Child, pp. 80-129. Describes fantasy as "a literature of paradox" of "the real within the unreal, the credible within the incredible, the believable within the unbelievable." Discusses characteristics of the "new fantasy" in such categories as epic and heroic fantasy "with its cosmic battles and invaders from the mythic past" (e.g., works of Alan Garner and Susan Cooper); enchanted realism, which depends upon "distortion of time and space (e.g., Boston's Green Knowe stories and Pearce's Tom's Midnight Garden); beast tales and animal fantasy (e.g., Richard Adams); and light fantasy, which "wears the mask of comedy" (e.g., the works of Joan Aiken). B838 FARMER, PENELOPE. "Jorinda and Jorindel and Other Stories." CLE, o.s., no. 7 (March 1972):23-37. (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children, pp. 55-72.) Distinguishes fantasy (based on personal, private experiences) from fairy tale (based in the mass subconscious). Divides fantasies into "introvert" and "extrovert" and gives examples of each type. Includes detailed discussions of Catherine Storr's Marianne Dreams and Rufus. Discusses the effect of fantasy as opposed to effects of fairy tales on the audience. Uses examples from Andersen and Hoban's Mouse and His Child. B839 "Fiction for Children 1970-1980: Myth and Fantasy." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 3 (Autumn 1981):119-39. A listing, with critical annotations, of books chosen as both worthwhile and popular in the categories of fantasy and myth. The "Special Mention" list, which includes works chosen by two or more compilers, contains fairly lengthy evaluations of the following works: John Christopher's The Guardians, Susan Cooper's The Dark Is Rising, Penelope Farmer's Castle of Bone, Florence Parry Heide's The Shrinking of Treehorn, Ursula K. Le Guin's The Tombs of Atuan and The Farthest Shore, Penelope Lively's A Study in Time, Robert C. O'Brien's Mrs. Frisby and the Rats of NIMH, and Philippa Pearce's The Shadow Cage and Other Tales of the Supernatural. Seventy-three other titles on the general list are annotated briefly. A critical review of trends by Ralph Lavender follows, pp. 140-50. B840 GAGNON, LAURENCE. "Philosophy and Fantasy." Children's Litera ture 1 (1972):98-103. Rat and Mole (from Wind in the Willows) debate the relationship between philosophy and fantasy. B841 HARE, DELMAS EDWIN. "In This Land There Be Dragons: Carl G. Jung, Ursula K. Le Guin, and Narrative Prose Fantasy." Ph.D. disser tation, Emory University, 1982, 231 pp., DA 43:165A. Argues that the structure of fantasy is similar to the Jungian complex and demonstrates its use in the analysis of Ursula K. Le Guin's Wizard of Earthsea. B842 HELSON, RAVENNA. "Fantasy and Self-Discovery." Horn Book 46 (April 1970):121-34. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 117-26.) Proposes a type classification of modern fantasy based partially on Jungian personality theory. Divides fantasies into those by men and those by women, and under each defines three types: by men--(1) wish fulfillment and humor, (2) heroism, and (3) tender feeling; and by women--(1) independence and self expression, (2) transforma tion, and (3) inner mystery and love. Several titles are discussed and listed as examples in each category. B843 -----. "The Imaginative Process in Children's Literature: A Quantita tive Appraisal." Poetics 7 (June 1978):135-53. Examines children's fantasy literature as projections of the authors' personalities in terms of Jungian psychology and archetypal criticism. B844 -----. "The Psychological Origins of Fantasy for Children in Mid- Victorian England." Children's Literature 3 (1974):66-76. "The thesis of this essay is that these works of fantasy for children [e.g., John Ruskin's King of the Golden River, George MacDonald's At the Back of the North Wind, and Lewis Carroll's Alice in Wonderland] reflect experiences of inner conflict, growth, and renewal of the sort Jung described as accompanying the indivi duation process and that the intensity of these experiences, and also their themes and characters, may be understood in relation to the particular social conditions of mid-Victorian England." B845 -----. "Sex-Specific Patterns in Creative Literary Fantasy." Journal of Personality 38 (September 1970):344-63. Identifies three types of creative fantasy by male authors of children's books: the heroic, the tender, and the comic; and two types by women authors: "one emphasizing independence and the other contact with the irreal and tender emotion." B846 -----. "Through the Pages of Children's Books." Psychology Today 7, no. 6 (November 1973):107-17. Examines children's fantasy as a mirror of culture, and shows how it reflects the social pressures, problems of sex role and personal identity, and the changing role of the artist of its time. B847 HIGGINS, JAMES, EDWARD. Beyond Words: Mystical Fancy in Chil dren's Literature. New York: Teachers College Press, 1970, 112 pp. (Based on doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, 1965, DA 26:4629.) Examines a number of modern literary fairy tales which reach the "inner child," including J.R.R. Tolkien's The Hobbit, pp. 18-31, C.S. Lewis's Narnia, pp. 32-48, the stories of George MacDonald, pp. 58-69, W.H. Hudson's A Little Boy Lost, pp. 73-86, and Antoine de Saint-Exupery's The Little Prince, pp. 88-102. B848 HOFFELD, LAURA. "Where Magic Begins." L&U 3, no. 1 (Spring 1979):4-13. Discusses the special appeal of classic children's fantasies, which hover on the boundary between fantasy and reality. B849 HUNTER, MOLLIE. "One World." Horn Book 51 (December 1975):557-63; 52 (February 1976):32-38. (Reprinted in Talent Is Not Enough, pp. 57-77.) Examines the origins of all fantasy in folklore, arguing that "a solid base of fact or apparent fact is required for the reader to be able to identify," and concludes that the significance of fantasy for the child is its ability to integrate the real and imagined worlds that are part of his or her own developing personality. B850 ISSAYEVA, ALEXANDRA. "The Contemporary Children's Tale: Images and Intent." Bookbird 3 (1984):18-32. An extensive analysis of an international array of children's fantasy that has been made available in the Soviet Union within the past thirty years. Concentrates on a number of prominent themes and motifs. B851 JAN, ISABELLE. "Through the Looking Glass." In On Children's Lit erature, pp. 56-78. Discusses the "deliberately nonrealistic" literature that is especially characteristic of English children's literature, and although she does not label it "fantasy," she is in fact exploring the nature and distinguishing characteristics of that genre. B852 JENKINS, SUE. "`I will take the ring': Responsibility and Maturity in Modern Fantasy Fiction for Young People." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 61-62. Briefly summarizes her research into two related aspects of fan tasy: (1) the descent of fantasy from ancient sources on myth, folktale, and fairy tale; and (2) the reasons why this genre derived from these sources has such an appeal to the young. B853 KLINGBERG, GOTE. The Fantastic Tale for Children: A Genre Study from the Viewpoints of Literary and Educational Research. Gothenberg, Sweden: Gothenberg School of Education Department of Educational Research, 1970, 34 pp. (Also ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1970, 38 pp., ED 058 225.) Defines the fantastic tale as one in which wonders, or magic, exist side by side with reality. Examines motifs and psychological aspects of the genre in authors ranging from E.T.A. Hoffmann to Philippa Pearce and Maria Gripe. Among motifs identified as char acteristic of fantasy are living toy figures, strange children, modern witches, supernatural animals, mythical worlds, combat between good and evil, journeys through space and time, and the door. B854 -----. "The Fantastic Tale for Children--Its Literary and Educational Problems." Bookbird 5, no. 3 (1967):13-20. Summarizes information in the above book. B855 KUZNETS, LOIS R. "Games of Dark: Psychofantasy in Children's Lit erature." L&U 1, no. 2 (1977):17-24. Discusses books that use "fantasy as a device within the realistic problem novel," specifically, Georgess McHargue's Stoneflight and William Mayne's A Game of Dark. B856 LANGTON, JANE. "The Weak Place in the Cloth: A Study of Fantasy for Children." Horn Book 49 (October 1973):433-41; (December 1973):570-78. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 32-42.) "The three primary questions fantasy asks and answers are: What If? Then What? So What?" Defines eight categories of "What If" fantasy, with examples from well-known children's literature in part 1, and in part 2 examines the ways in which "Then What?" and "So What?" are answered. B857 LEWIS, NAOMI. "The Road to Fantasy." Children's Literature 11 (1983):201-10. Explores the meanings, role, and development of fantasy in chil dren's literature. B858 The Lion and the Unicorn 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977). Special issue on fantasy. Articles have been indexed separately under individual topics and authors in this bibliography. B859 LODER, REED ELIZABETH. "Personal Identity Concepts in the Con text of Children's Fantasy Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, 1979, 254 pp., DA 40:2734A. Explores ways in which "philosophical theories of identity apply to depictions of unfamiliar beings" in selected children's fantasy literature. B860 LOURIE, HELEN. "Where is Fancy Bred?" In Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 106-10. "The wilder the fantasy, the younger the reader." Maintains the great writers of fantasy have been and continue to be men. B861 MacCANN, DONNARAE. "Wells of Fancy, 1865-1965." WLB 40 (December 1965):334-43. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, pp. 133-49.) Summarizes the development of fantasy literature for children from Alice to the present. B862 MERLA, PATRICK. "`What is Real?' asked the Rabbit One Day." Sat urday Review of the Arts, 4 November 1972, pp. 43-50. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 2d ed., pp. 337-55.) Contrasts the increasing realism in children's books with the increasing fantasy in adults'. Heralds the books of Evangeline Walton, C.S. Lewis, and T.H. White as "the best fantasies of the twentieth century" and "great works of fiction." Suggests adults may be looking for fantasy in current literature; children for realism. B863 MILNE, ROSEMARY. "Fantasy in Literature for Early Childhood." In Robinson, M., Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 124-37. Expresses reservations about the use of fantasy with children under the age of seven on the basis of Piaget's theories of child development. Hypothesizes that the young child is unable to see "where and how fantasy goes beyond logical human experience," and urges that adults avoid violence and the imposition of "their own unresolved conflicts on young children." B864 MOBLEY, JANE. "Toward a Definition of Fantasy Fiction." Extrapo lation 15 (May 1974). (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 249-60.) Distinguishes fantasy fiction from dream, horror, and science fiction by its key element of "magic," which she defines. Lists elements of fantasy as (1) poetic quality, (2) creation of secondary magical worlds, (3) multidimensionality, (4) essential extravagance, (5) spirit of carnival, and (6) mythic dimension. B865 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Some Presumptuous Generalizations about Fan tasy." ChLAQ 4, no. 1 (Summer 1979):5-6, 18. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 15-16, and in Nodelman, Festschrift, pp. 26-27.) Explores connections between children's literature and fantasy: both "place readers in a position of innocence about the reality they describe." B866 OWEN, LUCIA. "Dragons in the Classroom." English Journal 73 (November 1984):76-77. Argues that fantasy does three things better than other fiction: (1) it exercises the imagination, (2) it allows us to see ourselves more clearly "precisely because it takes place in the imagination," and (3) it "allows escape and generates hope." B867 PFLEIGER, PAT. A Reference Guide to Modern Fantasy for Children. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1984, 690 pp. Provides an introduction to the work of thirty-six nineteenth- and twentieth-century British and American writers of fantasy for children. Omits Lewis Carroll, A.A. Milne, and L. Frank Baum. Lists primary and secondary works for each writer, and discusses each writer's work as a whole, with separate discussions of individual titles, characters, places, objects, and events. B868 PRICKETT, STEPHEN. Victorian Fantasy. Bloomington: Indiana Uni versity Press, 1979, 257 pp. Examines the evolution of fantasy among Victorian writers, with chapters devoted to the children's books of Lear and Carroll, pp. 114-47; Kingsley and MacDonald, pp. 150-97; and Kipling and Nes bit, pp. 198-239. Includes extensive notes and a bibliography. B869 RICHARDSON, CARMEN C. "The Reality of Fantasy." LA 53 (May 1976):549-51, 563. Maintains that fantasy helps children accept the need for heroism in daily life, and allows them to experience human emotion without embarrassment and explore inner conflicts without fear. Cites examples from children's fantasy. B870 RUPERT, PAMELA RAE. "An Analysis of the Need Fulfillment Imag ery in Fantasy Literature for Children." Ph.D. dissertation, Univer sity of Akron, 1979, 295 pp., DA 40:664A. Concludes that recent children's fantasy fiction addresses and fulfills basic human needs, and suggests "resolutions to problems which promote growth toward maturity and independence." B871 SALESI, ROSEMARY A. "Fanciful Literature and Reading Comprehen sion." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1978, 16 pp., ED 159 625. Discusses those characteristics of fanciful novels that often pose difficulties for readers. Suggests teachers prepare children by reading works of fantasy aloud to provide a framework of experience. B872 SINGH, MICHAEL J. "Law and Emotion in Fantasy." Orana 18 (May 1982):49-54. "Fantasy must obey its own law to achieve artistic merit," and "the provision of a form of wish fulfillment corresponding the reader's stage of emotional development is essential." Examines Russell Hoban's Mouse and His Child as an example of a successful fantasy. B873 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Fantasy." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 149-62. "Fantasy demands something extra, perhaps a kind of sixth sense. All children have it, but most adults leave it behind with their cast-off childhood." Sees Alice in Wonderland as a prime example of fantasy. The quality of fantasy "lies in the creative imagination of the writer and in his own personal expression of that imagination." B874 STIBBS, ANDREW. "For Realism in Children's Fiction." Use of English 32, no. 1 (Fall 1980):18-24. Argues for more realism and less suspension of disbelief in chil dren's fantasy. Feels the new generation of teachers has been unduly influenced by Tolkien. A response, "In Defense of Fantasy," by Jes sica Yates, follows in 32, no. 3 (Summer 1981):70-73. B875 STOTT, JON C. "Midsummer Night's Dreams: Fantasy and Self- Realization in Children's Fiction." L&U 1, no. 2 (Fall 1977):25-39. Discusses fantasies involving a variant of the "circular journey" in which a child "moves into a new world, where, although apparently escaping reality, he is forced to confront his own problems and solve them, thus making possible his healthy return to his own world." Concentrates on Virginia Hamilton's Zeely, Mordecai Richler's Jacob Two-Two Meets the Hooded Fang, and Madeleine L'Engle's A Wrinkle in Time. B876 THOMPSON, HILARY. "Doorways to Fantasy." CCL 21 (1981):8-15. Examines where Canadian writers of fantasy Ruth Nichols and Catherine Anthony Clark have set their entrances into fantasy world, and compares them to the entrances of a number of other writers. B877 WAGGONER, DIANA. The Hills of Faraway: A Guide to Fantasy. New York: Atheneum, 1978, 326 pp. Presents a theory of fantasy, discusses trends in fantasy, and provides annotated listings of books in various subgenres of fantasy. Although the book is not limited to children's literature, many of the examples and discussions are based on important children's books. B878 WEBER, ROSEMARY. "Folklore and Fantasy--Mix or Match." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1978, 11 pp., ED 154 424. Stresses the elements that folklore, fairy tales, and modern fantasy have in common, such as supernatural beings, strange locales, imaginative content, and moral lessons, often embodied in a struggle between good and evil, assisted by magical devices. B879 WRIGHTSON, PATRICIA. "The Nature of Fantasy." In Robinson, M. Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 220-43. Explores the origins and nature of fantasy, its different catego ries, its roots in reality and traditional lore, its limitations, and its failures and successes. Concludes with a brief mention of her attempts to create an Australian fantasy rooted in folk magic. B880 YEP, LAURENCE. "Fantasy and Reality." Horn Book 54 (April 1978):137-43. Discusses the interrelationship between fantasy and reality in a number of well-known recent and classic books. B881 YOLEN, JANE. "Here There Be Dragons." TON 39 (Fall 1982):54-56. Muses on what qualities comprise the essence of fantasy. B882 -----. "The Voice of Fantasy." Advocate 3, no. 1 (Fall 1983):50-56. Explores the voice of fantasy as the voice of truth in a meta phoric mode, as the voice of story itself. B883 ZANGER, JULES. "Goblins, Warlocks, and Weasels: Classic Fantasy and the Industrial Revolution." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 4 (Winter 1977):154-62. Examines three classic fantasies of the late nineteenth century to show how their writers revealed their predispositions toward tradition and the past and against the changes wrought by the industrial revo lution: George MacDonald's The Princess and the Goblin (1871), H.G. Wells's The Time Machine (1898), and Kenneth Grahame's The Wind in the Willows (1908). B884 ZIPES, JACK. "The Age of Commodified Fantasticism: Reflections of Children's Literature and the Fantastic." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):187-90. Suggests that a framework is needed for serious critical examina tion of fantasy as a genre and proposes ways in which "a socio- historical critique might enable us to grasp the significance of the commodified fantasticism which has become part and parcel of our lives." FICTION B885 AVERY, GILLIAN. "Fashions in Children's Fiction." CLE, o.s., no. 12 (September 1973):10-19. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 222-31.) Argues that it is the child who ultimately decides what endures in fiction, not the critics and educators. B886 FISHER, MARGERY. "Is Fiction Educational?" CLE, o.s., no. 1 (March 1970):11-21. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 232-39.) Speech delivered at the conference on "Recent Children's Fiction and Its Role in Education," August 1969, Saint Luke's College, Exeter, England. Argues that fiction is primarily an experience and that its power is based on the author's style. B887 HIGGINS, JAMES E. "Forum: The Primary Purpose of Fiction." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 2 (Summer 1981):113-16. Argues that the element of surprise is at the very heart of a story's existence, and real stories are often not welcome in the classroom. B888 LEWIS, ROGER. "Fiction and the Imagination." CLE, o.s., no. 19 (Winter 1975):172-77. Justifies the teaching of fiction in the schools as a means of developing the imagination. FINLAND B889 Books from Finland 13, no. 2 (1979). Includes three articles on children's literature: Kristine Alapuro's "Exploring the Child's World with Anna Tauriala and Camilla Mick witz," pp. 48-52, based on interviews with two author-illustrators of books for preschoolers; Pekka Suhonen's "The Illustrated Fairy Tale," pp. 53-55, which comments upon new illustrated versions of classic Finnish folktales; and Helakisa Kaarina's "Stories for the Young at Heart," pp. 56-63, which discusses modern Finnish "novel-length" fairy tales by Tove Jansson, Irmelin Sandman Lilius, Hannu Makela, Marja-Leena Mikkola, Pekka Suhonen, and Leena Krohn. B890 LEHTONEN, MAIJA. "The Finnish Juvenile Book in the 1960s: A Summary." Bookbird 9, no. 1 (1971):11-12. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 389-90.) Summarizes trends in Finnish juvenile books in the 1960s, espe cially the development of the young adult novel. B891 RAJALIN, MARITA. "Finland." Phaedrus 8 (1981):57-60. Reports on recent Finnish scholarship, highlighting Ulla Leh tonen's Lasten Kirjallisuus Suomessa, 1543-1850 (Children's Literature in Finland, 1543-1850) (Tampere: Suomen Nuorisokirjallisuuden Insti tuutin Julkaisuja I [Publications of the Finnish Institute for Children's Literature I], 1981), 216 pp. FIRST BOOKS B892 DALGLIESH, ALICE. "Small Children and Books." In Fryatt, Horn Book Sampler, pp. 219-23. Observes what appeals to the youngest children in books and comments on some longstanding favorites. B893 DOOLEY, PATRICIA. "`First Books': From Schlock to Sophistication." ChLAQ 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982):7-10. (Reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 112-16.) Examines board books for very young children and finds a few to praise--those of Rosemary Wells, "Keussen," and Peter Spier. Suggests areas for improvement. B894 HALL, MARY ANNE, and MATANZO, JANE. "Children's Literature: A Source for Concept Enrichment." EE 52 (April 1975):487-94. Provides a discussion of the nature of concept books and an annotated bibliography grouped according to concepts of some out standing examples. B895 HEARNE, BETSY. "The American Connection." Signal 35 (May 1981):91-95. Hearne reflects on books for toddlers--board books and cloth books--and highly praises those by Rosemary Wells and Helen Oxen bury. Stresses the need for playfulness in children's books. B896 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Literature Written for Young Children." EE 47 (October 1970):781-83. Applies criteria of "lightness of touch" established by Hamilton Wright Mabie in his My Study Fire, Second Series (New York: Dodd, Mead, 1894), to picture books for the youngest child. B897 JORDAN, ANNE DEVEREAUX, and MERCIER, JEAN. "Baby Lit." Publishers Weekly 225 (20 April 1984):29-31. Reports on the boom in books for babies and points out distin guishing characteristics of the books. B898 REEVES, KATHERINE. "Literature at the Linen Level." Horn Book 16 (January-February 1940):30-33. Criticizes the "here and now" focus of much literature for the youngest, which is printed on "outsize linen pages" but "allows virtually no escape for imagination." Concludes that "Literature, for any age, should go beyond life, or it has very little reason for being." B899 THISTLETHWAYTE, CHRISTINE. "Picture Books Before Picture Story Books." Orana 17 (May 1981):48-50. Reports on the first books presented to her young son. B900 WILLSHER, VALERIE. "Books for the Under-Twos." Signal 38 (May 1982):103-12. Explores the world of books for the very youngest children and includes a critically annotated list of recommended titles. B901 WOLCOTT, PATTY. "An Approach to Earliest Readers." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 3 (Autumn 1982):122-29. Discusses books for beginning readers with limited numbers of words, including her own ten-word series. Tells why they work and what children like about them. FOLKLORE B902 ABRAHAMS, ROGER D., and RANKIN, LOIS, eds. Counting-out Rhymes: A Dictionary. Austin: Texas University Press, 1980, 243 pp. B903 BETT, HENRY. Nursery Rhymes and Tales: Their Origin and History. London: Methuen & Co., 1924. Reprint. Detroit: Singing Tree Press, 1968, 130 pp. Examines the mythological elements in nursery rhymes, counting rhymes, and cumulative tales. B904 BROSE, DUNN. "Analysis of the Functioning of Gothic Themes in the Folklore and Writing of Children in the Second and Fifth Grades." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1973, 172 pp., DA 34:2154A. Analyzes children's use of gothic elements in their own stories and folklore. B905 CECH, JOHN. "Notes on American Children's Folklore." Children's Literature 8 (1979):176-83. Review of Mary and Herbert Knapp's One Potato, Two Potato. Argues for more collections and analysis of this type of material. B906 Children's Books International 4. Folklore, Unique and Universal. Proceedings. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1979, 76 pp. Includes Richard M. Dorson's "Folklore and Fakelore," pp. 8-16; Isabel Schon's "Legends and Folktales from Spanish-Speaking Coun tries," pp. 18-22; Nancy Schmidt's "All-Africa Folklore," pp. 46-55; and Einar Haugen's "The Shape of the Fabulous: Three Generations of Norwegian Folktale Illustrations," pp. 57-67. B907 CRABBE, KATHARYN F. "Folk Over Fakelore--but Is It Art?" SLJ 26 (November 1979):42-43. Maintains that "most of the highly structured folktales for chil dren are really fakelore." B908 DUNDES, ALAN. "Folklore as a Mirror of Culture." EE 46 (April 1969):471-82. Explores the use of folklore as a means of teaching cross-cultural understanding. B909 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Folklore, Myth, and Legend." In Thursday's Child, pp. 193-220. A critical overview of recent editions of traditional literature, with comments on scholarship, philosophy, audience, and styles of illustration. Includes not only European, but also American, Austral ian, Jewish, and Ancient Greek folklore (especially the Garfield, Blishen, and Keeping books, The God Beneath the Sea and The Golden Shadow). B910 GARVEY, LEONE. "Children's Literature--Old." EE 41 (May 1964): 475-83. Part of symposium entitled "What Is Children's Literature?" and edited by Virginia M. Reid. Fables, myths, legends, and folktales are defined and discussed as part of the traditional literature of children. B911 HALPERT, HERBERT. "Folktales in Children's Books: Some Notes and Reviews." Midwest Folklore 2, no. 1 (Spring 1952):59-71. Surveys children's folktale collections as items of interest to folklorists, pointing out their strengths and weaknesses and suggesting criteria for evaluation. Discusses the importance of authenticity and scholarship, pointing out the work of Richard Chase and Harold Courlander as outstanding examples. B912 HAND, W.D. "European Fairy Lore in the New World." Folklore 92, no. 2 (1981):141-48. Points out the strength and diversity of European folklore that has found roots in American soil. B913 JAN, ISABELLE. "Once Upon a Time." In On Children's Literature, pp. 30-44. Discusses the folktale as the foundation for children's literature. B914 KARL, JEAN. "Bringing Chicken Licken to Life." Publishers Weekly 199 (22 February 1971):81-83. Suggests that modern realistic fiction treats "old beasts in new disguises." Discusses the ways in which some of the traditional tales handle current human problems. B915 KAY, HELEN. "In Quest of Ms. Mouse." Children's Literature 3 (1974):165-68. Traces versions of a tale, told in many countries over many cen turies, of the mouse in search of a husband. B916 KIMMELMAN, LOIS. "Literary Ways Toward Enjoyable Thinking." LA 58 (April 1981):441-47. Describes the use of "formula tales" from folklore, (those with rhythmic, predictable plot structures), to stimulate children's appreciation of literature. Includes a bibliography of seventy-five books listed by plot types identified as "Henny Penny," "King Midas," and "Old Woman and her Pig" stories. B917 KNAPP, MARY, and KNAPP, HERBERT. One Potato, Two Potato: The Secret Education of American Children. New York: W.W. Nor ton, 1976, 274 pp. Collects and analyzes numerous examples of children's folklore. For example, games, jeers, jokes, riddles, rhymes, rope-skipping rhymes, and songs, mainly from the 1960s and 1970s. B918 LASSER, MICHAEL. "Weaving the Web of Story: Archetype and Image as Bearers of the Tale." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 1 (Spring 1979):4-10. Examines the elements of three traditional tales that keep them alive. Jan Carew's The Third Gift, Grimms's The White Snake, and Gail E. Haley's Ananse tale, A Story, A Story. B919 MacDONALD, MARGARET READ. "An Analysis of Children's Folk tale Collections with an Accompanying Motif-Index of Juvenile Folk tale Collections." 2 vols. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1979, 1257 pp., DA 40:1000A. Finds that the "folklore" given to children is frequently "fakelore." "Few collections were found to attain standards of folkloric authenti city." Includes a motif-index of children's folktale collections and picture books, based on Stith Thompson. B920 MIDDLESWARTH, VICTORIA. "Folklore Books for Children: Guide lines for Selection." TON 34 (Summer 1978):348-52. Suggests that a wide variety of genres, excellence of illustration, accurate documentation and annotation, and contextual information should all be considerations in selecting folklore books for children. B921 NORTON, ELOISE S., ed. Folk Literature of the British Isles: Read ings for Librarians, Teachers, and Those Who Work with Children and Young Adults. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1978, 263 pp. Reprints a number of articles concerning folklore in children's literature, devoting separate sections to the folklore of England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales. The final chapter discusses the hand ling of British folk material in the United States. Includes bibliogra phies. B922 ORD, PRISCILLA, ed. "Special Section: Folklore." ChLAQ 6, no. 2 (Summer 1981):11-33. Includes both folklore for children and folklore of children. Kay Stone discusses oral tales, their use and abuse, Jill May compiles critics' opinions of adaptations, particularly Disney's, Brian Sutton- Smith discusses children's own folk stories, Edith Fowke and Linda Hughes discuss singing and verbal play and games, Mark West dis cusses folk toys, John McDowell discusses children's speech play, and Gary Alan Fine discusses folk speech. Finally, Kate Rinzer dis cusses children's folklore collected at the annual folk festival on the Mall at the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. B923 PHILIP, NEIL. "Children's Literature and the Oral Tradition." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 5-22. Explores ways in which the formal devices and symbolic approaches of children's literature resemble those of oral storytellers in pre- or nonliterate communities. B924 ROSS, ELINOR P. "Comparison of Folk Tale Variants." LA 56 (April 1979):422-26. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 300-305.) Compares variants of "Cinderella," "Little Red Riding Hood," and "The Three Bears," with suggestions for classroom use. Includes a bibliography. B925 SHANNON, GEORGE. Folk Literature for Children: An Annotated Bibliography of Secondary Materials. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1981, 124 pp. Contains four hundred sixty-five entries arranged under categories of literature, education, and psychology, with additional access through detailed author, title, and subject indexes. Includes extensive coverage of censorship, children's lore, fables, fairy tales, nursery rhymes, tale selection, rewriting, and storytelling. B926 SHEVIAK, MARGARET R., and ANDERSON, MERRILEE. "American `Fake' Folk Heroes." EE 46 (March 1969):273-78. Explores the controversy surrounding American folk heroes such as Paul Bunyan, Pecos Bill, and Joe Magarac. Are they folklore or "fakelore"? B927 SMITH, RICHARD E. "Study of the Correspondences Between the Roman De Renard, Jamaican Anansi stories, and West African Ani mal Tales Collected in Culture-Area V." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1971, 179 pp., DA 32:6394A. Concludes that the Jamaican folktales are of West African rather than European origin. B928 TAYLOR, MARK. "Television Is Ruining Our Folktales." Library Journal 84 (15 December 1959):3882-84. Comments on and protests against the distortion and mutilation of folktales by the mass media and suggests ways the tales might be treated that would preserve their integrity. B929 WADE, BARRIE. "That's Not a Book." CLE 13, no. 1 (Spring 1982):32-37. Examines children's rhymes used in games and concludes they have many characteristics useful in teaching reading. B930 WEBER, EUGEN. "Fairies and Hard Facts: The Reality of Folktales." Journal of the History of Ideas 42, no. 1 (1981):93-113. Explores the realities of stepmothers and starvation in the histori cal European world in which the Grimm tales are based, and then suggests ways in which this information might influence our interpre tations of the tales. B931 WESTERN, LINDA E. "A Comparative Study of Literature through Folk Tale Variants." LA 57 (April 1980):395-402, 439. Offers a plan for studying folklore variants in the classroom. Includes references and a bibliography of variants of nine well- known tales, including several versions suitable for children. B932 WINSLOW, DAVID J. "Children's Picture Books and the Popularization of Folklore." Keystone Folklore Quarterly 14 (Winter 1969):142-57. Provides an overview of children's picture-book versions of folk- lore, arguing that they are worthy of attention by folklorists. FOOD B933 KATZ, WENDY R. "Some Uses of Food in Children's Literature." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 4 (Winter 1980):192-99. Sees food in children's books as directly related to the essentially comic spirit: "eating and drinking are part of the form" and also appeal to children. B934 KESSLER, LOUISE. "Banquets in Books." Illinois Libraries 25 (Octo ber 1943):3324-27. (Reprinted in Ontario Library Review 28 [Febru ary 1944]:14-17.) Surveys the gustatory delights in a number of classic children's books. FOOL B935 GRISWOLD, JEROME. "The Fool and the Child." In Butler, Sharing, pp. 153-54. Explores reasons for the fool's appeal to the child and his frequent appearance in children's literature. FRANCE B936 CORBETT, ANNE. "France: Good Books and BD's." TLS, 28 March 1980, p. 358. Reviews recent trends and developments in French children's lit erature. B937 JAN, ISABELLE, and PATTE, GENEVIEVE. "Children's Literature in France." In Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 355-64. Argues that there is a sameness in modern French literature for children. Two tendencies are identified: didacticism and literary nostalgia. Remoteness in time and/or space is common, but a realis tic tradition also exists. B938 JAN, ISABELLE. "French Children's Classics: Tradition in a Non- Traditional Age." WLB 47 (October 1972):162-71. Provides an overview of the history of French children's litera ture and argues that, despite its many masterpieces, it lacks continu ity and traditions. B939 LOTTMAN, HERBERT. "No Time for Childhood." Library Journal 91 (15 November 1966):5709-12. Surveys the status of children's literature in France. "The problem in France is that nothing worthwhile has been published for children in the past 50 years." B940 PATTE, GENEVIEVE. "French Children's Literature and French Chil dren's Libraries." In Koefoed, Children's Literature and the Child, pp. 21-29. Looks at problems, developments, and trends in French children's literature as of the early 1970s. B941 Yale French Studies 43 (1969):1-172. Special issue entitled "The Child's Part," that is devoted to children's literature. Includes Philippe Aries's "At the Point of Origin," pp. 15-23, a discussion of the origins of children's literature in France; Marc Soriano's "From Tales of Warning to Formulettes," pp. 24-43, a discussion of the influence of the oral tradition; Isabelle Jan's "Children's Literature and Bourgeois Society in France Since 1860," pp. 57-72; Esther S. Kanipe's "Hetzel and the Bibliotheque d'Education et de Recreation," pp. 73-84, which documents the influ ence documents the influence of publisher Hetzel on children's litera ture; Marion Durand's "One Hundred Years of Illustrations in French Children's Books," pp. 85-96; Andre Winandy's "The Twilight Zone: Imagination and Reality in Jules Verne's Strange Journeys," pp. 97-110; Jean Chesneaux's "Jules Verne's Image of the United States," pp. 111-127; and Richard Howard's "Childhood Amnesia," pp. 165-69, which explores the French attitude toward "childhood," a state for which he points out the French language has no word. FRIENDSHIP B942 SHERMAN, CAROLYN. "Friendship as Portrayed in Children's Books." LA 52 (April 1975):449-54, 494. Children may find answers to the question of how to make friends in the books discussed. Includes an annotated bibliography of fiction on the topic of friendship. GERMANY B943 BECKER, JORG. "Racism in West German Children's Books." IRBC 4, nos. 3-4 (Winter 1972-73):3. Points out stereotyped portrayals of blacks in German children's literature. B944 BELL, ANTHEA. "Germany: The Serious Matters of Life." TLS, 28 March 1980, p. 358. Reviews recent trends and developments in children's literature in the German-speaking areas of Europe. B945 DAHRENDORF, MATTI. "Contemporary Issues of Central Europe and the Literature for Children and Young People in the Federal Repub lic of Germany." Bookbird 4 (1981):7-11. Discusses the depiction of industrialization and ecology, youth protest, drug addiction, violence, juvenile crime, neo-Nazism, and the division of Germany, in literature for children and young adults. B946 Dimension: Contemporary German Arts and Letters 12, no. 1 (1979):219 pp. This collection of translations of recent German children's litera ture includes an introductory essay on German children's poetry by Ruth Lorbe, pp. 7-13, and an overview of German children's litera ture and the featured selections, pp. 14-18. B947 DODERER, KLAUS. "German Children's Classics." Bookbird 12, no. 1 (1974):8-16. Explores the nature of four German classics of children's litera ture, the Grimms' fairy tales, Heidi (which he believes should be consigned to history), Max und Moritz, by Wilhelm Busch (1827-1901), and Erich Kastner's Emil und die Detektive. (See also B359.) B948 FRASER, SIBYLLE. "German Language Children's Youth Periodicals in North America: A Checklist." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):27-31. A compilation based on German-American Newspapers and Peri odicals, 1732-1955: History and Bibliography (Heidelberg: Quelle & Meyer, 1961), by Carl G. Arnat and May E. Olson, and its third edition Die Deutschprachege Presse der Amerikas (Munich: Verlag Dokumentation, 1976). Although the title indicates "North America," South American publications are also included. B949 KAMENETSKY, CHRISTA. Children's Literature in Hitler's Germany: The Cultural Policy of National Socialism. Athens: Ohio University Press, 1984, 359 pp. Discusses (1) literary theory and cultural policy, including pre-Nazi German children's literature, Nazi book-burning and censor ship, and the Nazi Theory of "Volkish" literature; (2) Nazi interpreta tion of folktales, mythology, sagas, fiction, classics, and picturebooks; (3) primers, readers, theater and "Volkish Rituals," and (4) the system of censorship, curricular, and folklore reforms, the role of school libraries, and trends in publishing and children's reading interests. B950 KUNNEMANN, HORST. "Periodicals for Children and Young People-- The Forgotten Medium." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):30-31. Surveys research in this area, concluding that much remains to be done. B951 -----. "Twenty Years Later." SLJ 13 (15 November 1966):37-41. Surveys the development of German children's literature in the twenty years since World War II. B952 LANGFELDT, J. "Children's Books in Germany." Junior Bookshelf 12, no. 2 (July 1948):66-74. A concise historical overview. B953 METRAUX, RHODA. "A Portrait of the Family in German Juvenile Fiction." In Childhood in Contemporary Culture. Edited by Mar garet Mead and Martha Wolfenstein. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1955, pp. 253-75. Discusses the depiction of German family life in popular German family stories written between 1880 and 1939. Includes extensive references. B954 Phaedrus 2, no. 2 (Fall 1975). Special issue on German children's literature. Includes Klaus Doderer's, "A Few Comments on German Children's Literature Research in the Federal Republic of Germany," pp. 5-7, which dis cusses the increasing research in children's literature since World War II; Heinz Wegehaupt's "Research on Children's and Youth Literature in the German Democratic Republic," pp. 8-11, which summarizes the status of children's literature and research; Horst Kunnemann's "Chil dren's and Youth Literature and Language Minorities in the Federal Republic of Germany," pp. 16-19, which discusses the portrayal of the problems of foreign immigrants to Germany in recent children's books; Alfred Clemens Baumgartner's "Comics and Comic Research in the Federal Republic of Germany," pp. 19-20; Sheryl Smith's "A Guide to Research Collections of Children's Literature in the Federal Republic of Germany," pp. 23-27; and James Fraser's "German Lan guage Books, Catalogs, Bibliographies," pp. 30-33, which surveys the publications of Germany's two leading publishers of children's litera ture research, Verlag Dokumentation and Beltz Verlag, and discusses the Lexicon der Kinder and Jugendliteratur, the "first scholarly encyclopedia for the field of children's literature in any language." B955 PRIBIC, RADO. "Young People's Literature in the Federal Republic of Germany Today." Journal of Reading 24 (January 1981):304-7. A brief overview of recent trends in West German children's and adolescent literature. B956 SACHSENMEIR, PETER. "Sociological Aspects of Modern German Youth Literature." Modern Languages 56 (June 1975):89-93. Examines modern German children's literature within historical and sociological frameworks. B957 SCHERF, WALTER. "Across the Rhine: Juvenile Literature in Ger man-Speaking Countries." TON 26 (January 1970):180-87, 205. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 345-54.) Surveys the children's literature in the German-speaking countries of Europe. Covers picture books, poetry, realistic fiction and fantasy, informational books, and young adult literature. B958 SHEVIAK, MARGARET R. "West German Literature for German Youth: Cowboys and Indians." TON 30 (January 1974):176-87. Examines the portrayals, fictional and factual, of America and Americans in literature published in West Germany in the years 1949-69. B959 VON ENGELBRECHTAN, ERIKA. "Federal Republic of Germany." Phaedrus 8 (1981):52-56. A bibliography of recent German publications relating to chil dren's literature, covering an international array of authors and illustrators. B960 WILLS, F. "Children's Books from East and West Germany." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 46 (January 1975):10-23. Provides a brief but well-illustrated overview of recent picture books from East and West Germany. B961 ZIPES, JACK. "Down with Heidi, Down with Struwwelpeter, Three Cheers for the Revolution: Towards a New Socialist Children's Liter ature in West Germany." Children's Literature 5 (1976):162-79. Provides a socialist critique of Heinrich Hoffmann's Struwwelpeter and Johanna Spyri's Heidi, discusses the production of new anti- authoritarian and socialist books, and discusses prospects for a new socialist children's literature in West Germany. B962 -----. "Running Risks with Language: Contemporary Prose and Poetry for Children in West Germany." Children's Literature 11 (1983):191-94. Review of Dimension 12, no. 1 (see above). An overview of some recent developments in German children's literature in West Germany as represented in this special issue of Dimension. GHANA B963 KOTEI, S.I.A. "Themes for Children's Literature in Ghana." African Book Publishing Record 4 (1978):233-39. Suggests possibilities based on folktale and legend for the further development of Ghanaian children's literature. GHOSTS AND GHOST STORIES B964 ARMSTRONG, JUDITH. "Ghost Stories: Exploring the Conventions." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 3 (Autumn):111-23. Examines and explores the conventions and possibilities of ghost stories. B965 DAVIS, DAVID C. "Phantoms in Children's Literature." EE 39 (May 1962):403-7, 417. Phantom and ghost stories are not usually recognized as quality literature by experts and critics. Describes seven outstanding phantom forms based on (1) the Penny Dreadful, (2) The New England Primer, (3) Grandmother Goose, (4) Little Orphan Annie, (5) Raggedy Ann, (6) Old Mother West Wind, and (7) Edward Everett Hale's The Man Without a Country. B966 RABURN, JOSEPHINE. "Shuddering Shades! A Ghostly Book List." TON 41 (Spring 1985):275-81. Primarily a reading list with some comments on categorizing vari ous types of ghost stories. B967 -----. "Who-o-o Reads Ghost Stories?" ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1982, 28 pp., ED 218 590. Explores reasons for the great appeal of ghost stories to children aged eleven to fourteen, and discusses briefly a number of recent well-known examples of the genre. GIRLS' FICTION B968 ASHFORD, RICHARD K. "Tomboys and Saints: Girls' Stories of the Late Nineteenth Century." SLJ 26 (January 1980):23-28. Finds two predominant patterns of heroines in late nineteenth- century girls' fiction: saints and tomboys; and finds those patterns persist today in more modern form. Discusses Martha Finley's Elsie Dinsmore (a saint) and Susan Coolidge's Katy (a tomboy). Includes extensive references. B969 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. You're a Brick, Angela: A New Look at Girls' Fiction from 1840 to 1976. London: Gollancz, 1976, 397 pp. This survey is also indexed separately under individual topics and authors discussed at length. The chapter entitled "Stretchers, Stoves and Sphagnum Moss," pp. 140-58, discusses a number of books, stories, and periodicals concerned with Girl Guides. "Orphans and Golden Girls," pp. 89-110, compares five "catalytic small girls" in popular and influential books by American and Canadian women writing between 1902 and 1915: Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm, by Kate Douglas Wiggin, Anne of Green Gables, by L.M. Montgomery, Pollyanna, by Eleanor H. Porter, Girl of the Limberlost, by Gene Stratton Porter, and Daddy-Long-Legs, by Jean Webster. B970 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Progressive Utopia: Or, How to Grow Up without Growing-Up." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):146-54. Examines themes and values relating to the nature of home, childhood, and utopia in traditional novels for girls: Kate Douglas Wiggin's Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm, Eleanor H. Porter's Pollyanna, L.M. Montgomery's Anne of Green Gables, Frances Hodgson Bur nett's The Secret Garden, and Johanna Spyri's Heidi. B971 RAY, SHEILA G. "Girls' Reading in the United Kingdom: A Personal View." Bookbird 13, no. 1 (1976):6-10. Reflects on books popular with British girls over the past one hundred years. B972 ROBERTS, ALASDAIR. "What Bunty Does At School: School Stories in Girls' Weekly Papers." TES 3349 (22 August 1980):14-15. Examines "the new breed of school stories in girls' weekly papers" and the social attitudes they convey. GOTHIC NOVELS B973 LEDER, SHARON. "Contemporary Adolescent Gothic." L&U 2 (Fall 1977):111-15. A review of three recent novels for adolescents: Frances Eager's Time Tangle, Valerie Lutters's The Haunting of Julie Unger, and Phyllis Reynolds Naylor's Witch Water. GREECE B974 PETROVITS-ANDROUTSOPOULOU, LOTY. "Greece: A Brief Over view of Research in Children's Literature." Phaedrus 8 (1981):65-67. An overview with a bibliography of books and articles (in Greek with annotations in English) published since 1972. B975 PLACOTARI, ALEXANDRA. "Literature for the Children of Greece." Children's Literature 3 (1974):56-60. (Also in Bookbird 12, no. 3 [1974]:37-43.) Discusses the development of children's literature in modern Greece. GYPSIES B976 RAY, SHEILA G. "The Changing Face of Gypsies in Children's Fic tion." Junior Bookshelf 38 (October 1974):262-66. Examines the changing attitudes toward gypsies in children's books. B977 STEVENS, CARLA. "Attitudes towards Gypsies in Children's Litera ture." IRBC 5, nos. 1-2 (1974):4. Examines three nonfiction books about gypsies: Bernice Kohn's The Gypsies, Katherine Esty's Gypsies, Wanderers in Time, and John Hornby's Gypsies, and also Kate Seredy's fictional The Good Master. B978 TçTH, BLŕ. "Portrayal of a Gipsy Child in a Contemporary Hungar ian Juvenile Novel: Contribution to the Nature of Racial Prejudice." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 239-46. Examines the way Maria Halasi's juvenile novel The Last Bench (Budapest: Mora, 1963) handles the problem of prejudice. HANDICAPPED B979 BASKIN, BARBARA. Notes from a Different Drummer: A Guide to Juvenile Fiction Portraying the Handicapped. New York: Bowker, 1977, 375 pp. Society and the handicapped, and the literary portrayal of disabil ities are discussed in introductory chapters. Guidelines are given for the assessment and use of juvenile literature. The major portion of the book consists of an annotated guide to juvenile fiction, 1940-75. Each entry includes a two-part annotation consisting of plot summary and analysis, and indicates reading level and the disability portrayed. B980 BIKLEN, DOUGLAS, and BOGDAN, ROBERT. "Media Portrayals of Disabled People: A Study in Stereotypes." IRBC 8, nos. 6-7 (1977):4-9. A survey of classic literature and contemporary media reveals ten common stereotypes about people with disabilities. B981 HAMMOND, HELEN A. "A Review of the Changing Trends in the Portrayal of Handicapped Children in the Last 200 Years." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 95-101. Reports on her research. B982 HAYNES, JOHN. "No Child Is An Island: Three Books That Focus on Handicapped Children." CLE, o.s., no. 15 (1974):3-18. Discusses Ivan Southall's Let the Balloon Go, Alan Marshall's I Can Jump Puddles, and Patricia Wrightson's I Own the Racecourse (A Racecourse for Andy). B983 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. "Rejection Due to Physical Disability." In Tragic Mode, pp. 27-38. Discusses a number of children's books in terms of their handling of the theme of rejection because of physical disability. B984 LITTLE, GRETA D. "Handicapped Characters in Children's Literature: Yesterday and Today." ChLAQ 10, no. 4 (Winter 1986):181-84. Traces the changes in portrayal of the handicapped in children's literature from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to the present. B985 MAUER, RUTH A. "Young Children's Affective Responses to a Physi cally Disabled Story Book Hero." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia Uni versity Teachers College, 1976, 155 pp., DA 37:918A. "The purpose of this study was to determine whether identifica tion with a story book hero is a function of physical status of hero and reader, and whether friendship preference is also a function of physical status." B986 OAKLEY, MADELEINE COHEN. "Juvenile Fiction About the Ortho pedically Handicapped." TON 30 (November 1973):57-68. Surveys the good and the bad in children's books portraying the orthopedically handicapped, and provides insightful comments upon a number of well-known books. Includes a bibliography. B987 ORJASAETER, TORDIS. "The Handicapped in Literature." Bookbird 1-2 (1980):3-6, 21-25. Discusses the use of handicaps as symbols, usually unfortunate, in the works of a number of European and American writers. Con cludes that "literature reflects the attitudes of society" and "literature perhaps also creates attitudes." B988 PARKER, VIRGINIA. "Some Thought on Walls." LA 54 (January 1977):25-28. Discusses several children's books using walls as a metaphor for problems that are overcome or accepted. Among the walls are those of handicaps, environment, and inner conflict. B989 SAGE, MARY. "A Study of the Handicapped in Children's Literature." In MacLeod, Children's Literature, pp. 97-117. Examines a number of stories about handicapped children, evalu ating them as fiction and in terms of their understanding of the problems and feelings of the handicapped. B990 SAPON-SHEVIN, MARA. "You Can't Judge Kids by Their Covers." Advocate 1, no. 2 (Winter 1982):80-90. Suggests approaches to evaluating the portrayal of the handi capped in literature and examines a number of "excellent books." B991 SCHWARTZ, ALBERT V. "Disability in Children's Books: Is Visibility Enough?" IRBC 8, nos. 6-7 (1977):10-15. Examines images of the disabled in contemporary children's books. B992 STROUD, JANET G. "The Handicapped in Adolescent Fiction." Journal of Reading 24 (March 1981):519-22. Discusses the positive treatment of the handicapped in ten recent works of adolescent fiction. B993 WATSON, EMILY STRAUSS. "Handicapism in Children's Books: A Five-Year Update." IRBC 13, nos. 4-5 (1982):3-7. A survey and overview of more than seventy books for children published since 1977 that concerned various kinds of handicaps. Each book is briefly evaluated. B994 ZIEGLER, CARLOS RAY. The Image of the Physically Handicapped in Children's Literature. New York: Arno Press, 1980, 156 pp. (Based on his Ed.D. dissertation, "The Image of the Physically Handi capped in Children's Literature," Temple University, 1971, 166 pp., DA 32:1842A.) Studies nine categories of interpersonal behavior in forty-seven selected children's fiction books with at least one physically handi capped character. Concentrates on enumeration and statistical analysis rather than literary criticism. Bibliographies include numerous unpublished masters theses. HAWAII B995 CANHAM, STEPHEN. "`DaKine': Writing for Children in Hawaii--and Elsewhere." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):174-76. Explores reasons why there has been no major children's writer in Hawaii. HEROES AND HEROINES B996 ASHLEY, L.F. "Curious Company: Some Juvenile Heroes, 1840-1940." EE 47 (March 1970):356-60. Argues that heroes of today's juvenile fiction are sadly lacking in the vitality and greatness common in Victorian times. B997 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Types of Heroes." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 293-306. Divided into quiet heroes (Papa in Robert Newton Peck's A Day No Pigs Would Die), war heroes (Howard Fast's April Morning and Paula Fox's How Many Miles to Babylon?), and sports heroes (women in sports, and sports nonfiction). B998 ENRIGHT, ELIZABETH. "The Hero's Changing Face." In Contents of the Basket. Edited by Frances Lander Spain. New York: New York Public Library, 1960, pp. 27-34. Traces the changing nature of the hero from the fairy tales through didactic and Victorian writers to the present. B999 JONES, RAY. "Heroes in the Perilous Land: Pattern and Meaning in Arctic Fiction for Children." CCL 31-32 (1983):30-40. Examines "both the tales of Inuit culture and those of cultural comparison to show how they use the pattern of heroism and invest it with thematic significance." Concentrates on the work of James Houston. B1000 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Some Heroes Have Freckles." In Children's Books International Eight. Proceedings. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1983. (Reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 41-52.) Compares the traditional heroes and heroines of the fairy tales with the modern heroes and superheroes of television and finds them similarly lacking in character but excellent vehicles for "wish- fulfillment for powerless people." Contrasts them with another kind of hero, identified by Northrop Frye as the Alazon or tragic hero, and finds the heroes and heroines of some of the memorable classics of children's literature more closely resemble the Alazon, with his or her imperfection and freckles, than the perfect superhero. B1001 OYLER, MARGARET MARY. "An Examination of the Heroine of the Junior Novel in America as Revealed in Selected Junior Novels, 1850-1960." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1970, 362 pp., DA 31:3516A. Focuses an "the heroine as an individual seen in relationship with her family and her community." Her social and economic status, the make-up of her family group, and her relationship to the opposite sex are examined. Concludes that the heroine generally "represents those values which the author wishes to impress on the mind of the reader . . . the `minority' heroine with her aspirations and problems receives little attention. When she does appear, she differs only in the color of her skin." B1002 SIEGE, SELMA R. "Heroines in Recent Children's Fiction--An Analy sis." EE 50 (October 1973):1039-43. Detects a new kind of heroine in children's literature in the 1960s "whose behavior is a form of psychological protest against an environment that hurts them." They are antiheroines in a limited sense. Based on an examination of fourteen books. B1003 TICHY, JAROSLAV. "Robinson and Children's Literary Heroes." Book bird 11, no. 3 (1973):9-16. A historical survey that attempts to define the characteristics of the heroes of children's classics. Sees as central the Robinsonian attitude, "the passionate desire to turn one's idea into reality." B1004 TOTH, BELA. "The Meaning of the Hero and Heroic Traits for the Literary Experience of the School Child." Bookbird 11, no. 3 (1973):16-21. Summarizes the results of a survey of literary heroes among Budapest school children. B1005 Wilson Library Bulletin. "The Children's Hero: Rebel or Conformist." 38 (October 1963):154-64. Symposium that includes Jason Epstein's "The Genteel Conspi racy," pp. 156-60, which argues that teachers, publishers, and librari ans are conspiring to lead children into a pattern of middle-class conformity; "Tootle: A Modern Cautionary Tale," pp. 160-61 (text by Gertrude Crampton, pictures by Tibor Gergely), by David Riesman (an excerpt from The Lonely Crowd), which argues that the story directs children into an "other-directed mode of conformity"; and "In Quest of Value," by Elizabeth H. Gross, pp. 162-64 who agrees that the hero has been debased. HIGH INTEREST/LOW READING B1006 BATES, BARBARA S. "Identifying High Interest/Low Reading Level Books." SLJ 24 (November 1977):19-21. Offers a set of criteria based on appearance, content, and style. Includes references. HISPANICS B1007 BLATT, GLORIA T. "The Mexican-American in Children's Literature." EE 45 (April 1968):446-51. Concludes from a study of thirty-two books portraying Mexicans and Mexican-Americans that the quality of the books and their illus trations is high and that they do not convey stereotypes and preju diced attitudes. Includes a list of books evaluated and additional references. B1008 GARCIA, RICARDO. "Overview of Chicano Folklore." English Journal 65 (February 1976):83-87. Includes a bibliography. B1009 Interracial Books for Children 5, nos. 7-8 (1975):1-20. (Excerpts reprinted in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 55-64.) Special double issue on Chicano culture in children's literature. Focuses on a Council survey of two hundred children's books on Chicano themes. Survey "reveals an overall pattern of cultural misrepresentation." Includes bibliographies. B1010 MOYER, DOROTHY. "The Growth and Development of Children's Books About Mexico and Mexican Americans." Ed.D. dissertation, Lehigh University, 1974, 380 pp., DA 35:1878A. Examines children's books about Mexico and Mexican Americans in terms of content, illustrations, and format to determine "whether there has been a change in the image." B1011 SCHON, ISABEL. "Recent Detrimental and Distinguished Books about Hispanic People and Cultures." TON 38 (Fall 1981):79-85. Discusses more than a dozen recent books portraying Hispanic people and culture, pointing out strengths and weaknesses. "The overwhelming majority of recent books incessantly repeat the same stereotypes, misconceptions and insensibilities that were prevalent in the books published in the 1960s and the early 1970s." B1012 -----. "Recent Notorious and Noteworthy Books About Mexico, Mexi cans, and Mexican Americans." Journal of Reading 24 (January 1981):293-99. Examines acceptable and unacceptable treatment of Hispanic cul ture and people in recent books for children and young adults. B1013 TAYLOR, JOS. "The Chicano in Children's Literature." California Librarian 34 (January 1973):38-39. (Reprinted in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 65-67.) Points out the lack of positive portrayals of Chicanos in chil dren's literature, especially criticizing Ets's Bad Boy, Good Boy and Bonham's Viva Chicano. B1014 TROUT, LAWANA. "Chicano Literature in Paperback." English Jour nal 65 (May 1976):78-80. An overview, followed by an annotated bibliography, "Mexican- American Short Fiction for the High School Program," by Albert D. Trevino, pp. 81-85. HISTORICAL FICTION B1015 ATKINSON, DAVID W. "Canadian Historical Fiction: A Survey." CCL 23-24 (1981):28-29. Identifies realism as a dominant trend in Canadian children's historical fiction since the 1950s. B1016 BOSMAJIAN, HAMIDA. "Nightmares of History--The Outer Limits of Children's Literature." ChLAQ 8, no. 4 (Winter 1983):20-22. Examines Paula Fox's The Slave Dancer, Hans Peter Richter's Friedrich, and Toshi Maruki's Hiroshima No Pika, and the ways in which the disasters of civilization are depicted in each. B1017 BURTON, HESTER. "The Writing of Historical Novels." Horn Book 45 (June 1969):271-77. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Litera ture, pp. 299-304, and in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 159-65.) Discusses some of the difficulties the writer of historical novels faces and outlines her own rules for writing. B1018 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA. "Yesterday Comes Alive for Readers of His torical Fiction." LA 58 (April 1981):452-62. Discusses several examples of contemporary historical fiction in terms of the writers' diverse reactions to historical reality, in terms of readers' imaginative identification with historical characters, in terms of authenticity of the portrayals of the past, and in terms of making dehumanizing events accessible to the reader. B1019 COBLENTZ, CATHERINE CATE. "Walking Into Yesterday." Horn Book 20 (July-August 1944):293-98. Stresses that the author's knowledge of the time period and an ability to take the child along are essential. The child is looking for himself in the story, "and if the storyteller be wise enough, the child finds himself on the first page, perhaps in the first line." Includes examples from past and current authors. B1020 COHEN, MARK. "What Shall We Tell the Children?" History Today 29 (December 1979):845-46. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, 273-76.) Discusses approaches to problems in historical fiction for children: temporal location, language, realistic character, authenticity, and significance. Criticizes much historical fiction as smile-resistant--"the majority of tales are ones of daring-dour." B1021 COLLIER, CHRISTOPHER. "Criteria for Historical Fiction." SLJ 28 (August 1982):32-33. Offers four criteria for evaluating historical fiction: "Focus on an important historical theme, an understanding of which helps us to deal with the present, center on an episode in which the theme inheres in fact, attend to the historiographic elements, present accurate detail." B1022 CROUCH, MARCUS. "The Abysm of Time." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 57-85. Discusses works of Geoffrey Trease, Cynthia Harnett, Rosemary Sutcliff, Henry Treece, Ronald Welch, Walter Hodges, and Barbara Leonie Picard, among others, in this overview of historical fiction. Also indexed separately under authors' names in this bibliography. B1023 -----. "The Art of Authenticity." TLS, 25 March 1977, p. 346. Compares various approaches to writing historical fiction and conveying a sense of authenticity. B1024 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Historical Fiction." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 244-48. Contains a checklist for evaluating historical fiction. Mentions Leon Garfield and Rosemary Sutcliff as two outstanding writers of the genre for young adults. B1025 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Historical Fiction." In Thursday's Child, pp. 159-92. Provides a brief developmental overview of the genre. Sees recent trends away from the fast-paced plot toward emphasis on character and historical accuracy, realism rather than romance. Authors dis cussed include Hester Burton, Katherine Paterson, Rosemary Sutcliff, and Leon Garfield. B1026 HILSON, JEFF F. "The Reflective Use of Novels to Focus on Controv ersial Issues in American History." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1980, 198 pp., ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 196 050. Explores the use of historical novels as a supplement in teaching American history in senior high school. "This study attempts to identify recognizable areas in American history, look at controversial issues that arose from the historical events of those eras, and match the controversial issues with representative sampling of quality novels that can illuminate those issues." B1027 HOROWITZ, CAROLYN. "Dimensions in Time: A Critical View of Historical Fiction for Children." Horn Book 38 (June 1962):255-67. "A great piece of historical fiction, written with absolute unity and depth of time, place, characters, and plot, is a unique achieve ment." Among historical novelists whom Horowitz names as top rank are Esther Forbes (for Johnny Tremain), Rosemary Sutcliff (for The Eagle of the Ninth), and Howard Pyle (for Men of Iron). B1028 HUNTER, MOLLIE. "Shoulder the Sky: On the Writing of Historical Fiction for Children." Anne Carroll Moore Lecture. Bulletin of the New York Public Library 79, no. 2 (Winter 1976):124-38. (Also in Talent Is Not Enough, pp. 31-56.) Reflects on the influence of her Scottish history and heritage on her early life and its relationship to the techniques and problems of writing historical fiction. Concludes that the writer must re-create "the feelings behind the pattern of that past time . . . feelings he [the reader] will then discover are essentially the same as his own," thus enabling the child to identify with those of all times who have sought, in the words of A.E. Housman, to "shoulder the sky." B1029 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Historical Fiction for Children." Reading Teacher 14 (January 1961):191-94. Defines the genre and explores its significance for children, pointing out pitfalls and suggesting criteria for evaluation. B1030 -----. "Some Observations on Children's Historical Fiction." EE 29 (April 1952):185-86. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 267-69.) Provides a brief definition of children's historical fiction. B1031 JALONGO, MARY RENCK, and RENCK, MELISSA A. "Looking Homeward: Nostalgia in Children's Literature." SLJ 31 (Summer 1984):36-39. Explores nostalgia in children's literature as a literary device. B1032 JOHNSTON, PATRICIA E. "Atlantic Canadian Historical Fiction: Where Is the Drama?" CCL 23-24 (1981):51-58. Characterizes Canadian historical fiction (quoting Sheila Egoff) as "a succession of failures." Examines several recent books to support the premise. B1033 LEESON, ROBERT. "The Spirit of What Age?: The Interpretation of History from a Radical Standpoint." CLE, o.s., no. 23 (Winter 1976):172-82. Describes a new approach to historical fiction since the 1950s which searches for roots of the present in the past, and attempts not to impose a twentieth-century view on the past, but to "throw light on that apparently distant age by seeking recognizable elements." B1034 LOCHHEAD, MARION. "Clio Junior: Historical Novels for Children." Quarterly Review (January 1961). (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Con nect, 1st ed., pp. 233-43.) Surveys the historical novel for children from the mid-nineteenth century into the twentieth. B1035 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Historical Fiction." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 164-76. Maintains that adventure is the first requirement for historical fiction for children. The successful historical novel is written by a writer who is thoroughly "steeped in the life of a period." B1036 TAXEL, JOEL ARTHUR. "The American Revolution in Children's Fiction." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 43 pp., ED 206 334. (An abridged version in IRBC 12, nos. 7-8 [1981]:3-9). Reports on a study of thirty-two children's novels published between 1899 and 1976 to discover how the authors explained the American Revolution as a historical event. B1037 -----. "The American Revolution in Children's Fiction: An Analysis of Historical Meaning and Narrative Structure." Curriculum Inquiry 14 (Spring 1984):7-55. Provides a Marxist analysis of children's fiction set during the American Revolution, showing how the books were influenced by their socioeconomic and historical milieus. B1038 -----. "The Depiction of the American Revolution in Children's Fic tion: A Study in the Sociology of School Knowledge." Ph.D. disser tation, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1980, 371 pp., DA 41:3868A. Analyzes the meanings and ideologies of thirty-two recommended children's Revolutionary War novels published between 1899 and 1976. Finds most books conform to the "Whig" or conservative view of the Revolution, and progressive and revisionist interpretations are ignored. B1039 -----. "Historical Fiction and Historical Interpretation." ALAN Review 10, no. 2 (Winter 1983):32-36. Points out the educational value of several historical novels. B1040 TREASE, GEOFFREY. "The Historical Novelist at Work." CLE, o.s., no. 7 (March 1972). (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Chil dren, pp. 39-51.) Discusses approaches to writing historical fiction for children, emphasizing the importance of plot and pointing out difficulties with dialogue, authenticity, and atmosphere, with examples from some of his own works. B1041 -----. "The Historical Story--Is It Relevant Today?" Horn Book 53 (February 1977):21-28. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 277-82.) Argues that the historical novelist can bring the past to life. Discusses the background of many of his own works. B1042 -----. "Problems of the Historical Storyteller." Junior Bookshelf 15 (December 1951):559-64. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 269-72.) Considers the problems of archaic language, accuracy, and realism in terms of character and social history. B1043 WALSH, JILL PATON. "History Is Fiction." Horn Book 48 (February 1972):17-23. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 219-25.) Answers objections to the historical novel from aesthetic purists and historians. HISTORY B1044 BARKMAN, DONNA, and GRIFFITH, SUSAN G. "The Woman's Suf frage Movement in Children's Books." IRBC 13, no. 1 (1982):3-7. Examines the treatment of the woman's suffrage movement in histories, biographies, and historical fiction for children. B1045 CARR, JO, comp. "History: The Past Realized, Remembered, and Enjoyed." In Beyond Fact, pp. 90-116. Includes Carr's introductory essay, "History: Factual Fiction or Fictional Fact?"; Frances Clark Sayers's "History Books for Children" (adapted from Anthology of Children's Literature, 3d ed., by Edna Johnson, Evelyn R. Sickels, and Frances Clarke Sayers); F.N. Monjo's "The Ten Bad Things About History"; Milton Meltzer's "Who's Neu tral?" (reprinted from CLE, o.s., no. 14 [1974]:24-35); and Carol Gay's "History Books: Making America's History Come Alive" (adapted from "Children's Literature and the Bicentennial," LA 53 [January 1976]:11-16.) B1046 FRITZ, JEAN. "The Education of an American." In Arbuthnot Lec tures pp. 123-38. Recalls her personal experiences of discovering what it is to be an American, her reading of the boys' stories and family classics of American literature, and finally her approach to history and the importance of that approach to history for the young. B1047 -----. "Make Room for the Eighteenth Century." Horn Book 50 (October 1974):177-81. Argues for the importance of accurate history and biography for the young. B1048 -----. "The Very Truth." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 81-86. Examines the difficulties historians have in telling "the very truth," and explores the necessity for a sense of humor and specific anecdotal information about people, as well as scholarship. B1049 HOBERMAN, JUDITH SLOAN. "Recycling the Red, White, and Blue: The Bicentennial and Books for Children." Harvard Educational Review 46 (August 1976):468-76. Discusses the flaws of many books related to American history, traces the place of these books in publishing cycles, and suggests ways in which educators "can use all the literature at their disposal to enhance children's historical sense." B1050 MELTZER, MILTON. "Beyond the Span of a Single Life." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 87-96. Examines the state of history-writing for young people--its pur poses and problems. B1051 -----. "The Fractured Image: Distortions in Children's History Books." Library Journal 93 (October 1968):3921-25. Discusses inaccuracies and inadequacies in children's history books, primarily textbooks, and points out some steps in new direc tions. B1052 MOYNIHAN, RUTH BARNES. "American History for Young People at Bicentennial." Children's Literature 5 (1976):261-69. Critically examines eleven recent histories and biographies. B1053 ODLAND, NORINE. "American History in Fact and Fiction: Litera ture for Young Readers." Social Education 44 (October 1980):474-81. Explores the varieties of literature available to teach children about the past: folktales and legends, fantasy, poetry, picture books, realistic fiction, historical fiction, biographies, and nonfiction. Includes a selected annotated bibliography of titles of children's books relating to American history. HOLOCAUST B1054 KIMMEL, ERIC A. "Confronting the Ovens: The Holocaust and Juve nile Fiction." Horn Book 53 (February 1977):84-91. A fine critical overview of holocaust fiction for children and youth. Organizes the books "into a pattern similar to that of Dante's Inferno. The smoking chimneys of Birkenau are at the center with the lesser hells ringed around it in ascending order." B1055 MITCHELL, JUDY. "Children of the Holocaust." English Journal 69 (October 1980):14-18. Discusses a number of children's books relating to the holocaust, including books by Judy Blume, James Forman, Anne Frank, Bette Greene, Judith Kerr, Ilse Koerner, Myron Levoy, Michel Murray, Johanna Reiss, Hans Peter Richter, and Marilyn Sachs. HOME B1056 CLAUSEN, CHRISTOPHER. "Home and Away in Children's Fiction." Children's Literature 10 (1982):141-51. Suggests that attitude toward home may be one of the criteria for distinguishing children's books from adults'. For the adult, home may be a place from which to escape, as in Huckleberry Finn, whereas in the true children's book, Grahame's Wind in the Willows and Tolkien's The Hobbit, for example, home is the place to which one always returns. B1057 FREY, CHARLES. "The Siren Call of Child-Romance." Southern Humanities Review 12 (Winter 1978):1-6. Comments on "the romance form of quest journey and ultimate return home" in "some of the very greatest works of children's litera ture": The Snow Queen, Alice's Adventures, Treasure Island, Huckleberry Finn, The Jungle Books, Peter Pan, and The Little Prince. However, he feels these child-romances are distinguished by "their general indifference, mistrust, and even antipathy toward worlds of home, civilization, parents, and grown-ups." B1058 SADLER, DAVID F. "From Where the Wild Things Are to Wild in the World." CLE, o.s., no. 13 (1974):53-67. Examines the pattern, recurrent in children's literature, of "escape, adventure, and return, as it appears in four books of con temporary realistic fiction: Paula Fox's Stone-Faced Boy, Vera and Bill Cleaver's Grover, and John Donovan's I'll Get There, It Better Be Worth the Trip and Wild in the World. B1059 STOTT, JON C. "Running Away to Home--A Story Pattern in Chil dren's Literature." LA 55 (April 1978):473-77. Points out that a version of the circular journey; escape from home to learn about self, society, and return home again with greater understanding is common in children's books. Analyzes five chil dren's books in terms of this theme: The Story About Ping, by Marjorie Flack and Kurt Wiese, Where The Wild Things Are, by Maurice Sendak, Jacob Two-Two Meets the Hooded Fang, by Morde cai Richler, Call It Courage, by Armstrong Sperry, and Julie of the Wolves, by Jean Craighead George. B1060 WADDEY, LUCY E. "Home in Children's Fiction: Three Patterns." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):13-15. Categorizes three attitudes toward home in children's fiction: the Odyssean, the Oedipal, and the Promethean. HOMOSEXUALITY B1061 AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION. Social Responsibilities Round table's Gay Task Force. "What to Do Until Utopia Arrives." WLB 50 (March 1976). (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 441-43.) A set of guidelines for evaluating "gay themes in children's and young adults' literature." B1062 GOODMAN, JAN. "Out of the Closet, But Paying the Price: Lesbian and Gay Characters in Children's Literature." IRBC 14, nos. 3-4 (1983):13-15. Finds offensive stereotypes and inaccuracies in recent books with lesbian and gay characters. B1063 HANCHEL, FRANCES, and CUNNINGHAM, JOHN. "Can Young Gays Find Happiness in Young Adult Books?" WLB 50 (March 1976):528-34. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 204-12, and in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 302-9.) Summarizes plots of four pioneering young-adult novels portray ing homosexuality and finds them wanting. B1064 HOLLAND, ISABELLE. "Tilting at Taboos." Horn Book 49 (June 1973):299-305. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 137-43.) Argues that without taboos there could be no storytelling. Examines changing mores and values in terms of her own Man With out a Face and other works. B1065 JENKINS, C.A., and MORRIS, JULIE L. "Recommended Books on Gay/Lesbian Themes." IRBC 14, nos. 3-4 (1983):16-19. An annotated bibliography of recent books, both fiction and non fiction. B1066 LUKENBILL, BERNARD. "Homosexual Conflicts and Their Resolutions in Five Adolescent Novels: A Psychosocial Inquiry." In Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 212-24. Partly in response to Hanchel and Cunningham, analyzes I'll Get There, It Better Be Worth the Trip by John Donovan, Man Without a Face by Isabelle Holland, Sticks & Stones by Lynn Hall, Trying Hard to Hear You by Sandra Scoppettone, and Ruby by Rosa Gay. B1067 MITCHELL, JUDITH NAUGHTON. "Changes in Adolescent Literature with Homosexual Motifs, Themes, and Characters." Ph.D. disserta tion, University of Connecticut, 1982, 121 pp., DA 43:133A. Finds little change in portrayals of homosexuality in adolescent literature in recent books, despite increased attention to the topic. The one exception is that since 1973 more characters are homosexual by definition rather than as a temporary phase. B1068 -----. "Loving Girls." ALAN Review 10, no. 1 (Fall 1982):32-35. Discusses a number of books depicting love relationships between girls. B1069 STENSON, LEAH DELAND. "Playing Favorites: The Trouble with Sex Education Guides." SLJ 23 (November 1976):34-35. Points out problems with the handling of homosexuality in juve nile sex education books. B1070 WHITE, DAVID. "The Young Adult Gay Novel." SRRT Newsletter 33:21-23. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 298-301.) Reviews Isabelle Holland's Man Without a Face and Lynn Hall's Sticks and Stones. B1071 WHITLOCK, KATHERINE, and DiLAPI, ELENA M. "`Friendly Fire': Homophobia in Sex Education Literature." IRBC 14, nos. 3-4 (1983):20-23. Points out that sex education materials, although showing some improvement, still convey extremely negative attitudes toward homo sexuality. Includes "Guidelines for Evaluating Sex Education Materi als for Homophobia." B1072 WOLF, VIRGINIA. "Same-Sex Relationships in the Contemporary Novel for Adolescents." Wisconsin English Journal 20, no. 2 (January 1978):27-32. (ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 149 373.) Examines same-sex relationships in six contemporary adolescent novels which attempt to raise and resolve a problem regarding homo sexuality. Points out that "There are no adolescent novels told from a lesbian's or a gay male's point of view. . . . There are no fully developed and complex characterizations of gay individuals in the contemporary adolescent novel." HUMOR B1073 BATEMAN, ROBIN. "Children and Humorous Literature." School Librarian 15 (July 1967):153-61. Categorizes "six different sets of circumstances in literature which provoke mirth in the young": (1) the funny incident, (2) the comic pictorial image, (3) the pleasure in words, (4) the misuse of words which produces a sense of superiority in the child, (5) nonsense that is ludicrous, and (6) subtlety ("noticed only by the very intelligent"). B1074 BENNETT, JOHN E., and BENNETT, PRISCILLA. "What's So Funny? Action Research and Bibliography of Humorous Children's Books --1975-80." Reading Teacher 35 (May 1982):924-27. Analyzes the characteristics of a group of children's books found humorous by children in grades four through six. Includes an anno tated list of titles. B1075 BERDING, MARY CORDELIA, Sister. "Humor as a Factor in Chil dren's Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Cincinnati, 1965, 245 pp., DA 26:3691A. Identifies "what plot situations are humorous," how authors have "treated certain situations to make them humorous to the reader," the aspects of style that contribute to humor, and the contribution of characterization to humor. Concludes with a set of criteria for "a good humorous book for children." B1076 BINDER, LUCIA. "Humour in Children's Books." Bookbird 8, no. 4 (1970):8-14; 9, no. 1 (1971):8-10; 9, no. 2 (1971):19-23. Surveys trends in humorous children's books beginning with the classics and emphasizing the books of various European countries. Concludes that while there are similar trends, "humour takes on a slightly different colour in each country." Feels that in American and German literature all trends meet. B1077 BLOS, JOAN W. "Getting It: The First Notch on the Funny Bone." SLJ 25 (May 1979):38-39. Explores preschoolers' responses to humor in children's books. B1078 CLEARY, BEVERLY. "The Laughter of Children." Horn Book 58 (October 1982):555-64. Explores the nature of humor in children's books and what chil dren find funny. Uses examples from her own and others' books. B1079 "Comedy in Children's Literature." L&U 1, no. 1 (1977). Edited by Geraldine De Luca and Roni Natov. Special issue. Includes "Comedy in Children's Literature: An Overview," by Natov and DeLuca, pp. 4-8; "Once Upon a Shtetl: Schlimazels, Schlemiels, Schnorrers, Shadchens, and Sages: Yiddish Humor in Children's Books," by Marilyn Jurich, pp. 9-25; "The Little Boy Who Drops His Pants in the Crowd: Tomi Ungerer's Art of the Comic Grotesque," by R.A. Siegel, pp. 26-32; "`Instigorating' Winnie the Pooh," by Ellen Tremper, pp. 33-46; "Pippi Longstocking: The Comedy of the National Girl," by Laura Hoffeld, pp. 47-53; "The Seriocomic World of Tin-Tin," by Nicholas Pease, pp. 54-61; "From Huck to Holden to Dinky Hocker: Current Humor in the American Adolescent Novel," by Robert J. Lacampagne, pp. 62-71; and "An Interview with Arnold Lobel," by Roni Natov and Geraldine De Luca, pp. 72-97. Also indexed separately under individual topics and authors in this bibliography. B1080 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Laughter." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 101-11. Discusses briefly books that are primarily humorous, including Astrid Lindgren's Pippi books, Helen Cresswell, and several others. B1081 FARDELL, JOYCE. "Humour in Children's Fiction." Orana 16 (August 1980):82-92. Provides an extensive examination of various categories of humor. B1082 FENNER, PHYLLIS. "Funny, Is It?" Library Journal 85 (15 October 1960):3822-24. Explores what children find funny and comments on the charac teristics of the humor of a number of popular children's books. B1083 FLEISCHMAN, SID. "Laughter and Children's Literature." Horn Book 52 (October 1976):465-70 and Claremont Reading Conference Year book 40 (1976):88-92. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 199-204.) Explores reasons for the paucity of humor in children's books, especially for older readers, and points out that folklore is rich in comic possibilities. B1084 GUARNIERI, ROSSANA. "Humor and Society." Bookbird 8, no. 1 (1970):10-13. "Humor can make society accessible at the child's level." Cites examples from children's literature and the testimony of well-known psychologists. B1085 HAWKINS, KARLA JEAN. "Elementary School Children's Preferences for Selected Elements of Humor in Children's Books as Determined by Sex and Grade Level." Ph.D. dissertation, Georgia University, 1977, 132 pp., DA 38:4569A. Concludes that humor preference is an individual trait. Found few differences in grade level, sex, and appreciation of type of humor. One book was the overwhelming favorite of all groups, while other titles increased or decreased in popularity according to age groups. B1086 KAPPAS, KATHERINE. "A Developmental Analysis of Children's Responses to Humor." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):67-77. Applies a developmental analysis of children's responses to humor to the analysis of humorous children's literature. B1087 LANDAU, ELLIOTT D. "Quibble, Quibble: Funny? Yes; Humorous, No!" Horn Book 38 (April 1962):154-64. Distinguishes between what is humorous and what is merely funny in a number of classic children's books. Includes an exchange of letters with James Thurber on the topic of humor. B1088 MONSON, DIANNE LYNN. "Children's Responses to Humorous Situa tions in Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1966, 238 pp., DA 27:2448A. Compares two methods for eliciting children's responses to humor in literature, investigates children's judgments of humor in children's books, and investigates children's choices of specific types of humor. B1089 -----. "A Look at Humor in Literature and Children's Responses to Humor." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1979, 22 pp., ED 162 285. Summarizes research relating to humor in literature and children's responses to humor, and suggests further avenues of exploration. Includes extensive references and a list of humorous children's books. B1090 NELSON, ROBERT. "Responses of Sixth-Grade Students to Two Types of Humor Present in Fiction for Children, and an Investigation of the Types of Humor Found in Books for the Middle Grade Reader." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1974, 311 pp., DA 35:1534A. Examines the reactions of sixth-grade children to humor based on a physical action of some sort and humor based upon words used by the characters in stories. Also analyzes a selection of humorous literature for children, classifying the humor as word humor or action humor. Found that humor is a very individual trait. B1091 NILSEN, DON L.F., and NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "An Exploration and Defense of the Humor in Young Adult Literature." Journal of Reading 26 (October 1982):58-65. Finds that teenagers choices in humor "are understandable when looked at in relation to teenagers' interests, levels of maturity and experience, and intellectual and psychological development." Includes a bibliography. B1092 PETRY, ANNE KATHERINE. "Young Children's Response to Three Types of Humor." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Connecticut, 1978, 159 pp., DA 39:5525B. Explores "to what extent and in what manner age, sex, verbal ability, and self-concept explain variations in five and seven year olds' comprehension and appreciation of three types of humor found in children's books: incongruity, exaggeration, and nonsense lan guage." Age appeared to be the most influential variable, followed by verbal ability and self-concept. B1093 PFORDRESHER, JOHN. "An Approach to Analyzing Jokes." English Journal 70 (October 1981):50-54. Outlines an approach based on Freud's Jokes and Their Relation to the Unconscious. B1094 SCHWARTZ, ALVIN. "Children, Humor and Folklore." Horn Book 53 (June 1977):281-87; (August 1977):471-476. Tells, from a folklore perspective, what humor children like and how humor travels. B1095 SMITH, JAMES S. "The Hoot of Little Voices: Humor in Children's Books." In A Critical Approach to Children's Literature. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1967, pp. 203-24. Provides a good introduction to the topic and lists books accord ing to the categories of humor they express. B1096 STEINBERG, SYBIL S. "What Makes a Funny Children's Book: Five Writers Talk About Their Methods." Publishers Weekly 213 (27 February 1978):87-90. Dr. Seuss, Sid Fleischman, Daniel Manus Pinkwater, Mark Alan Stamaty, and Susan Jeschke talk about what makes a funny book. B1097 STEINFIRST, SUSAN. "More About the Funny Bone: A Response." SLJ 26 (January 1980):42-43. Responds to Joan Blos's reflections about children and humor, and reports on additional research on the topic. HUNGARY B1098 ASZODI, EVA. "Lyric Poetry for Children in Hungary." Bookbird 8 (1970):14-17. Surveys modern Hungarian children's poetry. B1099 BALAZS, VARGHA. "Current Trends in Children's Literature: Chil dren's Literature in the Future: The Hungarian Experience." Inter national Library Review 5 (1973):269-75. Summarizes history and trends in Hungarian children's literature. B1100 BRESTYANSZKY, ILONA. "Contemporary Children's Book Illustration in Hungary." Bookbird 9, no. 2 (1971):68-75. Surveys recent trends, singling out many outstanding illustrators and showing a few examples (in black and white) of their work. B1101 ORTH, HELEN K. "Hungary: Stories of Heroic Struggle." WLB 48 (June 1974):826-31. An overview of Hungary's rich tradition of classic children's literature. B1102 TOTH, BELA. "The History of Hungarian Children's and Youth Period icals." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):26-30. A survey with an extensive bibliography of articles, in Hungar ian, on children's periodicals. ICELAND B1103 ADALSTEINSDOTTIR, SILJA. "Iceland." Phaedrus 4, no. 1 (Spring 1977):38-39. Surveys current research on children's literature in Iceland. Includes a brief bibliography; all items in Icelandic except one in Danish. B1104 -----. "Iceland." Phaedrus 8 (1981):68-69. Summarizes her book Islenskar Barnabaeker 1780-1979 (Icelandic Children's Literature, 1780-1979 (Reykjavik: Malognenning, 1981) 402 pp. B1105 ASTGEIRSSON, GUNNLAUGUR. "Writing for Children in Iceland." Bookbird 3 (1981):3-6. Originally published in Swedish in Bur Nytt 3, no. 4 (1980). A general survey. B1106 KINGMAN, LEE. "A Search for Children's Books in Iceland." Horn Book 47 (October 1971):462-69. Tells mostly about imported books found in Icelandic bookstores. IDENTITY B1107 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Self and Society." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 196-229. "Some of the most powerful of children's novels are about iden tity." Discusses Anne Holm's I Am David, Philippa Pearce, Sheena Porter, Ruth Arthur, Patricia Wrightson, John Rowe Townsend, and Joan Robinson. Concludes with a discussion of race and class and the works of H.F. Brinsmead, Mary Treadgold, Anne Barrett, and Eric Allen. Also indexed separately under authors' names in this bibliography. B1108 PETITT, DOROTHY. "A Search for Self-Definition: The Picture of Life in the Novel for the Adolescent." English Journal 49 (December 1960):616-26. A survey of "best-written" novels for adolescents, selected as describing the ways in which they depict the adolescent's search for self-definition. Includes booklist. IMMIGRANTS B1109 BARR, JANET LOUISE COOK. "The Immigrants in Children's Fic tional Books Recommended for American Libraries, 1883-1938." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1976, 185 pp., DA 37:1852A. Compares the depiction of immigrants in American children's lit erature to reality. INDIA B1110 DEY, PROVASH RONJAN. Children's Literature of Bengal. Calcutta: Academy for Documentation and Research on Children's Literature, 1978, 32 pp. Surveys Bengali children's literature from the beginning of the nineteenth century up to the middle of the twentieth. B1111 -----. Children's Literature of India. Calcutta: Academy for Docu mentation and Research on Children's Literature, 1977, 56 pp. A survey of Indian children's literature. B1112 KUMAR, KRISHNA. "Rise of the Adult-Centered Child in Hindi Children's Literature (1930-1980)." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 71-78. Examines the effect of social changes in India between 1930 and 1980 on the portrayal of the child in Indian children's literature during that time. B1113 ROWLAND, CLARISSA. "Bungalow and Bazaar: India in Victorian Children's Fiction." Children's Literature 2 (1973):192-96. From Mrs. Sherwood through Kipling and Little Black Sambo. B1114 ROY, KULDIP KUMAR. "Publishing for Children and Professional Work with Children's Literature in India." Bookbird 3 (1981):11-13. Emphasizes journals for children, but also mentions research, reference books, and teaching. B1115 -----. "The Refugee Child in the Children's Literature of the Indian Subcontinent." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 195-206. The refugee child "has become for all writers and poets an uncannily evocative symbol." B1116 SHEORAN, KAMAL. "Contemporary Children's Literature in India." Children's Literature 4 (1975):127-37. A survey encompassing the rich oral tradition of the multilingual folktales and written literature for children. B1117 UMAPATHY, K.S. "Children's Literature in Kannada." International Library Review 13 (October 1981):435-43. Reports on the children's literature published in Kannada, the spoken and written language of the people of Karnataka, India. B1118 -----. "Children's Literature in Karnataka (India)." Bookbird 3 (1981):6-9. A survey. INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA B1119 ABEL, MIDGE B. "American Indian Life as Portrayed in Children's Literature." EE 50 (February 1973):202-8. Traces the evolution in portraits of Native Americans in chil dren's literature from Cooper's Last of the Mohicans to recent times, and concludes that more meaningful literature for young Indian chil dren is needed. B1120 BADER, BARBARA. "Of the American Indian." In American Picture books, pp. 158-66. Discusses the portrayal of Native Americans in picture books, concentrating on works by Naomi Averill, Ann Nolan Clark and her illustrators, and E-Yeh-Shure's (Louise Abeita's) I Am a Peublo Indian Girl. B1121 BARRON, PAMELA. "The Characterization of Native Americans in Children's and Young Adult's Fiction, with a Contemporary Setting by Native and Non-Native American Authors: A Content Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, 1981, 191 pp., DA 42:2342A. Concludes that many of the obvious stereotypes of Native Ameri cans have given place to more subtle ones. Finds fewer stereotypes in books by non-Native Americans than in those by Native Ameri cans. Finds a lack of humor in all the books analyzed. Recom mends that more books be written by Native Americans and that more insight be shown into "the dynamics of Native American Cul ture." B1122 BERKMAN, BRENDA. "The Vanishing Race: Conflicting Images of the American Indian in Children's Literature, 1880-1930." North Dakota Quarterly 44, no. 2 (1976):31-40. Americans' conflicting attitudes toward Indians is revealed and passed on, unresolved, in their literature for children. B1123 BROWN, RICHARD WILLIAM. "Characteristics and Concepts of Amer ican Indians in Children's Fictional Literature Published between 1963 and 1973." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1978, 144 pp., DA 37:738A. Concludes that "American Indians in children's literature published between 1963 and 1973 are generally depicted very positively and in a dignified fashion. Although stereotypes remain the most predom inant ones are complimentary in nature." B1124 BYLER, MARY GLOYNE. Introduction to American Indian Authors for Young Readers. New York: Association on American Indian Affairs, 1973, pp. 5-11. (Reprinted and excerpted in MacCann, Cul tural Conformity, pp. 27-38, and in SLJ 20 [February 1974]:36-69, and Library Journal 99 [February 1974]:546-49. Comments in Library Journal 99 [15 May 1974]:1420-21, 1454-55, and SLJ 20 [May 1974]:2-3, 36-39.) Provides an overview of the portrayal of Native Americans in children's books. Concludes, "Only American Indians can tell non- Indians what it is to be Indian. There is no longer any need for non-Indian writers to "interpret American Indians for the American public." B1125 Canadian Children's Literature 31-32 (1983):144 pp. Entire issue is devoted to the children's literature and mythology of the Native peoples of Canada. Articles include Gwyneth Evans's "The Mouse Woman and Mrs. Harris," about Christie Harris; Agnes Grant's "Bridging the Cultural Gap"; Perry Nodelman's "Non-Native Primitive Art"; Elizabeth Cleaver's "Indian Legends"; and Gordon Johnston's "Obiquadj: Instruction and Delight for Children in White Versions of Indian Stories." The issue also contains numerous review articles. B1126 CATA, JUANITA O. "The Portrait of American Indians in Children's Fictional Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, University of New Mexico, 1977, 220 pp., DA 38:3266A. This survey and analysis of the portrayal of the American Indian in children's fiction between 1900 and 1972 concludes that "most writers of children's fictional literature need to provide a more accurate portrayal of their American Indian characters. There is also a need for more children's books to be authored by Indian people." B1127 FISHER, LAURA. "All Chiefs, No Indians: What Children's Books Say About American Indians." EE 51 (February 1974):185-89. Surveys children's fiction, about Native Americans and points out some of the well-constructed, accurate books among the hackneyed and stereotyped majority. Includes a bibliography of recommended books. B1128 HELBIG, ALETHEA K. "Manabozho of the North Central Woodlands: Hero of Folktale or of Myth?" Children's Literature 4 (1975):30-35. Examines the Manabozho tales as literature and argues that they are suitable for children. B1129 -----. "Teaching American Literature from Its Real Beginnings: Native American Stories." ALAN Review 6 (Fall 1978):3-4, 8-9. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 259-66.) Argues that traditional Native American tales and legends should be included in the study of American literature. B1130 HERBST, LAURA. "That's One Good Indian: Unacceptable Images in Children's Novels." TON 31 (January 1975):192-98. (Reprinted in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 39-47.) Points out objectionable treatment of Indians and Indian culture in many well-known and acclaimed children's books. B1131 HILL, ELBERT. "Tales and Trials: Children's Stories and Cultural Alienation Among the Winnebago." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1973, 608 pp., DA 34:7706A. Finds "great differences" in the value systems of the dominant American white culture and Winnebago culture by analyzing and comparing thirty dominant-culture folktales and three Winnebago cycles of traditional tales. B1132 HIRSCHFELDER, ARLENE B. American Indian Stereotypes in the World of Children: A Reader and a Bibliography. Scarecrow, 1982, 296 pp. Includes Mary Gloyne Byler's Introduction to American Indian Authors for Young Readers: A Selected Bibliography, pp. 34-45, and Robert B. Moore and Arlene B. Hirschfelder's "Feather's, Tomahawks and Tipis: A Study of Stereotyped `Indian' Imagery in Children's Picture Books" (reprinted from Unlearning "Indian" Stereotypes, by the Council on Interracial Books for Children, 1977, pp. 46-79). Chapter 4 contains four articles on the stereotyping of Native Ameri cans in school textbooks. Extensive bibliographies, including a listing of articles and books on the image of Native Americans in American and European literature, and a listing of "`correctives,' a variety of materials that can be employed in trying to undo the incorrect, offending images of Native Americans." B1133 HOILMAN, GRACE DONA GUBLER. "Voices and Images of the American Indian in Literature for Young People." Ph.D. dissertation, Ball State University, 1981, DA 41:3566A. Analyzes informational books, biographies, fiction, folklore, and poetry, finding much stereotyping and misinformation still in existence. Finds the most positive and distinctive images in poetry by Native Americans. B1134 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "From Deerslayer to Old Shatterhand: Some Thoughts on the Attractiveness of Red Indians and on the Lit erary Sources Which Have Given Children Their Ideas About Them." In Three Centuries, pp. 113-26. Traces the influences of James Fenimore Cooper and others upon European children's literature about American Indians, especially on the works of Karl May. B1135 JOHNSTON, BASIL. "Nanabush." CCL 31-32 (1983):41-45. Analyzes the character of Nanabush, a deity in the mythology of many Algonquian tribes. B1136 KATZ, JANE. "This Song Remembers: Native American Voices and Visions." LA 60 (April 1983):439-46. Explores the Native American storytelling tradition as a source of literary inspiration for the young, Indian and non-Indian alike. B1137 McHARGUE, GEORGESS. "Countering Old Myths." American Librar ies 6 (March 1975):166-67. Surveys a number of revisionist titles portraying Native Ameri cans and lists six myths they counter to some extent. B1138 MICKINIOCK, REY. "The Plight of the Native American." Library Journal 96, no. 16 (15 September 1971):2848-51 and SLJ 18 (Septem ber 1971):46-50. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 102-6.) Points out common stereotypes of Native Americans in a number of well-known books and recommends titles that convey accurate information. B1139 NAPIER, GEORGIA PIERCE. "A Study of the North American Indian Character in Twenty Selected Children's Books." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Arkansas, 1970, 126 pp., DA 31:2618A. Examines books published between 1931 and 1966. Concludes that traditional stereotypes are not persisting, the characters are seldom presented in contemporary circumstances, the physical descriptions of Native American characters are attractive, the language they use is grammatical and fluent, and the status of the North American Indian character is acceptable. B1140 NEWELL, ETHEL. "The Indian Stereotype Passes." EE 31 (December 1954):472-76. Presents criteria for evaluating books about Indians and surveys some of the more recent nonstereotyped portrayals. B1141 ORD, PRISCILLA. "Recent Literature for Children By and About Native Americans." Children's Literature 7 (1978):233-41. Evaluates nineteen recent books of fiction, nonfiction, and folk tales. B1142 SEALE, DORIS. "Bibliographies about Native Americans--A Mixed Blessing." IRBC 12, no. 3 (1981):11-15. An evaluation of bibliographies of books with Native American themes. B1143 STENSLAND, ANNA LEE. "Indian Literature and the Adolescent." (ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1975, 17 pp., ED 124 325.) Discusses contributions of American Indians to American culture and recommends kinds of literature that could be read by Indian and non-Indian students to enhance their understanding of its significance. B1144 STOODT, BARBARA D., and IGNIZIO, SANDRA. "The American Indian in Children's Literature." LA 53 (January 1976):17-21. Reports on a survey to evaluate children's books published from 1930 to the present in terms of their portrayal of the American Indian. A bibliography and checklist are included. B1145 STOTT, JON C. "In Search of the True Hunter: Inuit Folktales Adapted for Children." LA 60 (April 1983):430-38. Describes, through an analysis of the theme of hunting, how his study of Inuit culture has led him to reevaluate his views on litera ture by and about that culture. B1146 TOWNSEND, MARY JANE. "Taking Off the War Bonnet: American Indian Literature." LA 53 (March 1976):236-44. Examines the changing image of the American Indian in contem porary children's fiction. Includes extensive references and a bibliography. B1147 TROY, ANNE. "The Indian in Adolescent Novels." Indian Historian 8, no. 4 (Winter 1975):32-35. Summarizes Troy's Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1972. B1148 WHITAKER, MURIEL A. "Monsters from Native Canadian Mytholo gies." CCL 15-16 (1980):57-65. Tells of the monsters of Canadian Indian and Inuit cultures, discusses how they have been handled by Canadian writers, and sug gests more effective approaches. B1149 -----. "The Raven Cycle: Mythology In Process." CCL 31-32 (1983):46-52. Discusses the Raven figure dominant in Native American mythol ogy of the West Coast of British Columbia, the Canadian Arctic, Alaska, and Eastern Siberia. B1150 WICKERSHAM, ELAINE B. "An Analysis of Native American Verbal Images as They Are Related To Children's Literature." Ph.D. disserta tion, Pennsylvania State University, 1979, 142 pp., DA 39:6371A. Compares the verbal images used by authors of children's books portraying Native Americans, with terms used by Native American college students and the Katz and Braly List of Verbal Stereotypes. Concludes that the list is not an accurate measure of stereotypical language in literature about Native Americans. B1151 WILKENS, LEA-RUTH C. "American Indian Children in American Picturebooks (1950-1983)." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 167-75. Concludes that Native American artists generally present more positive and accurate portrayals of Indian children, although this may be changing. INDIVIDUALISM B1152 LE PERE, JEAN M. "Beyond the Literal Level." LA 52 (April 1975):476-80. Explores ways of helping children go "beyond the literal level" by looking at the theme of individualism in several books. INFORMATIONAL BOOKS B1153 BACON, BETTY. "The Art of Nonfiction." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 1 (Spring 1981):3-14. Examines the literary characteristics of nonfiction for children, its patterns of organization, style and use of illustrations, and argues that as much good writing is to be found in nonfiction as in fiction. Cites many works she considers outstanding. B1154 BADER, BARBARA. "Information" and "More Information." In Ameri can Picturebooks, pp. 88-99, 383-415. An overview of the beginning of informational book illustration in the 1930s in the first chapter, and an account of the increasing sophistication and scope of informational books in the 1940s, 1950s and 1960s in the second chapter. B1155 CARR, JO, comp. Beyond Fact: Nonfiction for Children and Young People. Chicago: American Library Association, 1982, 224 pp. (Excerpt in Horn Book 57 [October 1981]:514-23.) A collection of essays on various aspects of nonfiction as litera ture, with sections on science writing, history, biography, and controversy. B1156 -----. "Rousseau Reconsidered." Horn Book 56 (April 1980):156-60. Traces Rousseau's relevance to children's informational book writing, emphasizing his beliefs in the importance of child develop ment, a dynamic approach to history, the excitement of discovery, and above all the essential worth of the child. B1157 CRAGO, HUGH. "Creation to Civilization." Signal 41 (May 1983):97-107. Explores the difficulties in creating good informational books for children, particularly those focusing on the period of time from creation to civilization. B1158 DARLING, DENNIS. "Classification and Analysis of Industrial Topics Represented in Juvenile Information Trade Books." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1974, 161 pp., DA 35:1475A. Examines the representation of aspects of industry in two hundred informational books published for children in grades two through six between 1761 and 1970. B1159 DE LUCA, GERALDINE, and NATOV, RONI, eds. "Informational Books for Children." L&U 6 (1982):1-97 Special issue. Includes reviews of Jill Krementz's How It Feels When a Parent Dies and Melvyn B. Zerman's Beyond Reasonable Doubt, and an interview with Anne Ophelia Dowden. Other articles have been indexed under archaeology, biography, and science in this bibliography. B1160 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Informational Books: Of Tantalizing Top ics." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 317-51. Divides young-adult nonfiction into the following categories: books about the world around us, books about physical and mental health, books about sex, books about drugs, how-to books, books about work, and fun facts books (e.g., Guinness books). Includes a section on the new journalism and two checklists: one for evaluating informative nonfiction and a second for evaluating journalistic fiction. B1161 DONOVAN, JOHN, ed. "Aspects of Children's Informational Books." WLB 49 (October 1974):144-77. Special issue. Includes Olivia Coolidge's "My Struggle with Facts"; Dennis Flanagan's "To Each Generation Its Own Rabbits," which discusses Richard Adams's Watership Down and the separation between literary and scientific worlds; Zena Sutherland's "Information Pleases--Sometimes," on criteria for evaluating informational books; and Robin Gottlieb's "On Nonfiction Books for Children: Tradition and Dissent," which suggests criteria for evaluating children's biography. B1162 FISHER, MARGERY. Matters of Fact: Aspects of Non-Fiction for Children. New York: Crowell, 1972, 488 pp. (Introduction excerpted in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 12-16, and in Haviland, Chil dren and Literature, pp. 313-15.) Maintains that the author's attitude is always important and provides a framework for evaluating informational books, which she divides into the categories of (1) foundations or "topic books" for children up to age twelve (examples: books on bread, the postal system, Holland, honey bees, cowboys, and time); (2) the multiple subject, for which she has examined books on the subjects of Lon don and atoms; (3) biography, for which she has examined numerous biographies of J.S. Bach, Helen Keller, and Abraham Lincoln; and (4) careers, for which she examined books on nursing and journalism. Includes an index to authors, titles, and series mentioned in the texts and reading lists. B1163 FRETZ, SADA. "Why Nonfiction Books Are So Dull and What You Can Do About It." Learning: The Magazine for Creative Teaching, May-June 1976, pp. 68-70. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Lit erature, pp. 362-66.) Summarizes the roles publishers, teachers, and librarians play in the development and use of informational books. Includes a checklist for judging nonfiction. B1164 GOTTLIEB, ROBIN. "On Nonfiction Books for Children: Tradition and Dissent." WLB 49 (October 1974):174-77. (Reprinted in Var lejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 381-85.) Examines authorities' opinions on biography, science, and social- science nonfiction for children, pointing out differences of opinion and changing views. Provides a good summary of the state of the literature circa 1974. Includes references. B1165 HASKINS, JIM. "Non-Fiction Books and the Junior and Senior High- Schooler: Changes in Supply to Meet Changes in Demand." Arizona English Bulletin 18 (April 1976):78-82. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 356-61.) Examines the reasons why informational books for children and young adults became a prominent trend in the sixties and seventies. B1166 -----. "Racism and Sexism in Children's Nonfiction." Children's Litera ture 5 (1976):141-47. Points out that racism and sexism in nonfiction for children are as prevalent as in fiction. B1167 HEEKS, PEGGY. "Getting at the Facts." TLS, 2 July 1970, pp. 721-22. Points out common problems with informational books for chil dren: too much emphasis on "fun," careless writing and editing, and lack of criticism. B1168 HUCK, CHARLOTTE. "Criteria for Evaluating Children's Informational Books." In Children's Literature in the Elementary School. New York: Holt, 1961, pp. 522-39. Provides detailed criteria for evaluating informational books based on such categories as accuracy and authenticity, content and perspec tive, style, organization, and illustrations and format. B1169 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Education through Pictures: From Comenius to the Picture-Book of Today." In Three Centuries, pp. 127-43. Provides insights into the evolution of "informational books" for children. B1170 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Hallmarks of Good Informational Books." Reading Teacher 12 (December 1958):115-16. Provides a concise set of criteria. B1171 LARRICK, NANCY. "Handsome Is as Handsome Reads: Pointers on Evaluating Nonfiction for Children." Reading Teacher 14 (May 1961):336-38. Recommends careful reading of children's informational books. Many are beautiful to look at but not good to read. Often text and pictures do not fit together. It is not enough that they look nice and have been authentically attested to in introductions by scholars with Ph.Ds. B1172 MELTZER, MILTON. "The Possibilities of Non-Fiction: A Writer's View." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 3 (Autumn 1980):110-16. (Reprinted as "Beyond Fact," in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 26-33.) Explores the possibilities of creating art in nonfiction using his own experience in writing Never to Forget as an example. B1173 -----. "Where Do All the Prizes Go? The Case for Nonfiction." Horn Book 52 (February 1976):17-23. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 51-57.) Argues for greater consideration and recognition of the literary qualities of nonfiction. B1174 MOSS, ELAINE. "Information Books: A Few Home Thoughts about the TES Awards and About Television's Effect on Publishing." Signal 25 (January 1978):25-29. Remarks precipitated by the awarding of the Times Educational Supplement's Senior Information Book Award to Mitchell Beasley's Man and Machines, one of ten volumes in the Joy of Knowledge Library. B1175 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Books of Knowledge." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 177-88. Points out that it is difficult to form standard judgments of informational books because they are transient in nature, and that it is a rare book that informs, interprets, and is also a work of art. Divides informational books into those dealing with the natural world, with history, and biography. B1176 THOMAS, JOYCE A. "Nonfiction Illustration: Some Considerations." ChLAQ 6, no. 4 (Winter 1981):25-28. (Reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 122-27.) Argues that illustration is probably even more important in non fiction than in fiction, yet is often slighted by critics. Examines six books to show that good nonfiction illustration communicates feeling as well as fact. Books discussed are Peter Spier's Gobble Growl Grunt, Bernice Kohn's The Busy Honeybees (illustrated by Mel Furukawa), Hans-Heinrich Isenbart's A Fool is Born (photos by Hanns-Jorg Anders), David and Maggie Cavagnaro's The Pumpkin People, Virginia Lee Burton's Lifestory, and David Macaulay's four books, Castle, Cathedral, City, and Underground. B1177 TREMPER, ELLEN. "Grabbing Them by the Imagination." L&U 6 (1982):41-47. The most successful nonfiction books are those that grab the imagination. To illustrate this point Tremper analyzes two books: Roy Hoopes's The Changing Vice-Presidency and Don Lawson's The United States in the Vietnam War. B1178 WEISS, EVELYN R. "Writing Informational Material for Nine-to- Eleven-Year-Olds." Publishers Weekly 163 (18 April 1953):1678-82. Finds that authors of informational books for ten year olds "take too little into account the limitations of the child's background information, including his store of images, his factual knowledge, his vocabulary and his familiarity with the nuances and structural forms of our language." Uses detailed examples to illustrate the problems she points out. B1179 WENZEL, EVELYN L. "Historical Background." In Time for Discov ery. Compiled by Evelyn L. Wenzel and May Hill Arbuthnot. Glenview, Ill.: Scott, Foresman, 1971, pp. 252-59. (Reprinted in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 16-26.) Outlines the history of informational books for children from the eighteenth century to the present. B1180 WILMS, DENISE M. "Out In Space: A Look at Some Recent Non- Fiction." Booklist 76 (15 September 1979):118-20. (Reprinted In Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 34-39.) Uses the evaluation of two recent space books to illustrate crite ria for writing and evaluating nonfiction. B1181 WILSON, JENNIFER. "Choosing Information Books." Signal 39 (Sep tember 1982):163-68. Argues that informational books for children should be written in expressive language that allows the voice of the writer to come through, for that is how children themselves write. B1182 -----. "Information Books 1983: Weeds or Flowers?" Signal 44 (May 1984):112-19. Sets forth criteria for informational books, telling why so many out of hundreds she examined for inclusion in Signal Review of Children's Books 2 were unacceptable. Criteria include: Is this book distinguishable from its predecessors? Where subject areas are combined, is the combination instructive or does it dilute each? Is the book telling the whole truth? Who is the book for? What can be learned from this book? Is the material well organized? What is the difference between this book and a textbook? B1183 WITUCKE, VIRGINIA. "Informational Books and Their Authors." Illi nois Libraries 64 (September 1982):853-57. Surveys the backgrounds of writers of informational books for children. INTERNATIONAL B1184 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA J. "International Children's Literature: Trends in Translation and Dissemination." Bookbird 1 (1984):5-14. An overview of trends and themes. B1185 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Foreign Scenes." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 86-100. Discusses briefly some of the French, American, Australian, Dutch, Jamaican, Indian, and African books read by English children. B1186 PELLOWSKI, ANNE. "The Diamond and the Parrot: Aesthetics and Ideology in Children's Books." Library Journal 91 (15 November 1966):5683-92. Examines the role of ideology in children's books today in a number of countries. B1187 -----. Made to Measure: Children's Books in Developing Countries. Paris: UNESCO, 1980, 129 pp. Examines many aspects of children's literature in developing countries, including writing, illustration, editing, design, publishing, promotion, and distribution. B1188 Printed for Children: World Children's Book Exhibition. New York: K.G. Saur Publishing, 1978, 448 pp. A catalog compiled by Rosemarie Rauter for "The Child and the Book" exhibit at the Frankfurt Book Fair, 1978, and the International Year of the Child, 1979. Provides overviews and bibliographies of children's literature in over seventy countries. Many of the bibliog raphies include both children's books and reference sources for criticism and selection. B1189 ROOT, SHELTON L., Jr. "A Comparison Between Works of Realistic Contemporary Fiction by Non-American and American Authors Whose Books Have Settings Other than the United States, Whose Major Characters Are Not Citizens of the United States and Which are Appropriate for Children Nine through Twelve Years of Age." (ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 17 pp., ED 134 965.) Concludes that non-American authors portrayed middle- and upper-class characters, while American authors tended to depict characters of low economic and social status in books set outside of the United States. B1190 WOFFORD, AZILE. "Standards for Choosing Books About Other Coun tries." EE 24 (November 1947):469-75, 494. Discusses the standards for selecting books on other countries proposed by the Committee on Standards for Books about Other Lands of the National Council of Teachers of English. IRAN B1191 AYMAN, LILY. "The Progress of Children's Literature in Iran During the Past Decade." International Library Review 1 (April 1969):197-99. Despite longstanding storytelling traditions, the amount of original writing remains low in proportion to translations from English, French, and Russian. B1192 RAMSEGER, INGEBORG. "Persian Children's Books of Today." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 44 (February 1973):44-51. An overview, with many illustrations, of Iranian children's books of the 1970s. B1193 SAMII, MARILYN TYLER. "Assessment of Books on Iran for Chil dren." Ed.D. dissertation, Lehigh University, 1973, 242 pp., DA 34:5495A. Finds that the majority of the informational books about Iran available to American children are "accurate, well-written, and informative," and that the fiction also provides "interesting informa tion" and well-drawn, unstereotyped characters. B1194 TAJERAN, ZARINTAJ T. "A Content Analysis of Iranian Children's Story Books for the Presence of Social and Moral Values." Ph.D. dissertation, University of the Pacific, 1979, 198 pp., DA 41:1017A. Identifies the incidence of specific Iranian middle-class social and moral values in the content of nineteen of the most popular chil dren's books in Iran. IRELAND B1195 SHARE, BERNARD. "Children's Book Illustration in Ireland." Bookbird 10, no. 3 (1972):70-71. A brief overview of Irish book illustrations and publishing in both English and Irish. ISRAEL B1196 COOPERMAN, BERNARD DOR. "Realities and Dreams: Images of the World in Isreali Children's Literature." Harvard Library Bulletin 31 (Spring 1983):117-46. Analyzes the books in the Israeli children's literature collection in the Judaica Department of the Harvard College Library. B1197 LeBRECHT, HANS. "The Juvenile Book in Israel." Bookbird 41 (1965):18-24. A brief overview, including a list of forty most frequently read books and a discussion of problems of books for Israel's Arab popu lation. B1198 TARSI-GAI, ESTHER. "Kibbutz Children as Reflected in Israeli Chil dren's Literature." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 207-17. Finds a balance of positive and negative aspects of Kibbutz life portrayed in children's books. ISSUES APPROACH B1199 ADAMS, KAREN I. "Multicultural Representation in Children's Books." Ed.D. dissertation, University of South Carolina, 1981, 252 pp., DA 42:5050A Analyzes fifty-seven classic books and Newbery-award winners for "quantity and quality of multicultural representation." Cultural groups were categorized and evaluated under headings: females, age, socioeconomic status, religion, handicaps, ethnic background, regional culture, language, and illustration. Concludes there are multicultural books of literary worth, but no books met the acceptable criteria for all categories. B1200 ASHLEY, L.F. "Bibliotherapy, etc." LA 55 (April 1978):478-81, 526. Questions the use of "non-literary criteria" in evaluating children's books and cites articles relating to growing skepticism about the "issues approach." B1201 CARR, JO, ed. "The Problem with Problem Books." In Beyond Fact, pp. 157-64. The introductory essay examines the question of balance and objectivity on controversial issues, questions the approach of the Council on Interracial Books for Children, and calls for books that respect the reader's intelligence. Articles include Laurence Pringle's "Balance and Bias in Controversial Books"; the Council on Interracial Books for Children's "Bias in Children's Books" (reprinted from Guidelines for Selecting Bias-Free Textbooks and Storybooks for Children [New York: The Council, 1980], pp. 7-9, 21-23); Nat Hen toff's response, "Any Writer Who Follows Anyone Else's Guidelines Ought to Be in Advertising" (from SLJ 24, no. 3 [November 1977]:27-29); Ann Hildebrand's "The Bible Presented Objectively" (from LA 53 [January 1976]:69-75); Georgess McHargue's "A Ride Across the Mystic Bridge, or Occult Books: What, Why, and Who Needs Them?" (reprinted from SLJ 19, no. 9 [May 1973]:25-30); and Harry C. Stubbs's "The Impossible Book" (reprinted from Appraisal 4, no. 3 [Fall 1971]:1-3). B1202 CHARNES, RUTH. "Social Justice in Children's Books: A Look at Interracial Books for Children Bulletin." Serials Librarian 9 (Fall 1984):17-21. Discusses the origins and development of the Council on Interra cial books for children, "the Bulletin it publishes, and its controver sial role in the world of children's materials." B1203 COUNCIL ON INTERRACIAL BOOKS FOR CHILDREN, RACISM AND SEXISM RESOURCE CENTER. Human and Anti-Human Val ues in Children's Books: A Content Rating Instrument for Educators and Concerned Parents. New York: CIBC, 1976, 280 pp. Provides guidelines for evaluating books in terms of racism, sexism, agism, elitism, materialism, individualism, escapism and conformism, and literary and artistic quality. Evaluates 235 children's books published during 1975. B1204 CUTLER, MARY AVIS. "The Book Written with a Purpose." EER 13 (April 1936):131-34. Argues against books, fiction and nonfiction, with ulterior motives. There is no place in children's literature for condescension, sentimentality, sloppy, indifferent writing, or inaccuracy. "Most children are too intelligent to be taken in by the `books obviously intended for them,' the book of fact disguised as fiction, or the made-to-order story." B1205 DONOVAN, JOHN. "American Dispatch." Signal 26 (May 1978):85-89. Summarizes some of the heated controversies that have occurred relating to "social usefulness" and "intellectual freedom," including an incident involving Judy Blume's Forever, the impact of Nancy Lar rick's "The All-White World of Children's Books" (Saturday Review, 1965), and the controversies surrounding Claire Huchet Bishop's Five Chinese Brothers. B1206 EPSTEIN, CONNIE. "Messages Belong in Telegrams." TON 40 (Winter 1984):173-76. Examines didactic messages in old and new children's books. B1207 GERSUNY, CARL. "Clienthood in Children's Literature." Journal of Popular Culture 4, no. 2 (Fall 1970):444-52. Identifies patterns in children's fiction that introduce them to "clienthood," that is, becoming clients of hospitals, schools, libraries, and other organizations. B1208 LUKENS, REBECCA. "Minimizing Artistry, Limiting Literature." ChLAQ 3, no. 3 (Autumn 1978):13-14. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, p. 13.) Argues that "There is far more to literature than issues or instruction; Rudman's approach limits both the story and the reader. It minimizes artistry, and narrows significance to say nothing of boring the child." B1209 McDOWELL, MARGARET B. "New Didacticism: Stories for Free Children." LA 54 (January 1977):41-47. Examines Ms. Magazine's "Stories for Free Children" and other similar stories designed to attack racism and sexism, in order to "yield insight into the inflexible conventions governing children's literature and into the difficulties confronting a writer who uses fiction to further an overt political and social ideology." B1210 McVITTY, WALTER. "If Didacticism Is Dead, Why Won't It Lie Down? or, What's the Use of Reading?" In Robinson, M., Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 173-87. Argues against didacticism in children's literature, whether old-style or new-style issues approach. B1211 MADSEN, JANE M. "Racism and Sexism in Children's Literature." Encyclopedia of Educational Research. Edited by Harold E. Mitzel. New York: Free Press, 1982, pp. 1507-15. A thorough review of the literature and summary of the issues, with an extensive bibliography. B1212 PARKER, PAT. Review. LA 53 (October 1976):810-14. Review of Council on Interracial Books for Children Racism and Sexism Resource Center for Educators, Human and Anti-Human Val ues in Children's Books: A Content Rating Instrument for Educators and Concerned Parents (New York: CIBC, 1976), Raising questions about the issues approach, its pluses and minuses. B1213 "Race Sex and Class in Children's Books." New Statesman 100 (Novem ber-December 1980). A six part article with contributions by Marion Glastonbury (14 November):16-19; Rosemary Stones (21 November):16-18; Jill Paton Walsh (28 November ):28-30; Robert Leeson (5 December):28-29; Paul Binding (12 December);19-20, and Rick Rogers (19-26 Decem ber):46-47. B1214 "Race, Sex, and Class: A Statement from England." IRBC 5, no. 6 (1974):6. A statement by a coalition of British groups that "most children's picture books present a partial and distorted view of reality." Seven specific areas of concern are listed: sexism, racism, home life, work, class, fantasy, and responsibility for content. B1215 RAY, SHEILA G. "Sex, Race and Class in Children's Books in the United Kingdom." Bookbird 15, no. 3 (1977):11-13. Examines the growing awareness of issues relating to sex, race, and class in British children's books. Comments on Bob Dixon's Catching them Young. B1216 RUDMAN, MASHA KABAKOW. Children's Literature: An Issues Approach. 2d ed. London: Longman, 1984, 476 pp. Provides guidelines for selecting and discussing books in terms of a number of issues. Chapters cover the areas of family (e.g., the new baby, divorce, adoption); sex; gender roles; heritage (e.g., Native Americans, Afro-Americans); special needs (e.g., physical and intel lectual disabilities); old age; death; and war. There is also a chapter on methodology. Each chapter includes bibliographies of references and children's books relating to the topics discussed. B1217 -----. "Critical Reading of Issues in Children's Literature." Advocate 4, no. 2 (Winter 1985):102-12. Argues that criticizing and analyzing a book in terms of its values need not conflict with aesthetic reading. Suggests guidelines "that are concerned with issues of ethical, psychological, political, and societal import." B1218 SCHRAM, BARBARA A. "D is for Dictionary: S is for Stereotyp ing." IRBC 5, no. 6 (1974):1-2, 6. Reviews several dictionaries for children and finds them perpetu ating racial and sexual stereotypes. Richard Scarry's Best Word Book Ever is accused of erasing most of 51 percent of the population. B1219 STEAD, DEBORAH. "A Look at Children's Magazines: Not All Fun and Games." IRBC 6, no. 2 (1975):1, 6-7. Surveys fifteen current children's periodicals, examining what they teach about race and sex roles. Concludes that children's maga zines still contain racism to some extent and are "overpoweringly sexist." B1220 THORNDILL, CHRISTINE MALTBY. "The Skeletons in the Closet: Revision of Racial, Ethnic, and Sexual Stereotypes in Series Books." TON 34 (Spring 1978):245-48. Discusses efforts to edit old stereotypes out of popular series books. B1221 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "Are Children's Books Racist and Sexist?" In Egoff, Only Connect, 2d ed., pp. 382-88. Argues that publishers have a responsibility to children and society to consider social issues. B1222 -----. "Didacticism in Modern Dress." Horn Book 43 (April 1967):159-64. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 33-40; 2d ed., pp. 55-62.) Explores the dangers of didacticism and suggests that although "It is not irrelevant that a book may contribute to moral perception or social adjustment or the advancement of a minority group or the Great Society in general . . . there is no substitute for the creative imagination, and in criticism there is no criterion except literary merit." B1223 WIGUTOFF, SHARON. "Junior Fiction: A Feminist Critique." TON 38 (Winter 1982):113-24. Reports on a study by Wigutoff and Jeanne Bracken of areas of feminist concern in junior fiction: portrayal of family; work; sex roles; class, racial, and cultural diversity; the handicapped; homosexu als; and the elderly. B1224 YAWHEY, THOMAS D., and YAWHEY, MARGARET L. "An Analysis of Picture Books." LA 53 (May 1976):545-48. Reports on an analysis of young children's picture books before and after 1965, for racism, sexism, location, and socioeconomic status of characters. B1225 ZIPES, JACK. "Second Thoughts on Socialization through Literature for Children." L&U 5 (1981):19-31. Zipes puts forth his theory that "Literature for children is not children's literature by and for children in their behalf. It never was and never will be. Literature for children is a script coded by adults for the information and internalization of children which must meet the approbation of adults." Summarizes German writers on the topic and concludes by reviewing Lystad's From Dr. Mather to Dr. Seuss and Felicity O'Dell's Socialization through Children's Literature: The Soviet Example. ITALY B1226 D'ARCAIS, GIUSEPPE FLORES, and BERNARDINS, ANNA MARIA. "The Situation and Problems of Juvenile Literature in Italy in the Post-War Period." Bookbird 2 (1965):8-13. An overview. B1227 HAWKES, LOUISE RESTIEAUX. Before and After Pinocchio: A Study of Italian Children's Books. Paris: Puppet Press, 1933, 207 pp. Within the context of all of European children's literature, Hawkes examines that of Italy, centering on its most popular and influential book, Pinocchio, discussing its precursors, its imitators, and its influences. Includes a bibliography of American translations of Italian children's books. B1228 MOOREHEAD, CAROLINE. "Italy: The Feminist Message." TLS, 28 March 1980, p. 360. Examines the impact of the women's movement on recent Italian children's literature. B1229 POESIO, CARLA. "Children's Periodicals in Italy." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):32-35. A historical survey covering the nineteenth and twentieth centu ries. B1230 -----. "Contemporary Trends of Literature for Young People in Italy, with a European Perspective." Children's Books International 1. Proceedings. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1976, pp. 39-43. An overview of Italian juvenile literature. B1231 -----. "Some Features of the Modern Italian Literature for Young People." Children's Literature 5 (1976):180-88. Identifies conflict as one of the main features of contemporary Italian children's literature. JAPAN B1232 ABE, MEIKO. "Children's Books About Japan." TON 14 (May 1958):45-49. Evaluates fiction and nonfiction designed to present Japan and Japanese people to elementary-school children. B1233 BURRIS, MIRIAM. "Japan in Children's Fiction." EE 42 (January 1966):29-38. Surveys recent children's fiction set in Japan. Books are anno tated and arranged by categories: outstanding, average to mediocre, and objectionable. B1234 CARTER, ANGELA. "Once More Into the Mangle." New Society (9 April 1971). (Reprinted in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 107-12.) Argues that Japanese comics, with their high incidence of "death, mutilation and sexual intercourse," are decidedly not for children. B1235 FLORY, ESTHER V., and TAKAHASHI, EIKO. "The Grimm and Andersen of Japan and other Authors of Children's Books." Horn Book 37 (December 1961):529-38. A brief history of children's literature in Japan from Sazanami Iwaya (the Grimm of Japan) and Mimei Ogawa (the Andersen of Japan) through several recent authors. B1236 HUTHWAITE, MOTOKO. "Analysis of Contemporary Japanese Chil dren's Literature with a Focus on Values." Ph.D. dissertation, Wayne State University, 1974, 151 pp., DA 35:4148A. Concludes that while folk literature stresses traditional values, values in fantasy and realistic fiction reveal a trend toward more democratic concepts. B1237 MATSUYAMA, UTAKO K. "Can Story Grammar Speak Japanese?" Reading Teacher 36 (March 1983):666-69. Finds that Japanese folktale story structure differs from typical Western structure, and that these differences may be related to deep differences in cultural values. B1238 MELCHER, FREDERIC G. "Japanese Picture Books." Publishers Weekly 152 (25 October 1947):2092-93. A brief but fascinating glimpse of the picture books of post- World War II Japan. B1239 RAMSEGER, INGEBORG. "Contemporary Japanese Books for Chil dren." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 44 (September 1973):42-53. Includes numerous illustrations. B1240 STREET, DOUGLAS. "Kyogen for Kids: An Examination into the Adaptability of the Japanese Comic Interlude to Western Children's Audiences." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):188-95. Examines a number of adaptations of the Japanese Kyogen form by Western children's playwrights. B1241 URY, MARIAN. "Stepmother Tales in Japan." Children's Literature 9 (1981):61-72. Traces the theme of the wicked stepmother in Japanese literature. B1242 WATANABE, SHIGEO. "Post-War Children's Literature in Japan." International Library Review 2 (April 1970):113-24. Finds the dramatic changes in Japanese social thought and behav ior following World War II reflected in Japanese children's literature. JEWS B1243 ABRAMOWICZ, DINA. "Yiddish Juvenilia: Ethnic Survival in the New World." WLB 50 (October 1975):138-45. Reports on the Yiddish juvenile literature available at the YIVO Institute for Jewish Research in New York. Includes extensive refer ences. B1244 ALTER, ROBERT. "Books for Jewish Children." Commentary 33 (February 1962):136-42. Reflects upon and questions the Jewish content of a number of recent books for Jewish children. B1245 DANIELS, LEONA. "The 34th Man: How Well is Jewish Minority Culture Represented in Children's Fiction?" Library Journal 95 (15 February 1970):738-45 and SLJ 17 (February 1970):38-43. (Also in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 90-101.) Argues that while some authors re-create the Jewish family atmo sphere of ancient cultural tradition and cultural awareness, others offer sterile characters who illustrate little more than Jewish names and celebration of the appropriate holidays. Includes an annotated bibliography of children's books. B1246 JACOBY, JAY. "Schlemiels, Schlimazels, and Young Readers: A Per spective on Jewish Children's Literature." Advocate 2, no. 1 (Winter 1983):26-37. Argues that "one need not be Jewish to read and enjoy Jewish literature," and points out features it shares with the literature of many other cultures. Includes a bibliography. B1247 JURICH, MARILYN. "Once Upon a Shtetl: Schlimazels, Schlemiels, Schnorrers, Shadchens, and Sages: Yiddish Humor in Children's Books." L&U 1, no. 1 (1977):9-25. Among tales discussed are Marilyn Hirsch's Could Anything Be Worse?, Yuri Suhl's Simon Boom Gives a Wedding, Isaac Bashevis Singer's Zlateh the Goat and Other Stories, and Shan Ellentuck's Yankel the Fool. B1248 KIMMEL, ERIC A. "Jewish Identity in Juvenile Fiction: A Look at Three Recommended Books." Horn Book 59 (April 1973):171-79. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 150-58.) Finds three highly recommended books dealing with the American Jewish condition to be inadequate: Emily Neville's Berries Goodman, Hila Colman's Mixed-Marriage Daughter, and E.L. Konigsburg's About the B-Nai Bagels. B1249 MENDELSOHN, LEONARD R. "The Travail of Jewish Children's Lit erature." Children's Literature 3 (1974):48-55. "The offerings in Jewish children's literature are impressive neither quantitatively nor qualitatively." Discusses reasons for this state of affairs. B1250 MIREL, BARBARA. "Lost Worlds of Tradition: Shtetl Stories for Sub urban Children." ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):6-9. Examines portrayals of Jewish life in the small towns of Russia and Eastern Europe in books by American-born authors and by authors whose accounts are based on firsthand experience. Points out ways in which American-born authors' accounts fall short. B1251 OFEK, URIEL. "The Beginnings of Hebrew Children's Literature." Bookbird 15, no. 2 (1977):6-9. A brief history concentrating on development through the early years of the twentieth century. B1252 PATZ, NAOMI M., and MILLER, PHILIP E. "Jewish Religious Chil dren's Literature in America: An Analytical Survey." Phaedrus 7, no. 1 (Spring-Summer 1980):19-29. Examines catechism/Bible paraphrase textbooks, periodicals (beginning in the late nineteenth century), books (1900-1950), and books since 1950, including holocaust books. Includes references. B1253 POSNER, MARCIA. "A Search for Jewish Content in American Chil dren's Fiction." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1980, 338 pp., DA 41:2339A. Examines the amount and characteristics of Jewish content in contemporary realistic fiction with Jewish characters. B1254 SCHLESSINGER, JUNE HIRSCH. "A Comparison of the Documented Concerns of American Jewry with the Concerns Expressed in Acces sible Fiction about Jewish Life Published in 1930 to 1935 and 1970 to 1975 and Suggested for Young Adult Readers." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Connecticut, 1979, 185 pp., DA 41:620A. Finds there is greater correspondence in fictional concerns and documented concerns in 1970-75 than in 1930-35. KOREA B1255 YI, CHAE-CH'OL, ed. "Juvenile Literature in Korea." Korea Journal 19, no. 8 (1979):64 pp. Special issue on juvenile literature. Contains an overview of Korean children's literature by Yi Chae-Ch'ol, research on Korean folktales and children's songs, and re-tellings of a number of stories and poems, folktales and folksongs. LATIN AMERICA B1256 CIMINO, MARIA. "New Books About South America." Horn Book 17 (September-October 1941):350-55. Surveys books of the 1930s and 1940s portraying South America, and compares them with a few older books. Includes a bibliography. B1257 DUJOUNE, MARTA. "The Image of Latin America in Children's Lit erature of Developed Countries." Bookbird 1-2 (1982):5-10. Finds erroneous impressions and misinformation about Latin America in European fiction and information books for children. B1258 PARISH, HELEN RAND. "Children's Books in Latin America." Horn Book 24 (May 1948);214-23; (July 1948):257-62; (September 1948):363-66. Part 1 covers the classics and the didactic school, part 2, fantasy and other modern trends, and part 3, modern trends. B1259 SCHON, ISABEL. "Looking at Books About Latin Americans." LA 53 (March 1976):267-71. An overview, with criticism and praise for a selection of fiction and biography for children that portrays Mexicans, Mexican Ameri cans, and Latin Americans. LATVIA B1260 FRANKLINA, EDITE. "Latvian Children's Literature in Exile: A Bib liography of Children's Books and Periodicals Published Outside Latvia from 1945-1979." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):44-63. Also includes addresses of publishers and booksellers from whom the books may be obtained. B1261 OSMANIS, JAZEPS. "The Popularization of Children's Literature in Latvia." Bookbird 3 (1981):18-20. Surveys the status of children's literature in Latvia. LEISURE B1262 KINGSBURY, M.E. "Books for Special Experiences: Leisure in Chil dren's Literature." TON 32 (April 1976):247-52. Concludes that "children's fiction does not reflect the significance of leisure available in our society." LITHUANIA B1263 KORSAKAITE, I. "The Artists of Lithuania." Bookbird 10, no. 4 (1972):66-71. Surveys the work of several recent Lithuanian illustrators. B1264 SLAVENAS, M.G. "Lithuanian Children's Literature in Exile, 1945-1978." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):32-40. A historical and critical survey, including many references. Excludes translations, compilations, readers, anthologies, and text books. LOSS B1265 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. "The Tragic Moment: Loss." In Tragic Mode, pp. 124-67. Discusses a number of children's books concerned with the theme of loss. Many indexed separately under authors' names in this bibli ography. LULLABIES B1266 KAYYAT, S. "Lullabies of Iraqi Jews." Folklore 89 (Spring 1978): 13-22. Explores the nature of Iraqi Jewish lullabies and maintains that unlike English lullabies they present a clear picture of the social milieu. B1267 McDOWELL, M.B. "Folk Lullabies: Songs of Anger, Love and Fear." Women's Studies 5, no. 2 (1977):205-18. Compares literary lullabies and the vigorous realistic folk lullabies from which they are derived. Concludes that folk lullabies "illumi nate the complex love-resentment conflict universally felt by mothers toward wakeful children." B1268 SPITZ, SHERYL A. "Social and Psychological Themes in East Slavic Folk Lullabies." Slavic and East European Journal 23 (Spring 1979):14-24. Explores the motifs and images shared by the East Slavic folk lullaby and other genres of East Slavic folklore. Attempts to "discover some of the social and psychological themes these elements convey." MADAGASCAR B1269 RANDRIAMAMONJY, ESTHER. "Children's Literature in Madagascar." Phaedrus 7, nos. 2-3 (Winter 1980):4-9. Discusses periodicals, traditional and popular literature, and the works of contemporary children's writers in the Malagasy language. MALAYSIA B1270 VAN NIEL, ELOISE. "Malay Folk Literature with Special Reference to Children." International Library Review 5 (October 1973):483-95. Provides a summary and bibliography. MENTAL ILLNESS B1271 DICKERSON, FAITH B. "Patterns of Deviance in Children's Litera ture." Journal of Clinical Child Psychology 6, no. 1 (Spring 1977):46-51. Reports on a study of deviant behavior in story characters in twenty-seven books of contemporary fiction for children nine to twelve years old, written during the past thirty years. B1272 STROUD, JANET G. "Characterization of the Emotionally Disturbed in Current Adolescent Fiction." TON 37 (Spring 1981):290-95. Finds a great diversity in books portraying the emotionally dis abled. Examines a number of recent titles. B1273 WOLFE, KARY K., and WOLFE, GARY K. "Metaphors of Madness: Popular Psychological Narratives." Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Spring 1976):895-907. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 147-61.) Characteristics of this emerging genre of the psychological narra tive are identified. Concludes with a detailed analysis of Joanne Greenberg's I Never Promised You a Rose Garden. MENTAL RETARDATION B1274 BUNN, OLENA SWAIN. "An Exceptional Perspective: The Rhetoric of Retarded Children in Newbery Award-Winning Fiction." Ed.D. dis sertation, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 1978, 218 pp., DA 39:7198A. Examines portrayals of the mentally retarded in forty-two books published since 1960. B1275 SAPON-SHEVIN, MARA. "Mentally Retarded Characters in Children's Literature." Children's Literature in Education, n.s. 13, no. 1 (Spring 1982):19-31. Praises the accurate portrayal of mental retardation in a number of children's books and points out the inaccuracies in many others. MEXICO B1276 De GEREZ, TONI. "A Basket of Fireflies: Quetzalcoatl and the Nahautl Poetry of Mexico." In Egoff, One Ocean, pp. 138-46. Discusses Mexico's pre-Columbian literature, especially the tradi tional Nahautl poetry. B1277 -----. "A Letter from Mexico." In Koefoed, Children's Literature and the Child, pp. 35-36. According to de Gerez, "Right now we have such brilliant writers for adults--as Octavio Paz, Carlos Fuentes, Juan Rolfo, etc.--but no one is writing for children. No one." B1278 -----. "The Way of Quetzalcoatl." Horn Book 43 (April 1967):171-75. Describes the Aztec and Nahuatl literature of Mexico. B1279 PARISH, HELEN RAND. "Mexico's Own ABC--The Cartilla." Horn Book 25 (March 1949):126-28. Describes the cartilla (alphabet book) put out by the Mexican Ministry of Education in 1944-46. B1280 SCHON, ISABEL. "A Descriptive Study of the Literature for Children and Adolescents of Mexico." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Colo rado, 1974, 109 pp., DA 35:4879A. Surveys the limited amount of nineteenth- and twentieth-century children's and adolescents' literature published in Mexico. MIDDLE EAST B1281 FATTAH, ABDUL RAZZAK. "Arabian Children's and Juvenile Litera ture." Bookbird 11, no. 3 (1973):29-32. Discusses the literature for children in the Arabic-speaking countries of Egypt, Libya, Kuwait, and Iraq. B1282 GHURAYYIB, ROSE. "Children's Literature in Lebanon and the Arab World." Bookbird 4 (1981):17-19. A brief survey. B1283 MEYER, ANNE A. "Children's Books About the Middle East." Horn Book 40 (June 1964):308-12. An overview of children's literature in the Middle East as of the early 1960s. MISSIONARIES B1284 KEARNEY, ANTHONY. "The Missionary Hero in Children's Litera ture." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 2 (Summer 1983):104-12. Explores the missionary as hero in British children's books in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. MONSTERS B1285 HANNABUSS, STUART. "A Look at Horror Monsters and Reading for Young People." School Librarian 30 (December 1982):301-6. Explores monsters in children's books, discussing the influence of cinema, Frankenstein as a source book, the use of sensational lan guage, moral influences, and the impact of Dracula and vampire stories. MORMONS B1286 BAUER, CAROLYN, and MUIR, SHARON P. "Visions, Saints, and Zion: Children's Literature of the Mormon Movement." Phaedrus 7, no. 1 (Spring-Summer 1980):30-38. Examines Sunday School curriculum materials, periodicals, and books in categories of fiction, biography, history, inspirational, doctrine, and scripture. Includes a bibliography. MOTHERS B1287 BERKE, JACQUELINE. "`Mother I Can Do It Myself!': The Self- sufficient Heroine in Popular Girls' Fiction." Women's Studies 6, no. 2 (1979):187-203. Reflects upon the notable absence of mothers and grandmothers in classic girls' stories. B1288 DONOVAN, ANN. "New Mothers in Current Children's Fiction." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 13 (Autumn 1983):131-41. Examines the changing portrayals of mothers in recent children's fiction. B1289 MITCHUM, VIRGINIA. "Children of the Earth." Reading Teacher 34 (April 1981):756-60. Suggests an approach to mythology centering on myths about mothers. B1290 STANEK, LOU WILLETT. "Growing Up Female: The Literary Gaps." Media & Methods 13 (September 1976):46-48. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 232-37.) Feels the lack of mother-daughter relationships in literature is beginning to be remedied by some young adult books. Includes a brief bibliography of paperback books portraying women as mothers. MUSIC B1291 ALPER, CLIFFORD D. "Influence of Froebel's Mother Play and Nursery Songs on Kindergarten Song Books, 1887-1918." Ph.D. dis sertation, University of Maryland, 1972, 243 pp., DA 33:344A. Identifies "the nature and extent of Friedrich Froebel's influence on selected kindergarten song books published between 1887 and 1918." B1292 LAMME, LINDA LEONARD. "Song Picture Books--A Maturing Genre of Children's Literature." LA 56 (April 1979):400-407. Reviews many books briefly and also discusses "What Makes a Good Song Picture Book?" and "Involving Children with Song Picture Books." B1293 MOORE, ANNA LOUISE. "A Study of Selected Musical Compositions and Related Literature for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Colorado at Boulder, 1981, 332 pp., DA 42:3491A. Surveys musical compositions and related children's books and provides "an in-depth look at representative examples of the musical compositions and an evaluation of the related literature." MYSTERY AND DETECTIVE STORIES B1294 BILLMAN, CAROL. "The Child Reader As Sleuth." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 1 (Spring 1984):30-41. Explores ways in which young people "attempt to make sense of the unknown encountered in literature" by examining how children approach children's mystery stories. B1295 CADOGAN, NANCY. "Girl Sleuth to Brainless Beauty." In You're A Brick, pp. 304-32. Discusses the evolution of the girl detective, primarily in British serials. B1296 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Mysteries." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 238-41. Discusses Jay Bennett, Ellen Raskin, and Paul Zindel. In myster ies for young readers "the crimes are going to be less violent . . . the `perfect crime' is not a crime at all but instead some sort of a puzzle." B1297 FISHER, MARGERY. "The Sleuth--Then and Now." Quarterly Jour nal of the Library of Congress 38 (Fall 1981):277-84. Discusses mystery and detective fiction from Nancy Drew and the Hardy Boys to Robert Cormier and S.E. Hinton. B1298 WILLIAMS, GWENEIRA. "Chills for Children." Publishers Weekly 142 (24 October 1942):1750-56. Examines the increased demand for juvenile mysteries in the early 1940s, discusses some of the classics, categorizes three types of juvenile mysteries, and comments on some of the best. MYTHOLOGY B1299 CONSTANT, HELEN. "A Critical Study of Selected Greek Myths as Story for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1970, 395 pp., DA:662A. Compares selected myths written in the original classical Greek with versions in English written for children. The myths are Europa and Cadmus, Daedalus, Bellerophon, Meleager, Atalanta, Hermes, Demeter, Orpheus, Prometheus, and Pandora. Comparisons were based on elements of plot, character, and language. B1300 HARMS, JEANNE McLAIN, and LETTOW, LUCILLE J. "The Begin ning: Children's Literature and the Origins of the World." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 2 (Summer 1983):113-23. Surveys literature for elementary and middle school children that portrays early explanations such as biblical accounts and myths of many cultures, and scientific theories of the development and origins of the universe and people. Includes a bibliography. B1301 LANG, J.T. "The Heroic Tradition in Children's Literature." Use of English 25 (Spring 1974):201-7. Discusses the way adaptations and interpretations for children of traditional mythic and epic literature reflect the times. Includes a brief list of recommended reading. B1302 SIDWELL, R.T. "Rhea Was a Broad: Pre-Hellenic Greek Myths for Post-Hellenic Children." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 4 (Winter 1981):171-76. Explores scholarship establishing the matriarchal nature of early Greek myths, their change to patriarchal emphasis in Hellenic times, and the significance of all this for teaching Greek myths to today's children. Recommends Charlene Spretnak's Lost Goddesses of Early Greece. B1303 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Gods and Men." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 64-79. Discusses Charles Kingsley's, Nathaniel Hawthorne's and Padraic Colum's versions of the Greek myths; and A. and E. Keary's, Abbie Farwell Brown's, and Dorothy Hosford's versions of the Norse myths. Kingsley's and Hosford's versions are preferred. B1304 WOOD, JESSICA. "Unafraid of Greatness." Horn Book 32 (April June 1956):127-36, 212-18. Explores the values and rewards of mythology and epic literature for children, citing the characteristics of various published versions. B1305 YOLEN, JANE. "How Basic is SHAZAM?" Childhood Education 53, no. 4 (February 1977):186-91. (Also in Yolen, Touch Magic, pp. 13-20. Reprinted in LA 54 [September 1977]:645-51.) Argues that myth fulfills four basic functions in the education of a child: a landscape of allusion, knowledge of ancestral culture, a tool of therapy, and a model for belief. B1306 -----. "Makers of Modern Myths." Horn Book 51 (October 1975):496-97. Sees children's books in terms of myth. Pays particular attention to Maurice Sendak's In the Night Kitchen. B1307 -----. "The Modern Mythmakers." LA 53 (May 1976):491-95. Modern mythmakers come from eclectic backgrounds, but they must not bear their burden lightly. Takes examples of use of myth from her own work. NATIONALISM B1308 MARTIN, HELEN. "Nationalism in Children's Literature." Library Quarterly 6 (October 1936):405-18. Analyzes the nationalist influences in twenty-four classic chil dren's books from seventeen countries. Provides detailed charts, statistics, and stimulating conclusions. B1309 REID, CHRISTINE. "Children's Books in Scotland and Switzerland." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 103-5. Describes her research on the development of national character istics in the children's books of Scotland and Switzerland. NETHERLANDS B1310 TELLEGEN-VAN DELFT, SASKIA, and BINK, ERIK. "The Nether lands." Phaedrus 8 (1981):70-71. Reports on recent research. Includes a bibliography of items mostly published in Dutch. NEW ZEALAND B1311 GILDERDALE, BETTY. "Children's Periodicals in New Zealand." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):18. A brief survey and analysis. B1312 -----. Sea Change: 145 Years of New Zealand Junior Fiction. Auck land, New Zealand: Longman Paul, 1982, 300 pp. A historical survey of fiction with a New Zealand setting. Includes sections on the Maori in junior fiction, the early settlers, fantasy, adventure stories, school stories, animal stories, books for the youngest, and books with a message. Includes references and bibli ographies. B1313 WHITE, DOROTHY NEAL. "A `Newbery' for New Zealand." Horn Book 22 (September-October 1946):339-43. Describes the establishment of the Glen award; its first recipient, Stella Maurice's The Book of Wiremu; and the work of Esther Glen, with comments on the state of children's literature in New Zealand in general. NEWBERY AND CALDECOTT AWARD BOOKS B1314 KINGMAN, LEE, ed. Newbery and Caldecott Medal Books: 1956-1965, with Acceptance Papers, Biographies and Related Material Chiefly from the Horn Book Magazine. Boston: Horn Book, 1965, 300 pp. Contains acceptance speeches, brief biographical sketches of the winners, and excerpts from the award-winning books. B1315 MILLER, BERTHA MAHONY, and FIELD, ELINOR WHITNEY, eds. Caldecott Medal Books: 1938-1957. Boston: Horn Book, 1957. Includes an introductory essay on Randolph Caldecott by Miller and the acceptance speeches and biographical papers of the medal winners. A final essay by Esther Averill, entitled "What Is a Picture Book?," provides an overview and "critical appraisal of the twenty books which have won the Caldecott Award," and distinguishes between picture books and illustrated books, both of which have won awards. B1316 PETERSON, LINDA KAUFFMAN, and SOLT, MARILYN LEATHERS, eds. "Newbery and Caldecott Medal and Honor Books." ChLAQ 6, no. 3 (Fall 1981):7-31. (Reprinted in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 114-30.) Includes "What If?," by Ruth Jane Roberts, discussing first New bery-winner Hendrik Van Loon's The Story of Mankind; "Dorothy Lathrop and the Caldecott Medal Tradition," by Linda Peterson, which examines the first Caldecott Medal winner, Animals of the Bible, and compares it to Peter Spier's Noah's Ark; "Seeing Ourselves in Others," Janice Alberghene's discussion of the life-in-other-lands books published in the 1930s; Hughes Moir's examination of the Newbery books of the 1950s; Rona Glass's examination of Madeleine L'Engle's A Wrinkle in Time and Lloyd Alexander's High King in terms of the couples they portray; Linda Burns's examination of the Caldecott winners of the seventies for their use of folktale and traditional titles; Marjorie Reenwald Romanoff's analysis of Donald's Crews's Freight Train and Truck; Barbara St. John's exploration of the idea that "children's books reflect the society which produces them" through an examination of Newbery Medal books of the 1970s; and finally Peterson and Solt's summaries of characteristics and trends of Newbery and Caldecott books in excerpts from their book New bery and Caldecott Medal and Honor Books (Boston: G.K. Hall, 1982, 427 pp.). B1317 SHACKFORD, JANE. "Who Reads the Newbery Winners?: Children's Literary Needs and Reading Tastes." SLJ 23 (March 1977):101-5. Compares reviews and children's responses to Newbery winners, as reported by librarians and teachers, in an attempt to determine what children's reading needs and tastes really are. Concludes that the following characteristics are important: (1) respect for audience, (2) authentic and convincing plot and characterizations, whether fantasy or "real life," (3) an inspiring or worthwhile theme, (4) dramatic content that provides action and suspense, and (5) relevance based on meaningful human experiences. Discussions of the individ ual titles are illuminating. B1318 SOLT, MARILYN J. "The Newbery Award: A Survey of Fifty Years of Newbery Winners and Honor Books." Ph.D. dissertation, Bowling Green State University, 1973, 249 pp., DA 34:1869A. "To survey the Newbery Award Books as a group, to recognize literary qualities, to discern trends and changing patterns, and to perceive the influence of the books singled out as the best in Ameri can children's literature was the purpose of this study." B1319 STEWIG, JOHN WARREN. "Trends in Caldecott Award Winners." EE 45 (February 1968):218-23, 260. Examines Caldecott award-winning books to determine trends in realism and choice of media. Includes a bibliography. B1320 WEGMAN, ROSE MIRIAM, Sister. "Newbery Books Then and Now: An Appraisal." EE 49 (November 1972):973-80. Compares Newbery award-winning books of the first decade to those from 1959 to 1968 and finds, among other differences, that the more recent books are stylistically superior. NIGERIA B1321 FAYOSE, P. OSAZEE. "A Look at Nigerian Children's Literature." Bookbird 15, no. 2 (1977):2-5; no. 3 (1977):14-19. An overview. B1322 -----. "Nigeria." Phaedrus 8 (1981):72-74. A bibliography covering unpublished dissertations and conference papers and published works on Nigerian children's literature, most written in English and many published outside of the country. B1323 ODEJIDE, BIOLA. "Adventure Books in Nigerian Children's Literature." Bookbird 3 (1981):13-18. Discusses books written in English with a Nigerian setting, espe cially those of Dorothy Wimbush. B1324 ODEJIDE, BIOLA, and JAMES, SYBIL L. "Nigerian Children's Books for Intercultural Understanding in the English Speaking World." Journal of Reading 25 (March 1982):516-24. Surveys Nigerian children's books available in English and their contribution to cross-cultural understanding. Includes references and sources for books. B1325 OKANLAWON, TUNDE. "Nigerian Children's Literature: Problems and Goals." Journal of Commonwealth Literature 15 (August 1980):30-37. A brief overview emphasizing the roles of the schools and librar ies and the status of Nigerian literature as a whole. B1326 OSA, OSAYIMWENSE. "Contemporary Nigerian Children's Literature." Reading Teacher 37 (March 1984):594-97. Provides an overview of the recent growth in Nigerian children's literature and its criticism. B1327 -----. "A Content Analysis of Fourteen Nigerian Young Adult Novels." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Houston, 1981, 270 pp., DA 42:3420A. Describes a composite picture of the Nigerian young adult novel based on a content analysis of fourteen representative books. B1328 ROSCOE, ADRIAN A. "Juvenile Literature." In Mother Is Gold: A Study of West African Literature. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1971, pp. 132-43. Provides an overview of recent Nigerian children's literature that includes the works of major authors such as Cyprian Ekwensi and folktale retellings. B1329 WAGNER, GULTEN. "Nigerian Children's Books: An Evaluation." African Book Publishing Record 2, no. 4 (1976):231-36. A condensed version of an M.L.S. theses entitled "An Evaluative Study of Children's Books Published in Nigeria" (University of Iba dan, Nigeria). NONSENSE B1330 CAMMAERTS, EMILE. The Poetry of Nonsense. London: G. Rout ledge, 1925; New York: E.P. Dutton and Co., 1926, 86 pp. (Also appears in serial installments in Junior Bookshelf 15, nos. 1-6 [1951].) Defines nonsense, then devotes chapters to nonsense and the child, nonsense and poetry, and nonsense in art, and concludes with a discussion of nonsense in England. Concentrates primarily on the works of Lewis Carroll and Edward Lear. B1331 EDE, LISA SUSAN. "The Nonsense Literature of Edward Lear and Lewis Carroll." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1975, 166 pp., DA 36:5314A. Provides a detailed analysis of the nature of nonsense in the works of Lewis Carroll and Edward Lear. B1332 GRAHAM, ELEANOR. "Nonsense in Children's Literature." Junior Bookshelf 9 (July 1944):61-68. Explores the meanings of nonsense and its appearance in a wide range of writing, identifying where it is and is not. Concludes that "through it always runs that sweet unreasonableness of which De la Mare has spoken." B1333 LIVINGSTON, MYRA COHN. "Nonsense Verse: The Complete Escape." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 122-39. Looks at nonsense verse as rebellion against reason and the laws of nature, and as a marvelous place to escape to. Differentiates nonsense from wit and fantasy and outlines its distinguishing charac teristics. B1334 SEWELL, ELIZABETH. The Field of Nonsense. London: Chatto & Windus, 1952, 198 pp. Explores the nature of nonsense in the writings of Edward Lear and Lewis Carroll. B1335 -----. "Nonsense Verse and the Child." L&U 4, no. 2 (Winter 1980-81):30-45. Attempts to analyze what is "better" or "worse" nonsense. B1336 STEWART, SUSAN. "Nonsense: Aspects of Intertextuality in Folklore and Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania, 1978, 370 pp., DA 39:4410A. Focuses "upon the relationships between common sense and fic tion." B1337 THOMAS, JOYCE. "`There Was an Old Man . . .': The Sense of Non sense Verse." ChLAQ 10 (Fall 1985):119-22. Shows how even meaningless language can convey meaning. B1338 VIGUERS, SUSAN T. "Nonsense and the Language of Poetry." Signal 42 (September 1984):137-49. Viguers and Foss, the "Highly Regarded Cat Companion of Edward Lear, Celebrated Writer of Nonsense," discuss nonsense and poetry, which are shown to be more closely related than might be supposed. NORWAY B1339 BOZANIC, INGRID. "Contemporary Children's Literature of Norway." Children's Literature 3 (1974):61-65. Provides an overview of the development of recent Norwegian children's literature. B1340 FEYDT, ASTRID. "The Best Norwegian Children's Books." Bookbird 6, no. 3 (1968):34-40. Surveys and comments upon a number of recent, prize-winning Norwegian children's books. B1341 -----. "Norwegian Books for Children." Junior Bookshelf 18, no. 5 (November 1954):225-33; no. 6 (December 1954):277-83. A survey of recent and classic children's books. B1342 FRASER, JAMES H. "A Comment on Norwegian-American Children's Literature and Language Maintenance." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):41-43. Notes the paucity of Norwegian-American literature for children, and mentions children's periodicals, primarily those of the nineteenth century. B1343 SCHEI, KARI. "Notes from Across the North Sea." Signal 25 (January 1978):30-33. Discusses developments in children's book publishing in Norway, particularly the emphasis on series books. B1344 SKJONSBERG, KARI. "Norway." Phaedrus 8 (1981):75-77. A bibliography of recent Norwegian research in children's litera ture; includes English abstracts. B1345 TENFJORD, JO. "Children's Books in Norway." Junior Bookshelf 10 (October 1946):103-14. A historical critical overview. B1346 -----. "Children's Books in Norway." Junior Bookshelf 26 (January 1962):7-12. A historical critical overview. B1347 -----. "National Spirit, Landscape, and Norwegian Children's Book Illustration: Some Traditions and Trends." Phaedrus 9 (1982):17-21. An overview of children's book illustration in Norway from the late nineteenth century to the present. NURSERY RHYMES B1348 ABRAMS, JOAN. "How Content and Symbolism in Mother Goose May Contribute to the Development of a Child's Integrated Psyche." (ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 49 pp., ED 153 220.) Analyzes Mother Goose rhymes in relation to the psychological stages of child development. B1349 BAKER, WILLIAM J. "Historical Meaning in Mother Goose: Nursery Rhymes Illustrative of English Society Before The Industrial Revolu tion." Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Winter 1975):645-52. Looks to the Mother Goose rhymes as a means of reconstructing "the life styles, the concerns, the assumptions of the English people before the coming of industrialism." B1350 BARING-GOULD, WILLIAM S., and BARING-GOULD, CECIL. The Annotated Mother Goose. New York: Carkson N. Potter, 1962, 350 pp. A heavily annotated volume that gathers together much valuable information. Includes biographical, historical, and bibliographical information as well as historic illustrations. B1351 BODGER, JOAN. "Mother Goose: Is the Old Girl Relevant." WLB 44 (December 1969):402-8. Explores the ways in which Mother Goose meets the needs of today's children. Includes references and discussions of pros and cons of various versions of the tales. B1352 CARTER, R. "The Tao and Mother Goose." Parabola 6, no. 4 (Fall 1981):19-26. Suggests that Mother Goose rhymes such as "Little Miss Muffet" express the nature of duality and the conflict between hero and monster, between good and evil within ourselves. B1353 CHISHOLM, MARGARET. "Mother Goose--Elucidated." EE 49 (December 1972):1141-44. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 69-74.) Proposes convincing explanations of the verses "Mary, Mary Quite Contrary," "Jack and Jill," "Baa Baa Black Sheep," "Little Jack Horner," "Ring-a-ring o' Roses," "Goosey Goosey Gander," "Ride-a- cock-horse," "Humpty Dumpty," and "London Bridge." B1354 CURTIS, DAVID. "With Rhyme and Reason." LA 52 (October 1975):947-49. Discusses the use of nursery rhymes to introduce children to allegory. B1355 ECKENSTEIN, LINA. Comparative Studies in Nursery Rhymes. Lon don: Duckworth & Co, 1906. Reprint. Detroit: Singing Tree Press, 1968, 231 pp. Traces the origins of nursery rhymes, emphasizing cross-cultural comparisons and mythic and folk elements. B1356 EGAN, MICHAEL. "Because He Can't Work Any Faster." TES, 16 January 1981, p. 34. (Reply by Brian Alderson the following week [23 January 1981]:18.) Offers a socialist interpretation of the historical and political significance of Mother Goose. Views "Simple Simon" as "a little homily in capitalist alienation." Alderson retorts, "And now it is a socialist's turn--but they will survive him too." Calls "Simple Simon" "more of a working-class joke about stupid people than an economic tract." B1357 EZELL, RICHARD. "Mother Goose: The Rhythm of Her Rhymes." In MacLeod, Children's Literature, pp. 1-15. Analyzes the meter and rhyme scheme of Mother Goose and explores their influences on later children's poets. B1358 GUERON, JACQUELINE. "Children's Verse and the Halle-Keyser Theory of Prosody." Children's Literature 2 (1973):197-208. Discusses metrical analysis of French and English nursery rhymes according to the Halle-Keyser theory. B1359 HAWKENS, ROBERTA. "Nursery Rhymes: Mirrors of a Culture." EE 48 (October 1971):617-21. Explores ways in which nursery rhymes reflect the tastes, atti tudes, technology, and behavorial patterns of the societies from which they come. B1360 HAZARD, PAUL. Books, Children and Men, pp. 80-85. Explores the nature of English nursery rhymes and comments on the ways in which they differ greatly from those of the Romance languages. B1361 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "A Magic Horn for Children: Nursery Rhymes and Songs Then and Now." In Three Centuries, pp. 1-20. Surveys the nursery rhymes of Europe, primarily those of Ger many and England. B1362 LA BELLE, JENIJOY. "William Blake, Theodore Roethke and Mother Goose: The Unholy Trinity." Blake Studies 9, nos. 1-2 (1980):74-86. Explores elements of nursery rhymes in Blake's Songs of Inno cence and Theodore Roethke's I Am! Says the Lamb and Praise to the End! B1363 LYNN, JOANNE L. "Runes to Ward Off Sorrow: Rhetoric of the English Nursery Rhyme." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 1 (Spring 1985):3-14. Provides an overview of nursery rhyme research and proposes that "nursery rhymes--collected as they have been from a variety of sources--were selected by and for a specific audience of both chil dren and adults, that they remain active in the culture thanks to a similar audience and that the double nature of the audience has dictated the survival of a particular literary form. This form is characterized by compression, paradox, ambiguity, and a tension between form and content that is characteristic of genuine poetry." Includes references. B1364 McDONALD, MARY PALMER. "Rhyme or Reason? A Microscopic View of Nursery Rhymes." Journal of Negro Education 43 (1974):275-83. Points out images of white supremacy, negative self images, and "unreal concepts" in Mother Goose. B1365 MARY JOAN PATRICIA, Sister. "Mother Goose to Homer." Catholic Library World 23 (1951):75-79. (Reprinted in Robinson, E. Readings about Children's Literature, pp. 239-48.) Outlines the child's development in appreciation of literature from the simple rhymes of Mother Goose, through other childhood poets, the fairy tales and myths, to the Bible and sophisticated works of adult literature. B1366 NADEAU, JOHN. "Mother Goose Exposed!" Education 80 (1960):491-92. Argues that Mother Goose rhymes are full of violence and cruelty to animals. B1367 NADESAN, ARDELL. "Mother Goose: Sexist?" EE 51 (April 1974):375-78. Examines the roles of women and girls as portrayed in the nurs ery rhymes. B1368 OPIE, PETER, and OPIE, IONA. Introduction to Oxford Dictionary of Nursery Rhymes. London: Oxford University Press, 1952, pp. 1-45. Discusses the quality, origins, means of transmission, and history of nursery rhymes and songs. B1369 PETTY, THOMAS A. "The Tragedy of Humpty Dumpty." Psychoana lytic Study of the Child 8 (1953):404-12. Finds "Humpty Dumpty's" great appeal lies in its symbolizing the arrival of a sibling: the fall is the birth of the second born and the first born's fall from parental favor, "and the first-born's hostile wish that some disaster befall the sibling." B1370 POMERANTZ, CHARLOTTE. "Little Jennifer Has Lost Her Sheep." NYTBR, 30 April 1978, Children's Book sec., pp. 25, 36. A humorous response by a modern editor to `Ms. Goose's' rhymes. "In general, Ms. Goose, we think you have a problem with rhyme." B1371 SACKVILLE-WEST, V[ITA]. Nursery Rhymes. London: Dropmore Press, 1947, 66 pp. Explores the significance of nursery rhymes and provides com ments on many individual rhymes. "Not by history, not by mythol ogy, not by folklore, not even by the absurdity of situations, not even by the sense of power so flatteringly suggested when by one line we can magnify a shoe into the size of a house; but by their little gift of poetry and music do the nursery rhymes abide in our heart." B1372 SENDAK, MAURICE. "Mother Goose's Garnishings." Book Week, 31 October 1965, Fall Children's issue, pp. 5, 38-40. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 188-95, and in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 62-69.) Surveys the history of Mother Goose illustrations, direct literal approaches and more subtle illuminative approaches; and tells which versions he likes, which he does not, and why. B1373 SNIPES, WILSON C. "Five Ways and One of Looking at Mother Goose." Children's Literature 2 (1973):98-104. Applies biographical, sociocultural, humanistic, formalist, and psychological-psychoanalytic approaches to Mother Goose in a light hearted manner. B1374 THOMAS, DELLA. "Matriarch of the Nursery." School Library Journal 13 (March 1967):110-12. Reviews some of the numerous editions of Mother Goose. B1375 THOMAS, KATHERINE ELWES. The Real Personages of Mother Goose. London: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1930, 352 pp. This influential work identifies the characters of Mother Goose as historic persons and interprets the rhymes on this basis. For example, Little Boy Blue is identified as Cardinal Wolsey, and the Cat in "The Cat and the Fiddle" as Elizabeth I. B1376 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "Why Nursery Rhymes?" Where, September 1969, pp. 152-55. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 258-62.) Explores the many ways nursery rhymes appeal to children: by their linguistic and musical genius, their appealing subject matter, and their approaches to violence and to adulthood. B1377 USREY, MALCOLM. "Mother Goose with Tears: Fantasy and Realism in Mother Goose Illustrations since 1865." Proceedings of the Chil dren's Literature Association 7 (1980):166-74. Surveys some of the more notable illustrations of nursery rhymes. B1378 WALKER, LOUISE JEAN. "Moral Implications in Mother Goose." Edu cation 80 (January 1960):292-93. Explores the potential of the Mother Goose rhymes for teaching good manners and behavior. B1379 WEISS, HARRY B. "Something About Simple Simon." Bulletin of the New York Public Library 44, no. 6 (June 1940):461-70. Traces the history and origins of "Simple Simon," and reproduces the complete fifteen verses from the Ryle and Paul edition of The Royal Book of Nursery Rhymes. Includes an extensive bibliography. B1380 WILLIAMS, C.B. "As I Was Going to St. Ives." Folklore 86 (Summer 1975):133-35. Traces "St. Ives" from Britain back to Egypt over a period of "about three thousand seven hundred years, but with few indications of the route which has been followed." OCCULT B1381 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Stories of the Supernatural." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 241-44. Discusses characteristics of stories of the supernatural, with examples from contemporary young adult literature. B1382 McHARGUE, GEORGESS. "A Ride Across the Mystic Bridge, or, Occult Books: What, Why, and Who Needs Them?" SLJ 19 (May 1973):25-30. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 154-62.) Provides a brief history and definition of occult books, and discusses various categories of the occult and its appeal for today's youth. OCCUPATIONS B1383 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Work." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 185-95. Suggests that the career book "was an invention of the post-war period." Authors discussed include Richard Armstrong and Elfrida Vipont. B1384 IVES, VERNON. "Careers for Sale: $2.00 List." Horn Book 19 (March-April 1943):107-12. Lists recent books on careers and singles out those he considers excellent while commenting on qualities of the genre. B1385 KAISER, MARJORIE M. "The Meaning of Work in Literature Popular with Sixteen and Seventeen-Year Olds." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 16 pp., ED 181 465. Analyzes the most popular books from the 1978 Books for Young Adults poll in terms of attitudes toward work and finds they are mostly positive. B1386 KINGSBURY, MARY. "The World of Work in Children's Fiction." LA 52 (October 1975):972-75, 1018. Reports on a study of "ninety-one examples of realistic fiction published for children in the 1930s, the 1950s and the 1970s to determine the kinds of work models and work-related values and attitudes being offered to young readers." B1387 PARIS, JANELLE. A Comparative Analysis of Occupations Presented in Children's Realistic Fiction, 1950-54 and 1970-74. Ph.D. disserta tion, Texas Women's University, 1977, 240 pp., DA 38:5105A. Tests the hypothesis that "there is a discernible trend toward increasing honesty and realism relating to career content in children's fiction." This hypothesis is not confirmed, however, for she finds stereotypes, inadequate information, limited views, discrimination against women workers, and many other specific complaints. B1388 RUSSELL, PATRICIA R. "Learning about Work--A Study of Contem porary Fiction for Children." ERIC Educational Document Reproduc tion Service, 1977, 18 pp., ED 168 041. Analyzes the way work is treated in 255 books of fiction written since 1970 for primary school children. Includes a bibliography of children's books with work themes. B1389 SPLAVER, SARAH. "The Career Novel." Personnel and Guidance Journal 31 (March 1953):371-72. Calls current "career novels" "sugar-coated occupational informa tion," but finds they range from excellent to very bad. B1390 THETFORD, MARY. "Vocational Roles for Women in Junior Fiction." Ed.D. dissertation, Rutgers University, 1974, 121 pp., DA 35:3311A. Found that the dominant portrayal of women in children's fiction reinforces traditional stereotypes. "There is a need to write additional career fiction that portrays alternatives to these sex roles." PAKISTAN B1391 ALI, AHMED. "Children's Reading in Pakistan." Horn Book 43 (April 1967):235-38. A brief overview. PARTICIPATION FICTION B1392 ALBERGHENE, JANICE M. "It's Your Choice: Reader Participation Fiction." SLJ 29 (February 1983):36-37. Analyzes the characteristics of a number of recent participa tion books. PASTORAL B1393 KOPPES, PHYLLIS BIXLER. "The Child in Pastoral Myth: A Study in Rousseau and Wordsworth, Children's Literature and Literary Fan tasy." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kansas, 1977, 386 pp., DA 38:4141A. Examines "the myth of the child as a pastoral figure in Rous seau and Wordsworth and its influence on the development of children's literature. Focuses on the work of George MacDonald, Frances Hodgson Burnett, Catherine Sinclair, Flora Shaw, Lewis Carroll, Mark Twain, Kenneth Grahame, James Barrie, A.A. Milne, and J.R.R. Tolkien. B1394 KUZNETS, LOIS R. "The Fresh-Air Kids or Some Contemporary Versions of Pastoral." Children's Literature 11 (1983):156-68. Examines Felice Holman's Slake's Limbo and Paula Fox's How Many Miles to Babylon? in terms of the way they "evoke pastoral contrasts within urban settings." PAUL BUNYAN B1395 RAPPORT, REBECCA TISDEL. "Paul Bunyan: Hero of the North Woods." LA 56 (April 1979):394-99. Surveys the evolution, controversies, and publication history of the Paul Bunyan tales. PEACE B1396 LEPMAN, JELLA. "Picture Books and the Idea of Peace." Bookbird 5, no. 1 (1967):5-10. Discusses depictions of the concept of peace in children's picture books, especially Munro Leaf's Ferdinand the Bull, Roger Duvoisin's The Happy Lion, Jean de Brunhoff's Story of Babar, and Erich K„stner's Animal Conference. PERIODICALS B1397 ALDERSON, CONNIE. Magazines Teenagers Read: With Special Refer ence to "Trend," "Jackie," and "Valentine." London: Pergamon, 1968, 127 pp. Provides a detailed examination of the content, style, and social and moral values portrayed in three British magazines popular with teenaged girls. B1398 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. "Millgirls, Madcaps and Moth ers Superior." In You're a Brick, pp. 125-39. Discusses the Girls' Friend and other early twentieth-century periodicals designed to appeal to the young working women of the lower classes. B1399 -----. "A Superabundance of Girls," "And Still More," and "The Girls Own Paper Goes to War." In You're a Brick, pp. 227-85. These three chapters discuss British periodicals for girls from the 1920s through World War II. Among titles commented on at length are School Friend, Schoolgirls' Own, School girl, and Girls Own Paper (also discussed on pp. 73-76). B1400 CAMPBELL, ALASDAIR. "The Evaluation of Magazines for Children Under Eight." School Librarian 17 (September 1969):233-40. Suggests criteria for judging magazines for young children, focus ing on the British children's magazines known as comics. B1401 CAWOOD, GAYLE EALY, and GREENLAW, M. JEAN. "Juvenile Magazines in the U.S.A.: A Compleat Overview with History and Trends." TON 34 (Summer 1978):365-74. Covers from 1789 to the present and includes a "Chronological Listing of the Initial Appearance of Certain U.S. Children's Maga zines." B1402 FRY, COLIN. "Picture of Perfection." New Society 12 (August 1971):294-95. Explores the world of Captain, the early twentieth-century British boys' magazine. B1403 JAMES, LOUIS. "Tom Brown's Imperialist Sons." Victorian Studies 17 (September 1973):89-99. Traces the influences of Tom Brown's School Days on popular nineteenth-century boys periodicals. B1404 JORDAN, ALICE M. "Magazines for Children." Bulletin of the New York Public Library 60 (November 1956):599-604. Comments on the influences of nineteenth-century children's magazines on twentieth-century children's literature. B1405 KELLY, R. GORDON, ed. Children's Periodicals of the United States. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1984, 591 pp. Detailed articles by nearly fifty experts describe numerous Amer ican children's magazines from the eighteenth century to the present. Entries include references, information on bibliographies, phies, index sources, location sources, and publication history. B1406 KOSTE, MARGARET IRENE. "An Evaluation of Magazines Published for Children in America." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1962, 234 pp., DA 23:3250A. Examines fourteen children's magazines in terms of criteria devised to determine "what constitutes a magazine of quality for children of elementary school age." B1407 LARRICK, NANCY. "Classroom Magazines: A Critique of 45 Top Sellers." Learning 7 (October 1978):60-61. Rates and evaluates the most popular children's magazines. B1408 ORWELL, GEORGE. "Boys' Weeklies." In Dickens, Dali and Others. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1946, pp. 76-114. Analyzes the British boys' papers Gem and Magnet, which are then compared to a number of more recent (post-World War I) papers. B1409 Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):5-35. Special Issue. Includes articles on periodicals in the U.S., Sweden, Austria, New Zealand, Canada, Denmark, Hungary, Ger many, and Italy. For further information see names of these coun tries in this bibliography. B1410 RANLETT, FELIX. "Magazines for Tens and `Teens.'" Horn Book 20 (July-August 1944):271-77. Surveys children's magazines of the 1940s, comparing them with fondly remembered favorites of the past such as Youth's Companion and St. Nicholas. B1411 RICHARDSON, SELMA K. Magazines for Children: A Selection Guide. Chicago: American Library Association, 1983, 147 pp. Provides lengthy descriptive and evaluative annotations for peri odicals published for children as of late 1982. B1412 ROSE, ADA CAMPBELL. "Are Children's Magazines Dying on the Vine?" Catholic Library World 47 (April 1976):370-73. Surveys the history of children's periodicals and points out recent trends and problems. B1413 WESTERN, LINDA. "Magazine Preferences of Fourth-and-Sixth Grade Children." Elementary School Journal 79 (May 1979):284-91. Reports on a study of children's magazine preferences. B1414 ZOLA, MEGUIDO. "English-Canadian Magazines for Children." CCL 10 (1977-78):24-36. Surveys and evaluates current Canadian children's magazines. B1415 -----. "English-Canadian Magazines for Children: An Up-Date." CCL 14 (1979):41-45. A bibliography and evaluation of current English-language Cana dian magazines for children. PESSIMISM B1416 CARR, ROBIN L. "From Pandora's Box: Hopelessness and Defeat in Children's Literature." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1978, 10 pp., ED 168 026. Compares books that focus on the tragedies and problems of life without offering any interpretation of their meaning or any alterna tive to hopelessness and defeat, to those that deal realistically with "themes of darkness" while at the same time stressing the importance of the "search for goodness and victory in life." B1417 MacLEOD, ANNE S. "Undercurrents: Pessimism in Contemporary Children's Fiction." CLE, o.s., no. 21 (Summer 1976):96-102. Looks at novels for children that, while not openly downbeat like The Chocolate War, have an undercurrent of pessimism. Examines Hoban's The Mouse and His Child, Chester Aaron's An American Court, Eleanor Cameron's The Court of the Stone Children, and Madeleine L'Engle's A Wind in the Door. Concludes that children's literature, like any other, is of its time. "If the time is darkened by doubt and fear, the literature is likely to be shadowed, too, even against the intent of its creators." Letter in response from Eleanor Cameron, disagreeing with MacLeod's interpretation of her book, in CLE n.s., no. 2 (Summer 1977):94-95. PHOTOGRAPHIC ILLUSTRATION B1418 BADER, BARBARA. "Photographic Books." In American Picturebooks, pp. 100-117. Traces the use of photography as a means of illustration in chil dren's fiction and nonfiction picture books. B1419 FRASER, JAMES, and VOLK, ULLA. "Observations on Photographic Innovation in Children's Books: The Books of Rodchenko, Unger mann, Steichen, Martin and Boer." Phaedrus 9 (1982):27-34. Examines the work of five photographic innovators in children's book illustration who were active in the early 1930s. B1420 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Photography: A New Contribution to Edu cation and Children's Books." In Three Centuries, pp. 145-51. Discusses the development of photographically illustrated chil dren's picture books. B1421 OLDHAM, JEFFREY THOMAS. "A Comparison of American Photo- Illustrated Children's Books for Early Childhood Years Published in the 1950-1960-1970s." Ph.D. dissertation, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1981, 134 pp., DA 41:3585A. Concluded that in most cases "the illustrations represented exactly what was stated in the text." PICTURE BOOKS B1422 ABRAHAMSON, RICHARD F. "An Analysis of Children's Picture Sto rybooks." Reading Teacher 34 (November 1980):167-70. Analyzes "Children's Choices for 1979" to find out what story structures children like best. B1423 ABRAHAMSON, RICHARD F., and SHANNON, PATRICK. "A Plot Structure Analysis of Favorite Picture Books." Reading Teacher 37 (October 1983):44-48. Analyzes the plot structures of the 61 most popular books on the 1982 Children's Choices list (Reading Teacher, October 1982) and suggests interesting trends and a revised system for categorizing plots. B1424 AMOR, STUART. "A Functional Approach to Illustrations in Children's Books: The Work of Frantisek Holesovsky." In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 76-80. Reports on the approach of Holesovsky and other Czech struc tural theorists to children's book illustration. B1425 AMSDEN, R.H. "Children's Preferences in Picture Story Book Vari ables." Journal of Educational Research 53 (1960):309-12. Finds that children preferred light and dark colors to bright colors, and makes recommendations concerning style of illustration. Suggests areas for additional research. B1426 ANDERSON, WILLIAM. "On Texts and Illustrators: Eight Books." Children's Literature 3 (1974):213-18. Reviews eight books, including The Juniper Tree and Other Tales from Grimm, edited and translated by Lore Segal and illustrated by Maurice Sendak; and King Grisly-Beard, by the Brothers Grimm, translated by Edgar Taylor and illustrated by Maurice Sendak. B1427 ARDIZZONE, EDWARD. "The Born Illustrator." Motif: A Journal of the Visual Arts 1 (November 1958):37-52. Ardizzone expresses his views on illustration. B1428 -----. "Creation of a Picture Book." TON 16 (December 1959):40-46. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 347-56; 2d ed., pp. 289-98.) Discusses various aspects of illustrating books, with examples drawn from his illustrations for his own writings and his illustrations for others. B1429 BADER, BARBARA. American Picturebooks from Noah's Ark to the Beast Within. New York: Macmillan, 1976, 615 pp. An immense, richly illustrated work that traces the development of American children's picture books. Many of the chapters on spe cific topics and individual illustrators have been indexed separately. The book is also rich in bibliographic notes and references. B1430 BARTO, AGNIA. "Children's Response to Illustrations of Poetry." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 1 (Spring 1979):11-17. (Also in Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 81-87.) The Russian poet comments upon children's responses to particu lar illustrations. B1431 BARTON, ROBERT, and BOOTH, DAVID. "Do Swans Really Eat Fudgesicles?" CLE, o.s., no. 11 (May 1973):13-24. Explores using picture books as the basis for creative dramatics with older children. B1432 BAUMEISTER, ALEXANDRE H. "Picture Books: A Selection of International New Publications." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 48 (December 1977):2-17. An illustrated international overview of innovative children's picture books published during the year. B1433 BERRIDGE, CELIA. "Illustrators, Books, and Children: An Illustrator's Viewpoint." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 1 (Spring 1980):21-30. Suggests guidelines for criticism of picture books. "The question of the relevance of children's responses to the evaluation of books must be faced and sorted out by examining the criteria of criticism and by considering the available evidence from both marketing and academic research." B1434 -----. "Notes Towards a Critical Method of Appraising Picture Books Produced for a Child Audience." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 23-28. Suggests an approach to picture-book evaluation based upon chil dren's responses. B1435 -----. "Taking a Good Look at Picture Books." Signal 36 (September 1981):152-58. Examines the difficulties and short-comings of picture-book reviewing. Argues that a proper forum for picture-book reviewing is needed. Uses Janet and Allan Ahlberg's Each Peach Pear Plum as an example. B1436 BITZER, LUCY. "The Art of Picture Books: Beautiful Treasures of Bookmaking." TON 38 (Spring 1982):226-32. Art director and book designer Bitzer offers her insights into the nature of excellence in picture books, discussing recent and classic outstanding examples. B1437 Bookbird 1 (1966):3-15. Special issue on Picture Books. Includes Frantisek Holesovsky's "The Function of Illustrations in Children's Books," pp. 3-6, which suggests a number of approaches to studying illustrations; Alfred Clemens Baumgartner's "Picture Stories Then and Now: The Problem of Comics," pp. 7-10, which distinguishes picture books and comics on the basis of history and quality; and Hans Bodecker's "Research Work in the Field of Picture Books," pp. 11-15, which summarizes recent German-language research. B1438 BOYLE, JOAN KATHLEEN. "Developmental Trends in Aesthetic Response to Illustrations: Children's Preferences for Varied Style of Illustrations." Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley, 1981, 130 pp., DA 42:3086A. Found that younger children preferred more abstract styles in illustrations when they were presented alone, but that with the addition of oral language the differences between preferences of younger and older children diminished. Found that the ability to focus "on the interaction between two symbol systems" increased with the child's development. B1439 BROWN, MARCIA. "Distinction in Picture Books." Horn Book 25 (September 1949):383-94. Presents standards and guidelines for evaluating picture books. B1440 "Children's Books International 6: Proceedings." Boston Public Library, 1983, 87 pp. Devoted to illustration. Includes "Illustrations in African Children's Books," by P. Osazee Fayose, pp. 8-12; "In Peru . . . and Beyond," by Carlos Llerena Aquirre, pp. 13-20; "In an Old, Old World: Mongolia," by James Fraser, pp. 21-27; "In the Realms of Noma Concours," by Yutaka Sugita, pp. 28-36; "Illustrations of the Counterworld: Fantasy in Children's Literature," by Diana L. Johnson, pp. 56-59; "Reflections on Fact and Fancy," by Barbara Cooney, pp. 60-62; "to illustrate or not to illustrate: a child's eye view," by Laurene Meringoff, pp. 63-68; "Illustration and Performance, from the Book to the Stage--into Music--into Animated Film," by Eman uele Luzzati, pp. 69-72; "Visual Communications--East and West," by Ed Young, pp. 73-74; "My Floating World," by Miyuki Tanobe, pp. 75-80; "Head and Heart--What a Black Illustrator Brings to Children's Books," by Tom Feelings, pp. 81-86. B1441 CHORAO, KAY. "A Delayed Reply: Illustration and the Imagination." Horn Book 55 (August 1979):463-69. In answer to the question, "Do illustrations rob children of the use of their imaginations?," Chorao replies, "No," giving three reasons: (1) because each illustrator draws in his or her own way, (2) because children filter art through their experiences, and (3) because there is no absolute reality in art. Uses examples from her own work. B1442 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA J. "Children's Responses to Illustrations in Books: A Review of Research." Ripples 6, no. 1 (Winter 1981):12-13. Classifies the research into the following categories: content analysis, visual literacy, reading skills, oral language and written language, and preferences. B1443 -----. "Children's Responses to Illustrations in Picturebooks." In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 102-8. Reports on two experiments concerning children's responses to illustrations. B1444 CLIFFORD, MICHAEL. "Political Bias in Children's Book Illustration." Bookbird 1 (1981):8-12. Summarizes his research for his master's thesis on the political content of children's book illustration. B1445 COONEY, BARBARA. "The Artist at Work: Scratchboard Illustration." Horn Book 40 (April 1964):162-5. Describes the technique. B1446 -----. "An Illustrator's Viewpoint." Horn Book 37 (February 1961):26-31. Reflections on illustration and design as a fine art. B1447 CORREIA, CARLOS. "To Write, To Illustrate, and to Paginate Chil dren's Books." Bookbird 1 (1984):20-24. A Portuguese writer reflects on the role and importance of illus trations in children's books. B1448 CRAGO, MAUREEN. "Incompletely Shown Objects in Picture Books: One Child's Response." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 3 (Autumn 1979):151-57. Reports on a child's response to incompletely shown pictures in picture books and concludes that at present there is no need for publishers to change their policies. Learning to interpret the incom plete and overlapped figures is part of learning and development. B1449 CURTIS, WILLIAM. "An Analysis of the Relationship of Illustration and Text in Picture-Story Books as Indicated by the Oral Responses of Young Children." Ed.D. dissertation, Wayne State University, 1968, 163 pp., DA 30:924A. Found that the text was more influential in generating children's responses to a picture book than pictures alone and the combination of pictures and texts was even greater. B1450 DAUGHERTY, JAMES. "Illustrating for Children." Bulletin of the New York Public Library 60 (November 1956):569-72. Comments on the qualities he feels are necessary for the illustra tor of children's books. B1451 DE PAOLA, TOMIE. "Viewpoints: From an Artist-Illustrator." LA 58 (April 1981):408-9. A brief but telling lesson about looking (really looking) at picture books. B1452 DESPINETTE, JANINE. "Modern Picture Books and the Child's Visual Sense." In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 109-16. Explores approaches to the interpretation of book illustration for the modern child. B1453 DOOLEY, PATRICIA, ed. "Special Section: Children's Book Illustra tion." ChLAQ 6, no. 4 (Winter 1981-82):8-44. (Reprinted, except for the reviews, in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 133-48.) Includes Jane Yolen, "The Eye and the Ear" (an excerpt from Touch Magic), pp. 8-9, which discusses the differences in the stories the eye sees and the ear hears using versions of "Snow White" as an example. Michael Patrick Hearn, contributes "Talking with the Dillons: An Interview," pp. 9-11. Donnarae MacCann and Olga Richard discuss Selma Lanes's The Art of Maurice Sendak and argue that the book's title is a misnomer: "Sendak's illustrations . . . don't survive scrutiny from a fine arts perspective." Throughout the lengthy review they offer strong criticism both of Sendak and of Lanes, pp. 11-17. Jill P. May provides a brief historical overview of children's book illustration in "Illustration in Children's Books," pp. 17-21. Peggy Whalen-Levitt comments on "Making Picture Books Real: Reflections on a Child's Eye View," pp. 21-25. Joyce A. Thomas comments on "Non-Fiction Fiction Illustration: Some Consid erations," pp. 25-28. Karen Nelson Hoyle contributes a bibliographic essay on Wanda G g, pp. 28-30. Jane Bishop Hobgood writes on "Walter Crane," pp. 30-33 and Selma K. Richardson on "Randolph Caldecott," pp. 33-37. Harold Darling reviews Fred Gettings's Arthur Rackham, p. 37, Sarah Smedman reviews Michael S. Schnessel's Jessie Wilcox Smith, pp. 37-40, Joyce A. Thomas reviews Barbara Bader's American Picturebooks from Noah's Ark to the Beast Within," pp. 40-41, Louisa Smith reviews Rawle Knox's The Work of E.H. She pard, pp. 42-43, and Maryellen Hains discusses the Addison-Wesley Self-Portrait series, pp. 43-44. B1454 DOONAN, JANE. "Two Artists Telling Tales: Chihiro Iwasaki and Lisbeth Zwerger." Signal 44 (May 1984):93-102. Examines the way in which two artist's have met the challenge of folk- and fairy-tale illustration. Studies Chihiro Iwasaki's illustrations for H.C. Andersen's The Red Shoes and Lisbeth Zweger's for the Grimms' Little Red-Cap. B1455 DRESSEL, JANICE HARTWICK. "Abstraction in Illustration: Is It Appropriate for Children?" CLE, n.s. 15, no. 2 (Summer 1984): 103-12. Argues that the use of abstract art in illustrating children's books will probably increase and summarizes arguments for and against its use. Includes references. B1456 DULLE, MARK E. "The Effect of Illustrations on Children's Interpre tations of a Fairy Tale." Ph.D. dissertation, Louisiana State Univer sity and A&M College, 1978, 68 pp., DA 39:5545B. A study of elementary school children revealed no differences in subjective interpretations of fairy tales in those who had seen the pictures and those who had not. B1457 DURHAM, MAI J. "Some Thoughts About Picture Books." Horn Book 39 (October 1963):476-84. A highly critical look at the picture book, faulting even some of the most highly praised for lack of cohesion among text, illustration, and page composition. Cites lack of knowledge of art technique and rejection of twentieth-century fine art on the part of reviewers. We must ask, "Is there a need for this book?" "What does this book have to say?" "Does this book have substance in text, imagination and creativity in illustration, harmony in book design?" B1458 DUVOISIN, ROGER. "Children's Book Illustration: The Pleasures and Problems." TON 22 (November 1965):22-33. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 177-87.) Discusses what he sees as key elements in children's book illus tration: the relationship of illustration to the larger world of art, to the texts illustrated, and to the child's vision. B1459 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Picture Books." In Thursday's Child, pp. 247-74. Describes the development of the picture book, seeing Sendak's Where the Wild Things Are as bridging two eras--an older one of security and a newer one where children's fears are openly explored. Includes comments on wordless picture books, fantasy books, alphabet books, counting books, nursery rhymes, and therapeutic picture books. Raises serious questions about the modern picture book, which she calls "the most diverse, the most didactic, and the most debated of all forms of present-day children's literature." B1460 EMMERSON, ANDREA. "The Significance of Book Illustration for Reading Purposes." School Librarian 26, no. 2 (June 1978):112-17. Examines the role of pictures in children's book selection and their influence on reading. B1461 EVANS, MARGARET B. "Some Problems in Modern Book Illustration." Horn Book 22 (May-June 1946):176-82. Examines technical aspects of book illustration, considering medium and balance of form and color, among other factors. B1462 "Ezra Jack Keats on Collage as an Illustration Medium." Publishers Weekly, 4 April 1966, pp. 94-95. Discusses collage as a technique for illustration. B1463 FEAVER, WILLIAM. When We Were Young: Two Centuries of Chil dren's Book Illustration. London: Thames & Hudson; New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1977, 96 pp. An amply illustrated survey containing twenty-four pages of text and 108 color and black and white reproductions with annotations covering illustrators from William Blake to Maurice Sendak. B1464 FILSTRUP, JANE, ed. "The Fine Art of Children's Books: A Special Issue." WLB 55 (October 1980):97-123. Special issue. Includes "What is a Picture Book?" by Uri Shule vitz, pp. 99-101; "Picture Play in Children's Books: A Celebration of Visual Awareness," by Peggy Whalen-Levitt, pp. 102-7; "The Window in the Book: Conventions in the Illustration of Children's Books," by Patricia Dooley, pp. 108-12; "The Changing Picture of Poetry Books for Children," by Nancy Larrick, pp. 113-17; and "Creating Children's Books at the Rochester Folk Art Guild," by Marilyn Zwicher, pp. 118-22. B1465 FLETCHER, DAVID. "Pictures on Paper." Horn Book 37 (February 1961):21-25. A writer expresses his views on the functions of illustrations in children's books: (1) to make an attractive package, (2) to provoke anticipation, and (3) to set the scene and aid the imagination. B1466 FLOETHE, RICHARD. "Today's Picture Books." Horn Book 22 (March-April 1946):137-46. A critical survey of picture books published in 1945. B1467 FLOWERS, WANDA JEAN. "Pupil Preference for Art Media Used in Illustrations of Caldecott Award Winning Books." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oklahoma, 1978, 108 pp. First and second grade students preferred woodcuts, followed by graphics (with color), watercolor (preseparated), and tempera. B1468 GAUGERT, RICHARD. "The Impact of Film on Picture Book Illustra tion." Ripples 6, no. 1 (Winter 1980):7-10. Discusses ways cinematic techniques have been employed to create effective objects of art. Examples include Uri Shulevitz's Dawn, Caldecott's House that Jack Built, works by Linda Heller and Leo and Diane Dillon, Sendak's In the Night Kitchen, and Steptoe's Daddy Is a Monster. B1469 GEIST, HANS-FRIEDRICH. "Illustrations for Children's Books/Kinderbuch-Illustrationen/Illustrations de Livres D'Enfants." Graphis 11 (October 1955):408-27. Differentiates between picture books and illustrated books and comments upon the meaning of "genuine" pictures for the child. B1470 Graphis: International Journal of Graphic Art and Applied Art 23, no. 131 (1967):206-318. Special issue on children's books. Includes an introduction by Jella Lepman and discussions of trends in children's picture books in a number of countries: Arsen Pohribney on Czechoslovakia, Robert F. Klein on France, Hans A. Halbey on Germany, Judy Taylor and John Ryder on England, Bettina Hurlimann on Japan, Olga Siemasz kova on Poland, Harlin Quist on the United States, Bettina Hurlimann on Switzerland, and Stanley Mason on Europe. B1471 ----- 31, no. 177 (1975-76):10-123. Special issue on children's book illustration. Includes an intro duction by Virginia Haviland and a survey of trends in picture books in a number of countries. Jerome Snyder on the United States, John Ryder on Britain, Christine Chagnoux on France, Ingeborg Ramseger on Germany, Jurg Schatzmann on Switzerland, Tadashi Matsui on Japan, Mieczyslaw Piotrowski on Poland, Dusan Roll on Czechoslova kia, Anna Katharina Ulrich on international trends, and an article entitled "Aggression in the Children's Book," by Frank Caspar. B1472 ----- 34, no. 200 (1978-79):478-607. Special Issue on children's book illustration. Contains critical surveys of recent trends in children's picture books in a number of countries. Michael Patrick Hearn on the United States, Brian Alder son on Britain, Christine Chagnoux on France, H. Krahe on Ger many, Bettina Hurlimann on Switzerland, Tadashi Matsui on Japan, D. Wroblewska on Poland, D. Roll on Czechoslovakia, and Anna Katharina Ulrich on the international scene. B1473 GREENLAW, M. JEAN. "Picture Books: No Age Limit for Enjoy ment." TON 28 (January 1972):189-97. Reports on a successful experiment using picture books with older children and provides detailed comments from fifth graders on three books: John Steptoe's Stevie, Mary Hays Weik's The Jazz Man, and Jacob Lawrence's Harriet and the Promised Land. B1474 GROFF, PATRICK. "Should Picture Books and Young Children Be Matched?" LA 54 (April 1979):411-17. Summarizes much of the existing literature concerning children's preferences in picture-book illustration and concludes that children's preferences should not be the determining factor in picture-book selection. Contains an extensive bibliography. B1475 HALAS, J., and ALEXANDRE, A. "Picture Books 1978: New Titles and Forms of Presentation." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 49 (December 1978):23-30. Highlights innovative picture books of the year, reproducing numerous illustrations, many in color. B1476 HAVILAND, VIRGINIA. "Illustrators and Illustration." In Children and Literature, pp. 169-72. Raises several questions about recent trends in picture books in this introduction to a chapter on illustration. B1477 HUMMEL, J. "A Descriptive Analysis of the Illustrations in Selected Showcase Books and a Study of Young Children's Responses to a Sampling of These Books Selected by Adults." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1977, 179 pp., DA 38:5910A. Discusses the selections made by experts in the field of children's books in relationship with children's choices and preferences within that selection. B1478 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Illustration and the Emotional World of the Child." Bookbird 7, no. 3 (1969):57-61. Reflects upon the importance of the picture's appeal to the child's emotions in both fiction and nonfiction. B1479 -----. "Picture Books in the Twentieth Century." In Three Centuries, pp. 201-45. Provides a substantial introduction to the modern European pic ture book. B1480 -----. Picture-Book World. London: Oxford University Press; Cleve land: World Publishing, 1968, 216 pp. Provides a good introduction to picture books produced through out the world. B1481 -----. "Trends of European Picture Book Production Since 1945." Inter national Library Review 3 (January 1971):51-60. Summarizes characteristics of picture book production in England, Czechoslavakia, Poland, Yugoslavia, the U.S.S.R., France, Italy, Spain, Germany, Scandinavia, and Switzerland since World War II. B1482 HURST, JOE B. "Images in Children's Picture Books." Social Educa tion 45 (February 1981):138-43. Presents the results of an extensive content analysis of children's picture books, considering positive and negative images and role models. Concludes that the role models present a bland, apathetic view of life and provide negative images of women and the elderly. B1483 HUUS, HELEN. "Some Picture Book Comparisons." International Library Review 3 (October 1971):457-68. Points out examples of fine picture books from countries around the world, and compares books from different countries in terms of theme, character, plot, setting, style, and illustration. B1484 Image and Maker. La Jolla, Calif.: Green Tiger Press, 1984, 56 pp. Includes the following articles, illustrated with numerous color plates: Perry Nodelman's "How Picture Books Work," pp. 1-12, which compares the effects of Trina Schart Hyman's and Nancy Ekholm Burkert's illustrations of Snow White; Stephen Canham's "What Manner of Beast? Illustrations of Beauty and the Beast," pp. 13-25; Helen Borgens's "Luther Daniels Bradley: Guide to the Great Some where or Other," pp. 26-36; Carolyn Hay-wood's "Jessie Willcox Smith," pp. 37-42; and Kenneth E. Luther's "The Great Catalogs: An Alternative Way to Study Children's Book Illustration," pp. 43-54. B1485 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Picture Story Books at Their Best." Reading Teacher, February 1959, pp. 186-89. Jacobs sets forth his criteria for evaluating picture books. Warns that "The very grandeur of simplicity in picture-story books may be, at times, deceptive." Provides a beautifully written exploration of the distinctive qualities of the genre. B1486 JACQUES, ROBIN. Illustrators at Work. London: Studio Books, 1963, 112 pp. Discusses the history and traditions of black and white illustra tion, the various processes of reproduction, and line-drawing for reproduction. Features reproductions of the work of a number of illustrators accompanied by their accounts of their own work. Among illustrators of children's books whose work is highlighted are Edward Ardizzone and Brian Wildsmith. B1487 JENKINS, WILLIAM A. "Illustrators and Illustrations." EE 41 (May 1964):492-99. (In a symposium entitled "What Is Children's Litera ture?," edited by Virginia M. Reid.) Reviews the history of illustration and gives reasons for its use in children's books: to implement the text, to give dimensions to the story, and to add pleasure. B1488 JOHNSTON, MARGARET. "Surprised By Joy: The World of Picture Books." In Egoff, One Ocean, pp. 147-54. Defines the qualities of a good picture book and then discusses briefly a number of examples. B1489 Junior Bookshelf 10, no. 1 (March 1946):1-27. Special issue on Kate Greenaway, Randolph Caldecott, and Walter Crane, marking the centenaries of Greenaway and Caldecott. Also pays tribute to printer Edmund Evans. B1490 KEATS, EZRA JACK. "The Artist At Work: Collage." Horn Book 40 (June 1964):269-72. Describes the techniques of collage, with some examples from his own books The Snowy Day and Whistle for Willie. B1491 KIEFER, BARBARA. "Looking Beyond Picture Book Preferences." Horn Book 61 (November 1985):705-43. Found that three books that critics and researchers have suggested children would not like, Sendak's Outside Over There, Mollie Bang's The Grey Lady and the Strawberry Snatcher, and the Richard Ken nedy/Marcia Sewall Song of the Horse "seemed to engender responses that extended and deepened over time." B1492 KINGMAN, LEE. "The High Art of Illustration." Horn Book 50 (October 1974):95-103. Examines the nature of illustration, with examples from classic illustrators. Maintains it is as high as any art and that artists should be given time to create illustrations that will attain the rank of fine art. B1493 KINGMAN, LEE, ed. The Illustrator's Notebook. Boston: Horn Book, 1978, 153 pp. Thirty-five illustrators of children's books discuss their philosophy and standards of illustration, the history of illustration, its place in the arts, its place as a means of communication in today's world, and their own experiences with various illustration techniques in these excerpts from Horn Book Magazine. B1494 KINGMAN, LEE; FOSTER, JOANNA; and LONTOFT, RUTH G., eds. Illustrators of Children's Books: 1957-1966. Boston: Horn Book, 1968, 296 pp. Part 1 consists of Marcia Brown's "One Wonders," pp. 2-27, sum marizing accomplishments and trends of the decade; Adrienne Adams's "Color Separation," pp. 28-35; Grace Allen Hogarth's "The Artist and His Editor," pp. 36-53; and Rumer Godden's "Beatrix Pot ter: Centenary of an Artist-Writer," pp. 54-65. Part 2 consists of biographies of illustrators active 1957-66, and part 3 consists of bibliographies of the works of the illustrators and their authors. B1495 KINGMAN, LEE; HOGARTH, GRACE ALLEN; and QUIMBY, HAR RIET, eds. Illustrators of Children's Books, 1967-1976. Boston: Horn Book, 1978, 290 pp. Part 1 includes Walter Lorraine's "Book Illustration: The State of the Art," pp. 2-19; Brian Alderson's "A View from the Island: Euro pean Picture Books 1967-1976," pp. 20-43; Teijiseta and Momoko Ishii's "Where the Old Meets the New: The Japanese Picture Book," pp. 44-57; and Treld Pelkey Bicknell's "In the Beginning Was the Word: The Illustrated Book 1967-1976," pp. 58-89. Part 2 consists of brief biographies of illustrators active from 1967 to 1976. Part 3 consists of bibliographies of works of illustrators and authors, and an appendix lists references for the articles in part 1. B1496 KLEMIN, DIANA. The Art of Art for Children's Books: A Contem porary Survey. New York: Clarkson N. Potter, 1966, 128 pp. Groups sixty-three modern picture-book artists in categories of storyteller, poetic and personal, imaginary, collage and abstraction, and specialists; provides a reproduction of a representative illustration by each artist; then comments very briefly upon his or her work. B1497 KUNNEMANN, HORST. "A-B and Then What?" Bookbird 8, no. 2 (1970):65-70. Selects ten "exemplary works" that he holds to be standard books by which other picture books may be evaluated: Jurgen Spohn's Ele dil and Krokofant and Das Rieseross, Leo Lionni's Frederick, Brian Wildsmith's Fishes, Janosch's Bollerbam und der Vogel, Walter Grieder's Die Verzauberte Trommel (The Magic Drum), Lieselotte Schwarz's Dornroschen (Sleeping Beauty), Mirko Hanak's animal books, Sendak's Where the Wild Things Are, Viera Bombova's Slova kian and Polynesian fairy tales, and Eleonore Schmidt's The Endless Party. B1498 -----. "For A Picture Book ABC--Questions, Problems, Wishes." Book bird 7, no. 3 (1969):46-56. Suggests that basic standards (an ABC), for picture books are needed and that studies need to be done on the ways in which chil dren "read" pictures. Proposes setting up a documentation center "where all the existing knowledge and opinions relating to the field of the child's picture books could be collected." B1499 LANDES, SONIA. "Picture Books as Literature." ChLAQ 10, no. 2 (Summer 1985):51-54. Examines the way good picture-book artists go well beyond enhancing the meaning of a story by illustrating the words: they invent and develop additional story material. Takes examples from Randolph Caldecott, Rosemary Wells, and Maurice Sendak, among others. B1500 LANES, SELMA. "Blow-Up: The Picture-Book Explosion." In Down the Rabbit Hole, pp. 45-78. Provides a brief overview of the development of picture books, singling out numerous artists, and commenting on recent trends, especially "the story increasingly subordinated to art." B1501 -----. "Picture Books: Literature, Pre-Literature, or Pretend Litera ture." Ripples 6, no. 1 (Winter 1981):1-7. Argues for the inclusion of the best of children's picture books as literature in the highest sense, in this rather rambling discussion which touches on authors ranging from Sendak to E.B. White to Lionni and Steig, to Greenaway and E. Nesbit. B1502 LENT, BLAIR. "There's Much More to the Picture than Meets the Eye." WLB 52 (October 1977):161-64. (Reprinted in Bator, Sign posts, pp. 156-61.) Briefly explores the nature of the picture book. B1503 LEWIS, CLAUDIA. "Searching for the Master Touch in Picture Books." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 4 (Winter 1984):198-203. Explores some clues to the success of some of children's favorite picture books, especially the "jog" of the unexpected and unfamiliar combined with the comfortable and familiar. B1504 LEWIS, JOHN N.C. "The Illustration and Design of Children's Books." In The Twentieth Century Book, Its Illustration and Design, pp. 176-241. New York: Reinhold, 1967. Surveys the illustration of school and adventure stories, animal stories, French books, revivals of classics, the works of a number of significant modern picture-book creators, the graphic design approach, and other recent trends. The emphasis of the discussion is on graph ics and design rather than literary elements. B1505 LORRAINE, WALTER, ed. "The Art of the Picture Book." WLB 52 (October 1977):144-73. Special Issue. Includes "The Art of the Picture Book" by Walter Lorraine, pp. 144-47; "The Picture Book as an Art Object: A Call for Balanced Reviewing," by Kenneth Marantz, pp. 148-51; "An Interview with Maurice Sendak," by Walter Lorraine, pp. 152-57; "In Search of the Perfect Picture Book Definition," by Zena Sutherland and Betsy Hearne, pp. 158-60; "There's Much More to the Picture than Meets the Eye," by Blair Lent, pp. 161-64; and "Children's Book Illustrators Play Favorites," by Arnold Lobel, Karla Kuskin, Trina Hyman, and Tomie de Paola (they discuss their favorite illustrators and books), pp. 165-73. B1506 -----. "The Artist at Work." Horn Book 39 (December 1963):576-79. This introduction to a series of Horn Book articles, to be devoted to examination of the techniques of the picture-book artist, provides a concise historical overview of basic means of picture reproduction from woodcuts through "color process" separation. B1507 -----. "An Interview with Maurice Sendak." In Egoff, Only Connect, 2d ed., pp. 326-36. Sendak expresses his views about picture books in this interview. B1508 LUCAS, BARBARA. "Picture Books for Children Who Are Masters of Few Words." Library Journal 98 (15 May 1973):1641-45 and SLJ 19 (May 1973):31-35. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 183-86.) Discusses the techniques of creating and printing color illustra tions for children's books. B1509 MACAULAY, DAVID. "How to Create a Successful Children's Nonfic- tion Picture Book." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 97-107. Provides a humorous account of the intricacies of illustrating children's informational books. B1510 MacCANN, DONNARAE, and RICHARD, OLGA. The Child's First Books: A Critical Study of Pictures and Texts. New York: H.W. Wilson, 1973, 135 pp. Applies principles of literary and art criticism to picture books. Sections are devoted to a historical overview, stereotypes in illustra tion, graphic elements, book design, literary elements, specialized texts (e.g., concept books), and the Caldecott Award. Chapter 4, pp. 47-72, is devoted to discussions of the work of thirteen outstanding contemporary illustrators: Ludwig Bemelmans, Marcia Brown, Hans Fischer, Andre Fran‡ois, Antonio Frasconi, Juliet Kepes, Leo Lionni, Nicholas Mordvinoff, Celestino Piatti, Nicolas Sidjakov, Bill Sokol, Taro Yashima, and Reiner Zimnik. Chapter 7, pp. 95-106 discusses key characteristics of a group of outstanding picture book-narrative writers: Theodore Seuss Geisel, Bill Peet, Maurice Sendak, Jean De Brunhoff, Virginia Lee Burton, James Flora, and H.A. Rey. B1511 -----. "Picture Books for Children." WLB 56 (January 1982):368-69. Examines some of the "best books" of 1980-81 in terms of genres and artistic standards. B1512 MAHONY, BERTHA, ed. Illustrators of Children's Books, 1744-1945. Boston: Horn Book, 1947, 527 pp. Includes Robert Lawson's "Howard Pyle and His Times," Maria Cimino's "Foreign Picture Books in a Children's Library," Helen Gentry's "Graphic Processes in Children's Books," Philip Hofer's "Illustrators of Children's Classics," Hellmut Lehmann-Haupt's "Ani mated Drawing," May Massee's "Developments of the Twentieth Cen tury," Lynd Ward's "The Book Artist: Today and Tomorrow," and biographies and bibliographies on illustrators and their work. B1513 MARANTZ, KENNETH. "The Picture Book as Art Object: A Call for Balanced Reviewing." WLB 52 (October 1977):148-51. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 152-56.) Urges that more attention be paid to the illustrator's art in picture-book reviewing. B1514 MARCUS, LEONARD S., ed. L&U 7-8 (1983-84):1-193. Special double issue on picture books. Includes "Beneath the Surface with Fungus the Bogeyman," by Suzanne Rahn, pp. 5-19, provides a detailed analysis of Raymond Briggs's Fungus the Bogey man, viewed, in the context of his other books, as a plea for toler ance and a critique of contemporary civilization. "A Picture Equals How Many Words?: Narrative Theory and Picture Books for Chil dren," by Stephen Roxburgh, pp. 20-33, demonstrates the application of narrative theory to Maurice Sendak's Outside Over There. "The Artist's Other Eye: The Picture Books of Mitsumasa Anno," by Leonard S. Marcus, pp. 34-46, concentrates on Anno's knack for making books that readers must complete with their own understand ings, fantasies, and words. "Invention and Discoveries: An Interview with Philomel Books Editor Ann K. Beneduce," by Leonard S. Marcus, pp. 47-63, includes discussions of Bruno Munari, Eric Carle, Anno, and the world of international co-publishing. "`Daddy, Talk!': Thoughts on Reading Early Picture Books," by David Pritchard, pp. 64-69, a parent's account of sharing first books with his child, points out some of the characteristics of the most successful of these books: animals, especially exotic ones, and detail of illustration, especially Richard Scarry's. "Long Live Babar!," by Annie Pissard, pp. 70-77, provides a detailed analysis of the de Brunhoffs' books, commenting on responses to them by Maurice Sendak and Ariel Dorfman. "A Second Gaze at Little Red Riding Hood's Trials and Tribulations," by Jack Zipes, pp. 78-109, concentrates on the history of the illustrations of the young girl encountering the wolf in the woods, and recapitulates Zipes's interpretation of the changes made in the original tale by Perrault and Grimm. "Remembering Caldecott: The Three Jovial Huntsmen and the Art of the Picture Book," by John Cech, pp. 110-19, analyzes Calde cott's style. "Caldecott might not win his own award today, but this dismissal would occur only because modern (or rather, post modern) readers have forgotten how to look--carefully, slowly, deeply into the clear, flowing pages of a Caldecott picture book." "Another Wonder land: Lewis Carroll's The Nursery Alice," by Morton N. Cohen, pp. 120-26, examines Carroll's version of Alice for children under five. "Picture Book Animals: How Natural a History," by Leonard S. Marcus, pp. 127-39, examines patterns in the animal characters in children's picture books and what these patterns reveal about the authors, our society, and ourselves. "Photography in Children's Books: A Generic Approach," by Julia Hirsch, pp. 140-55, defines and examines the types of photographs in children's books. "Idea to Image: The Journey of a Picture Book," by Elizabeth Cleaver, pp. 156-70, details her process of creating a picture book. "The Birds and the Beasts Were There: An Interview with Martin Provensen," by Nancy Willard, pp. 171-83, recounts a wide-ranging discussion at the Provensens' home. B1515 MATTHIAS, MARGARET, and ITALIANO, GRACIELA. "Louder than a Thousand Words." In Bator, Signposts, pp. 161-65. (Adapted from a talk given at the Association for Childhood Education, International Conference, Chicago, 18 September 1981.) Describes ways in which illustrators advance a story through art in picture books. B1516 MEYER, SUSAN E. A Treasury of Great Children's Book Illustrators. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1983, 272 pp. Examines and reproduces the work of thirteen late nineteenth-and early twentieth-century children's book illustrators: Walter Crane, Randolph Caldecott, Kate Greenaway, John Tenniel, E.H. Shepard, Arthur Rackham, Edmund Dulac, Kay Nielsen, Edward Lear, Beatrix Potter, Howard Pyle, N.C. Wyeth, and W.W. Denslow. B1517 MICKISH, VIRGINIA LEE. "Artistic Media, Techniques, and Styles in Children's Story Illustrations." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Georgia, 1976, 169 pp., DA 37:4118A. Compares the preferences of second and fifth grade students and their teachers for artistic media, techniques, and styles in story illustrations. The most significant differences were found in prefer ences of second and fifth graders. B1518 MOSIER, ROSALIND. "Modern Art in Children's Book Illustration." Library Journal 84 (15 October 1959):3293-95. Analyzes the manifestations of abstract, cubist, and surreal art in children's book illustration. B1519 MOSS, ELAINE. "`Them's for the Infants, Miss': Some Misguided Attitudes to Picture Books for the Older Reader." Signal 26 (May 1978):66-72; 26 (September 1978):144-49. Discusses the use of picture books with older children and includes a list of picture books for "The Eights and Up." B1520 -----. "W(h)ither Picture Books? Some Tricks of the Trade." Signal 31 (January 1980):3-7. Discusses trends in picture book, publishing, ruminating on the effects of the toy books, pop-up books, and other "sports" among picture books on the genre's more traditional fare. B1521 NESS, EVALINE. "The Artist at Work: Woodcut Illustration." Horn Book 40 (October 1964):520-22. Describes the techniques of woodcut illustration. B1522 NODELMAN, PERRY. "Art Theory and Children's Picture Books." ChLAQ 9 (Spring 1984):15-33. Special section relating work in the history and theory of art to the work of specialists in children's literature. Includes Susan Gannon's "Rudolph Arnheim's Psychology of the Creative Eye and the Criticism of Illustrated Books for Children," pp. 15-18; John L. Ward and Marian Nitti Fox's "A Look at Some Outstanding Illustrated Books for Children," pp. 19-21, which analyzes Chris Van Allsburg's Jumanji, Lisbeth Zwerger's Little Red Cap, Tomi Ungerer's The Beast of Monsieur Racine, Jack Kent's Just Only John, and M.B. Goffstein's Me and My Captain; Geraldine De Luca's "Art, Illusion and Children's Picture Books," pp. 21-23, which applies E.H. Gom brich's theories of art, as expressed in Art and Illusion, to Ezra Jack Keats's Peter's Chair; David Topper's "On Some Burdens Carried by Pictures," pp. 23-25, which argues that "comprehending the content and meaning of a picture is a mental process drawing upon prior knowledge of concepts"; Perry Nodelman's "Of Nakedness and Picture Books," pp. 25-30, which relates John Berger's Ways of Seeing to the differences in depictions of boys and girls in children's books. Devotes a fair amount of attention to Sendak's work. Sees the most common portrayals of girls as pin-ups. The section concludes with Samuel Y. Edgerton, Jr.'s "The American Super-hero Comic Strip: True Descendant of Italian Renaissance Art," pp. 30-33, which argues that the comics, even when in bad taste, follow the conventions of Renaissance art. B1523 -----. "How Children Respond to Art." SLJ 31 (December 1984):40-41. Explores the conventions of art that children need to learn to appreciate pictures properly. Uses Virginia Lee Burton's Mike Mulligan and His Steam Shovel as his example. B1524 -----. "How Picture Books Work." In Nodelman, Festschrift, pp. 20-25. Proposes that the successful picture book depends upon the degree of tension between pictures and texts. Analyzes examples from Burkert's and Hyman's versions of Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs, and comments on the works of several other modern illustra tors as well. Version also in 1484. B1525 PEPPIN, B., and MICKLETHWAIT, L. Dictionary of British Book Illustrators: The Twentieth Century. London: J. Murray, 1983, 336 pp. Concentrates on illustrators of fiction and poetry whose work was first published in Britain between 1900 and 1975. Includes a brief biographical entry on each artist, a list of books illustrated, and a list of references. B1526 PITZ, HENRY. Illustrating Children's Books: History, Technique, Production. New York: Watson-Guptill, 1963, 207 pp. Provides an introduction to the history, technique and production, and professional practices of illustrating children's books. Includes a bibliography. B1527 POLTARNEES, WELLERAN. All Mirrors Are Magic Mirrors. La Jolla, Calif.: Green Tiger Press, 1972, 60 pp. Surveys and reflects upon the children's picture book, comment ing on the artist-audience relationship. Examines "the realm of faerie, the relationship between pictures and words, pictures of domestic happiness, the importance of stylistic and temperamental affinity between author and illustrator, and pictures of animals." Illustrated with tipped-in color plates. B1528 RAMSEGER, INGEBORG. "Documentary Illustration in Fiction." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 46 (June 1975):34-45. Discusses several books of fiction meticulously illustrated as though they were informational books, including versions of R.L. Stevenson's Treasure Island, Michel and Annie Politzer's version of Robinson Crusoe, and the books of David Macaulay. B1529 RANLETT, L. FELIX. "Books and Two Small Boys." Horn Book 18 (November-December 1942):412-16. The quality of "gusto" is identified in several picture books by author-illustrators, notably those of Virginia Lee Burton, but works by Robert McCloskey, Ludwig Bemelmans, Hardie Gramatky, and James Daugherty are also discussed. B1530 RICHARD, OLGA. "The Visual Language of the Picture Book." WLB 44 (December 1969):435-47. Suggests criteria for evaluating picture books and itemizes compo nents of art such as color, line, shape, texture, and composition that must be taken into consideration, as well as components of book art such as type, paper, and layout, and finally the artist's personal view. B1531 ROLL, DUSAN. "Modern Children's Books and Print Making." Book bird 16, no. 2 (1978):61-64. Discusses the influence of changing techniques of printmaking on children's book illustration. B1532 RUDAS, FRANTISEK. "The Influence of Illustrations on the Emotional World of Children." Bookbird 7, no. 2 (1969):65-73. Explores the question of children's response to modern expressive art, and concludes from studies of children's own art and their responses to art that "emotional, imaginative, and aesthetic factors outweigh rational and perceptive responses in the choice of pictures by three-to-seven year-old children." Suggests further tests of the hypothesis. B1533 SALLEY, COLEEN C., and HARRIS, KAREN H. "The Bizarre in Children's Picture Books." TON 31 (November 1974):95-99. Identifies a trend "characterized by violence, callousness, and even brutality" in recent children's picture books. Picture books by Tomi Ungerer, George Mendoza, and Charles Keeping are singled out for discussion. B1534 SAUNDERS, DENNIS. "British Picture Books Since 1960." In Butts, Good Writers, pp. 67-78. Devotes the first four pages to Charles Keeping, and comments on a number of other illustrators, especially Fiona French, pp. 71-72, Brian Wildsmith and Pat Hutchins, pp. 73-74, Quentin Blake, 74-76, and Victor Ambrus, pp. 76-77. B1535 SAYERS, FRANCES CLARKE. "Through These Sweet Fields." Horn Book 18 (November-December 1942):436-44. (Also in Sayers, Sum moned by Books, pp. 143-51.) Analyzes the qualities that make the best picture books and selects several classic examples. Appends lists of "Twenty-Five First Picture Books and Twenty-Five First Story Books with Pictures." Many of these remain popular. B1536 SCHMIDT, NANCY. "Illustrators and Illustrations." In Children's Fiction about Africa, pp. 47-56. Points out the lack of realism in illustrations of books about Africa for Euroamerican children and also in books for African chil dren. B1537 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH H. "The Representation of the Child's Facial Expression in the Illustration." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 189-94. Finds lack of communicativeness and an impersonal mood in many of the portrayals of children's faces. B1538 -----. Ways of the Illustrator: Visual Communication in Children's Literature. Chicago: American Library Association, 1982, 202 pp. Schwarcz promotes "the examination of the illustrator's work as a means of symbolic communication." Considers topics of relationships between texts and illustration, The "continuous narrative illustration," the "interplay of the literal and the figurative," The "role of natural landscape," "The letter and the written word as visual elements," and a number of other topics. Includes a bibliography and an index of illustrations discussed. Additional topics have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B1539 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH, and ROTH, MIRIAM. "The `Continuous Narra tive' Technique in Children's Literature." In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature, pp. 117-26. Discusses illustrations of motion in children's books. B1540 SCOTT, WILLIAM R. "Some Notes on Communication in Picture Books." EE 34 (February 1957):67-72. Reviews and discusses several picture books for the very young-- ages two to four. B1541 SELDEN, REBECCA, and SMEDMAN, SARAH. "The Art of the Con temporary Picture Book." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 7 (1980):153-65. Surveys the work of several recent picture-book illustrators, commenting briefly on works by Sendak, Desmond Digby, Blair Lent, Leo Lionni, Ann Grifalconi, Lynd Ward, Beverly Brodsky McDer mott, Jacob Lawrence, Brian Wildsmith, David Macaulay, and Nancy Ekholm Burkert. B1542 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Picture Books." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 114-29. Children "like a picture if it tells a story." Discusses Crane, Caldecott, Greeenaway, Brooke, and Potter, as well as several more recent illustrators--De Brunhoff, Bemelmans, Flack and Wiese's Story About Ping, Edward Ardizzone, and H.A. Rey--as examples of the type of picture book to which children return over and over again. B1543 SPAULDING, AMY. "A Study of the Picture Book as Storyboard." TON 40 (Summer 1984):443-44. Spaulding reports on her doctoral dissertation, "Closet Drama for Children: A Study of the Picture Book as Storyboard," (D.L.S., Columbia University, 1983), which studies comic book elements in picture books and relates them to Aristotle's examination of dramatic structure in The Poetics. B1544 STEVENS, CAROL. "See the Children's Books. See the Taboos in Children's Books. See the Taboos Toppling in the Children's Books." Print 27 (November 1973):25-35. Explores the increasing innovations in graphics and subject matter in children's picture books. B1545 STEWIG, JOHN WARREN. "Picture Books: What Do Reviews Really Review?" TON 37 (Fall 1980):83-84. Surveys the amount of attention reviews give to words and pictu res--and finds the most attention is given to words. B1546 -----. "Trends in Caldecott Award Winners." EE 45 (February 1968):218-23, 260. Examines Caldecott award-winning books to determine trends in realism and choice of media. Includes bibliography. B1547 STOREY, DENISE CAROL. "A Study of Fifth Grader's Verbal Responses to Selected Illustrations in Children's Books Before and After a Guided Study of Three Styles of Art Used to Illustrate Fairy Tales." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1977, 477 pp., DA 39:666A. Finds that children's responses to three styles of illustration of fairy tales were influenced to some extent by guided study. B1548 THOMAS, DAVID. "Children's Book Illustration in England." Penrose Annual 56 (1962):67-74. Discusses the lack of knowledge of children's reactions to the books and pictures intended for them, and explores the possibilities of establishing an aesthetic theory of illustration. B1549 TOTH, BELA. "Psychological Relationships Between Text and Illustra tion." In Fox, Responses to Children's Literature," pp. 127-30. Reports on a Hungarian experiment to determine the connection existing "between the text and the illustration when the child reads, how the text and the illustration compliment each other, and how the child reacts to the pictures accompanying the text." B1550 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "Learning to Read Pictures." TLS, 2 July 1971, p. 769. (Reprinted in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 126-29.) Suggests that knowledge of the perceptual development of children should be taken into account in the difficult task of evaluating picture books. B1551 -----. "Looking at Pictures." CLE, o.s., no. 14 (1974):37-51. A review of the catalog and exhibition Looking at Picturebooks, mounted at the National Book League in London by Brian Alderson in 1973. Tucker raises some issues concerning illustration and disagrees with Alderson in several instances. Alderson's reply is appended to the article. B1552 VANDERGRIFT, KAY E. Child and Story, pp. 64-102. Picture books and illustrated books are differentiated. Realistic, abstract, comic-strip-type illustrations, and photography are all touched upon. End paper illustrations are discussed on pages 82-83. Toy books, including pop-ups are also mentioned. What "works" with children children is the focus. B1553 VAN STOCKUM, HILDA. "Through an Illustrator's Eyes." Horn Book 20 (May-June 1944):176-84. Presents her views on good illustration, with examples as dispar ate as Reginald Birch's two versions of Little Lord Fauntleroy, Fritz Eichenberg, Kate Seredy, Feodor Rojankovsky, and Marguerite De Angeli. Maintains that the illustrator must absorb the message and the spirit of the book and be willing to play second fiddle to the author. B1554 WARD, LYND. "The Book Artist and the Twenty-Five Years." Horn Book 25 (September 1949):375-81. Traces developments in art and technology that influenced book illustrators from the 1920s to the 1940s. B1555 -----. "Doing a Book in Lithography." Horn Book 40 (February 1964):34-41. Describes the lithographic process as used in illustration. B1556 WATSON, ERNEST W. Forty Illustrators and How They Work. New York: Watson-Guptill, 1946, 318 pp.. Includes illuminating articles on Boris Artzybasheff, pp. 7-14, Robert Lawson, pp. 187-94, and N.C. Wyeth, pp. 309-18. B1557 WAYMACK, EUNICE H., and HENDRICKSON, GORDON. "Children's Reactions as a Basis for Teaching Picture Appreciation." Elementary School Journal 33 (1932):268-76. Reports on an experiment to teach picture appreciation to chil dren. Results showed an increase in ability to analyze and appreciate pictures. B1558 WEISGARD, LEONARD. "Contemporary Art and Children's Book Illus tration." Horn Book 36 (April 1960):155-58. Discusses the influences of modern art on children's book illus tration. B1559 WEISS, AVA. "The Artist at Work: The Art Director." Horn Book 61 (May 1985):269-79. Provides insight into the role of the art director, who "straddles the creative and the mechanical" in the process of picture book creating. B1560 WHITE, MARY LOU. "A Structural Description of Picture Storybooks." LA 52 (April 1975):495-98, 502. Defines the picture story book in terms of external structural and internal structural features of plot. B1561 WHITAKER, MURIEL. "Louder than Words: The Didactic Use of Illustration in Books for Children." CLE o.s., no. 16 (Spring 1975):10-16. A historical overview of ways in which illustrations have con veyed didactic messages. B1562 YOLANDA, REGINA. "The Importance of Visual Aspects in Children's Literature." Bookbird 2 (1981):11-14. A thoughtful consideration of the various roles of illustrations. PLACE B1563 APSELOFF, MARILYN, and HELBIG, ALETHEA. "Place in Children's Literature: Introduction." ChLAQ 8, no. 1 (Spring 1983):9. Introduces a special section on place, containing articles on fantasy places, home, and architectural places, and discussions of the works of C.S. Lewis, George MacDonald, Richard Adams, David Macaulay, and Virginia Hamilton, among others. Topics indexed sep arately in this bibliography. B1564 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "A Country of the Mind." In Green and Burning, pp. 163-202. Explores the importance of a sense of place in fiction for chil- dren, with many specific examples and quotations from important children's writers. PLAY B1565 HOROVITZ, CAROLYN. "Fiction and the Paradox of Play." WLB 44 (December 1969):397-401. Sees reading as a form of play for children and argues that read ing that appeals to them will contain elements similar to those found in children's play. B1566 McVAIGH, BETTY LEE. "Play Orientations in Picture Books: A Con tent Analysis." Ed.D. dissertation, University of North Carolina, Greensboro, 1977, 121 pp., DA 38:7212A. Analyzes sixty-four preschool and primary school books with play and game themes. B1567 PLATZNER, R.L. "Child's Play, Games and Fantasy in Carroll, Steven son and Grahame." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Associa tion 5 (1978):78-86. Views play as "the primary expression of the child's creative energies" in "games of word and world making, games of magic and reverie, and finally games of growing up," in the works of Lewis Carroll, Robert Louis Stevenson, and Kenneth Grahame. POETRY B1568 APSELOFF, MARILYN. "From Shakespeare to Brooklyn: New Trends in Children's Poetry." Children's Literature 5 (1976):273-85. Reviews seven collections containing poetry written by children. B1569 -----. "Old Wine in New Bottles: Adult Poetry for Children." CLE, n.s. 10, no. 4 (Winter 1979):194-202. Surveys the works of poets for adults that are increasingly used in publications for children. B1570 BARNES, WALTER. "Contemporary Poetry for Children." EER 13 (January 1936):3-9; (February 1936):49-53, 57; (April 1936):135-38, 148; (November 1936):257-62; (December 1936): 298-304. Five articles in a series discuss contemporary poetry in terms of poetic merit and children's interest. Poets discussed include Elizabeth Madox Roberts, Frances Frost, Mary Austin, Rachel Field, Rose Fyleman, Hilda Conkling, Ilo Orleans, Nancy Byrd Turner, A.A. Milne, Dorothy Aldis, and John Farrar. B1571 BENTON, MICHAEL. "Poetry for Children: A Neglected Art." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 3 (1978):111-26. Explores the reasons why poetry for children is neglected, then offers suggestions for using poetry in the classroom. Includes an extensive bibliography. B1572 BOGSTAD, JANICE M. "So This Poetry is Children's Poetry?" L&U 4, no. 2 (Winter 1980-81):83-92. Examines recent poetry for children in terms of Stanley Arnow itz's classification of children's cultural experiences into two worlds: (1) the child is raised through institutions and socialized to structures of ownership and domination, and (2) the child's desires are followed through self-structured play. B1573 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: Inside Poetry." Horn Book 55 (June 1979):350-56. Considers the nature of poetry for the young and uses "I See a Bear" from Ted Hughes's Moon Bells as an example. Concludes that literature needs time, "Otherwise it keeps its treasures locked up safe and tight." B1574 -----. "Letter from England: Right for Their Time." Horn Book 59 (April 1983):216-21. Compares two anthologies of poetry: W.H. Auden's and John Garrett's Poet's Tongue and Seamus Heaney and Ted Hughes's The Rattle Bag: An Anthology of Poetry. B1575 Children's Books International 5, Proceedings: Poetry and Drama in the International Year of the Child. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1982, 99 pp. Includes David McCord's "The Children's World," John Ciardi's "What Is Poetry for Children?," William Jay Smith's "Translating Poetry for Children: Problems and Rewards," and Dennis Lee's "Canadian Poetry for Children." The drama section includes Lowell Swortzell's "Introducing Drama to Children," Frank Ballard's "Puppet Drama Around the World," Margaretta Stromstedt's "Children's Theatre in Sweden," and Efrea Sutherland's "Drama in Africa." B1576 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA, and REID, VIRGINIA M. "Poetry for Today's Children." EE 41 (May 1964):484-91. Evaluates children's poetry on the basis of rhythm, word and sound patterns, imagery, content, story element, and crystallized experiences. Suggest ways to enhance children's enjoyment of poetry. B1577 CLARK, LEONARD. "Poetry and Children." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 3 (August 1978):127-35. (Also in Proceedings of the Children's Litera ture Association 6 (1979):67-77.) Looks at the qualities of poetry from a child's point of view, with suggestions for classroom applications. B1578 COOK, STANLEY. "The Pop Poets." School Librarian 24, no. 2 (June 1976):114-18. Examines the connection between Roger McGough and other poets and pop music. Includes a bibliography. B1579 DANBY, JOHN F. "The Difficult Poem." Signal 40 (January 1983):18-25. Examines the question of teaching difficult poems to children in this excerpt from Danby's Approach to Poetry, first published in 1940 and now out of print. B1580 DAVIS, ENID. "Books for Liberated Kids." Emergency Librarian 9 (March-April 1982):32-33. Sees children's poetry as literature relatively free of rigid sex-role socialization. B1581 DEMERS, PATRICIA. "Poems from Canada." ChLAQ 7, no. 3 (Fall 1982):60-61. Reviews "the unrivalled anthology of Canadian poetry," The Wind Has Wings, compiled by Mary Alice Downie and Barbara Robertson and illustrated by Elizabeth Cleaver. B1582 DILLON, DAVID A. "Perspectives: David McCord." LA 55 (March 1978):379-87. In an interview McCord expresses his thoughts on poetry and children. B1583 FAIRBANKS, A. HARRIS. "Children's Verse: Four Styles." Children's Literature 4 (1975):165-72. Reviews Shel Silverstein's Where the Sidewalk Ends, N.M. Bodecker's Let's Marry Said the Cherry and Other Nonsense Poems, Marci Ridlon's That Was Summer, and Myra Cohn Livingston's The Way Things Are and Other Poems. Offers high praise for Silverstein and strong disapproval of Livingston's free verse. B1584 FISHER, CAROL J., and NATARELLA, MARGARET A. "Of Cab bages and Kings: Or What Kinds of Poetry Young Children Like." LA 56 (April 1979):380-85. Although primarily a survey of children's responses to poems which they rated with a star, an O.K., or a no, the relationship of poetic forms, poetic elements, and contents of the poems to the children's evaluations may have implications for the critic. B1585 GERSHMAN, H.S. "Children's Rhymes and Modern Poetry." French Review 44 (Fall 1971):539-48. Traces influences of traditional French children's rhymes on modern French poetry. B1586 GLEASON, JUDITH. "That Lingering Child of Air." Parnassus: Poetry in Review 8, no. 2 (1980):63-82. Reviews a number of recent volumes of children's poetry, pro viding extensive comments on the works of Lilian Moore, Judith Thurman, and Valerie Worth. B1587 GOUGH, JOHN. "Poems in Context: Breaking the Anthology Trap." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 4 (Winter 1984):204-10. Suggests that poems be presented to children in the context of the narratives or collections in which they were written to make them more meaningful. Response from Myra Cohn Livingston in n.s. 16, no. 2 (Summer 1985):121-25. B1588 GREAVES, GRISELDA. "The Key of the Kingdom." Signal 30 (Sep tember 1979):159-68. Discusses the role of poetry in children's lives by reflecting on her own experiences. B1589 GROFF, PATRICK J. "The Most Highly Esteemed Children's Poems." EE 39 (October 1962):587-89. Analyzes highly esteemed children's poems to determine if they meet the criteria favored by most anthologists of children's poetry. B1590 -----. "Where Are We Going with Poetry for Children?" Horn Book 42 (August 1966):456-63. Discusses recent definitions of poetry for children and ways of attracting children to poetry. According to Groff's precept and examples, Edna St. Vincent Millay was a better poet than Robert Frost. B1591 HELBIG, ALETHEA. "Kenneth Koch Revisited." ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):38-39. Reviews a number of critical responses to the books of Kenneth Koch and suggests that the differing approaches of Myra Cohn Livingston, X.J. Kennedy, and Koch be viewed as "complementary strategies for teaching poetry rather than as contradictory arguments competing for adherents." B1592 -----, ed. "Poetry Books for Children." ChLAQ 5, no. 2 (Summer 1980):9-46. (Reprinted in part in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 30-38.) Includes Helbig's "The State of Things: A Question of Substance" (also reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 138-47), which comments upon a number of individual poetry books and anthologies published between 1977 and 1980, and concludes, "Few of the new poetry books offer poems of integrity, that are sound, hon est, and sincere, and richly and provocatively crafted." Also includes Leonard Clark's "Poetry Unfettered," (reprinted in May's Children and Their Literature, pp. 133-37), which explores the nature of truth and feeling as expressed in children's poetry, and argues that poems should be selected for children with these truths in mind; and Myra Cohn Livingston's "Some Thoughts on Poetry, Verse and Criticism" (reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 211-18), which argues that serious study and criticism of children's poetry has yet to be achieved. Divides poets into three categories: those who write verse, those who write poetry and avoid light verse and versification, and those who write rhyme and light verse as well as poetry. Discusses establish ing a "canon" of children's poets. B1593 HILL, HELEN M. "How to Tell a Sheep from a Goat and Why It Matters." Horn Book 55 (February 1979):100-110. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 200-210.) Argues for excellence in children's poetry and includes examples of what she considers "bad." B1594 JACOBS, LELAND. "Poetry Books for Poetry Reading." Reading Teacher 13 (October 1959):45-47. Suggests answers to the question: What can poetry do for chil dren?, and provides guidelines for selecting poetry. Includes a bibliography of recommended anthologies and individual poets' works. B1595 -----. "Poetry for Children." EE 27 (March 1950):155-57. Suggests criteria for selecting poetry to be used in the classroom: (1) It must produce an exhilarating sense of movement, (2) It must make commonplace experiences vibrant, (3) It must tell a wonderful story, and (4) It must bring health-giving laughter and have a lyric quality. B1596 KENNEDY, X.J., and KENNEDY, DOROTHY M. "Tradition and Rev olt: Recent Poetry for Children." L&U 4, no. 2 (Winter 1980):175-82. "In recent children's poetry one has yet to see any whole-scale turning away from the old devices and strategies." Concludes, "Both in and out of meter, many children's poets apparently need to take more pains, while awaiting the grace--if it will fall--to behold through the eyes of a child." B1597 LARRICK, NANCY. "Poetry in the Story Hour." TON 32 (January 1976):151-61. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 102-11.) Suggests ways of sharing poetry with children. B1598 LEWIS, NAOMI. "Verse for the Young." Children's Book Review 3 (June 1973):70-72. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 194-99.) Reviews the Opies' Oxford Book of Children's Verse and ponders the nature of children's verse. B1599 Lion and the Unicorn 4, no. 2 (Winter 1980-81). Special issue on children and poetry. Includes Robert Coles on the poetry of childhood; Terese Svoboda on oral poetry and the Nuer children of Ethiopia and the Sudan; Elizabeth Sewell's "Nonsense Verse and the Child"; Rebecca Lukens on Stevenson's A Child's Gar den of Verse; Leonard S. Marcus on Juan Ramon Jimenez's "Platero and I"; X.J. and Dorothy Kennedy's examination of recent children's poetry; Janice M. Bogstad's "Is There Poetry in Children's Poetry?"; Edward Barrett's discussion of Kenneth Koch's Wishes, Lies, and Dreams; and an interview with Richard Lewis by Leonard S. Marcus. B1600 LIVINGSTON, MYRA COHN. "But Is It Poetry." Horn Book 51 (December 1975):571-80. Discusses poetry written by children. B1601 -----. "Not the Rose . . ." Horn Book 40 (August 1964):355-60. Explores the importance of sharing poetry with children. B1602 -----. "Poetry--Step Child of Children's Literature: Searching Notable Book Lists, 1940-1955." Library Journal 99 (15 May 1974):1446-49; (15 September 1974):2222-27. Also in SLJ 20 (May 1974):28-31; (September 1974):36-41. This two part article looks at notable poetry books for children from 1940 to 1955. B1603 -----. "Poetry: Why? and How?" Proceedings of the Children's Liter ature Association 7 (1980):17-29. Explores the poetry children enjoy and the problems of selecting and sharing poetry with children. Expresses hope for "knowledgeable criticism in the field of poetry children enjoy" and concludes, "I often wonder if a poem is not the nearest we will ever come to uniting the disorder of our emotions to the order of our heartbeats." B1604 -----. "A Tune Beyond Us: The Bases of Choice." WLB 44 (Decem ber 1969):448-55. Argues that the great themes of love and death should not be outside the scope of children's poetry, for after all who, as an adult, can fully comprehend those topics, but there are poems which "treat of these themes in a manner to which a child can respond." B1605 -----. "The Voice of the Poet." Advocate 3, no. 1 (Fall 1983):28-48. Discusses the importance of morality in the poet's voice. B1606 McCORD, DAVID. "I Went to Noke and Somebody Spoke." Horn Book 50 (October 1974):50-57. "Looking back over more than a century, it is easy to see that the quality and, to a greater extent, the character of verse written professionally for children has steadily strengthened." Provides numerous examples. B1607 -----. "Poetry for Children." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):53-66. Reflects upon poetry for children, sharing many examples he likes, and telling why. B1608 MEEK, MARGARET, and HUNT, PETER. "The Signal Poetry Award." Signal 35 (May 1981):67-75. Meek and Hunt discuss the nature of children's poetry: what they consider good and bad and the reasons why the Signal Poetry Award is not being given for the second year in a row. B1609 MEEK, MARGARET, and PHILIP, NEIL. "The Signal Poetry Award." Signal 41 (May 1983):59-71. Discusses The Rattle Bag edited by Seamus Heaney and Ted Hughes, winner of the Signal Poetry Award for 1982; and other books of poetry published for children and young people, notably runner-up Charles Causley's anthology The Sun, Dancing. B1610 MORSE, SAMUEL FRENCH. "Speaking to the Imagination." Horn Book 41 (1965):255-59. Explores distinctive qualities and fashions in children's poetry. B1611 NODELMAN, PERRY. "The Craft or Sullen Art of a Mouse and a Bat." LA 55 (April 1978):467-72, 497. Compares the attitudes toward poets and poetry depicted in Leo Lionni's Frederick and Randall Jarrell's The Bat-Poet. "The Bat-Poet is a challenging answer to the damaging attitudes toward poetry expressed in Frederick and accepted without consideration by many teachers." B1612 PERKINS, AGNES. "Critical Summary of Recent Journal Articles on Poetry for Children." ChLAQ 5, no. 2 (Summer 1980):35-38. Surveys the quantity and quality of literature on children's poetry. B1613 -----. "A Striking Contrast: Recent British and American Poetry for Children." Children's Literature 10 (1982):186-93. Examines fifteen books of poetry by British and American writ ers, pointing out differences in poetry-writing and attitudes toward children in the two countries. B1614 PHILIP, NEIL, and MEEK, MARGARET. "The Signal Poetry Award." Signal 44 (May 1984):67-80. Comments on Roger McGough's Pie in the Sky, winner of the 1983 Signal Poetry Award and other significant poetry published during that year. B1615 SALTMAN, JUDITH. "Poetry." In Egoff, Thursday's Child, pp. 221-46. Considers definitions and origins of poetry for children and discusses modern trends in realistic poetry, surrealistic, satirical and ironic nonsense verse, narrative verse, and picture-book poetry. Also discusses adult poets who write for children, and children as poets. B1616 SMITH, LILLIAN. "Poetry." In Unreluctant Years, pp. 96-113. Emphasizes that it is the sounds of poetry that appeal to chil dren. Discusses major anthologies. "Children respond to the best and deserve the best, but we can only be sure they receive it if we test what we offer them by reference to great poetry--or abide by the choice of those who are themselves poets." B1617 SMITH, WILLIAM JAY. "Sounds of Wind, Sea and Rain." NYTBR, 2 May 1976, Children's Book sec., pp. 23-24, 42. Comments on recent poetry books for children and finds too many that lack aural appeal. B1618 STENSLAND, ANNA LEE. "Traditional Poetry of the American Indian." English Journal 64 (September 1975):41-47. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 403-13.) Provides a brief overview of Native American traditional poetry, with some guidance on its interpretation. Includes a bibliography. B1619 STIBBS, ANDREW; FOX, GEOFF; and MERRICK, BRIAN. "Teaching Poetry." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 1 (Spring 1981):39-55. Discusses ways in which poetry can be used in the classroom and provides insights into the applications of criticism. B1620 TERRY, ANN. Children's Poetry Preferences: A National Survey of Upper Elementary Grades. Urbana, Ill.: National Council Teachers of English, 1974, 72 pp. Reports on a survey of children's preferences in poetry and ana lyzes the most popular poems in terms of form, content, poetic ele ments, and age of the poem. Found that children preferred contem porary poems, poems dealing with familiar experiences, poems that tell stories or are humorous, poems with rhyme and rhythm, and poems that do not rely too heavily on "complex imagery or subtly implied emotions." Lists the poems selected for the survey and identifies the most and least liked. B1621 WADE, BARRIE. "Rhyming with Reason." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 4 (Winter 1982):188-94. Examines rhymes of all kinds and their role in developing chil dren's understanding of and appreciation for language and literature. B1622 WAIN, JOHN; TUCKER, ALAN; and CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "The Sig nal Poetry Award." Signal 29 (May 1979):63-79. Wain discusses Moon-Bells, the winner of the Signal Poetry Award for 1978, pp. 63-66; while Tucker discusses the runners-up, The Puffin Book of Salt Sea Verse, edited by Charles Causley, and After The Ark, by Elizabeth Jennings, pp. 67-73. Chambers con cludes with comments on other notable poetry books published during the year, pp. 74-79. B1623 WHITIN, DAVID J. "Making Poetry Come Alive." LA 60 (April 1983):456-58. Suggests a new approach to the old and usually discredited tech nique of teaching poetry through memorization. POINT OF VIEW B1624 MANSELL, MAUREEN. "Seeing the Other Point of View." EE 52 (April 1975):505-7. Discusses a number of books which can be used to develop young children's understanding of the concept of point of view. POLAND B1625 LEWANSKA, IZABELA. "Poland." Phaedrus 4, no. 1 (Spring 1977):41-42. Summarizes current research on children's literature in Poland and provides a brief listing of recent studies (all in Polish). B1626 MacCANN, DONNARAE. "Something Old, Something New: Children's Picture Books in Poland." WLB 52 (June 1978):776-82. An overview of Polish picture books. Includes illustrations and references. POLITICS IN CHILDREN'S BOOKS B1627 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Politics in Children's Books: Political Influ ence through Classic Children's Books--Modern Children's Books with Political Leanings--Children's Books and Books for Young People in the Totalitarian States." In Three Centuries, pp. 173-94. An overview. B1628 JONES, JOAN SCANLON. "Political Socialization in Picture Books, 1972-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Akron, 1979, 291 pp., DA 39:6108A. Examines pictures and texts of books for children aged three to eight and concludes they reinforce existing political and social values, although they also tend "to value cultural pluralism and expanding roles for women." B1629 ORVIG, MARY. "One World in Children's Books?" In Arbuthnot Lec tures, pp. 39-59. (Also in TON 28 [June 1972]:399-422.) Urges closer attention be paid to the history and criticism of children's books from many worlds because they are important politi cal and social influences. Extensive references, especially to criticism in foreign languages. B1630 Phaedrus 8 (1981):1-37. Contains essays on politics and ideology in children's books. Includes "The Issue of Youth Literature and Socialism," by Joachim Schmidt, a study of trends in Germany in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries; "Walter Crane and His Socialist Children's Book Illustrations," by James Fraser; "Bela Balazs: A Bibliographic Note," by Bela Toth, which calls attention to the children's books of this Hungarian poet, essayist, and film and theater theoretician; "About Children's Literature," by Nadezhda Konstantinovna Krupskaya, wife of Lenin; "Juvenile Books in the Netherlands During the German Occupation," by Wim J. Simons; "Snorre the Seal: A Children's Book of the Norwegian Resistance Movement," by Kari Skjonsberg, which discusses Frithjof Saelen's book; "Gianni Rodari: An Appreciation," by Carla Poesio and Pino Boero, which emphasizes Rodari's political messages; "Politics and Comics in the Federal Republic of Germany," by Susanne Mgeladse; "Ideological Trends in Norwegian Children's Literature after 1968," by Kari Skjonsberg; "Authors in Exile," by Jan V. Le Roux, a study of South African children's literature, concentrating on three authors in exile: Ann Harries, Toecky Jones, and Joan Salvesen, and also discussing controversial author John Miles. B1631 SUTHERLAND, ROBERT D. "Hidden Persuaders: Political Ideologies in Literature for Children." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 3 (Autumn 1985):143-57. Outlines three ways in which writers express their values: the politics of advocacy, the politics of attack, and the politics of assent. Suggests examples of each from a wide range of children's literature. POPULAR LITERATURE B1632 BARKER, KEITH. "Attitudes to Enid Blyton and Roger Hargreaves." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 29-34. Explores the attitudes of critics, librarians, parents and teachers towards popular children's authors, concentrating on Enid Blyton and Roger Hargreaves. B1633 DICKINSON, PETER. "A Defense of Rubbish." CLE, o.s., no. 3 (November 1970):7-10. (Reprinted in Fox, Writers, Critics, and Children, pp. 73-76, and in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 101-3.) Dickinson defines rubbish as "all forms of reading matter which contain to the adult eye no visible value, either aesthetic of educa tional." His precise defense is based on the following premises: (1) It is important for a child to have a whole culture at his finger tips, (2) A child should feel he belongs, (3) It is important children discover things for themselves, (4) Sometimes rubbish fills a psycho logical need for security, (5) The diet needs roughage, (6) It may not be rubbish after all. B1634 EGOFF, SHEILA. "If That Won't Do No Good, That Won't Do No Harm: The Uses and Dangers of Mediocrity in Children's Reading." SLJ 19 (October 1972):93-97. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 3-10.) Argues in favor of high critical standards and against mediocrity in children's books: "let kids have the good stuff." B1635 JACOBS, LELAND B. "Pleasures of the Popular." Reading Teacher 12 (October 1958):40-41. A spirited defense of some of the benefits of "popular" reading. B1636 JAKOFSEN, GUNNAR. "Pop Literature for Children." Bookbird 11, no. 1 (1973):30-35. (Also in Koefoed, Children's Literature and the Child, pp. 37-40.) Defines "pop literature" and discusses whether it should be included in school libraries and how it might be used. B1637 KAYE, MARILYN. "In Defense of Formula Fiction; or, They Don't Write Schlock the Way They Used To." TON 37 (Fall 1980):87-90. Argues that "Adolescents have a right to the same sort of light, formula fiction available to adults." Points out distinguishing characteristics of light, escapist reading, and suggests that more is needed among all the "solid, honest, realistic" literature available to today's young people. B1638 LANES, SELMA. "All That's Golden Does Not Glitter." In Down the Rabbit Hole, pp. 112-27. Examines the phenomenon of mass-market or merchandise books for young children. Their appeal is "essentially visual rather than literary." Sees Richard Scarry as a rare example of an author- illustrator whose work has become more important than the product he has helped to produce. B1639 McCLELLAND, DAVID C. "Values in Popular Literature for Children." Childhood Education 40 (November 1963):135-38. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 86-91.) Reports on an international survey of values presented in books for third and fourth graders. B1640 MAY, JILL. "Judy Blume as Archie Bunker." ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):2, 14. Suggests that Judy Blume's books provide entertainment and relaxation, present a familiar and comfortable world (just as Archie Bunker does), but are not books that touch the soul, or that raise moral questions. B1641 NIST, JOAN STIDHAM. "Popularity in Wonderland." ERIC Educa tional Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 9 pp., ED 150 636. (Version also in Advocate 1, no. 2 [Winter 1982]:106-10.) Urges scholars of children's literature to study not only those books that have achieved critical acclaim, but also those that have proved popular with children, for "childhood's heroes are important." B1642 SALTER, DON. "The Hard Core of Children's Literature." CLE, o.s., no. 8 (July 1972):39-55. Examines a number of titles extremely popular with British ado lescents: Richard Allen's Skinhead, Peter Cave's (pseudonym of Richard Allen) Chopper and Mama, and H.R. Kaye's A Place in Hell, and summarizes critical responses pro and con. POPULATION B1643 MEYER, BARBARA B., and VOELKER, ALAN M. "Children's Books on Population Education." Children and Science 10 (April 1973):32-34. Rates a number of children's tradebooks pertaining to population education and finds that most of them fail to deal with controversial environmental issues. B1644 VOELKER, ALAN M. "Population and Children's Literature." Journal of Environmental Education 6, no. 3 (1975):57-64. Analyzes approaches to and awareness of population problems in children's trade books published between 1944 and 1972. PRAIRIE B1645 WHITAKER, MURIEL. "Perceiving Prairie Landscapes: The Young Person's View of the Western Frontier." ChLAQ 8, no. 4 (Winter 1983):30-32. Surveys the depiction of the prairie frontier in a number of Canadian and American children's books. B1646 ZITTERKOPF, DEANNA. "Prairies and Privations: The Impact of Place in Great Plains Homestead Fiction for Children." ChLAQ 9, no. 4 (Winter 1984-85):171-73. Analyzes the depiction of the prairie and great plains in a num ber of children's books. PROBLEM NOVEL B1647 DONELSON, KENNETH, and NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "The New Realism: Of Life and Other Sad Songs." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 181-204. Looks at categories of concern: parent/child relationships, body and self, sex and sex roles, friends and society. Looks at Chocolate War and, briefly, at several other well-known modern realistic young adult novels. B1648 EGOFF, SHEILA. "The Problem Novel." In Egoff, Only Connect, 2d ed., pp. 356-69. Discusses Judy Blume, Paul Zindel, Norma Klein, and others. B1649 -----. "The Problem Novel." In Thursday's Child, pp. 66-79. Defines the problem novel as a popular, limited subspecies of realistic fiction that aims "to tell rather than show." Includes a concise checklist of common characteristics. Traces modern origins of the genre from Emily Neville's It's Like This, Cat, through such major practicioners as Judy Blume, Paul Zindel, and M.E. Kerr. B1650 STANEK, LOU WILLETT. "Real People, Real Books: About Young Adult Readers." TON 31 (June 1975):417-27. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 49-58.) Analyzes stylistic characteristics of popular problem novels, categorizing the problems and exploring what they mean to adoles cents. PUERTO RICO AND PUERTO RICANS B1651 COUNCIL ON INTERRACIAL BOOKS FOR CHILDREN. "One Hundred Children's Books About Puerto Ricans: A Study in Racism, Sexism and Colonialism." In IRBC 4, nos. 1-2 (Spring 1972). (Excerpted in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 68-72.) Includes a survey of one hundred children's books about Puerto Rico and Puerto Ricans, a discussion of portrayals of Puerto Rico in history books, and a feminist analysis of the hundred books. B1652 FREUNDLICH, JOYCE Y. "Fact or Fancy: The Image of the Puerto Rican in Ethnic Literature for Young Adults." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 33 pp., ED 188 150. Finds inaccurate representation of Puerto Ricans in books for young adults published between 1950 and 1980. B1653 -----. "The Image of The Puerto Rican in Ethnic Literature for Young Adults: A Cross-Cultural Perspective." Ed.D. dissertation, Rutgers University, 1980, 252 pp., DA 41:1456A. Assesses the image of the Puerto Rican in young adult literature written in English between 1950 and 1980. B1654 GARCIA, IRMA. "The Colonialist Mentality: Distortions and Omissions in Children's History Books." In IRBC 4, nos. 1-2 (Spring 1972). (Reprinted in MacCann, Cultural Conformity, pp. 73-78.) Highly critical analysis of twelve books available in English devoted to Puerto Rican history. B1655 NIETO, SONIA, ed. "Children's Literature on Puerto Rican Themes: Part I, The Message of Fiction," and "Part II, Non-Fiction." IRBC 14, nos. 1-2 (1983):4-30. Surveys books published in the past ten years since the IRBC survey in 1972, and concludes more positive, accurate, and sensitive books are still needed. PUPPETS B1656 MICHANCZYK, MICHAEL. "The Puppet Immortals of Children's Lit erature." Children's Literature 2 (1973):159-65. (Reprinted in Butler, Sharing, pp. 75-79.) Discusses both literature about puppets, for example, Pinocchio, and "religious overtones and philosophical implications of puppeting and children's literature" in literature written in the oral tradition to be performed by puppets. B1657 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH. "Puppets and Dolls." In Ways of the Illustrator, pp. 86-89. Examines photographed stories of puppets and dolls. QUEST LITERATURE B1658 TERRY, JUNE S. "To Seek and To Find: Quest Literature for Chil dren." School Librarian 18, no. 4 (December 1970):399-404. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 138-44.) Surveys traditional and modern quest literature, available to children and comments upon its significance to them. RACE B1659 ALEXANDER, RAE. "What Is A Racist Book?" IRBC 3, no. 1 (1970). (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 57-62.) Analyzes NAACP's criteria for acceptable books and discusses good and bad titles. B1660 DIXON, BOB. "Racism: All Things White and Beautiful." In Catching Them Young, pp. 94-127. Examines racism in children's literature, especially concentrating on Enid Blyton's Noddy, Hugh Lofting's Dr. Dolittle, and Helen Bannerman's Little Black Sambo. B1661 GAST, DAVID K. "The Dawning of the Age of Aquarius for Multi- Ethnic Children's Literature." EE 47 (May 1970):661-65. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 169-74.) Discusses nine approaches to the treatment of minorities in chil dren's literature: (1) the Invisible Man Approach, (2) the Noble- Savage Approach, (3) the White Man's Burden Approach, (4) the Minstrel Show Approach, (5) the Queer Customs Approach, (6) the Multi-Ethnic Dick-and Jane Approach, (7) the Reversed Stereotype Approach, (8) the Tell-It-Like-It-Is Approach, and (9) the Remanu factured Past Approach. B1662 HILL, JANET. "A Minority View." In Meek, Cool Web, pp. 309-13. (Reprinted from Children's Book News, May 1967.) Argues for more care in assessing racism in children's books in Britain. Favors keeping Little Black Sambo on the shelf, but strongly objects to Prudence Andrew's Ginger and Number 10 and several other books. "We shall have to become much more colour conscious about children's books . . . before we can become truly colour blind." B1663 LONG, MARGO ALEXANDRE. "The Interracial Family in Children's Literature." LA 55 (April 1978):489-97. An overview and evaluation of children's fiction relating to interracial families. B1664 -----. "The Interracial Family in Children's Literature." IRBC 15, no. 6 (1984):13-15. Examines a dozen children's books portraying interracial families. B1665 MADISON, JOHN. "School Integration in Children's Literature." Inte grated Education 16, no. 3 (May-June 1978):10-11. Discusses May Justus's New Boy in School, Natalie Savage Carl son's Empty Schoolhouse, and Robert Coles's Dead End School. B1666 MOORE, ROBERT B. "A Letter from a Critic." Children's Literature 10 (1982):211-13. Argues that prejudices, whether conscious or unconscious, must be considered by literary critics. Uses examples from Mary Poppins and Friend Monkey by P.L. Travers and Little Black Sambo by Helen Bannerman. B1667 PREISWERK, ROY, ed. The Slant of the Pen: Racism in Children's Books. Geneva: World Council of Churches, Office of Education, Program to Combat Racism, 1980, 154 pp. The papers in this book are based on presentations at a 1978 workshop held in Arnoldshain, Federal Republic of Germany, spon sored by the Program to Combat Racism and the Office of Education of the World Council of Churches. The emphasis is on "white racist stereotypes and their impact on children, white and non-white alike." Includes an Introduction by Ray Preiswerk. Part 1, "Why Children's Books Are Biased, contains "The Oppressive Function of Values, Con cepts and Images in Children's Books by Luis Nieves-Falcon, pp. 3-6, and "Some Typical Patterns of Argumentation Reading to Racism in Children's Books," by Jorg Becker, pp. 7-10. Part 2 contains essays on racism in children's books in various countries: "Racism in Children's Books: An Afro-America Perspec tive," by Dorothy Kuya, pp. 26-45; "Children's Books in an African Context," by Bankole Omotoso, pp. 46-51; "The Ideology of Racism in Puerto Rican Children's Books," by Luis Nieves-Falcon, pp.52-60; "Racism in Austrialian Children's Books," by Lorna Lippmann, pp. 61-70; "Some Specific Issues in German Children's Books and School Texts," by Jorg Becker, pp. 72-81; and "Images of Indians in German Children's Books," by Hartmut Lutz, pp. 82-102. Part 3 contains "Racism in the Religious Instruction Textbooks of Protestant West Germany," by Rolf Lupke, pp. 105-27; and part 4 contains "Ethnocentric Images in History Books and Their Effect on Racism," by Ray Preiswerk, pp. 131-39. An appendix includes crite ria for evaluating racism in children's books and guidelines for producing anti- and nonracist books. B1668 RAY, SHEILA; STONE, ROSEMARY; and KING, CLIVE. "Racism and Children's Writers." Bookbird 2 (1981):3-7. Reports on a discussion between two British writers on race in children's books. B1669 REES, DAVID. "Skin Color in British Children's Books: The Roots of Racial Prejudice as Depicted in James Vance Marshall's Walkabout." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 2 (Summer 1980):91. Compares American and British treatments of racial minorities, especially questioning the attitudes depicted in James Vance Marshall's Walkabout. Letter in response from Stella Lees, CLE, n.s. 11, no. 4 (Winter 1980):203-5, strongly objecting to racism in Walkabout; and to Rees's defense of "that bad book." Rees replies in CLE, n.s. 12, no. 1 (Spring 1981):57-58. B1670 ROCKWOOD, JOYCE. "Can Novelists Portray Other Cultures Faith fully?" Advocate 2, no. 1 (Fall 1982):1-5. Explores the use of anthropological techniques in assisting a writer from one culture to portray a person from another. B1671 SMALL, ROBERT C. "The Junior Novel and Race Relations." Negro American Literature Forum 8 (Spring 1974):184-89. "Although motivated by good intentions, the authors of a large number of recent junior novels on the theme of race relations have, to a great extent, been unable to break away from narrow conven tions and overt moralizing." Cites numerous examples from young adult literature. B1672 STJARNE, KERSTIN. "A Report from Sweden." IRBC 5, nos. 1-2 (1974):15. Reports on the treatment of racial minorities in current Swedish children's books. B1673 WILLIAMS, HELEN. "The Image of Whites in Fiction for Children and Young Adults Written by Black Writers, 1945-1975." Ph.D. disserta tion, University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1983, 139 pp., DA 43:3915A. Found the predominant characteristic of whites in children's books by black authors to be "friendly social." Found a twelve to one ratio of male to female major characters. RAIN B1674 BAUER, CAROLINE FELLER. "The Rain in Spain Falls Mainly in Oregon: The Art of Rain in Children's Picture Books." Pacific Northeast Library Association Quarterly 36 (July 1972):4-14. Examines the portrayal of rain in a number of children's picture books. REALISM B1675 ABRAMSON, JANE. "Still Playing It Safe: Restricted Realism in Teen Novels." SLJ 22 (May 1976):38-39. Argues that despite the "hoopla over hard-hitting realism of juvenile fiction for older readers." There are restrictions that "result in books that succeed only in mirroring a slick surface realism." Conventional morality too often prevails. Discusses a number of well-known and controversial titles. B1676 BACON, BETTY. "From Now to 1984." WLB 45 (October 1970):156-59. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 129-33.) Attacks Tucker's Countryside by George Selden and Hell's Edge by John Rowe Townsend for portraying "the world the way it ought to be" and praises The Cay, by Theodore Taylor, The Little Fishes, by Julius Lester and even Mary Norton's The Borrowers as realistic portrayals of survivors. B1677 BADER, BARBARA. "Social Changes." In American Picturebooks, pp. 364-72. Discusses the growing awareness and portrayal of cultural, eco nomic, and ethnic diversity in the picture books of the 1940s and 1950s. B1678 BURCH, ROBERT. "The New Realism." Horn Book 74 (June 1971):257-64. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 281-87.) Argues for realism within reason, and not to the exclusion of happy endings. "Surely in life there are as many happy endings as sad ones, so to be truly realistic, should books not average out accordingly?" B1679 CARLSEN, ROBERT, and BAGNALL, NORMA. "Bait and Rebait." English Journal 70 (January 1981):8-12. The two debate the statement "Literature isn't supposed to be realistic." B1680 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Realistic Fiction." In Thursday's Child, pp. 31-65. Considers the origins and recent development of the genre. Among examples discussed are Louise Fitzhugh's Harriet the Spy and books by Ivan Southall, Jill Paton Walsh, Penelope Lively, Mollie Hunter, Nina Bawden, Katherine Paterson, Robert Cormier, Bette Greene, Virginia Hamilton, William Mayne, Paula Fox, and K.M. Peyton. Ivan Southall's What About Tomorrow is selected to epito- mize "the best in modern realistic novels for children." B1681 GLOECKLER, ALMA MARIE. "A Posited Basis for Criticism of Real istic Fiction for Beginning Readers." Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1969, 252 pp., DA 31:6277A. Explores the availability of sources for a criticism of children's stories, the potential for the use of key ideas as tools for inquiry, and the nature of realistic stories for beginning readers. B1682 GUTHRIE, JAMES. "Realism and Escapism in Children's Literature." Junior Bookshelf 22, no. 1 (January 1958):15-18. Maintains that the apparent realism in much children's literature is "actually a form of escapism because it offers instead of reality a fictional shorthand which is a distortion of reality." B1683 HADLEY, ERIC. "The Scrubbed Pine World of English Children's Fic tion." Use of English 31 (Spring 1980):56-65. Compares British and American approaches to handling contempo rary problems and finds the British writers tend toward "escape." B1684 HARRISON, JAMES. "Toward the Last Frontier." CCL 33 (1984):40-45. Examines the handling of grief, sorrow, and unhappiness in three Canadian and one British book: Ruth Nichols's The Marrow of the World, Jean Little's Kate, Monica Hughes's The Keeper of The Isis Light, and William Mayne's A Game of Dark. B1685 HORMANN, ELIZABETH. "Children's Crisis Literature." LA 54 (May 1977):559-66. Surveys and evaluates fiction and nonfiction concerning four life crises: birth, hospitalization, divorce, and death. Includes bibliogra phy. B1686 JORDAN, JUNE. "Young People: Victims of Realism in Books and Life." WLB 48 (October 1973):141-45. Provides a powerful argument and personal statement in favor of providing "usable, believable, practicable, desirable alternatives" to the present grim realism "in our books and in our lives." B1687 KLEIN, NORMA. "More Realism for Children." TON 31 (April 1975):307-12. Discusses her feelings and experience of writing Mom, the Wolf Man, and Me, and sets forth her hopes for future developments in realistic fiction for children. B1688 LIVINGSTON, MYRA COHN. "I Still Would Plant My Little Apple Tree." Horn Book 47 (February 1971):75-84. Calls for a return to the honesty and "realism" of the great novels, folklore, fantasy, and poetry of the past. B1689 MADSEN, J.M., and WICKERSHAM, E.B. "A Look at Young Chil dren's Realistic Fiction." Reading Teacher 34 (December 1980):273-79. Analyzes ethnicity, stereotypes, and themes of a number of titles of realistic fiction for children. Includes an annotated listing of titles examined. B1690 MERCER, JOAN BODGER. "Innocence is a Cop-out." In Meek, Cool Web, pp. 135-39. Conveys the irony of adults trying to protect children and adoles cents from realities they already know. B1691 NOBLE, JUDITH ANN. "The Home, the Church, and the School as Portrayed in American Realistic Fiction for Children 1965-1969." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1971, 320 pp., DA 32:2918A. Examines the ways in which these three areas have been depicted in children's contemporary realistic fiction. B1692 PATERSON, GARY H. "Perspectives on the New Realism in Children's Literature." CCL 25 (1982):26-32. Offers credibility as a guideline for evaluating the new on "ugly" realism. Argues also for more balanced approaches, including fun, beauty, and escape. B1693 PERKINS, AGNES. "What Books Should Be Sent to Coventry? . . . A Comparison of Recent British and American Realistic Fiction." Pro ceedings of the Children's Literature Association 6 (1979):155-64. (Reprinted in May, Children and Their Literature, pp. 71-78.) Compares Judy Blume's Are You There, God? It's Me, Margaret and Hila Colman's Nobody Has to Be a Kid Forever with Jane Gar dam's A Long Way from Verona. B1694 RINSKY, LEE, and SCHWEIKERT, ROMAN. "In Defense of the New Realism of Children and Adolescents." Phi Delta Kappa 58 (February 1977):472-75. Defends the new realism and suggests books that treat formerly taboo topics in acceptable ways. B1695 RONEY, R. CRAIG. "Fantasizing as a Motif in Children's Realistic Literature." LA 60 (April 1983):447-55. Examines the motif of a character in a realistic story "who fan tasizes (dreams or daydreams) to cope with some real or imagined problem or to satisfy some basic need." Sees this as a genre that has emerged since 1960. B1696 SAUER, JULIA L. "Making the World Safe for the Janey Larkins." Library Journal 66 (15 January 1941):49-53. Argues that more attention is needed to social problems in chil dren's books, that more books like Florence Means's Shuttered Win dows and Doris Gates's Blue Willow are needed. B1697 STEELE, MARY Q. "Realism, Truth, and Honesty." Horn Book 47 (February 1971):17-27. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Litera ture, pp. 288-96.) Despite the modern problem novels, "we still fail to level with our children." Argues that "Young minds like young bodies could profit by a little exercise." Some of today's realistic writers may be encouraging this. B1698 STORR, CATHERINE. "Fear and Evil in Children's Books." CLE, o.s., no. 1 (March 1970):22-40. (Reprinted as "Things that Go Bump in the Night," in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 120-27, and in Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 143-52, and in Times Sunday Magazine, 7 March 1971.) Discusses difficulties of portraying evil in children's books and changing standards for fear, evil, and realism over the past three hundred years. Discusses fear and evil in adventure stories with villains, in adventure stories involving the forces of nature or impersonal villains, in stories portraying the evils of society, in comedy, in space fiction, in historical novels, and in fantasy. Concludes that horror and fear of a certain kind are necessary to children. The article stimulated extensive discussion at the 1969 conference in Exeter, England. Published with the speech in CLE. B1699 WALSH, JILL PATON. "The Art of Realism." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 35-44. Realism, too, is fantasy, according to Walsh, but it is often read for content alone. Argues for the right of the realistic writer to be irrelevant. Realistic works are often dismissed because "it is often felt that a child's view of reality is not really important, because it is transitory." B1700 WESTALL, ROBERT. "How Real Do You Want Your Realism?" Signal 28 (January 1979):34-46. Sees nostalgia as "The enemy of children's realism." Discusses why he wrote the Machine-Gunners and talks about all the things he would like to put into children's books, things that fascinate and preoccupy children but which adults will not allow. Concludes with an in-depth discussion of Jill Paton Walsh's The Emperor's Winding Sheet, "a colossus in our time," pp. 43-46. B1701 WILMS, DENISE. "Consciousness Comes to Children's Books. . . . The Veil Has Been Lifted on Divorce, Death, Sex, and Drugs; But the Decade Is Ending in a Slump." American Libraries 10 (June 1979):343-44. Summarizes trends in realism in children's books in the 1970s, but urges "greater depth" for the 1980s. B1702 WOLF, VIRGINIA L. "The Root and Measure of Realism." WLB 44 (December 1969):409-15. Examines the use of realism in American novels for children, discussing Zilpha K. Snyder's The Egypt Game, E.L. Konigsburg's From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler, and Eleanor Estes's Ginger Pye as only partially successful; and Paula Fox's How Many Miles to Babylon?, E.L. Konigsburg's Jennifer, MacBeth, Wil liam McKinley, and Me, Elizabeth, and Louise Fitzhugh's Harriet the Spy as more successful. B1703 YOLEN, JANE. "Peter Rabbit . . . Say Good-bye to Snow White: You're Both Outdated but We Hate to see You Go." Publishers Weekly 199 (22 February 1971):79-80. Argues that children need and want realistic, relevant books that overcome the old taboos, but they need and want some of the old fantasy too. REJECTION B1704 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. "The Tragic Moment: Rejection." In Tragic Mode, pp. 5-56. Examines the ways in which a number of books handle the theme of rejection. Individual titles are indexed separately in this bibliography. RELIGION B1705 BATES, BARBARA SNEDEKER. "Denominational Periodicals: The Invisible Literature." Phaedrus 7, no. 1 (Spring-Summer 1980):13-18. A historical survey, with suggestions for researching this neglected field. Emphasis is primarily on the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries and is limited to the U.S. B1706 BECHTEL, MARY. "Notes on Contemporary Evangelical Christian Lit erature in the United States." Phaedrus 7, no. 1 (Spring-Summer 1980):39-42. "This article is a brief survey of what has come to be known as `evangelical' books for children, books which have been produced in publishing houses in the present decade." B1707 BREWBAKER, JAMES M. "Are You There, Margaret? It's Me, God-- Religious Contexts in Recent Adolescent Fiction." English Journal 72 (September 1983):82-86. Examines religious elements in a number of well-known works of adolescent literature. B1708 ELLEMAN, BARBARA. "The American Connection." Signal 39 (Sep tember 1982):191-95. Surveys a recent crop of children's books with religious and biblical themes and explores the difficulties of evaluating them. B1709 MILNER, JOSEPH O. "The Emergence of Awe in Recent Children's Literature." Children's Literature 10 (1982):169-77. Divides children's literature into two basic views of human expe rience: the religious and the humanist. Reviews five books from the religious perspective: Sue Ellen Bridger's All Together Now, Joan Blos's A Gathering of Days, Boris Zhitknov's How I Hunted the Little Fellow, Madeleine L'Engle's Ladder of Angels, and Ouida Sebestyen's Words By Heart. B1710 WEHMEYER, LILLIAN B. "The Future of Religion in Junior Novels." Catholic Library World 54 (April 1983):366-69. Examines the nature of religion in futuristic novels for young people, and finds no mention of the mainstream religions of today. REVIEWING B1711 ALDERSON, BRIAN. "The Irrelevance of Children to the Children's Book Reviewer." Children's Book News 4, no. 1 (January 1969): 10-11. Argues that appealing to children's tastes is often "an excuse for not seeking better books" or "for not involving oneself sufficiently deeply in children's reading." B1712 GLASTONBURY, MARION. "Are You Sitting Comfortably?" TES, 20 June 1980, p. 37. Surveys British review sources for children's literature. B1713 HANNABUSS, STUART. "Re-viewing Reviews." Signal 35 (May 1981):96-109. Provides a critical overview of British sources for children's book reviews. B1714 HEARNE, BETSY. "Innocence and Experience: A Critical Paradox." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 165-76. As a book reviewer, raises the question: "How does one balance knowledge and ignorance." Argues in favor of an open mind. B1715 KENNEMER, PHYLLIS KAY. "An Analysis of Reviews of Books of Fiction for Children and Adolescents Published in Major Selection Aids in the United States in 1979." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Colorado at Boulder, 1980, 156 pp., DA 42:81A. Evaluates reviews of children's books in Booklist, Bulletin of the Center for Children's Books, Horn Book Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, and School Library Journal by using a Classification of Book Reviews form developed for this study. B1716 LANES, SELMA. "Mechanics of Survival: Why Publish? Who Judges." In Down the Rabbit Hole, pp. 146-57. Discusses the publishing and selling of children's books, concen trating especially on the shortcomings of the reviewing of children's books. B1717 MAHONEY, ELLEN WILCOX. "A Content Analysis of Children's Books Reviews from Horn Book Magazine, 1975." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1975, 96 pp., DA 40:140A. Finds that Horn Book is primarily concerned with literary rather than practical analysis of the books reviewed but more concerned with content than with formal aspects. Concludes that "better writing for children can withstand critical analysis and evaluation." B1718 MEEK, MARGARET. "The Many and the Few." School Librarian 20 (March 1972):7-15. (Reprinted in part in Culpan, Variety is King, pp. 154-61.) Defines four categories of reviews of children's books: the practical, the "literary," the sociological, and the child-centered. "We have to begin by understanding how children turn their expectations of books into experience of what books are." B1719 "Reviews, Reviewing and the Review Media." TON 35 (Winter 1979). Special issue. Includes Linda R. Silver's "Criticism, Reviewing, and the Library Review Media," pp. 123-30, which surveys the quality of reviews in British and American review sources and finds "a dearth of serious criticism"; Rosemary Weber's survey of seven frequently used sources of reviews, "The Reviewing of Children's and Young Adult Books in 1977," pp. 131-37; Melvin H. Rosenberg's "Thinking Poor: The Nonlibrary Review Media," pp. 138-42, which critiques eight review sources; and Audrey B. Eaglen's "The Young Adult Book Review Media," pp. 143-45. "What Makes a Good Review? Ten Experts Speak," pp. 146-52, and "Reviews in the Academic Milieu," by Suzanne Sullivan, pp. 158-60, both tackle the question of what makes a good review. "Notes of a Book Review Junkie," by Fontayne Holmes, pp. 163-66, explores the differences between reviewing and criticism, and dis cusses problems and pitfalls of reviewing. B1720 SCHUMAN, PATRICIA. "Fall Children's Book Sections and Supple ments . . . Concerned Criticism or Casual Cop-Outs?" Library Journal 97 (15 January 1972):245-48 and SLJ 19 (January 1972):2-4. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 191-97.) Examines seven general sources of reviews of children's books (New York Times, New York Review of Books, Book World, Chris tian Science Monitor, Saturday Review, Commonweal, and Scientific American) and finds the overall status of children's book reviewing poor. B1721 SUTHERLAND, ZENA. "Current Reviewing of Children's Books." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):110-18. Reports on two studies of children's book reviewing, one a doc toral dissertation and the other a master's thesis, plus reports on her own study and adds her own comments on problems, needs, and trends. B1722 TOWNSEND, JOHN ROWE. "The Reviewing of Children's Books." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 177-87. Sets down principles of children's book reviewing, emphasizing the nature and the purpose of the art. RIDDLES B1723 PARK, ROSE. "An Investigation of Riddles of Children, Ages Five- Fourteen." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1972, 180 pp., DA 33:905A. Examines the structure and content of riddles and their function among children ages five to fourteen. ROBIN HOOD B1724 KEENAN, HUGH T. Review of David Wiles's The Early Plays of Robin Hood and of J.C. Holt's Robin Hood. ChLAQ 9, no. 1 (Spring 1984):40-41. Finds Wiles's book tedious and his arguments tenuous, but praises Holt' "summation of twenty years research in historical and literary sources." Also mentions other recent studies of the Robin Hood legends. B1725 KREINHOLDER, ADELINE. "A Comparison of Robin Hood Stories." EER 16 (January 1939):5-9. Lists the ten most famous versions of the Robin Hood legend in the order of the author's preference. Pyle's version comes first, followed by the Paul Creswick-N.C. Wyeth version. B1726 NAGY, J.F. "Paradoxes of Robin Hood." Folklore 91, no. 2 (1980):198-210. Explores the mystique of Robin Hood, seeing him as a figure who exists "between culture and nature and several other pairs of opposed categories as well." B1727 PEARCE, PHILIPPA. "Robin Hood and His Merry Men: A Reread ing." CLE, n.s. 16, no. 3 (Autumn 1985):159-64. Reflects on the power and mystery of the Robin Hood legend in Henry Gilbert's version. B1728 ZELLEFROW, WILLIAM KENNETH. "The Romance of Robin Hood." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Colorado, 1974, 208 pp., DA 35:5370A. Examines one of the earliest and lengthiest literary accounts of Robin Hood, the Lytell Geste of Robyn Hood, published by Wynken de Worde near the end of the fifteenth or early in the sixteenth century. ROBINSONADE B1729 GUNSTRA, DIANE L. "The Island Pattern." ChLAQ 10, nos. 2 (Sum mer 1985):55-57. Traces the symbol of the island as first depicted in Adventure of Robinson Crusoe and in a number of more recent works for children including Scott O'Dell's Island of the Blue Dolphins, William Steig's Abel's Island, and Harry Mazer's The Island Keeper. B1730 HURLIMANN, BETTINA. "Robinson." In Three Centuries, pp. 99-112. Traces the influences of Defoe's Robinson Crusoe on a number of European children's books. B1731 KERR, ROSALIE. "The Desert Island Motif in Children's Books." In Hunt, Further Approaches, pp. 117-18. Summarizes her research into the development of the Robinsonade from the original Robinson Crusoe to such modern works as Island of the Blue Dolphins and Lord of the Flies. B1732 LINDBERG, MARY ANNE. "Survival Literature in Children's Fiction." EE 51 (March 1974):329-35. A bibliographic essay covering a wide range of literature for children with the theme of survival which may be classified as types of Robinsonades. B1733 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. The Child and the Book, pp. 164-68. Discusses the great appeal of the Robinsonade for children and traces some of its variants. ROMANCE (Young Adult) B1734 Advocate 3, no. 2 (Winter 1984). Contains three articles on the teenage romance genre.: Barbara Girion's "A Time to Write About Love," in which she describes the process of writing In the Middle of a Rainbow, pp. 73-81; Linda K. Christian's "The New Romances: Selling Jeans on the Outside and Femininity on the Inside," pp. 82-91, which points out the business and feminist implications of the genre, and Patti McWhorter's "Teen Romance Series: One Viewpoint," pp. 92-97, which reports on a study of adolescents responses to the books and concludes that they are more likely to have a negative effect on children aged ten to thirteen than on older children who recognize their similarity and unreality and read them purely for fun. B1735 COUNCIL ON INTERRACIAL BOOKS FOR CHILDREN. "Romance Series for Young Readers: A Report to Educators and Parents in Concert with the National Education Association." IRBC 12, nos. 4-5 (1981):3-31. The issue is devoted to the burgeoning romance series for young readers. Articles include: a discussion on the marketing of the series by Selma Lanes, and analyses of the Wildfire series by Brett Harvey, and of the Wishing Star series by Emily Strauss Watson, the Sweet Dreams series by Brett Harvey, and the First Love series from Silhouette by Sharon Wigutoff. Also includes an article an article on formula writing by Donnarae MacCann, a comparison of the Harle quin adult romances with the teen variety, and excerpts from the guidelines given to romance writers. B1736 DONELSON, KENNETH. "The Old Romanticism: Of Wishing and Winning." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 205-27. Divides the genre into adventure-romance and love-romance. One Fat Summer is seen as the prime example of the former; Seven teenth Summer and Forever of the latter. B1737 JAFFEE, CYRISSE. "More Pain Than Pleasure: Teen Romances." SLJ 25 (January 1979):30-31. "Nowhere is sex-role stereotyping, bias, and hypocrisy--not to mention poor writing--as blatant and prevalent as the peculiar genre known as teen romance." Analyzes briefly a number of classic and well-known titles. B1738 JENKINSON, DAVE. "The Young Adult Romance: A Second Glance (Sigh!)." Emergency Librarian 11 (May-June 1984):10-13. Explores the world of teenage romance series, finding similarities to the world of fast-food hamburgers. Includes references. B1739 KAYE, MARILYN. "Young Adult Romance: Revival and Reaction." TON 38 (Fall 1981):42-47. Defends the recent publication of teenage romance series, answer ing the attack upon them by Elaine Wagner in IRBC. Argues that the very fact that many young people want to read them justifies their existence. B1740 KUNDIN, SUSAN G. "Romance Versus Reality: A Look at Young Adult Romantic Fiction." TON 41, no. 4 (Summer 1985):361-68. "The purpose of this study is to compare the treatment of adoles cent `problem concerns' in formula romance fiction to the treatment of these problems in contemporary realistic fiction." B1741 KUZNETS, LOIS, and ZARIN, EVE. "Sweet Dreams for Sleeping Beauties: Pre-Teen Romances." ChLAQ 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982):28-32. (Reprinted in Nodelman, Festschrift, pp. 14-17.) Applies John Cawelti's framework (from Adventure, Mystery and Romance) for analyzing formulaic literature to preteen romances. Bantam Book's Sweet Dreams series books are compared and con trasted with Maureen Daly's Seventeenth Summer, Louise Fitzhugh's Harriet the Spy, and Judy Blume's It's Not the End of the World. B1742 PARRISH, BERTA. "Put a Little Romantic Fiction Into Your Reading Program." Journal of Reading 26 (April 1983):610-15. Explores the recent trends in romance fiction for young adults; offers definitions of the genre and suggestions for further research. ROPE SKIPPING RHYMES B1743 ABRAHAMS, ROGER D. Jump-Rope Rhymes: A Dictionary. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1969, 228 pp. Includes a scholarly introduction plus an extensive, annotated listing of rhymes and their sources. B1744 BUTLER, FRANCELIA. "`Over the Garden Wall/I Let the Baby Fall': The Poetry of Rope-Skipping." Children's Literature 3 (1974):186-95. An international survey of rope-skipping rhymes, pointing out common themes. B1745 -----. "Skip Rope Rhymes as a Reflection of American Culture." Children's Literature 5 (1976):104-16. (Reprinted in Butler, Sharing, pp. 8-14.) Examines skip-rope rhymes as a reflection of society. RUNAWAYS B1746 MARSHALL, KRISTINE E. "Transcending Trendiness: Treatment of Runaways in Adolescent Fiction." English Journal 70 (December 1981):58-62. Compares five works, three of which she classifies as weak-- Jeannette Eyerly's See Dave Run, Hila Colman's Claudia, Where Are You?, and Gertrude Samuels's Run, Shelley, Run!--with two she classifies as strong: Jean Renvoize's A Wild Thing and Irene Hunt's No Promises in the Wind. RURAL LIFE B1747 BUSWELL, LIN. "Rural Youth: The Forgotten Minority." ALAN Review 11, no. 2 (Winter 1984):12-14. Points out lack of representation of rural families in recent books. SCANDINAVIA B1748 DALPHIN, MARCIA. "Children of the North in Books." Horn Book 17 (January-February 1941):39-51. A survey of books set in Scandinavia. Includes a reading list. B1749 PERMIN, IB. "Current Trends in Scandinavian Children's Literature: Responsibility." In Koefoed, Children's Literature, pp. 41-44. Discusses issues of censorship, truth, and responsibility, especially in Scandinavia. B1750 Phaedrus 2, no. 1 (Spring 1975):3-15. Special issue devoted to children's literature in Scandinavia. B1751 SCHEI, KARI. "Children's Books of Today: A Scandinavian Seminar." Signal 15 (September 1974):136-40. Summarizes Scandinavian debates and views on children's litera ture as expressed at a seminar held at the Nordic Folk Academy in Kungalv in 1972. SCHOOL STORIES B1752 ANDREWS, R.C. "German School-Story: Some Observations on Paul Schallck and Thomas Valentin." German Life and Letters 23 (Janu ary 1970):103-19. Explores the German school-story, concentrating on two of "the best novels to have come from Germany since the war: Paul Schalluck's Engelbert Reineke, and Thomas Valentin's Die Unbera tenen. B1753 CADOGAN, MARY, and CRAIG, PATRICIA. "Jolly Schoolgirls and Bosom Friends" and "Anti-Soppists and Others." In You're a Brick, pp. 111-24, 178-205. The first chapter discusses the school stories of Angela Brazil, the second primarily those of Dorita Fairlie Bruce and Elinor Brent-Dyer. Pages 227-49 discuss the periodical The School Friend and pages 250-62 discuss The Schoolgirls' Own. B1754 CROUCH, MARCUS. "School-Home-Family." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 161-70. Discusses the British school story. Authors include Elfrida Vipont, William Mayne, and Kathleen Peyton. B1755 EAGLING, PETER; HANNABUSS, STUART; and LITHERLAND, BARRY. "Fiction for Children, 1970-1980: 2. School Stories: A Symposium." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 2 (Summer 1982):51-72. A carefully selected list with capsule reviews of school stories published for children between 1970 and 1980. B1756 ELLIS, ANNE. "The Misfortunes of Angela." Junior Bookshelf 41 (June 1977):145-49. Points out the strengths and weaknesses of the school story as exemplified in the work of Angela Brazil. B1757 OSBORNE. EDGAR. "In Defense of the School Story." Junior Book shelf 11 (July 1947):62-69. Traces changes in the genre as they reflect changes in society and argues that it is time to set the school story in a new direction again. B1758 PROTHEROUGH, ROBERT. "`True' and `False' in School Fiction." British Journal of Educational Studies 27 (June 1979):140-53. Examines the authenticity of the classic British school story, concentrating on the period from 1906 to 1930. B1759 QUIGLY, ISABEL. Heirs of Tom Brown: The English School Story. London: Chatto & Windus, 1982, 296 pp. An extensive study of the genre, including chapters on Thomas Hughes, Frederick William Farrar, Talbot Baines Reed, F. Anstey's Vice Versa, and Kipling's Stalky & Co.; three school love stories: H.S. Sturgis's Tim, J.E.C. Welldon's Gerald Eversley's Friendship, Horace Annesley Vachell's The Hill; Sir Shane Lesley's The Oppidan and Arnold Lunn's The Harrovians; books by P.G. Wodehouse and Hugh Walpole; G.F. Bradby's The Lanchester Tradition; Alec Waugh's The Loom of Youth; girls' school stories; popular minor writers; the school story at war; and the decline and fall of the school story. Includes references and a bibliography. B1760 RICH, ANITA, and BERNSTEIN, JOANNE C. "The Picture Book Image of Entering School." LA 52 (October 1975):978-82. Examines the images of children entering school for the first time as presented in over thirty picture books. B1761 SAUL, E. WENDY. "The School Story in America, 1900-1940: A Socio-Historical Analysis of the Genre." Ph.D. dissertation, Univer sity of Wisconsin-Madison, 1981, 302 pp., DA 42:3481A. Examines values and assumptions, influences, and historical and biographical aspects of the school story. Contrasts the "Brahmin" narrative, the "mass-market" tale, and the "religious story." Finally, suggests how literature on the "hidden curriculum" is useful in interpreting these tales. B1762 TATHAM, C.S. "Yesterday's Schoolgirls." Junior Bookshelf 33 (Decem ber 1969):349-51. Argues that the genre deserves more appreciation. Written upon the occasion of Elinor Brent-Dyer's death. B1763 TUCKER, NICHOLAS. "School Stories, 1970-1980." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 2 (Summer 1982):73-79. The main focus of school stories has shifted from the boarding school to the public (state-operated) day school. Tucker analyzes this trend and others in the development of the school story. SCIENCE B1764 ADLER, IRVING. "On Writing Science Books for Children." Horn Book 41 (October 1965):524-29. Describes his goals as a science writer for children. B1765 Appraisal: Science Books for Children. Boston: Boston University, School of Education and New England Roundtable of Children's Librarians. Published three times a year. Includes numerous articles and reviews of children's science books. B1766 BELL, THELMA HARRINGTON. "On Science Writing for Young People." Horn Book 38 (June 1962):248-54. Discusses key considerations in science writing for children, among them organization of material, creation of atmosphere, accu racy of facts, clarity, and devices for maintaining the reader's interest. B1767 BLUM, ABRAHAM. "Science Magazines for Youth in Five Countries-- Different Approaches." Science Education 65 (January 1981):65-70. Compares science magazines for youth in the United States, Brit ain, Israel, Kenya, and Zambia. B1768 BONN, GEORGE S., ed. "Science Materials for Children and Young People." Library Trends 22 (April 1974):415-539. Entire issue is devoted to the writing, editing, selecting, and evaluating of science materials for children and young people. Includes Zena Sutherland's "Science As Literature," Irene K. Logsdon's "Science Periodicals for Children and Young People," and Harry Stubbs's "The Stockpile." B1769 CARR, JO, comp. "Science: The Excitement of Discovery." In Beyond Fact, pp. 43-87. Contains an introductory essay by Carr, "Clarity in Science Writ ing"; Kathryn Wolff's "Reviewing Science Books for children" (adapted from "AAS Science Books: A Selection Tool," Library Trends 22 [April 1974]:453-62); Millicent Selsam's "Writing About Science for Children" (reprinted from Fenwick's A Critical Approach to Chil dren's Literature); Pamela Giller's "Science Books for Young Children" (reprinted from Appraisal: Science Books for Children 13 [Winter 1980]:1-6); Harry C. Stubbs's "Selecting Science Books for Children" (originally published as "The Stockpile" in Library Trends 22 [April 1974]:477-84); Dennis Flanagan's "Science and the Literary Imagina tion" (originally published as "To Each Generation Its Own Rabbits" in WLB 49 [October 1974]:152-56); and Zena Sutherland's "Science as Literature" (reprinted from Library Trends 22 [April 1974]:485-89). B1770 DAVIES, JANE. "Evaluating Books on Science." TON 17 (March 1961):48-52. Provides guidelines for evaluating science books; includes examples of ways in which books fail to live up to each of her criteria. B1771 DE LUCA, GERALDINE, and NATOV, RONI. "Who's Afraid of Science Books?: An Interview with Seymour Simon." L&U 6 (1982):10-27. Simon answers questions about his career and his books, his views on science books for children, and science book reviewing. B1772 DOUGHTY, FRANCES W. "Selection Criteria: Science Books for Chil dren." Horn Book 41 (April 1965):195-200. (Reprinted in Bookbird 3 [1966]:12-14.) Suggests the following criteria: authenticity, timeliness, stimula tion, prose style, and integration of text and illustration. B1773 LAUBER, PATRICIA. "What Makes an Appealing and Readable Science Book?" L&U 6 (1982):5-9. Stresses the importance of good illustration, of explaining rather than of simply describing, of story line, of an overview or frame work, of accuracy, and of the use of analysis. B1774 PETTUS, ELOISE SPENCER. "A Study of The Treatment of Ecology, Air Pollution, and Water Pollution in Selected Recommended Books for Elementary Grades Published in The United States, 1960-1975." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, 1977, 235 pp., DA 38:5106A. Studies ninety-six children's science books to determine their approach to ecology and analyze their interdisciplinary content. B1775 PRINGLE, LAURENCE. "Science Done Here." In Hearne, Celebrating Children's Books, pp. 108-15. Examines science-book writing. B1776 SCHNEIDER, HERMAN. "What Is a Good Science Book?" Horn Book 27 (September 1951):344-51. Presents criteria for judging science books. Includes a bibliogra phy of recommended titles. Asks: Does the author write clearly and lucidly? Is the book clearly illustrated? In an experiment or project book, are the activities safe? Are the projects and experiments satisfying and workable? Is the book accurate? Stresses basic values to look for: total impact of the book is reassuring, permits the child to achieve a sense of participation, has a sense of human importance and dignity, stays with reality, enlarges a child's understanding of the world, has literary quality. B1777 "Science Trade Books--Writing--Illustrating--Using--101 of 1972." Science and Children 10 (April 1973):19-26. Includes Millicent Selsam's "Writing Science Books for Children," pp. 19-20, Jeanne Bendick's "Illustrating Science Books for Children," pp. 20-21, Glenn Blough's "Using Science Books with Children," pp. 21-22, and a list of outstanding science trade books for children for 1972. B1778 Scientific American. Since 1949 the December issue has contained reviews of science books for children. B1779 SELSAM, MILLICENT. "Criticizing the Critics." In Hearne, Celebrat ing Children's Books, pp. 116-21. Examines science book reviewing and points out the ingredients of good science books and good science book reviews. B1780 -----. "Writing About Science for Children." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):96-99. "To write about science for children an author needs to know science, to know children, and to know how to write--particularly to understand how to communicate with children on their level." B1781 STUBBS, HARRY C. "The Impossible Book." Appraisal 4 (Fall 1971):1-3. (Reprinted in in Carr, Beyond Fact, pp. 198-201.) Proposes an ideal science book that fairly treats controversial issues, but which, he admits, is probably impossible. B1782 WUNDERHEILER, LUITGARD. "A Psychological Basis for Judging Children's Literature Dealing with Nature and Science." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):23-31. Feels it is unfortunate that the child is frequently "introduced to scientific systems, the experimental basis of which he has never grasped." And thus the child "cannot ever challenge the scientific system." Concludes that "It may be that, if in books and conversa tions we could provide children with experiences that are puzzling we would be helping to do a much better job of educating scientists than insisting that they swallow logical systems that are entirely out of step with their experience." SCIENCE FICTION B1783 ANTCZAK, JANICE. "The Mythos of a New Romance: A Critical Analysis of Science Fiction for Children as Informed by the Literary Theory of Northrop Frye." D.L.S., Columbia University, 1979, 376 pp., DA 42:208A. Examines a selection of science fiction for children from ages eight to fourteen that reveals "a pattern of imagery which conforms to that of the romance mode." Concludes that "In light of Frye's theory of the unity of literature's structural principles, science fiction is myth, the myth of contemporary society." B1784 -----. Science Fiction: The Mythos of a New Romance. New York: Neal Schuman, 1985, 250 pp. Based on the doctoral dissertation above. B1785 BEREIT, VIRGINIA F. "The Genre of Science Fiction." EE 46 (November 1969):895-900. An overview, covering types of science fiction, defintions of the genre, and ways in which it is "more like story or less like story." B1786 BOVA, BEN. "From Mad Professors to Brilliant Scientists." Library Journal 98 (1973):1646-49 and SLJ 19 (May 1973):36-39. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 163-67.) Provides an overview of science fiction and its appeal to the young. "Until someone actually does invent a time machine, science fiction is the best way we have to examine tomorrow." B1787 Children's Literature in Education, n.s. 14, no. 4 (Winter 1983):222-42. Issue includes "Fiction for Children, 1920-1982: 3. Science Fiction," a symposium containing reviews of fourteen titles selected for special mention and a greater number of other critically annotated titles. Brian Earnshaw's "Planets of Awful Dread," an overview of recent children's science fiction, follows, pp. 237-42. B1788 CROUCH, MARCUS. "To the Stars." In The Nesbit Tradition, pp. 48-56. Divides modern science fiction writers into followers of Wells and followers of Verne. Discusses John Christopher, Peter Dickinson, Andre Norton, and Robert A. Heinlein. B1789 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Science Fiction." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 259-65. Contains a checklist for evaluating "imaginative literature." Discusses characteristics of science fiction that appeals to young people, not necessarily science fiction written for young people. B1790 EAGLEN, AUDREY B. "Alternatives: A Bibliography of Books and Periodicals on Science Fiction and Fantasy." TON 39 (Fall 1982):96-102. B1791 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Science Fiction." In Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 384-98. Briefly surveys the origins of science fiction and contemporary science fiction for youth. Sees youth's fascination for science fiction as a reaction to their disillusionment. They seek either a totally different world or a changed human nature. B1792 -----. "Science Fiction." In Thursday's Child, pp. 130-58. Explores the nature, origins, and recent developments in science fiction for children. Trends identified are pessimism about the future, concern with societal and sociological organization, and parapsychology. Cites Rosemary Harris's A Quest for Orion as a novel that has succeeded in unifying multiple subgenres of science fiction. B1793 ENGDAHL, SYLVIA L. "The Changing Role of Science Fiction in Children's Literature." Horn Book 47 (October 1971):449-55. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 250-55.) Sees a science fiction for "people who are searching for touch stones in a rapidly changing world. . . . I feel it can offer a wider perspective on reality, leading young people to view the future not with our own era's gloom and despair, but with the broader realism of renewed hope." B1794 ERNES, ALBERT FRAN€OIS. "A Content Assessment of Science Fic tion from 1947-1979 with Implications for the Elementary Social Studies Curriculum." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Akron, 1980, 401 pp., DA 41:933A. Analyzes children's science fiction in terms of the following categories: sociology, anthropology, psychology, political science, economics, geography, and history. B1795 ESMONDE, MARGARET P. "After Armageddon: The Postcataclysmic Novel for Young Readers." Children's Literature 6 (1977):211-20. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 440-48.) Discusses fifteen recent novels for young people that foresee "the overthrow of our way of life through socioeconomic breakdown-- often coupled with ecological disaster." B1796 -----, ed. "Special Issue: Children's Science Fiction." ChLAQ 5, no. 4 (Winter 1981):1-48. (Reprinted in part in Dooley, First Steps, pp. 54-68.) Includes "Fantasy, Science Fiction and the Mushroom Planet Books," by Eleanor Cameron; an overview by Margaret Esmonde (reprinted as "Children's Science Fiction," in Bator, Signposts, pp. 284-87); "Writing for the `Electric Boy': Notes on the Origins of Science Fiction," by Frances J. Molson; "L. Frank Baum: Science Fiction and Fantasy," by David L. Greene; "Science Fiction in the Classroom," by Carol D. Stevens; and reviews by Susan R. Gannon and Perry Nodelman of books of recent science fiction criticism. B1797 GREENLAW, M. JEAN. "Science Fiction: Images of the Future, Shad ows of the Past." TON 39 (Fall 1982):64-71. Defines science fiction and illustrates essential elements with selected examples from recent literature for children and young adults. B1798 -----. "Science Fiction: Impossible! Impossible! or Prophetic?" EE 48 (April 1971):196-202. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 91-100.) Maintains that science fiction can help children interpret the issues created by the impact of science and technology on society. Considers themes of social control, respect for individual differences, and the effects of war. B1799 -----. "A Study of the Impact of Technology on Human Values as Reflected in Modern Science Fiction for Children." Ph.D. disserta tion, Michigan State University, 1970, 201 pp., DA 31:5665A. Concludes that children's science fiction contains "significant themes and values that are a commentary on society in general and technology's impact on human values in specific." B1800 HARTWELL, DAVID G. "The Golden Age of Science Fiction Is Twelve." TON 39 (Fall 1982):39-53. Discusses science fiction fans, the status of science fiction writing, conventions, types, functions, and the relationship of science fiction to fantasy. B1801 KETTERER, DAVID. "Canadian Science Fiction: A Survey." CCL 10 (1977-78):18-23. Explores the nature of Canadian science fiction, its distinctive qualities, and the reasons for its paucity. B1802 L'ENGLE, MADELEINE. "Childlike Wonder and the Truths of Science Fiction." Children's Literature 19 (1982):102-10. Argues that often children are able to accept the truths of the wider world presented by science fiction and fantasy better than adults. B1803 LYNN, ELIZABETH A. "Women in, of, and on Science Fiction." TON 39 (Fall 1982):72-75. A feminist analysis, with brief examples from books by both men and women. B1804 MILNER, JOSEPH O. "Oathkeepers and Vagrants: Meliorist and Reac tive World Views in Science Fiction." ChLAQ 10, no. 2 (Summer 1985):71-73. Compares Sylvia Engdahl's Enchantress from the Stars, which represents a "meliorist" or positive and progressive view of human nature, with John Christopher's The White Mountains, which repre sents a "reactive" and skeptical view. B1805 MOLSON, FRANCIS J. "Children's Science Fiction." In Anatomy of Wonder: A Critical Guide to Science Fiction. Edited by Neil Bar ron. 2d. ed. New York: Bowker, 1981, pp. 335-78. Provides an overview of children's science fiction beginning with Robert Heinlein's Rocket Ship Galileo (1947). Includes references. A critically annotated bibliography of children's science fiction follows, pp. 342-78. B1806 -----. "The Winston Science Fiction Series and the Development of Children's Science Fiction." Extrapolation 25 (Spring 1984):34-50. Explores the influence of the science fiction series published by the John C. Winston Company during the 1950s on the development of the genre. B1807 MOSKOWITZ, SAM. "Teen-Agers: Tom Swift and the Syndicate." In Strange Horizons: The Spectrum of Science. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1976, pp. 160-81. Traces the history of science fiction for teenagers from the 1890s through the 1960s, concentrating especially on the Stratemeyer Syndi cate and similar formula fiction. Argues that Howard R. Garis wrote the Tom Swift books. B1808 MYERS, ALAN. "Science Fiction in the Classroom." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 4 (Winter 1978):182-87. Argues for the use of fine science fiction in social science and science classrooms. B1809 NIMON, MAUREEN. "SF: The Corridors of Time." Orana 18 (Feb ruary 1982):13-19. Categorizes forms of science fiction stories as journeys through the unknown, through time, and through new worlds. B1810 PATTOW, DONALD J. "A Critical Chronology of Speculative Fiction for Young People." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin, 1977, 168 pp., DA 38:7122A. Examines the various attitudes and projections of the future in speculative fiction for young people. Finds that most emphasize the "dark side of human nature" and "predict mankind's fall." B1811 "Reflections on Fantasy and Science Fiction." TON 39 (Fall 1982):39-102. Special Issue. Individual articles have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B1812 ROBERTS, THOMAS J. "Science Fiction and the Adolescent." Chil dren's Literature 2 (1973):87-91. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 288-93.) Calls science fiction a "mode" not a "genre." Suggests that machines, aliens, sentimentality, and emphasis on the future appeal to adolescents. B1813 TATE, JANICE M. "Sexual Bias in Science Fiction for Children." EE 50 (October 1973):1061-64. Discusses three classifications of science fiction for children: that with only boys and men as active characters, that with girls and women in leading roles, and that in which, more recently, males and females play roles of equal importance. B1814 WEHMEYER, LILLIAN BIERMANN. "Futuristic Children's Novels as a Mode of Communication." Research in the Teaching of English 13 (May 1979):137-52. Reports on a study to apply the Westley-MacLean communica tions model to children's novels of the future. Found children's novelists to be more optimistic than the futurists on whose work their fiction is based, in terms of energy and fuel sources, but less optimistic with regard to system breaks, technology, and interpersonal relations; and more conservative about family structure and religious beliefs. On the whole, however, the study concludes that children's novelists have not softened the futurists' images of tomorrow. B1815 -----. "World Future Images in Children's Literature." Ph.D. disserta tion, University of California, Berkeley, 1978, 258 pp., DA 39:5301A. Explores utopias, pastorals, and distopias written for children between 1964 and 1977, showing the similarities and dissimilarities between science fiction for adults and for children. B1816 WITUCKE, VIRGINIA. "The Treatment of Fantasy and Science Fiction in Juvenile and Young Adult Literature Texts." TON 39 (Fall 1982):77-91. Finds standard texts used for introducing teachers and librarians to children's literature deficient in their treatment of science fiction and fantasy. SCOTLAND B1817 LEODHAS, SORCHE NIC. "Scottish History Tales." Horn Book 43 (June 1967):323-27. (Reprinted in Norton, Folk Literature, pp. 139-44.) Argues that the Scottish history tales passed down by oral tradi tion should not be neglected by collectors. SEA B1818 CRAGO, HUGH, and CRAGO, MAUREEN. "A World Beneath the Waves." Signal 11 (May 1973):74-87. Surveys the imagery of the underwater otherworld in children's fiction from 1840 to 1971. B1819 YOLEN, JANE. "The Literary Underwater World." LA 57 (April 1980):403-12. Surveys children's fiction and folklore concerning underwater forms of life such as selchies, mermaids, and mermen, and briefly discusses a number of recent works. SERIES BOOKS B1820 ABRAHAMSON, Richard. "They're Reading the Series Books So Let's Use Them: or Who Is Shaun Cassidy?" Journal of Reading 22 (March 1979):523-30. Argues that series books not only provide entertainment but can be used to teach critical reading. B1821 ARMSTRONG, JUDITH. "In Defense of Adventure Stories." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 3 (Autumn 1982):115-21. Discusses the hold of the series adventure story on young readers and hints that the genre may be both misunderstood and undervalued. B1822 BECKMAN, MARGARET. "Why Not the Bobbsey Twins?" Library Journal 89 (15 November 1964):4612-13, 4627. (Also in Ontario Library Review 48 [August 1964]:148-50.) Iterates many of the standard arguments against the purchase of series books by libraries. B1823 DEANE, PAUL C. "The Persistence of Uncle Tom: An Examination of the Image of the Negro in Children's Fiction Series." Journal of Negro Education 37 (Spring 1968): 140-45. (Reprinted in MacCann, Black American, pp. 116-23. Finds that "Except for removing dialect, the series books are maintaining the traditional image of the Negro." B1824 DIZER, JOHN T. Tom Swift and Company: Boys Books by Strate meyer and Others. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Co., 1982, 183 pp. Examines series books, especially those of the Stratemeyer Syndi cate, Tom Swift in particular (whom he considers the best of the series books heroes). Also includes a chapter on Stratemeyer and science fiction and another examining Stratemeyer's attitudes toward blacks. Includes extensive bibliographies of the series books and a list of secondary sources. B1825 KINLOCH, LUCY M. "The Menace of the Series Book." EER 12 (January 1935):9-11. Raises the question: Is it better for children to read series books than not to read at all? Or do they deaden the child's mentality with crude language, melodramatic situations, and commonplace vocabulary? The reader may read fifty series books without ever having to use mind or imagination after the first book in the series. B1826 LAKE, MARY LOUISE. "What's Wrong with Series Books?" EE 47 (December 1970):1109-11. Argues that the main problem with the series books is that they do not present a true picture of life. They are full of stereotypes and false premises and provide children with a false sense of secu rity. B1827 LANES, SELMA. "A Series Is a Series Is a Series." In Down the Rab bit Hole, pp. 128-45. Distinguishes between good and undistinguished series, and ana lyzes the characteristics and appeal of both types. B1828 MacDONALD, J. FREDERICK. "The Foreigner in Juvenile Series Fic tion, 1900-1945." Journal of Popular Culture 8, no. 3 (Winter 1974):534-48. "This literature reveals a dramatic picture of race-consciousness, xenophobia, and imperialism." Documents the portrayals of various ethnic groups in series books. B1829 MacLEOD, ANNE SCOTT. "Secret in The Trash Bin: On the Perennial Popularity of Juvenile Series Books." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 3 (Autumn 1984):127-40. Examines common formulaic elements in the books of Horatio Alger and the Stratemeyer Syndicate that may account for their con tinued popularity. B1830 MASON, BOBBIE ANN. Girl Sleuth. Old Westbury, N.Y.: Feminist Press, 1975, 145 pp. Applies critical techniques to "the form and substance" of series books popular with girls. Mason's major focus is on the series book heroines as sex-role models. Major authors discussed are indexed separately in this bibliography. B1831 MATHIEWS, FRANKLIN K. "Blowing Out the Boy's Brains." Outlook 108 (18 November 1914):653. The chief scout librarian of the United States makes a vitupera tive attack on the dangers of series books and "cheap reading." B1832 NYE, RUSSELL B., ed. "For It Was Indeed He: Books for the Young." In The Unembarrassed Muse: The Popular Arts in Amer ica. New York: Dial Press, 1970, pp. 60-87. Traces the history of series books in America and their influences on the young from Horatio Alger, through Gilbert Patten's Frank Merriwell, to Edward Stratemeyer. B1833 PRAGER, ARTHUR. Rascals at Large. Garden City, N.Y.: Double day, 1971, 334 pp. Personal recollections and reexaminations of popular series books, primarily Stratemeyer Syndicate publications for boys. Major writers discussed are also indexed individually. B1834 ROOT, MARY E.S. "Not to Be Circulated." WLB 3 (1929):446. Root presents "a list of books in series not circulated by standar dized libraries." An article in response, "Not to Be Circulated?," by Ernest F. Ayres, follows in March, pp. 528-29, defending the books against librarians' censorship. B1835 SMITH, JANE S. "Plucky Little Ladies and Stout-Hearted Chums: Serial Novels for Girls, 1900-1920." In Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 3. Edited by Jack Salzman. New York: Burt Fran klin, 1977. Explores the rise in girls' series fiction in the early twentieth century as offering young women fantasies of independence and dis covery that "paid little attention to the rewards or even the existence of domestic life." B1836 SODERBERGH, P.A. "Florida's Image in Juvenile Fiction, 1909-1914." Florida Historical Quarterly 51 (October 1972):153-65. Examines the image of Florida in early twentieth-century juvenile series books. B1837 -----. "The South in Juvenile Series Books, 1907-1917." Mississippi Quarterly 27 (Spring 1974):131-40. Explores the reinforcement of Southern stereotypes in early twen tieth-century series books. SEX B1838 BONE, SANDRA FAYE. "Human Sexual Information, Behaviors, and Attitudes as Revealed in American Realistic Fiction for Young People, 1965-1974." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1977, 435 pp., DA 39:275A. Explores the information, behaviors, and attitudes regarding human sexuality as revealed in young adult realistic fiction published between 1965 and 1974. B1839 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Sex: Because It's There." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 407-11. Summarizes conflicting views of professionals on the treatment of sex in young adult fiction. B1840 KRAUS, W. KEITH. "Cinderella in Trouble: Still Dreaming and Los ing." SLJ 21 (January 1975):18-22. Traces the changes in portrayal of teenage sex and pregnancy in young adult fiction from Henry Gregor Felsen's Two and the Town in 1952, through Ann Head's Mr. and Mrs. BoJo Jones (1968), and Paul Zindel's My Darling, My Hamburger (1969), up to the mid-1970s. Concludes that the old double standard is reinforced by the so-called new realism, and the fiction follows a formula "as strict and uncompromising in moral tone as earlier romance novels." B1841 POLLACK, PAMELA D. "Sex In Children's Fiction: Freedom to Frighten?" SIECUS Report 5, nos. 1-2 (May 1977):15-16. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 198-204.) Argues that much recent children's fiction dealing with sexual themes is "not free of old stereotypes about male/female relationships or misbegotten ideas about sexuality." Briefly discusses several popular works and concludes, "Our young people are being short- changed." B1842 WERSBA, BARBARA, and FRANK, JOSETTE. "Sexuality in Books for Children: An Exchange." Library Journal 98 (15 February 1973):620 and SLJ 19 (February 1973):44. Wersba "would like to see more sex in children's books," whereas Frank would like to stress values and argues that there is a differ ence between books children are given with approval by parents and teachers and those they happen upon by themselves. B1843 Wilson Library Bulletin 46 (October 1971):144-84. Special issue on sex in children's books. Includes an introductory essay by Joan Bodger Mercer, John Newfield's "The Thought, Not Necessarily the Deed: Sex in Some of Today's Juvenile Novels," which provides detailed discussions of Annabel and Edgar Johnson's Count Me Gone and John Donovan's I'll Get There, It Better Be Worth the Trip; a guide to nonfiction by Eula T. White and Roberta Friedman; Diane Wolkstein's "Old and New Sexual Messages in Fairy Tales" (reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 40-44), in which she analyzes "Cinderella," "Sleeping Beauty," "Twelve Dancing Prin cesses," and other classic tales, concluding with a discussion of Maurice Sendak's In the Night Kitchen, which she feels may repre sent a new sexuality; and Mary Ritchie Key's "The Role of Male and Female in Children's Books--Dispelling All Doubts." SEX EDUCATION B1844 BREWER, JOAN SCHERER. "A Guide to Sex Education Books: Dick Active, Jane Passive." IRBC 6, nos. 3-4 (1975):1, 12. A survey of children's books about sex reveals that "sexist ste reotypes abound and racism is implicit in the absence of characters other than whites in illustrations." Includes brief reviews of over a dozen books. B1845 MARCELL, MICHAEL. "Sex Education Books: An Historical Sampling of the Literature." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 3 (Autumn 1982):138-49. Looks at the changes in sex education books for young children from the early days of the twentieth century to the present. SEX ROLES B1846 AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION. Social Responsibilities Round table Task Force on Women. "Women: A Recommended List of Print and Non-Print Materials." In Mediacenter (May 1975):36-41. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 256-85.) In addition to an extensive list of materials, the article presents a list of criteria for appraising materials. B1847 ASHBY, M., and WITTMAIER, B. "Attitude Changes in Children After Exposure to Stories About Women in Traditional or Nontraditional Occupations." Journal of Educational Psychology 70 (December 1978):945-49. A study of fourth-grade girls shows that those who were read nontraditional stories "rated traditionally male jobs and characteristics as appropriate for females more than girls who heard traditional stories." B1848 ASHTON, ELEANOR. "The Effect of Sex-role Stereotyped Picture Books on the Play Behavior of Three and Four Year Old Children." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Massachusetts, 1978, 158 pp., DA 39:1310A. Found that exposure to sex-role stereotyped and nonstereotyped activities in picture books influenced the behavior of young children. B1849 BARTA, PATRICIA ANN BROCK. "A Study of Children's Reactions to the Assertive Behavior of Female Characters in Books." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1979, 161 pp., DA 40:3105A. Studies the responses of pre-fourth- and pre-sixth-grade students to the assertiveness of female characters in Carolyn Haywood's Pat and Eddie and E.L. Konigsburg's From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler. B1850 BEREAUD, SUSAN R. "Sex Role Images in French Children's Books." Journal of Marriage and the Family 37 (February 1975):194-207. Finds similar patterns of sex role portrayals (strong male bias and strict sex role stereotyping of characters) in both French and Ameri can picture books. B1851 BERNSTEIN, JOANNE. "Changing Roles of Females in Books for Young Children." Reading Teacher 27 (March 1974):545-49. Examines a number of recent books with girls and women in nontraditional, nonstereotyped roles. B1852 BINGHAM, JANE, and SCHOLT, GRAYCE. "Didacticism in New Dress: A Look at `Free' Stories." TON 32 (April 1976):253-60. Examines children's literature as a vehicle for women's liberation. Concludes that "So far there have been very few `free' stories and poems that can qualify as literature, that help the child to see difficult relationships, to understand complex problems, to feel the joy and sorrow of life as it really is." B1853 BRACKEN, JEANNE, and WIGUTOFF, SHARON. "Sugar and Spice: That's What Children's Books Are Still Made Of." Women's Studies Newsletter 5, no. 3 (Summer 1977). (Reprinted in Emergency Librarian 5 [March 1978]:3-5.) Finds portrayals of female roles unchanged despite the feminist movement. B1854 CZAPLINSKI, SUZANNE M. Sexism in Award Winning Picture Books. Pittsburgh, Pa.: Know, Inc., 1972, 104 pp. (Based on M.A. thesis, University of Wisconsin, 1972.) Reviews existing literature on sexism in children's picture books and the psychological literature relating to children's formation of sex stereotypes. Examines a sampling of children's picture books from the 1940s to the 1970s for portrayals of males and females and their activities and roles. Discusses as specific examples a number of well-known books and popular titles, and concludes, "Sexism or unequal treatment of the sexes does exist within children's picture books." B1855 DANIELS, DEBORAH. "Sexism in Children's Books: An Honest Out look." Catholic Library World 46 (May 1975):438-41. Chronicles the growing awareness of the need for unstereotyped sex-role portrayals in children's books. B1856 DIXON, BOB. "Sexism: Birds in Gilded Cages." In Catching Them Young, pp. 1-41. Discusses the portrayal of female roles by Louisa May Alcott and Susan Coolidge as well as by more recent writers. B1857 DOHNER, JAN. "Literature of Change: Science Fiction and Women." TON 34 (Spring 1978):261-65. Feels that although "they are in short supply, there are science fiction books for young people that provide good female characters and role models." Points out good and bad examples. B1858 DONLAN, DAN. "The Negative Image of Women in Children's Litera ture." EE 49 (April 1973):604-11. This examination of nursery rhymes and folktales reveals that "the passive female is portrayed sympathetically; whereas the assertive female is portrayed unsympathetically." Discusses the evidence in several nursery rhymes and tales. B1859 ENGEL, ROSALIND E. "Is Unequal Treatment of Females Diminishing in Children's Picture Books?" Reading Teacher 34 (March 1981):647-52. Identifies the extent of the problem of unequal treatment of females in picture books selected for awards, and suggests probable causes. B1860 FEMINISTS ON CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. "A Feminist Look at Children's Books." Library Journal 96 (15 January 1971):235-40. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 107-15.) Examines the portrayal of sex roles in children's books, dividing them into categories of "sexist," "cop-out," "positive," and "especially for girls." B1861 FISHER, ELIZABETH. "Children's Books: The Second Sex, Junior Division." NYTBR, 24 May 1970, Children's Book sec., pp. 6, 44. (Reprinted in And Jill Came Tumbling After: Sexism in American Education, edited by Judith Stacey, Susan Bereaud, and Joan Daniels [New York: Dell, 1974], pp. 116-22; and in White, Children's Litera ture, pp. 81-86.) This early influential article points out the lack of females and their stereotyped representation when they are portrayed in children's books. B1862 FRAAD, HARRIET. "Sex Role Stereotyping and Male-female Character Distribution in Popular, Prestigious, and Sex-role Defining Children's Literature from 1959 to 1972." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia Univer sity Teachers College, 1976, 156 pp., DA 36:5295A. Compares the ratios of male and female characters to male and female stereotypes. Finds a predominance of male characters and female stereotypes in most categories of books examined. B1863 FRASHER, RAMONA S. "Boys, Girls, and Pippi Longstocking." Read ing Teacher 8 (May 1977):860-63. Examines responses of boys and girls to Pippi and finds both identify strongly with her. B1864 GERSONI-STAVN, DIANE. "Feminist Criticism: An Overview." Library Journal 99 (15 January 1974):182, 184-85 and SLJ 20 (January 1974):22. Sets forth some of the principles and aims of feminist criticism, and includes comments on its pitfalls and dangers. B1865 -----. "Up for Discussion: The Skirts in Fiction About Boys: A Maxi Mess." Library Journal 96 (15 January 1971):282-86 and SLJ 18 (January 1971):66-70. Finds that "sweeping sometimes contradictory (and often condem natory) . . . statements about the female sex . . . get dropped into dialogue or inserted as undeveloped asides," and that "the girl friends and mothers are almost always unrealized or unpleasant characters- one-dimensional, idealized, insipid, bitchy, or castrating--while sexually neutral characters, such as little sisters and old ladies, are most often well conceived and likable." B1866 GERSONI-STAVN, DIANE, ed. "Propaganda and the Sins of Omission." In Sexism and Youth. New York: Bowker, 1974, pp. 163-384. Contents: "Women in Children's Literature," by Alleen Pace Nil sen, pp. 163-73; "Sex-Role Socialization in Picture Books for Pre- School Children," by Lenore J. Weitzman et al., pp. 174-95; "Dick and Jane as Victims: Sex Stereotyping in Children's Readers-- Excerpts," by Women on Words and Images, pp. 196-208; "Run, Mama, Run: Women Workers in Elementary Readers," by Buford Stefflre, pp. 209-13; "Liberated Chinese Primers (Let's Write Some Too)," by Florence Howe, pp. 214-16; "The Negative Image of Women in Children's Literature," by Dan Donlan, pp. 217-27; "`Some Day My Prince Will Come': Female Acculturation Through the Fairy Tale," by Marcia Lieberman. Louisa May Alcott: The Author of Little Women as Feminist," by Karen Lindsey, pp. 244-48; "A Feminist Look at Children's Books," by Feminists on Children's Media, pp. 249-59; "The Skirts in Fiction about Boys: A Maxi Mess," by Diane Gersoni-Stavn, pp. 260-71; "Feminists Look at the 100 Books: The Portrayal of Women in Children's Books on Puerto Rican Themes," by Dolores Prida et al., pp. 272-88; "Reducing the `Miss Muffet' Syndrome: An Anno tated Bibliography," by Diane Gersoni-Stavn, pp. 289-98; "All Preg nant Girls Have Boy Babies," by Carolyn G. Heilbrun, pp. 299-302; and a number of studies of sex role presentations in text books. Concludes with "Feminist Criticism: An Overview," by Diane Gerso ni-Stavn, pp. 377-84. B1867 GOODELL, CAROL G. "Sex Differences in Achievement-Related Behavior in Children's Picture Story Books." Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University, 1979, 204 pp., DA 41:525A. A content analysis of sixty-seven best-selling picture storybooks published between 1922 and 1974 for "attributes for success of the main character and their achievement-related behaviors." The focus is on "sex differences, with secondary emphasis on effects of age, race, and changes over time." B1868 GOUGH, PAULINE B. "Non-Sexist Literature for Children: A Pan acea?" TON 33 (Summer 1977):334-43. Discusses the influence of the revival of American feminism on children's literature, reporting on several studies of sexism in children's books. Includes references. B1869 HEARN, PAMELA HINDEN. "Images of Women in the Leisure Read ing Choices of Young People." Ph.D. dissertation, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, 1978, 133 pp., DA 39:643A. Examines sex-role stereotyping and images of women in popular young adult fiction, finding that male protagonists dominate and have greater freedom of mobility, that there are few positive female role models, and that female crises tend to be limited to insanity, unwanted pregnancy, and abortion. B1870 HENDLER, MARJORIE R. "An Analysis of Sex Role Attributes, Behaviors, and Occupations in Contemporary Children's Picture Books." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1977, 164 pp., DA 38:782A. Examines 214 picture books published during 1973-75. Concludes that "picture books published in 1975 show both child and adult characters in less stereotypic behaviors than in 1973." B1871 HEYN, LEAH. "Children's Books." Women: A Journal of Liberation 1, no. 1 (Fall 1969):22-25. An early feminist appraisal of the role of women as portrayed in children's literature. B1872 HILLMAN, JUDITH S. "Analysis of Male and Female Roles in Two Periods of Children's Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1973, 170 pp., DA 34:2562A. (Summary in Jour nal of Educational Research 68 [October 1974]:84-88 and in "Occupa tional Roles in Children's Literature," Elementary School Journal 77 [September 1976]:1-4.) Finds little change in male and female occupational roles depicted in children's literature between the 1930s and 1960s. B1873 INTERNATIONAL READING ASSOCIATION COMMITTEE ON SEX ISM AND READING. "Guide for Evaluating Sex Stereotyping in Reading Materials." Reading Teacher 31 (December 1977):288. A set of criteria. B1874 JEDERMAN, JEAN E. "The Sexual Stereotype of Women in Children's Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, Northern Illinois University, 1974, 99 pp., DA 34:6944A. Examines the "social role of American Women--their marital, maternal, and occupational status--as depicted in literature for intermediate grade children." B1875 JONES, BARTLETT C. "A New Cache of Liberated Children's Literat ure--In Some Old Standbys!" WLB 49 (September 1974):52-56. Examines classic works of children's literature, including the fairy tales, for strong female role models. B1876 JORDAN, ANNE DEVEREAUX. "Sugar n' Spice'n Snails." In Butler, Sharing, pp. 343-47. Traces changing sex-role portrayals in children's literature, concluding that "The stereotypes of the past are falling by the way." B1877 KAUFMAN, MELISSA MULLIS. "Male and Female Sex Roles in Lit erature for Adolescents, 1840-1972: A Historical Survey." Ph.D. dissertation, Duke University, 1982, 437 pp., DA 43:750A. Concludes that stereotypes have become more, not less, entrenched as books become more modern. Finds mothers and fathers tend to be perfect in early books, and negatively portrayed in later books; girl friends are more expressive of feelings for each other than boy friends; friendships become more negative in recent books; many experiences of initiations into manhood, but initiation into womanhood limited to involvement with a man, marriage, or childbirth. The most constant attitude toward girls in boys' books is scorn and contempt; the ideal male has remained the same, while the ideal female has undergone many changes. B1878 KARNES, ELIZABETH L. "An Analysis of Male and Female Roles in Two Periods of Award-winning Adolescent Literature." Ed.D. disser tation, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1975, 244 pp., DA 36:5299A. Finds no improvement in sex-role stereotyping in recent Newber y-award winning fiction. B1879 KELTY, JEAN McCLURE. "The Cult of the Kill in Adolescent Fic tion." Paper presented at the 12th Annual Conference on English Education in the Elementary School, Cleveland, Ohio, March 1974. ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 090 563. (Also in English Journal 64 [February 1975]:56-61 and in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 237-44.) Considerable controversy has been generated by Kelty's claim that "Boys are conditioned via books to the cult of violence and killing as a part of their initiation into the adult world." Books discussed include Marjorie Kinnan Rawlings's The Yearling, Fred Gipson's Old Yeller, Hal Borland's When The Legends Die, and Robert Newton Peck's A Day No Pigs Would Die. B1880 KINMAN, JUDITH R., and HENDERSON, DARWIN L. "An Analysis of Sexism in Newbery Medal Award Books from 1977-84." Reading Teacher 38 (May 1985):885-89. Suggests that the portrayals of girls and women in recent New bery books are less biased. B1881 KNODEL, BEA. "Still Far from Equal: Young Women in Literature for Adolescents." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1982, 7 pp., ED 217 425. Examines the role of young women in a number of popular and highly praised adolescent novels and finds a lack of strong positive female role models. Needed are "young women with some of Nancy Drews's independence and dash, but realistically portrayed. B1882 KNOEPFLMACHER, U.C. "Little Girls Without Their Curls: Female Aggression in Victorian Children's Literature." Children's Literature 11 (1983):14-31. Argues that Juliana Ewing's "Amelia and the Dwarfs" and Francis Hodgson Burnett's "Behind the White Brick" preserve and present "brilliant satirical energies," made possible by "the indulged wish of female aggression in defiance of Victorian taboos," more fully than Burnett's later book The Secret Garden. B1883 KOSS, HELEN GUEBLE. "A Comparison of Sexism in Trade Books for Primary Children, 1950-1953 and 1970-1973." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Connecticut, 1979, 176 pp., DA 40:647A. Found the following changes in the two time periods: (1) the number of male characters decreased and the number of female char acters increased, (2) the number of male main characters decreased, while female main characters increased, and (3) the number of females participating in female-stereotyped activities increased. B1884 KRAFT, LINDA. "Lost Herstory: The Treatment of Women in Chil dren's Encyclopedias." Library Journal 98 (15 January 1973):218-27 and SLJ 19 (January 1973):26-35. Examines the portrayals of women in five recommended sets of children's encyclopedias in areas of women's rights and suffrage, various historical periods, cultural achievements, vocation, the family, and biography. B1885 LA DOW, STEPHANIE. "A Content-analysis of Selected Picture Books Examining the Portrayal of Sex-Roles and Representation of Males and Females." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1976, 59 pp., ED 123 165. Examines the portrayal of sex roles in 125 preschool-level picture books. Concludes that females are underrepresented and both males and females are limited to stereotyped roles. B1886 LANES, SELMA. "On Feminism and Children's Books." Library Jour nal 99 (15 January 1974):183. Argues for a balanced approach to evaluation of children's books, maintaining that although feminist propaganda is healthy and has its place, "we will continue to look to works of true literary quality and depth" to shed light on the "great human problems." B1887 LEVSTIK, LINDA S. "I'm No Lady!': The Tomboy in Children's Fic tion." CLE, n.s. 14, no. 1 (Spring 1983):14-20. "Despite the oft repeated contention that children's fiction has consistently presented a narrow and stereotypical view of the lives of girls and women, a review of books written in the 1920s and 1930s indicates a degree of dissatisfaction with the status quo." B1888 LUKENS, REBECCA. "Girls: An Affirmation." Bookbird 17, no. 1 (1979):12-17. Explores positive images of girls as heroes in children's fiction. B1889 McBROOM, GERALDINE S. "Young Realistic Fiction, 1967-1977: Images of Adolescent Male Protagonists." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1979, 196 pp., DA 40:4579A. Examines contemporary young adult realistic fiction, concentrating on male images. Concludes that the male protagonist is not much different from those in earlier young adult literature: "Despite what earlier research states this character is sensitive and displays a wide range of emotions." Suggests further areas for research and classroom applications. B1890 "McGraw-Hill Guidelines for Equal Treatment of the Sexes." SLJ 21 (January 1975):23-27. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 249-61.) Guidelines to be employed by editors from 1975 forward in all the company's nonfiction publications. B1891 MADSEN, Jane M. "Women and Children's Literature: We Read What We Are and We Are What We Read." In The Study of Women: Enlarging Perspectives of Social Reality. Edited by E.C. Snyder. New York: Harper & Row, 1979, pp. 207-27. Reviews the research on sex-role portrayals in textbooks and storybooks and points out key characteristics of sexism. Includes references and suggested readings. B1892 MAXWELL, A. "Sexism in the Fairy Tales of Andersen & Perrault: A Study." Children's Libraries Newsletter 12 (February 1976):20-30. Analyzes the depiction of sex roles in several classic tales. B1893 MORTIMER, MARY, and BRANDLEY, DENISE. "Images of Women and Girls in Children's Books." Australian Library Journal 28 (20 April 1979):87-93. Surveys sex role portrayals in Australian children's books. B1894 NELSON, GAYLE. "The Double Standard in Adolescent Novels." English Journal 64 (February 1975):53-55. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 228-31.) Examines five popular adolescent novels and finds stereotyped sex roles and situations that fail to provide positive and realistic models for young women. Finds that women must pay, usually by becoming pregnant, for stepping outside of society's bounds. B1895 NICHOLLS, CHRISTINE. "Sexism and Children's Literature: A Per spective for Librarians." Orana 17 (August 1981):105-11. Views sexism as a variety of colonialism and analyzes a number of well-known books in those terms. Hugh Crago responds in "Sex ism, Literature and Reader-Response" (November 1981):158-62. B1896 NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "Five Factors Contributing to the Unequal Treatment of Females in Children's Picture Books." TON 34 (Spring 1978):255-59. Reports a decline in numbers of females portrayed in Caldecott Medal or Honor Books between 1950 and 1975. Contributing factors identified are (1) male bias in career preparation and reading materi als, (2) peculiarities of the English language, (3) sexist literary heritage, (4) preponderance of male artists, and (5) sexuality of women's bodies. B1897 -----. "Women in Children's Literature." College English 32 (May 1971):918-26. Reports on a study of the portrayal of women in Caldecott award and honor books from 1951 to 1970. Finds many instances of ste reotyping and asks for books portraying more independent and active girls and an end to the adage that boys will not read books about girls. Boys will not "read books about dull children--male or female." B1898 NORSWORTHY, JAMES A., Jr. "In Search of an Image: The Adult Male Role in Picture Books." Catholic Library World 45 (December 1973):220-26. (Also in Kentucky Library Association Bulletin 38 [Winter 1974]:9-20.) Finds many picture books lack an adult male, that children frequently triumph over adult male wisdom, that men are depicted as lovable but weak, as too involved in self to understand others' problems, as cop-outs, and as mean. Finally, discusses a number of picture books that do portray strong, positive adult male characters. B1899 PARISH, MARGARET. "Women at Work: Housewives and Paid Work ers as Mothers in Contemporary Realistic Fiction for Children." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1976, 221 pp., DA 37:7730A. Examines roles of women (housewives, paid workers, and moth ers) as perceived by contemporary social scientists and as perceived by the women authors of a selected group of children's books. B1900 PAUSACKER, JENNY, and HARPER, JAN. "Liberating Children's Literature from Sexism." In Robinson, M., Readings in Children's Literature, pp. 188-206. Explores ways of counteracting sexism in children's literature, providing numerous examples from the work of the Australian orga nization of Women's Movement Children's Literature Co-operative. B1901 PETERSON, C. "The Effect of Traditional and Reversed Sex-Typed Stories on the Kindergarten Child's Sex Role Perceptions." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1979, 125 pp., DA 40:4884A. Finds decreased stereotyping in the behavior of kindergarten girls who were exposed to reverse sex-typed stories. B1902 PYLE, WILMA J. "Sexism in Children's Literature." Theory Into Prac tice 15 (April 1976):116-19. Points out areas where changes in the images of women and girls in children's literature are needed, but also cautions against the dangers of overconcentration on nonsexist content to the detriment of literary quality. B1903 RACHLIN, SUSAN KESSLER, and VOGT, GLENDA L. "Sex Roles as Presented to Children By Coloring Books." Journal of Popular Cul ture 8, no. 3 (Winter 1974):549-56. Reports on a survey of portrayals of sex roles in coloring books. Finds three and a half times as many males as females are shown engaged in careers. B1904 RAY, BECKY. "Little Boys and Picture Books." Catholic Library World 54 (Summer 1982):74-78. Examines sex role stereotyping of males in picture books. "Today's little girls are learning they can do and be anything. Don't little boys deserve the same?" B1905 ROBERTS, PATRICIA L. "The Female Image in the Caldecott Medal Award Books." Ed.D. dissertation, University of the Pacific, 1975, 509 pp., DA 36:3392A. Examines the human, animal, and inanimate female images in the texts and illustrations of Caldecott award books. Concludes that "Caldecott winners are not free of the stereotyping of the female image." B1906 ST. PETER, SHIRLEY. "Jack Went Up the Hill . . . But Where Was Jill?" Psychology of Women Quarterly 4, no. 2 (Winter 1979):256-60. Examines picture books for three to six year olds published from 1882 to 1975 and finds stereotyped sex-role models. B1907 SANDELL, KARIN L. "The All-Too-Wonderful World of Children's Literature: Forty Years of Award-Winning Children's Picture Books." In Communication, Language, Sex: Proceedings of the First Annual Conference. Edited by Cynthia L. Berryman and Virginia Eman. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury, 1978, pp. 27-40. Findings corroborate those of other researchers on the underre presentation and stereotyped portrayals of females in the words and pictures of children's books. B1908 SEGEL, ELIZABETH. "Picture Books and Princesses: The Feminist Contribution." Proceedings of the Children's Literature Association 8 (1981):77-83. A critical overview of feminist criticism of fairy tales and picture books from the early 1970s. B1909 -----. "Picture Book Sex Roles Revisited." SLJ 28 (May 1982):30-31. Analyzes a number of influential early studies of sex roles in picture books (Weitzman, Fisher, Nilsen), and concludes that despite some excesses, feminist criticism has influenced changes in picture books. B1910 Sexism in Children's Books: Facts, Figures, and Guidelines. Papers on Children's Literature no. 2. London: Writers & Readers, 1976, 56 pp. Includes reprints of "Sex-Role Socialization in Picture Books for Preschool Children" by Leonore Weitzman et al.; "Sexism in Award Winning Picture Books," by Suzanne M. Czaplinski; "Sex-Roles in Reading Schemes," by Glenys Lobban (reprinted from Forum 16, no. 2 [Spring 1974]), and "The McGraw-Hill Guidelines for Equal Treat ment of the Sexes." B1911 SKILLMAN, BETTY LOU. "The Characterization of American Women in Twentieth Century American Literature for Children." Ph.D. dis sertation, Ohio University, 1975, 200 pp., DA 36:6691A. Compares trends in age, race, marital status, and employment status of the female population as inferred from U.S. census informa tion, with the representation of females in children's literature. B1912 SKJONSBERG, KARI. "Sex Roles in Children's Literature." Bookbird 12, no. 3 (1974):3-6. Examines sex-role portrayals in books published in Norway between 1957 and 1961. B1913 SMITH, RONA. "Sex-Role Stereotyping in Selected American Children's Fiction from 1950 to 1974." Ph.D. dissertation, New York Univer sity, 1979, 239 pp., DA 40:2964A. Examines the nature and extent of sex-role stereotyping in repre sentative examples of children's literature. B1914 STENSLAND, ANNA LEE. "Images of Women in Recent Adolescent Literature." English Journal 73 (November 1984):68-72. Finds a mixed picture of women's roles in recent young adult literature and finds some themes not developed: the problems of minority women, conflicts between roles of wife/mother and career, and the problems of the single professional. B1915 STEWIG, JOHN W., and HIGGS, MARGARET. "Girls Grow Up to Be Mommies: A Study of Sexism in Children's Literature." Library Journal 98 (15 January 1973):236-41 and SLJ 19 (January 1973):44-49. (Also in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 116-22.) Reports on recent research on portrayals of females in children's literature, pointing out some of its weaknesses, and offers the results of the authors' own survey of picture books. Concludes that "women are not depicted in the rich variety of roles in which they are engaged today." B1916 STEWIG, JOHN W., and KNIPFEL, MARY LYNN. "Sexism in Picture Books--What Progress?" Elementary School Journal 76 (December 1975):151-55. Reports on a study of women's roles in picture books published between 1972 and 1974, which finds stereotyping in women's home making and professional roles. B1917 STONE, KAY F. "Romantic Heroines in Anglo-American Folk and Popular Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1975, 406 pp. Finds that the brave heroines of Anglo-American folktale collec tions are not as well known to today's readers as the relatively passive and helpless feminine heroines of the Grimms, Andersen, and Andrew Lang, and that the best-known were the three popularized by Walt Disney: "Cinderella," "Snow White," and "Sleeping Beauty." B1918 STYER, SANDRA. "Biographical Models for Young Feminists." LA 55 (February 1978):168-74. Suggests ways in which biographies of "women and men who have not conformed to rigid definitions of appropriate sex-role behavior" can serve as role models for children. Includes a biblio- graphy. B1919 SULLIVAN, ANNA MARY TOOMER. "A Comparative Study of the Sex Biased Content in Major Juvenile Periodicals Published in 1977 and the Sex-Biased Content in the Same Periodicals Published in 1967." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Southern Mississippi, 1978, 74 pp., DA 39:5507A. Finds changes only in an increase in biographical stories about females and an increase in problem-solving behaviors ascribed to females. B1920 TIBBETTS, SYLVIA L. "Research in Sexism: Some Studies of Chil dren's Reading Material Revisited." Educational Research Quarterly 4 (Winter 1979):34-39. Criticizes the major studies of sexism in children's reading materials as lacking well-structured research design. B1921 -----. "Sexism in Children's Magazines." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania, 1979, 240 pp., DA 40:5415A. Finds evidence of sex bias in eleven popular children's magazines based on a preponderance of male characters who are seen as inde pendent, employed, socially active, self-sufficient, rule-makers, and protestors. Women are married or widowed, tied to the family, care takers, and more friendly than males. B1922 TRUMPETER, MARGO, and CROWE, LINDA D. "Sexism in Picture Books." Illinois Libraries 53 (September 1971):499-502. Points out examples of sex-role stereotyping in books for young children and beginning readers. B1923 TULLOS, TANYA. "The Role of Women in Children's Literature: What Do Books Recommended by Public Elementary School Librari ans Reflect?" Ph.D. dissertation, Texas A&M University, 1979, 142 pp., DA 40:6146A. Finds little difference in sex-role stereotyping in recommended and nonrecommended books and suggests more careful examination for stereotyping by the book-buying public. Makes suggestions for further research on the topic. B1924 VUKELICH, C.; McCARTY, C.; and NANIS, C. "Sex Bias in Chil dren's Books." Childhood Education 52 (February 1976):220-22. Finds a predominance of subservient female role models for chil dren. B1925 WANG, YU JUNG. "An Analysis of Male and Female Roles in Chi nese Children's Reading Materials Published in Taiwan." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1980, 146 pp., DA 41:661A. Examines sex roles in Chinese children's literature published in Taiwan. The roles were investigated in terms of frequency of pres ence for male and female characters, occupations engaged in, and behavior of male and female characters. The study concluded that "strong traditional-oriented attitudes toward male and female roles" continue to exist. B1926 WEITZMAN, LENORE J.; EIFLER, DEBORAH; HOKADA, ELIZA BETH; and ROSS, CATHERINE. "Sex Role Socialization in Picture Books for Pre-School Children." American Journal of Sociology 77 (May 1972):1125-50. This extremely influential article analyzes Caldecott and other award-winning books in terms of their portrayals of stereotyped sex roles. Concludes that women are underrepresented and where they do appear their roles are stereotyped. Discusses the effects of these "rigid sex-role portraits" on the developing child. B1927 WELLER, ANNA ELIZABETH. "The Portrayal of the Female Charac ter in the Newbery Award Books." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana Uni versity, 1977, 183 pp., DA 38:1718A. Concludes that sex-role stereotyping has decreased in recent Newbery award books. B1928 WIGNELL, EDNA, comp. Boys Whistle, Girls Sing: Sexism in Chil dren's Books. Melbourne: Primary Education (Publishing) Ltd., 1976, 71 pp. Includes a number of articles reprinted from Primary Education (Richmond) and other sources. Sexism is defined and incidences are identified and discussed in a number of well-known titles including Tove Jansson's Moomin books, B.B.'s Little Grey Men, Helen Cress well's Gift from Winklesea, and E. Nesbit's Railway Children. Also examines stereotyping in textbooks, picture books, and informational books, and includes an annotated list of recommended fiction. B1929 WINKELJOHANN, Sister ROSEMARY, and GALLANT, RUTH. "Queries: Should We Use Children's Classics that Offer Stereotypic Images of Sex Roles?" LA 57 (April 1980):446-50. Includes a historical overview and responses from Carolyn W. Carmichael and Patricia J. Cianciolo as well as a list of references on the topic. B1930 WORTH, BARBARA. "Achievement and Affiliation Motive of Male and Female Characters in Realistic Fiction for Children, 1945-1975." Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1975, 159 pp., DA 38:5917A. Examines differences between motives of male and female char acters in children's fiction for two time periods: 1945-63 and 1970-75. Found little differences between sexes or different time periods. SHORT STORY B1931 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: A Mark of Distinction." Horn Book 60 (September-October 1984):665-70. In this last of his series of letters from England, Chambers discusses the short story form in children's literature, primarily in the work of Jan Mark, but also with some insightful though brief com ments on Sendak's Outside Over There and the work of Philippa Pearce. B1932 GROFF, PATRICK. "Short Story and Children." Advocate 3, no. 2 (Winter 1984):118-22. Points out the prevalence of short stories for children and urges that they be given more critical attention. B1933 SEGAL, ELIZABETH. "Short-Changed: Short Stories for Children." SLJ 26 (May 1980):40-41. Surveys the availability and nature of short stories for younger readers and argues that more children's short stories are needed, especially from American writers. B1934 STIBBS, ANDREW. "`Spit Nolan' and the Short Story for Children." CLE, o.s., no. 7 (March 1972):17-22. Examines "Spit Nolan" from Bill Naughton's The Goalkeeper's Revenge and Other Stories as an example of the appeal of short stories to children. SOCIAL CLASS B1935 DIXON, BOB. "Class: Snakes and Ladders." In Catching Them Young, pp. 42-93. Provides a British perspective on issues of class in children's books. Among writers discussed are Arthur Ransome, Geoffrey Trease, Lucy Boston, Jean de Brunhoff, and Roger Gleason. SOUTH AFRICA B1936 RANDOLPH-ROBINSON, BRENDA. "The Depiction of South Africa in Children's Literature." IRBC 15, nos. 7-8 (1984):14-22. "A study of more than forty children's books finds that even the newest are generally inadequate, and older titles--still in circulation-- are blatantly biased." Includes an annotated listing of the books examined. SOVIET UNION B1937 AMOR, STUART. "Folk Tales for Children in the Soviet Union." Sig nal 16 (January 1975):46-51. An overview of collections of tales, their handling, and their history. B1938 BOYD, CELIA. "The Catcher in the Steppes: Soviet Adolescent Fiction in Translation." Signal 7 (January 1972):13-30. Discusses the influence of Salinger's Catcher in the Rye on the Soviet novel for adolescents, notably Vadim Prolov's What It's All About (1968), Boris Balter's Goodbye Boys (1963), and Vasili Aksenov's A Starry Ticket (1967). B1939 FOTEEVA, A.I. "For Children About the War and the Soviet Army." Soviet Education 18 (January 1976):87-103. Surveys Russian children's fiction and nonfiction about World War II. B1940 MEDVEDEVA, N. "Russian Children's Literature on the Contemporary Stage." International Library Review 3 (April 1971):133-40. Summarizes recent developments in the writing and scholarly study of children's literature in the Soviet Union. This is not a study of children's theater. B1941 MILLER, D.D.; WILLIAMS, SUSAN; and WILLIAMS, RONALD. "Children's Literature in the Soviet Union." LA 53 (May 1976):531-35. A concise overview. Includes a bibliography. B1942 MORTON, MIRIAM. "A Harvest of Russian Children's Literature." In Haviland, Children and Literature, pp. 374-78. Excerpts from the introduction to the anthology of the same name. A brief overview of Russian children's literature. B1943 -----. "The Multi-Ethnic and Interracial Children's Literature of the U.S.S.R." IRBC 5, nos. 1-2 (1974):1, 12-14. Reports on the children's literature of the various ethnic groups in the Soviet Union. B1944 -----. "Young Soviet Readers and Their Literature." In Egoff, One Ocean, pp. 38-59. Provides an overview of children's literature in the Soviet Union, based on research for her anthology A Harvest of Russian Literature (1967) and The Arts and the Soviet Child (1972). B1945 MOTYASHOV, NINA B., and NIKOLAYEVA, MARIA. "U.S.S.R." Phaedrus 8 (1981):80-81. An unannotated list of recent Soviet publications concerning children's literature. B1946 O'DELL, FELICITY ANN. Socialization through Children's Literature: The Soviet Example. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1978, 288 pp. Identifies and examines the role of children's literature in the socialization of the child. Explores the organization of the produc tion and dissemination of Soviet children's literature, and looks in-depth at text-book materials for primary-school children and the popular periodical Murzilkla. B1947 Phaedrus 4, no. 1 (Spring 1977):3-33. Special issue. Covers children's literature research in many of the Soviet republics and provides translations from Detskaya Litera ture, a Soviet journal of children's literature. Includes articles on the literatures of Azerbaijan, Byelorussia, Kirghiz, Tataria, and Uzbek. B1948 PRESKA, MARGARET ROBINSON. "Humanness in Soviet Children's Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, Claremont Graduate School & Univer sity Center, 1969, 192 pp., DA 30:5417A. Analyzes "humanness" in contemporary Soviet story books for pre schoolers. Concludes that "it is difficult to distinguish contemporary Russian story books from any books representative of the children's literature produced in the technologically and educationally advanced countries of the world." B1949 RAPP, HELEN. "Soviet Books for Children." In Soviet Society: A Book of Readings. Edited by Alex Inkleles and Geiger Kent. Bos ton: Houghton Mifflin, 1961, pp. 443-48. Provides a concise overview of Russian children's literature as of the late 1950s. B1950 RUDOLPH, MARGUERITA. "Children's Literature in the Soviet Union." Horn Book 40 (December 1964):646-50. An overview of Soviet children's literature as of the early 1960s. B1951 SHEVELTER, VALENTIN. "Children's Magazines in the Soviet Union." Bookbird 6, no. 2 (1968):56-58. Provides an overview of Soviet children's periodicals. B1952 SOKOL, ELENA. Russian Poetry for Children. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984, 242 pp. Traces the development of modern Russian children's poetry, concentrating especially on the influence of Kornei Chukovsky and traditional folklore. Also discusses a number of modern poets including Samuel Marshak and Vladimir Maiakovskii. SPAIN B1953 BRAVO-VILLASANTE, CARMEN. "Children's Literature in Spain --1969." Bookbird 8 (1970):17-24. Summarizes developments in Spain's children's literature, including heroic epics, science fiction, theater, religious literature, and handicraft books. B1954 -----. "Utility, or Art: A Fork Along the Road to Permanence in Spanish Children's Literature." WLB 48 (October 1973):153-58. A historical overview of the children's literature of Spain. SPORTS B1955 BRODERICK, DOROTHY M. "An Open Letter to Sports Writers." Library Journal 87 (15 April 1962):1675-76 and SLJ 9 (April 1962):27-28. "A Second Letter to Sports Writers." Library Journal 89 (15 November 1964):4608-9 and SLJ 11 (November 1964):34-35. In her first letter Broderick castigates writers of sports fiction for their "helpful hints," their "character portrayal," their "ethics," and their depiction of action and atmosphere. The second letter criticizes the too narrow scope of the sports biography. B1956 CAMPBELL, PATRICIA. "Women in Sports in Children's Books: Wealthy, White, and Winning." IRBC 10, no. 4 (1979):3-10. Argues that though there are many recent books presenting women in sports as exciting, vital role models, even the best often contain limiting stereotypes. B1957 CANTWELL, ROBERT. "A Sneering Laugh with Bases Loaded." Sports Illustrated 16 (23 April 1962):67-70, 73-76. Surveys baseball novels for boys, especially novels by Ralph Henry Barbour and William Heyliger. B1958 EVANS, WALTER. "The All-American Boys: A Study of Boys' Sports Fiction." Journal of Popular Culture 6 (Summer 1972):104-21. Traces the evolution of the sports story from its origins in the school story, points out differences between the two, and notes common conventions and changes in the genre over the years. Includes references. B1959 GRABER, RALPH S. "Baseball in American Fiction." English Journal 56 (November 1967):1107-14. A survey of adult juvenile fiction from the nineteenth century to the present concluding, "Baseball literature has moved from the story told for the juvenile, to the fiction which attracts the intellectual to examine the game in literature for the light it sheds on American life and the paradoxes of modern existence." B1960 LIPSYTE, ROBERT. "Forum: Robert Lipsyte on Kids/Sports/Books." CLE, n.s. 11, no. 1 (Spring 1980):43-47. (Reprinted as "Peddling Sports Myths: A Disservice to Young Readers," in IRBC 12, no. 1 [1981]:11-13.) Castigates sports books for perpetuating myths. Argues that books are needed that "acknowledge kids' fears about sports . . . in which nice guys do finish last and it doesn't matter. In which making the team doesn't end all problems and the team doesn't win all the games. Books that integrate sports with the rest of life." B1961 MESSENGER, CHRISTIAN K. "Sport in American Literature (1830-1930)." Ph.D. dissertation, Northwestern University, 1974, 369 pp., DA 35:6724A. Examines the origins and development of American sports fiction, including the works of Gilbert Patten and Ralph Henry Barbour. B1962 PRAGER, ARTHUR. "The Saturday Heroes." Rascals at Large, pp. 267-303. Analyzes the treatment of sports in popular series books of the 1920s, 1930s, and 1940s, and also earlier series by Gilbert Patten (Burt L. Standish). B1963 SAUL, E. WENDY, and KELLY, R. GORDON. "Christians, Brahmins, and other Sporting Fellows: An Analysis of School Sports Stories." CLE, n.s. 15, no. 2 (Winter 1984):234-46. Points out differences in Thomas Hughes's Tom Brown's School Days and the American school sports story as represented by Ralph Henry Barbour and C.M. Fuess. "For Thomas Hughes, life was a battle and games a proper training exercise for service in the army of Christian soldiers. Writers of twentieth-century American sports stories have typically implied that life is a game, reversing Hughes's perception that games are like life." B1964 SCURY, COLLEEN. "A Scorecard for Reviewers." Horn Book 28 (October 1952):348-51. Sets forth criteria for evaluating sports stories. B1965 SOJKA, GREGORY S. "Going `From Rags to Riches' with Baseball Joe: Or A Pitcher's Progress." Journal of American Culture 2 (Spring 1979):113-21. Identifies elements of the "rags to riches" theme in late nine teenth- and early twentieth-century sports stories for boys, particu larly in Lester Chadwick's Baseball Joe series. B1966 UNSWORTH, ROBERT. "Tunis Goes Down Swinging . . . Who'll Keep the Ball Rolling?" SLJ 25 (May 1979):38-39. Discusses reasons why Tunis's baseball novels are now dated, and examines a few more recent titles in a declining market. SPRING B1967 MASTER, HELEN. "What Spring Brings." Horn Book 13 (May-June 1937):135-38. Discusses spring themes in Grahame's Wind in the Willows, E.V. Lucas's The Slow Coach, Kipling's Kim, and Burnett's The Secret Garden. STYLE B1968 BILLMAN, CAROL. "Verbal Creativity in Children's Literature." English Quarterly 12, nos. 1-2 (Spring-Summer 1979):25-32. Explores wordplay in the works of James Reaney and James Thurber. B1969 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "Of Style and the Stylist." Horn Book 40 (February 1964):25-32. (Rewritten for inclusion in Green and Burn ing, pp. 137-58.) Style is the "sound of self." Cameron explores the qualities of style, illustrating her points with examples from both children's and adults' literature. B1970 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "Letter from England: American Writing and British Readers." Horn Book 52 (October 1976):532-38. Discusses differences in American and British literary style and its relationship to the British class system. Compares William Mayne and Paul Zindel. B1971 CHURCH, ELIZABETH, and BEREITER, CARL. "Reading for Style." LA 60 (April 1983):470-76. Describes a technique for heightening students' awareness of literary style. B1972 COHEN, DOROTHY H. "Word Meaning and the Literary Experience in Early Childhood." EE 46 (November 1969):914-25. (Reprinted in Barron, Jump Over the Moon, pp. 418-34.) Points out several ways in which writers for children help make the meanings of their words clear without losing the quality of the story as a story. Examples from twenty-two children's books illus trate nine different techniques, including piling up examples, detailed description of a process or function, meaningful context, and contrast and comparison. B1973 GARDNES, G., and LOHMAN, W. "Children's Sensitivity to Literary Styles." Merrill-Palmer Quarterly 21 (April 1975):113-26. Reports on a study to determine children's sensitivity to literary style at various ages, provides a summary of existing research, and suggests further studies. B1974 GUTTERY, JEAN. "Style in Children's Literature." EER 18 (October 1941):208-12, 240. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 172-78.) Discusses style in children's literature and how it differs in some respects from style in books for adults: (1) often takes an informal, intimate approach, (2) more reliance on visual detail and color, (3) uses figures of speech, such as similes suitable for children, (4) expressions of time, size, and distance are often more concrete, (5) appreciates children's sensitivity to rhythm and repetition, and (6) repetition is used to foreshadow. B1975 HEARNE, BETSY. "The American Connection." Signal 33 (September 1980):151-59. Bemoans the tendency of American writers for children to take short cuts in developing character, plot, and style. Concludes, "Living is new to children, it's minutiae marvellously fresh. A writer with less than the same unjaded awareness of common details combined with the experience to craft them into a rich story can't live up to writing for children." B1976 HUNT, PETER. "The Clich‚ Count: A Practical Aid for the Selection of Books for Children." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 3 (Autumn 1978):143-50. Proposes that the number of clich‚s found in the language of a book may indicate the author's authenticity and originality. B1977 HUNTER, MOLLIE. "The Limits of Language." In Talent is Not Enough, pp. 103-23. Reflects on the uses of language by the creative writer, particu larly the writer for children, commenting on dialect, poetry, diction, rhyme, and magic. B1978 MOIR, LEO HUGHES. "A Linguistic Analysis of Certain Stylistic Ele ments of Selected Works of Literature for Children and their Rela tionship to Readability." Ed.D. dissertation, Wayne State University, 1969, 175 pp., ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 048 251. Concludes that semantics and grammatical complexity influence reading difficulty, that the ease with which a reader can identify the syntactic context of a passage influences understanding, that there is a great variation in consistency and complexity of style among authors writing for the same audience, and the literary content of a passage influences the reader's interaction. B1979 NEUMEYER, PETER. "What Makes a Good Children's Book?" ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 16 pp., ED 146 632. Defines a "good" book as one "that is rich and dense in texture and that draws on many authorial resources." Examines the use of individual words in a story by A.A. Milne, in Beatrix Potter's Peter Rabbit, in Paul Zindel's I Never Loved Your Mind, and in E.B. White's Charlotte's Web. B1980 PEDDICORD, MARY H. "Linguistic Stylistics and Children's Litera ture." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Southern Mississippi, 1980, 293 pp., DA 41:4700A. Identifies syntactic variations of basic sentences used by fourteen Newbery Medal winners and concludes that "the difference in com plexity between literature for children and for adults lies not in the kinds but in the degree of complexity." B1981 PICKERT, SARAH M. "Repetitive Sentence Patterns in Children's Books." LA 55 (January 1978):16-18. Illustrates two patterns of repetition common in children's books: sentence repetition in a repetitive plot and sentence repetition in a cumulative plot. B1982 TOOTHAKER, ROY EUGENE. "Rhetorical Devices in Literature for Children." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Arkansas, 1969, 115 pp., DA 31:1126A. Examines the "incidence, extent, order and character of eighteen rhetorical devices occurring in one-hundred trade books for children in primary grades." Found devices of sound ranked first, devices of comparison second, of composition third, of contrast fourth, and of association fifth. SWEDEN B1983 ANDREWS, SIRI. "Children's Books In Sweden, 1750-1950." Horn Book 42 (June 1966):328-29. Reviews Eva von Zweigbergk's survey, of Swedish children's lit erature, Barnboken i Sverige, 1750-1950. B1984 HAMRIN, MARGARETA. "A Study of Swedish Immigrant Children's Literature Published in the United States, 1850-1920." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):71-78. Examines "the role of literature for Swedish-American children and young adults in at first maintaining the native language and then later failing to maintain it." B1985 KARELAND, LENA. "Sweden." Phaedrus 8 (1981):76-77. A bibliography, annotated in English, of recent books, catalogs and studies of children's literature. B1986 LUNDQUIST, ULLA. "Some Portraits of Teenagers in Modern Junior Novels in Sweden." In Escarpit, Portrayal of the Child, pp. 117-24. Examines the problems and conflicts faced by teenagers in mod ern Swedish fiction. B1987 ORVIG, MARY. Children's Books in Sweden 1945-1970: A Survey. Vienna: International Institute for Children's Literature and Reading Research, 1973, 51 pp. Provides a concise overview of children's literature in Sweden, especially since World War II. Includes discussions of books for the youngest, fantasy, adventure stories, historical fiction, realistic fiction, and children's literature scholarship. B1988 -----. "Eight Women Who Write Books in Swedish for Children." Horn Book 49 (February 1973):17-23; (April 1973):19-27. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 248-60.) Discusses the works of Astrid Lindgren, Tove Jansson, Irmelin Sandman Lilius, Edith Unnerstad, Britt C. Hallqvist, Anna Lisa Warnlof, Maria Gripe, and Gunnel Linde. Includes a bibliography. B1989 -----. "Saga: Swedish Publishers of Children's Books." Horn Book 36 (August 1960):318-25. An overview of sixty years of publishing by Saga, "the only pub lishing house in Sweden devoted exclusively to children's books." B1990 "Some Views from Sweden." Bookbird 3 (1984):9-18. Reprints discussions of criticism of children's books from the Swedish newspaper Svenska Dagbladet. Includes articles by Ying Toijer-Nilsson, Vivi Edstrom, Lena Kareland, Hans Peterson, Carl Hafstrom, and Anna Lena Wirk-Thorsell. B1991 STROMSTEDT, MARGARITA. "The Swedish Debate." In Koefoed, Children's Literature and the Child, pp. 48-50. Discusses issues of censorship and realism in contemporary Swed ish children's books, including arguments about the controversial author Sven Wernstrom. B1992 SVERSSON, SONJA. "Children's Periodicals in Sweden." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):11-16. Mentions the few secondary sources that exist about Swedish children's periodical literature and examines the periodicals themselves from early days to the present. B1993 VESTERBERG, BERNT. "Swedish Folklore and English Versions for Children." Orana 17 (November 1981):149-52. An overview. SWITZERLAND B1994 SENFT, FRITZ. "Children's Literature in a Changed Switzerland." Bookbird 9, no. 4 (1971):13-16. A brief overview of trends in Swiss children's literature since World War II. B1995 SHAFFER, BLANCHE WEBER. "The Bread of Home." Horn Book 24 (September 1948):351-62. A survey of Swiss children's books including a bibliography and a list of prize-winners. B1996 VON STOCKAR, DENISE. "From Toepffer to Delessert: The Picture Book Illustrators of French-Speaking Switzerland." Phaedrus 9 (1982):35-40. Calls attention to the contributions of several often-overlooked illustrators from French-speaking areas of Switzerland. B1997 -----. "A Selection of Swiss Picture Books in American Translation." Horn Book 56 (June 1980):274-82. Surveys classic and recent contributions of Switzerland to the picture book. B1998 -----. "Switzerland." Phaedrus 8 (1981):78-79. Reports on recent Swiss research in children's literature. TEACHERS B1999 DAVIS, HAZEL K. "The Teacher in Selected Fiction for Adolescents." Focus: Teaching Language Arts 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):4-15. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 157 082.) Reports on a study of the image of the teacher in adolescent fiction written since 1966 and finds most of the images negative. B2000 GOODHOPE, JEANIE. "Love, Hate, Manipulate: How Teachers Rate in Young Adult Fiction." English Journal 73 (November 1984):52-53. Concludes that whether the images of teachers in young adult fiction are real or fantasized, they are assigned strong feelings and pivotal roles. B2001 KAUFFMAN, MELVA GRACE. "An Analysis of the Teacher as Por trayed in Modern Juvenile Fiction." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1962, 311 pp., DA 23:4244A. Analyzes the portrayal of teachers in books written for children in grades six through nine, published between 1945 and 1956. B2002 LOCKE, DUNCAN ALLAN. "Teachers as Characterized in Contempo rary Juvenile Fiction." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oregon, 1979, 111 pp., DA 40:3001A. Argues that the portrayal of teachers in contemporary juvenile fiction is primarily a negative caricature, overgeneralizing and exaggerating teachers' foibles and vulnerabilities. B2003 MUCKLE, JAMES. "Images of the Teacher in Stories for Soviet Chil dren." Compare 9, no. 1 (April 1979):59-64. Examines the portrayals of teachers in a collection of short stories for children as illuminating official Soviet attitudes toward education. B2004 PINNEY, REBA. "Reading Teachers in Children's Books." Orana 17 (August 1981):90-91. Discusses the images of reading teachers in children's books. B2005 RYGIEL, MARY ANN. "The Image of the Teacher in Adolescent Fic tion." ALAN Review 9, no. 1 (Fall 1981):12-15. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 208 419.) Discusses fifteen books by thirteen authors, examining the traits of teachers that are portrayed positively and negatively. Characteris tics identified are imagination, insight and involvement, talent, and adherence to standards. B2006 WINTER, RYOKO Y. "The Role of the Teacher as Depicted in Ameri can and Japanese Literature for Children and Younger Adolescents." Ed.D. dissertation, University of San Francisco, 1983, 148 pp., DA 44:747A. Concludes that the roles played by teachers in America and in Japan are different and the fictional portrayals reflect this difference. American books were more negative. TELEVISION--INFLUENCE B2007 EPSTEIN, CONNIE C. "A Nutritious Backhand." Children's Literature 10 (1982):199-203. An editor muses on the possible influence of television, particu larly animation, on recent children's books. THAILAND B2008 BUNVANICH, CHANTIMA. "An Analysis of Selected Studies of Thai Folktales as Applicable to Elementary English Reading Programs." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Northern Colorado, 1976, 96 pp., DA 37:4184A. Includes commentaries and analysis of twelve Thai folktales, translated by the author, for use in an elementary English reading program in Thailand. TIME B2009 AERS, LESLEY. "The Treatment of Time in Four Children's Books." CLE, o.s., no. 2 (July 1970):69-81. Discusses Ronald Welch's The Gauntlet, E. Nesbit's The Story of the Amulet, Philippa Pearce's Tom's Midnight Garden, and Alison Uttley's A Traveller in Time. B2010 CROUCH, MARCUS. "Experiments in Time." Junior Bookshelf 20 (January 1956):5-11. Briefly touches on various approaches to time in a number of children's books. B2011 LIVELY, PENELOPE. "Children and Memory." Horn Book 54 (Febru ary 1978):17-23; (April 1978):197-203. (Reprinted in Heins, Cross currents, pp. 226-33.) Stresses a need for both historical and personal memory in chil dren's books, a need for developing a sense of the past in children, and an awareness of time, if only to make up for the twentieth- century loss of oral narrative tradition and lack of personal contact with the old. B2012 MEEK, MARGARET. "Speaking of Shifters." Signal 45 (September 1984):152-67. Maintains that "children come to understand very complicated notions of time both by telling stories and by reading those specially written for them where time is the author's chosen theme." Discusses Pat Hutchins's Clocks and More Clocks and Philippa Pearce's Tom's Midnight Garden and The Way to Sattin Shore. B2013 SHANNON, GEORGE. "All Times in One." ChLAQ 10, no. 4 (Winter 1986):178-81. Examines the motif of objects which hold a memory in four works of fiction: Sharon Bell Mathis's The Hundred Penny Box, Doris Gates's Blue Willow, M.B. Goffstein's My Noah's Ark, and Alan Garner's The Stone Book. B2014 WOLF, VIRGINIA L. "The Cycle of the Seasons: Without and Within Time." ChLAQ 10, no. 4 (Winter 1986):192-96. Analyzes the way the cycle of the seasons provide form and meaning in four novels: E.B. White's Charlotte's Web, Laura Ingalls Wilder's Little House in the Big Woods, Eleanor Estes's The Moffats, and Louise May Alcott's Little Women, Part I. TOY BOOKS B2015 ABRAHAMSON, RICHARD F., and STEWART, ROBERT. "Moveable Books--A New Golden Age." LA 59 (April 1982):342-47. Reviews the recent crop of pop-up books and includes a section on how to make them. Also includes a bibliography. B2016 BADER, BARBARA. "Cloth Books and Toy Books." In American Pic turebooks, pp. 235-40. Traces the evolution of American cloth and toy books in the 1930s and 1940s. B2017 CAROTHERS, MARTHA, and SOMMESE, LANNY. "Nostalgia: Chil dren's Toy Books." Novum Gebrauchsgraphik 52, no. 8 (1981):48-56. A lavishly illustrated survey of historical toy books from the collection of Herbert H. Hosmer. B2018 HAINING, PETER. Movable Books: An Illustrated History. London: New English Library, 1979, 141 pp. An illustrated history of "Folding, Revolving, Dissolving, Mechan ical, Scenic, Panoramic, Dimensional, Changing, Pop-Up, and other Novelty Books from the Collection of David and Brian Philips." Includes a bibliography. B2019 HEARNE, BETSY. "The American Connection." Signal 37 (January 1982):38-42. Examines recent trends in toy books--pop-ups, boardbooks, shaped books,and others. B2020 HOGARTH, GRACE ALLEN. "Toy, Play, and Game Books for Indoor Days." Horn Book 19 (January-February 1943):21-26. Discusses those books that are not really books but "things in book's clothing." Includes a list of recommmended toy and play books. B2021 McGEE, LEA M. "Books with Moveables: More Than Just Novelties." Reading Teacher 37 (May 1984):853-59. Comments on characteristics of movable books and ways in which they can be used to teach reading. Includes an annotated list of books. B2022 OPIE, IONA, and OPIE, PETER. "Books That Come to Life." TLS, 19 September 1974, p. 1055. A brief history and overview of mechanical devices in books. B2023 VANDERGRIFT, KAY. Child and Story, pp. 84-96. Provides extensive comments on modern and antique pop-ups, cloth books, story dolls, shape books, scratch and sniff, and other varieties of "toy books." TOYS B2024 MENDELSOHN, LEONARD R. "Toys and Literature." In Butler, Sharing, pp. 80-84. Explores the role of animated toys in children's literature. TRAGEDY B2025 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. "Exemplifications of the Tragic Mode in Selected Realistic Fiction for Eight-to-twelve-year-old Children." Ed.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1970, 426 pp., DA 29:2216A. Found that although children's stories deviated from classical tragic form, the "underlying tragic feeling" remained the same. B2026 -----. Tragic Mode. New York: Teachers College Press, 1974, 177 pp. Examines a number of books for children and young adults in terms of their tragic themes. Individual titles have been indexed separately in this bibliography. TRANSLATION B2027 BELL, ANTHEA. "Children's Books in Translation." Signal 28 (January 1979):47-53. Discusses issues in the translation of children's books. Reviews the proceedings of the 1976 symposium of the International Research Society for Children's Literature, edited by Gote Klingberg, Mary Orvig, and Stuart Amor (see below). B2028 -----. "Ten Years of Parcels." Signal 31 (January 1980):20-28. A free-lance translator of children's books discusses a number of issues relating to translation and internationalism in children's literature. B2029 CRAMPTON, PATRICIA. "Will it Travel Well?" Signal 17 (May 1975):75-80. Expresses the concerns and considerations of translating. B2030 EGOFF, SHEILA. "The European Children's Novel in Translation." In Thursday's Child, pp. 275-96. Provides an introductory overview of translated classics and comments on differences between recent English-language writers and Europeans especially in their depiction of war. Also comments at some length upon Maria Gripe's Josephine and Hugo trilogy. B2031 FENTON, EDWARD. "Blind Idiot, or, The Problems of Translation." In Children's Books International 2. Proceedings and Book Catalog. Boston: Boston Public Library, 1977, pp. 50-60. Discusses the problems of the translator, particularly the problems of the translator of children's books. B2032 GOTTLIEB, ROBIN. "On the Translation of Children's Books: A Selective Bibliography." TON 30 (June 1974):369-71. (Also in Bookbird 12, no. 1 [1974]:26-28.) An annotated bibliography on topics relating to the difficulties and importance of translating children's books. B2033 KLINGBERG, GOTE; ORVIG, MARY; and AMOR, STUART, eds. Children's Books in Translation: The Situation and the Problems: Proceedings of the 1976 Symposium of International Research Society for Children's Literature. Stockholm: Swedish Institute for Children's Books, Almquist & Wiksell, 173 pp. Includes Richard Bamberger's "The Influence of Translation on the Development of National Children's Literature," pp. 19-27; J”rg Becker's "The Internationalism of Children's Books: Translations and their Ideological Deformations in the Federal Republic of Germany," pp. 28-45; Carmen Bravo-Villasante's "Translation Problems in My Experience as a Translator," pp. 46-50; Wolfgang Bussewitz's "The Role of Soviet Children's Literature in The GDR," pp. 51-59; Lars Furuland's "Sweden and the International Children's Book Market: History and Present Situation," pp. 60-76; Hannes Huttner's "The Share of Translations in the Reading Matter of GDR Children," pp. 77-80; Elvira Ivanova's "Foreign Literature as Read by Soviet School children," pp. 81-83; G”te Klingberg's, "The Different Aspects of Research into the Translation of Children's Books and its Practical Application," pp. 84-89; Izabela Maria Lewanska's "Problems in Con nection with the Adaptation of the Classics in Poland," pp. 90-96; Igor Motyashov's "The Social and Aesthetic Criteria Applied in Choosing Children's Books for Translation," pp. 97-103. Mae Durham Roger's "Translation--Art, Science or Craft," pp. 104-12; Norman Shine's "The Translation of Children's Literature: A Case Study of English Children's Books Written between 1800 and 1900 and at Some Point in Time Translated into Danish," pp. 113-29; Birgit Stolt's "How Emil Becomes Michel--on the Translation of Children's Books," pp. 130-46; Torben Weinreich's "International Book Production for Chil dren Related to the Children's Local Experiences and Local Con sciousness," pp. 147-58; Muriel A. Whitaker's "Canadian Indian and Eskimo Legends as Children's Literature," pp. 159-67; and Yuri Yarmish's "The Children's Literature of the People of the USSR and Foreign Countries in the Ukrainian Translation," pp. 168-73. B2034 ORVIG, MARY. "Children's Books in Translation: Facts and Beliefs." SLJ 19 (November 1972):23-27. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues In Children's Book Selection, pp. 185-90.) Examines important issues in the translation and international exchange of children's literature today. Includes a bibliography of works concerned with translating. TRENDS IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE B2035 BAMBERGER, RICHARD. "Trends in Modern Literature for Children and Young People." Bookbird 8, no. 3 (1970):3-15. (Reprinted in Reading and Children's Books, pp. 5-17.) Identifies five trends in modern children's literature: (1) the trend toward a world literature, (2) the trend toward world orientation and national understanding, (3) the fantastic story or the breakthrough of the irrational, (4) the attempt to overcome the "cultural lag" in form and content, and (5) away from formulas: freedom of form and content. Identifies many titles exemplifying each trend. B2036 BUTLER, FRANCELIA. "Children's Literature: The Bad Seed." Vir ginia Quarterly Review 56 (Summer 1980):396-409. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 37-45.) Proposes several reasons why children's literature has been ignored by English departments: it is "regarded as shallow and silly," "it is associated with women, and it stirs up an unconscious resent ment in adults of those who will succeed them." B2037 -----. "Preface: The Editor's High Chair." Children's Literature 1 (1972):7-8. In this preface to the first volume of Children's Literature, Butler suggests reasons for the neglect of children's literature by humanists and critics, and suggests areas of concern for humanists. B2038 CHAMBERS, AIDAN. "The Child's Changing Story." Signal 40 (Janu ary 1983):36-52. Reflects on the way the great changes in human life in the twentieth century have changed our stories: the theory of relativity, space, gender, and nuclear fission. Provides examples from many contemporary children's books. B2039 -----. "Letter from England: Keeping Up with the Critics." Horn Book 57 (August 1981):463-67. Points out the number of new titles appearing in the field of criticism of children's literature. Quotes Auden on the function of the critic, urging that critics of children literature examine carefully their motives for writing. B2040 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA J. "Iconoclastic Literature for Young People Has `Arrived.' ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1976, 21 pp., ED 120 813. Identifies three types of modern themes that have become increasingly prevalent in children's literature: existentialist, surrealist, and impressionist. Includes a bibliography of relevant children's books. B2041 DAVIS, DAVID C. "Who'll Kill the Mockingbirds?" Horn Book 39 (June 1963):265-71. Complains of "mockingbird writers" in children's literature who sing the same refrain over and over, repeating both themselves and the "successes" of other writers instead of pursuing the difficult paths of true integrity and originality. Names examples of respected and well-known writers whom he feels have fallen into the trap. B2042 EAKIN, MARY K. "Trends in Children's Literature." Library Quar terly 25 (January 1955):47-57. Comments on the children's books, fictional and informational, of the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s. Finds there has been an increase in quantity and in attractiveness, but not necessarily in excellence of content. B2043 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Beyond the Garden Wall: Some Observations on Current Trends in Children's Literature." In Arbuthnot Lectures, pp. 189-203. The metaphor of the garden wall describes children's literature of the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s and earlier: "The wall represents its seclusion, protection, confinement, the garden--order serenity, aesthetic delight." Since the 1960s, however, the walls have come tumbling down. Leaves the reader with the question--has children's literature gained the whole world but lost part of its soul? B2044 -----. "Precepts and Pleasures: Changing Emphasis in the Writing and Criticism of Children's Literature." In Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 419-46, 2d ed., 405-33. Surveys children's literature from Caxton to the present, empha sizing varying critical positions and trends in writing, especially in recent years. B2045 EPSTEIN, JASON. "Good Bunnies Always Obey: Books for American Children." Commentary 35 (February 1963):112-22. (Letters in response in Commentary 36 [August 1963]:169-71. Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 70-90; 2d ed., 74-94.) Maintains that "Children's books have increasingly become part of a bureaucratically administered sub-culture, largely cut off by a dense fog in conventional and irrelevant theory from the best literary and scientific culture of the community at large." Attacks recent Newbery award winners and the positions of Josette Frank and Nancy Larrick, and laments a bowdlerization of Peter Rabbit (whence the title). B2046 FREY, CHARLES, and GRIFFITH, JOHN. "College English Courses in Children's Literature: A Sampling." EE 10 (February 1979):183-85. Reports on response to a survey of college English departments regarding the teaching of children's literature. B2047 GAY, CAROL. "The Onus of Teaching Children's Literature: The Need for Some Reappraisals." ERIC Educational Document Repro duction Service, 1975, ED 108 219. (Also in ADE Bulletin 47 [November 1975]:15-20.) Suggests that children's literature should be taught in English departments in universities because that is where the subject properly belongs, that there is a great need for further research into the "cultivated, artistic, historic, psychological, and philosophical significance of children's literature," and that "active innovative" graduate courses leading to postgraduate degrees are needed. B2048 GERHARDT, LILLIAN N. "An Argument Worth Opening." Library Journal 99 (15 May 1974):1425 and SLJ 20 (May 1974):7. Suggests that children's literature is not part of the mainstream of literature but rather the last bastion of values, standards, and techniques that occurred in adult literature twenty years previously. Responses included those by E.L. Heins in Horn Book 51 (August 1975):355. B2049 HAVILAND, VIRGINIA. "Current Trends in Children's Literature." International Library Review 5 (July 1973):261-67. Discusses new criteria for evaluation, new themes, new attention to minorities, trends in graphics and in paperbacks, and changes in the status of children's literature emerging in the early 1970s. B2050 -----. "A Second Golden Age? In A Time of Flood?" Horn Book 47 (August 1971):409-19. (Reprinted in Haviland, Children and Litera ture, pp. 88-97.) Agrees with Townsend that a second Golden Age of children's literature has arrived while questioning the "narrowly centered case-study stories" that "tell it like it is." B2051 HUNT, PETER. "Children's Book Research in Britain." Signal 25 (Jan uary 1978):12-15. Summarizes trends in research in children's literature in England. B2052 MOSS, ELAINE. "The Adult-eration of Children's Books." Signal 14 (May 1974):65-69. (Reprinted in Meek, Cool Web, pp. 333-37.) Decries the increasing sophistication or "adulteration" of picture books and teenage fiction. The challenge is to "maintain proven standards" and still appeal to "the broader mass of young readers." B2053 NIST, JOAN STIDHAM. "Children's Books: Current Trends." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 9 pp., ED 192 366. Mentions the increase in new texts on children's literature and the emergence of new scholarly periodicals. Also summarizes trends in children's literature, including the celebration of traditional America, emphasis on ethnic materials in picture books, emphasis on grace of language, and increase in media translations of children's books. TRICKSTERS B2054 ABRAMS, DAVID M., and SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN. "The Develop ment of the Trickster in Children's Narrative." Journal of American Folklore 90 (January 1977):29-47. Examines the response of children to trickster tales, particularly those in Bugs Bunny cartoons, and their ability to construct their own trickster tales. B2055 MOSS, ANITA. "Versions of the Trickster in Children's Literature." Advocate 2, no. 2 (Winter 1983):106-15. Examines the role of the trickster in a wide range of classic and recent children's literature and suggests stories for sequences on tricksters for various age groups. TURKEY B2056 WALKER, BARBARA K., and AHMET, URPAL. "Folk Tales in Tur key." Horn Book 40 (February 1964):42-46. An introduction to oral and written Turkish folktales. UKRAINIA B2057 WYNAR, CHRISTINE L. "Ukrainian Children's Literature in North America." Phaedrus 6, no. 1 (Spring 1979):6-21. Describes "the current status of Ukranian children's literture in North America." Includes "Ukrainian language fiction, stories, poems, legends, and national tales and nonfiction books for children to about age 14" and also textbooks, language instruction books, periodicals, reprints of classics, and some English language books with Ukrainian themes. Contains a bibliography and a list of organizations. UNCLES B2058 MASTER, HELEN ELIZABETH. "Here, Then, Are Uncles." Horn Book (August 1933):137-39. A response to an earlier Horn Book article on aunts, describing some well-known uncles in children's books. UNITED STATES B2059 AVI. "Children's Literature: The American Revolution." TON 33 (Winter 1977):149-61. Traces the history of American children's literature, maintaining that it has from its beginnings been rooted in a realistic, serious, moral, and instructive mode. "Even American fantasy has it roots in realism." Concentrates on the nineteenth century. B2060 BELLON, ELNER C. "Content Analysis of Children's Books Set in the South." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Tennessee, 1973, 208 pp., DA 34:6936. Analyzes the content of thirty-six books of children's realistic fiction set in the South and draws inferences about the influence these books might have on readers. B2061 EGOFF, SHEILA. "Children's Books: A Canadian's View of the Cur rent American Scene." Horn Book 46 (April 1970):142-50. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 128-36.) A Canadian's view of the United States as presented in current realistic fiction for children. B2062 HAVILAND, VIRGINIA. "The American Scene." In Koefoed, Chil dren's Literature, pp. 14-20. Summarizes trends in American children's books at the beginning of the 1970s, especially changes in readers and books in response to social changes, the impact of the children's paperback book, and increased focus on children's literature as a part of mainstream literature. B2063 KELLY, R. GORDON. "Children's Literature." In Handbook of Amer ican Popular Culture, vol. 1. Edited by Thomas M. Inge. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1978, pp. 49-76. Provides a chronological and bibliographic survey of American children's literature, emphasizing references, sources, research collections, and historical criticism. B2064 -----. "Children's Periodicals in the United States." Phaedrus 4, no. 2 (Fall 1977):5-10. Reviews research on early American and recent periodicals for children, and concludes that the study of the children's periodical in America "is a neglected area within the relatively neglected field of children's literature." B2065 LEVSTIK, LINDA SUZANNE THOMAS. "Refuge and Reflection: American Children's Literature as Social History, 1920-1940." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1980, 339 pp. Examines American historical and realistic fiction for children in the period 1920-40 in relation to social, intellectual, and literary trends of the time. B2066 LYSTAD, MARY. "From Dr. Mather to Dr. Seuss: Over 200 Years of American Children's Books." Children Today 5 (May-June 1976):10-15. Provides a concise summary of the history of American children's literature. B2067 OFEK, URIEL. "Tom and Laura from Right to Left: American Books Experienced by Young Hebrew Readers." In Arbuthnot Lectures, 1978, pp. 167-85. Describes the past and present American books read by young Israelis in Hebrew translation. B2068 SHAW, JEAN DUNCAN. "An Historical Survey of Themes Recurrent in Selected Children's Literature Books Published in America Since 1850." Ph.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1966, 325 pp., DA 28:1059A. Identifies the popularity of themes in six categories during various periods: (1) the search for values, (2) problems of growing up, (3) travel and understanding people in foreign lands, (4) lives of heroes, (5) fun and fairy tales, and (6) the urge to know. B2069 SMITH, DORA V. Fifty Years of Children's Books, 1910-1960: Trends, Backgrounds, and Influences. Champaign, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English, 1963, 149 pp. A concise survey of American books for children, divided into four periods, with each period subdivided by discussions of particular trends, topics, and genres. Includes selections of illustrations from the books discussed and extensive notes, bibliographies, references, and sources of additional information. UTOPIA B2070 CARPENTER, HUMPHREY. "Epilogue: The Garden Revisited." In Secret Gardens, pp. 210-23. Explores the differences between the utopian themes of writers of the "Golden Age" (pre-World War I) and more recent writers of chil dren's fantasy. Examines the works of J.R.R. Tolkien, C.S. Lewis, Mary Norton, Alan Garner, Philippa Pearce, and others. Concludes "We do not, it appears, live any longer in a society in which adults turn to child readers to work out their private dreams on a scale of a River Bank or a Never Never Land. The Enchanted Places, the Secret Gardens, were created in an age when society, the child, and the author stood in a certain relationship to each other which has now broken down. We may revisit those Enchanted Places ourselves, but we cannot create new ones." B2071 DONELSON, KENNETH. Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 272-75. Discusses the appeal of books with utopian themes for young adults. VALUES B2072 ARKSEY, LAURA. "Books, Children, and Moral Values: A Sublimi nal Approach." TON 34 (Summer 1978):375-86. Argues in favor of allowing children's literature to "exert what ever impact it may have without the help of the moral educator." Also discusses the applications of Kohlberg's theories of moral development to children's literature. B2073 BIRD, KATHY. "The Value of Individualism." EE 50 (May 1973): 707-14. Examines the ways in which the American ideal of individualism has been reflected in children's literature. Among books discussed are Fred Gipson's Old Yeller, Elizabeth Speare's The Witch of Blackbird Pond, Esther Forbes's Johnny Tremain, Robert McCloskey's Homer Price, Madeleine L'Engle's Wrinkle In Time, Louise Fitzhugh's Harriet The Spy, and Mary Weiks's The Jazz Man. B2074 BISKIN, DONALD, and HOSKISSON, KENNETH. "Moral Development through Children's Literature." Elementary School Journal 75 (December 1974):152-57. Discusses using children's literature to help develop moral aware ness. B2075 BLOUNT, MARGARET. "The Moral Tale." In Animal Land, pp. 42-60. Traces the use of animals in moral tales from early times through the twentieth century. B2076 BRODERICK, DOROTHY. "Moral Values and Children's Literature." SLJ 18 (December 1971):42. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 35-39.) Provides a concise summary of Kohlberg's aspects of moral development as they might be useful to the critic of children's literature. B2077 -----. "A Study in Conflicting Values." Library Journal 91 (15 May 1966):2557-64. Reply by Deane S. Smith in 91 (15 December 1966):5006. Examines the role of conflicting values in the selection and evaluation of children's books, citing a number of examples of con troversial books. B2078 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "Art and Morality." Proceedings of the Chil dren's Literature Association 7 (1980):30-44. Compares the positions of critics Susan Sontag (morality has no place in a criticism of a work of art) and John Gardner (the artist's expression of morality cannot be separated from art), siding with Gardner. Takes as examples her own To the Green Mounains, Ursula K. Le Guin's works, Jill Paton Walsh's Unleaving, and Corm ier's Chocolate War, I Am the Cheese, and After the First Death. She finds Cormier's books bleak and grim and calls them a "trilogy of despair." B2079 CARMICHAEL, CAROLYN WILSON. "A Study of Selected Social Val ues as Reflected in Contemporary Realistic Fiction for Children." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State University, 1971, 224 pp., DA 32:3296A. Examines the extent to which the values of "justice, work, obedience and knowledge, and the corresponding value-themes of belief in equality of opportunity for all people, acceptance of responsibility, obedience to laws and recognition of the importance of an education and knowledge were expressed in contemporary realistic fiction for children . . . from 1949 through 1969." B2080 CHAMBERS, DEWEY. "An Exploratory Study of Social Values in Chil dren's Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, Wayne State University, 1965, 110 pp., DA 26:4324A. Finds children's fiction lacking in the social values identified as important for the developing child between ages of five and nine. B2081 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA J. "Children's Books Can Reflect the Ameri can Style of Living." EE 41 (November 1964):773-77, 822. Identifies books that (1) dignify humanity, individuality, and freedom, (2) respect truth and rule of law, (3) show how individu ality contributes to the welfare of the group, (4) depict children having a well established place, (5) acknowledge likenesses and differences in people, (6) face the realities of life, (7) welcome change, and (8) depict democratic living in an open society. Includes a "Bibliography of Children's Books Which Reflect the American Style of Living." B2082 COLLINSON, ROGER. "The Children's Author and His Readers." CLE, o.s., no. 10 (March 1973):37-47. Explores ways in which authors communicate values and appro priate ways for publishers, critics, teachers, and librarians to respond. B2083 COUGHLAN, MARGARET. "Guardians of the Young: Being a Strange and Wonderful Relation of How They Have Striven to Dis tinguish `The Firm Ground from the Boggy Mire'; or, Why There Has Never Been--and Probably Never Will Be--Intellectual Freedom for Children." TON 33 (Winter 1977):137-48. Surveys trends in the guardianship of the morals and values of the young in the literary world over the past 100 years. Includes references. B2084 DORNELLES, LENY WERNECK. "The Creation of Children's Books and Cultural Values." Bookbird 12, no. 3 (1974):25-31. Argues that children's books should come from deep roots in tra ditional culture. B2085 GARVEY, JOHN. "Voice of Blume: That Doesn't Recognise Itself." Commonweal 107 (July 1980):392-93. Argues that new realistic books such as Judy Blume's and Norma Klein's are presenting the assumptions and values of upper-middle- class white liberals and do not realize how orthodox and didactic they are. B2086 GIBLIN, JAMES CROSS. "Aesthetic or Functional, Saccharine or Shocking? An Editor Looks at Values in Children's Books." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 3 (1977):120-26. Identifies values in children's books as (1) artistic or aesthetic, (2) social and cultural, (3) functional, and (4) commercial. Traces changes in values as reflected in changes in advertisements in Horn Book for 1947, 1957, and 1967. Concludes that the frequent heated debates in the field of children's literature over what is valuable and what is not, reflect a great value placed on children's literature. B2087 GOSA, CHERYL. "Moral Development in Current Fiction for Children and Young Adults." LA 54 (May 1977):529-36. Surveys recent literature for children in grades kindergarten through third, fourth through sixth, fifth through seventh, and eighth through twelfth in terms of Kohlberg's stages of moral development, and finds that the books are filled with moral dilemmas beyond the ability of their readers. B2088 GUPTON, SANDRA LEE. "Moral Education as a Part of the Study of Children's Literature: An Inservice Model and Case-Study." Ed.D. dissertation, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 1979, 237 pp., DA 40:2011A. Explores the use of children's literature to teach moral education, pointing out advantages and disadvantages. B2089 HANNABUSS, STUART. "The Moral of It All." Junior Bookshelf 40 (June 1976):131-34; (August 1976):185-87. Surveys the tendency from earliest times to the present to mingle entertainment and instruction in children's picture books and books for older readers. B2090 HEARNE, BETSY. "Timely and Timeless Children's Books as a Mirror of Society." Catholic Library World 54 (July-August 1982):18-20. Discusses recent trends in values in children's books. B2091 HIET, SHARON LEE. "Dealing with Moral Issues in Fiction." ALAN Review 11, no. 1 (Fall 1983):40. Discusses the handling of moral dilemmas in three books for young adults in terms of Kohlberg's theories of moral development: Pat Frank's Alas Babylon, Paul Zindel's The Pigman, and Lois Duncan's The Killing of Mr. Griffin. B2092 HIPPS, G. MELVIN. "Adolescent Literature and Values Clarification: A Warning." Wisconsin English Journal 20, no. 2 (January 1978):5-9. Warns that attempts to use literature to teach values clarification may distort the literature. Attacks the reasoning in Jean McClure Kelty's "The Cult of the Kill in Adolescent Fiction." B2093 HOSKISSON, KENNETH, and BISKIN, DONALD S. "Analyzing and Discussing Children's Literature Using Kohlberg's Stages of Moral Development." Reading Teacher 33 (November 1979):141-47. See also "Using Children's Literature to Foster Moral Develop ment," by Arlene M. Pillar, pp. 148-51, in this same issue. B2094 INGLIS, FRED. "The Awkward Ages; or, What Shall We Tell the Chil dren?" In Ideology and the Imagination. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1975, pp. 140-61. Examines the intersection of values and art in literature, particu larly children's literature. Sees in children's literature a last bastion of morality or "goodness." B2095 -----. "The Lesser Great Tradition: Carry On Children." CLE, n.s. 9, no. 2 (Summer 1978):73-77. Argues for "a sense of responsibility" in children's novels, for books that "return a credible meaning to such great names as `honour, love, obedience, troops of friends.'" B2096 JAN, ISABELLE. "Didactic Influences." In On Children's Literature, pp. 18-29. Discusses the role of didacticism and especially Rousseau's influ ence on the development of children's literature, particularly in France. B2097 KELLY, R. GORDON. "Literary and Cultural Values in the Evaluation of Books for Children." Advocate 4, no. 2 (Winter 1985):84-100. Argues that the critic's "evaluation based on conventional literary values may mask what is truly at issue--a critic's acceptance or rejection of the moral and social implications of an author's fictive world." B2098 LUECKE, FRITZ J., ed. Children's Books, Views and Values. Middle town, Conn.: Xerox, 1973, 86 pp. Reprints the following articles: "A Feminist Look at Children's Books," by Feminists on Children's Media, pp. 3-20; "Peter Rabbit . . . Say Good-Bye to Snow White," by Jane Yolen, pp. 21-26; "The New Realism," by Robert Burch, pp. 27-40; "The Dawning of the Age of Aquarius for Multi-Ethnic Children's Literature," by David K. Gast, pp. 41-50; "If Not Busing How About Booking?," by Bar bara Glancy, pp. 51-60; "Violence: Factors Considered By a Chil dren's Book Editor," by James C. Giblin, pp. 61-70; "Death in Chil dren's Literature," by Judith P. Moss, pp. 71-78; and "Morals, Morals Everywhere: Values in Children's Fiction," by William D. Eisenberg, pp. 79-89. B2099 MOIR, HUGHES. "If We've Always Had Books That Taught All These Virtues, Why Is Our Society in Such Lousy Shape?" LA 54 (May 1977):522-28. Explores the applications of Kohlberg's theories of moral devel opment to the study and teaching of children's literature. B2100 MOYNIHAN, RUTH B. "Ideologies in Children's Literature: Some Pre liminary Notes." Children's Literature 2 (1973):166-72. Discusses the ways in which children's literature reflects the dominant values within a society, with examples from L. Frank Baum, A.A. Milne, Watty Piper's The Little Engine that Could, Virginia Burton's The Little House, and Dr. Seuss's Horton Hears a Who! B2101 NEVILLE, EMILY. "Social Values in Children's Literature." In Fen wick, Critical Approach, pp. 46-52. Discusses the handling of social values in a number of classic and recent works of children's literature. B2102 PATERSON, GARY H. "Adults, Children, Didacticism, and the Modes in Children's Literature." CCL 14 (1979):14-23. Examines the ways in which certain repeatedly upheld values are portrayed in children's literature. Argues that "Writers often associate the level of normality, deservability, or achievement with the chil dren's world, while the level of dullness, ineptitude, and austerity is relegated to the adults." B2103 RIHN, BERNARD ANTHONY. "Kohlberg Level of Moral Reasoning of Protagonists in Newbery Award Winning Fiction." Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University, 1978, 137 pp., DA 38:7141A. Investigates "how the nature of a passage and the characteristics of a judge act jointly to influence the assignment of a `stage of moral reasoning' score to the solutions of dilemmas faced by prota gonists in Newbery Award Winning Fiction." B2104 ROSENHEIM, EDWARD W., Jr. "Children's Reading and Adults' Val ues." Library Quarterly 37 (January 1967):3-14. (Reprinted in Egoff, Only Connect, 1st ed., pp. 17-32; 2d ed., 39-54.) Urges that the same standards of judgment be applied to juvenile as to adult literature, not preconceived adult notions of what juvenile values should be. B2105 RYDER, MARY STEPHENS. "Personal Values and Values Identified in Newbery Medal Books by Students and Children's Librarians." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Denver, 1978, 157 pp. Compares seventh grade students' and librarians' perceptions of values expressed in Newbery Award books published between 1971 and 1975. B2106 SCHARF, PETER. "Moral Development and Literature for Adolescents." TON 33 (Winter 1977):131-36. Applies Kohlberg's theory of stages of moral development to teenagers' responses to literature. B2107 SCHWARTZ, SHEILA. "Using Adolescent Fiction that Deals with Cur rent Problems and Lifestyles to Explore Contemporary Values." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1976, 17 pp., ED 119 199. Argues that contemporary adolescent fiction be used to teach humanistic values. B2108 SHACHTER, JAQUELINE. "Themes and Values in Selected Children's Literature." ERIC Education Document Reproduction Service, 1979, 13 pp., ED 173 866. Suggests ways to stimulate discussion of ethical values and moral issues in four books: Virginia Hamilton's The Planet of Junior Brown, Scott O'Dell's Island of the Blue Dolphins, Madeleine L'Engle's The Arm of the Starfish, and Katherine Paterson's The Great Gilly Hopkins. B2109 SHACKFORD, JANE W. "Dealing with Dr. Dolittle: A New Approach to the `isms.'" LA 55 (February 1978):180-87. Suggests using Kohlberg's stages of moral development as a basis for discussing moral dilemmas provoked by racist and sexist fiction. Illustrates the technique with Lofting's The Voyages of Dr. Dolittle. B2110 SORIANO, MARC. "Children's Books and Human Rights." Prospects 7, no. 2 (1977):204-25. Explores ways in which children's books have been used to teach values and suggests ways in which a conscious effort might be made to create new books that incorporate positive statements about human rights. B2111 UFFMAN, BARBARA ELIZABETH. "Responses of Young Children and Adults to Books with a Lesson." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1981, 183 pp., DA 42:119A. Concludes that young children (first graders) do not consider lessons important in stories, and that teachers should focus on literary elements, appreciation, and enjoyment of literature. B2112 WOOD, T. "A Comparison of Values Found in Preschool and Primary- Aged Children's Books and Values Held by Adults." Ph.D. disserta tion, Michigan State University, 1976, 117 pp., DA 37:5593A. Examines shifts in values as expressed in children's picture books and as held by adults during the years 1960, 1964, and 1968. Finds a lack of correlation between adults' values and those expressed in children's books. B2113 ZWEIGBERGK, EVA VON. "Aims and Ideals Reflected in Children's Books." Bookbird 6, no. 3 (1968):3-14. Surveys the history of children's books in terms of the values they have presented. VIETNAM B2114 MORTON, MIRIAM. "Children's Books and Vietnam." IRBC 4, no. 3-4 (Winter 1972-73):10. Reviews three books of Vietnamese folktales, the only Vietnamese literature available to children in the United States at that time. B2115 NGUYEN, HAANG. "Literature for Young People in Vietnam." Book bird 1 (1984):24-26. An overview. VIOLENCE B2116 BLATT, GLORIA T. "Children's Books: X or PG?" TON 32 (Novem ber 1975):61-66. Examines violence in children's books and children's response to it. Concludes that arguments for censorship are without foundation. B2117 -----. "Violence in Children's Literature: A Content Analysis of a Select Sampling of Children's Literature and a Study of Children's Responses to Literary Episodes Depicting Violence." Ph.D. disserta tion, Michigan State University, 1972, 358 pp., DA 33:2316A. Analyzes violence in children's realistic fiction published between 1960 and 1970. Finds historical fiction more violent than books with contemporary settings. B2118 GIBLIN, JAMES. "Violence: Factors Considered by a Children's Book Editor." EE 49 (January 1972):64-67. Among criteria suggested are appropriateness of treatment, real ism, honesty, emotional depth, and thoughtfulness. B2119 LEACOCK, STEPHEN. "Mother Goose--Step for Children." Horn Book 14 (May-June 1938):175-78. Defends the old unexpurgated fairy tales and the blood and vio lence of adventure tales. The terror and bloodshed represent "the way in which little children, from generation to generation, learn in ways as painless as can be followed, the stern environment of life and death." WALES B2120 KEYSE, FRANK, ed. Loughborough 1983. Proceedings. Sixteenth Loughborough International Seminar on Children's Literature. Aber ystwyth, Dyfed, Wales: Welsh National Centre for Children's Litera ture, 1984, 140 pp. Concentrates on Welsh children's literature. Includes Raymond Garlick's introductory "Once Below a Time," pp. 3-12; Gwyn Tho mas's "The Four Branches of the Mabinogi," pp. 13-22; Bedwyr Lewis Jones's "Gladly Would We Have a Tale," pp. 23-32; Mairwen Gwynn Jones's "Un tro . . . Once Upon a Time . . . A Remem brance of Books and Children Past," pp. 33-47; C. Davies's "Byd Sali Mali: Publishing in a Minority Language," pp. 48-52; Robin Gwyn daf's "A Story Without End: The Folk Narrative Tradition of the Children of Wales," pp. 53-71; Alan Garner's "The Edge of the Ceil ing," pp. 72-76; Lloyd Alexander's "A Recorded Message to Loughbo rough 1983," pp. 77-78; Susan Cooper's "My Links with Wales," pp. 79-81; Gweneth Lilly's "The Deep Streams: Welsh Folklore and His tory as a Sense of Inspiration," pp. 82-90; Nancy Bond's "Landscape of Fiction," pp. 91-99; Alison Morgan's "Morgan Country," pp. 100-108, and Aeronwy Thomas-Ellis's "Christmas: When Dad Showed Goodwill Towards Children," pp. 109-11. B2121 KIEFER, BARBARA Z. "Wales as Setting for Children's Fantasy." CLE, n.s. 13, no. 2 (Summer 1982):95-102. Looks at the Welsh setting in the fantasies of Lloyd Alexander, Alan Garner, and Susan Cooper. WAR B2122 BARKER, KEITH. "The Glory of the Garden: Evacuees in Children's Literature." School Librarian 32 (June 1984):102-7. Discusses a number of children's books portraying the children evacuated from London and other urban areas during World War II. B2123 CADOGAN, MARY. Women and Children First: The Fiction of Two World Wars. London: Gollancz, 1978, 301 pp. Examines the experiences of women and children in the two major wars of the twentieth century as presented in English fiction for children and adults. There are chapters on the girls' and boys' literature of World War I, chapters on the juvenile fiction of the 1940s, and on postwar children's fiction about the war. B2124 FOX, GEOFF. "Pro Patria: Young Readers and the `Great War.'" CLE, n.s. 16, no. 4 (Winter 1985):233-47. Examines poems written for young readers during World War I, many of them drawn from the Boy's Own Paper. B2125 GARRISON, JEAN WOOD. "A Comparison of Selected Factors in Chil dren's Realistic Fiction Having War-Related Plots Published in England and the United States during World Wars I and II." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1981, 193 pp., DA 42:1930A. Finds that, contrary to theories, over three hundred books with war-related themes were published for children during World Wars I and II in England and over four hundred were published in the United States. Categorizes the plots as follows: (a) home front, (b) home front in other countries, (c) evacuation, (d) flying, (e) sea action, (f) spies, (g) land fighting, (h) animals, (i) sabotage, (j) girls in action, (k) training, and (l) miscellaneous or undetermined. Finds few books of quality and few now still in print. Finds no signifi cant differences in the English and American books. B2126 HEARNE, BETSY. "U.S. Children's Books on World War II--An Over view and Representative Bibliography." Bookbird 3 (1980):23-25. Surveys American children's books about World War II. B2127 JAMES, DAVID L. "Recent World War II Fiction: A Survey." CLE, n.s. 8, no. 2 (Summer 1977):71-79. A critical review of fourteen recent novels, including detailed analysis of Robert Westall's The Machine-Gunners and Nina Bawden's Carrie's War. B2128 JOHNSON, NICHOLAS. "What Do Children Learn from War Comics?" In Tucker, Suitable for Children?, pp. 93-102. (Abridged from an article in New Society, 7 July 1966.) Considers the "presentation of nationality" and "evidence on some of the probable effects of reading war comics." B2129 KINGSTON, CAROLYN T. "The Tragic Moment: War." In Tragic Mode, pp. 93-123. Analyzes the treatment of war in a number of books for children and young adults. Many titles have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B2130 LAUBENFELS, MARY JEAN. "A Study of the Theme of War in Selected Literature for Junior High Readers (1940-1975)." Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1975, 176 pp., DA 36:3547A. Compares the attitudes toward war expressed by writers depicting World War II and more recent conflicts. B2131 MacCANN, DONNARAE. "Militarism in Juvenile Fiction." IRBC 13, nos. 6-7 (1982):18-20. An overview of the changing treatment of war in children's fic tion. Includes references to other criticism on the topic. B2132 MANESS, MARY. "War Is Glorious: War is Hell: War Is Absurd." LA 53 (May 1976):560-63. Finds highly diverse treatments of war in children's literature. B2133 MELAMED, LISA. "Between the Lines of Fire: The Vietnam War in Literature for Young Readers." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):76-85. Reviews four books on the Vietnam War for young readers and finds them lacking. B2134 MILLER, ROGER. "Up Front with the Comics." Southwest Review 57 (Autumn 1972):288-300. Examines attitudes toward war expressed in American comics during World War II. B2135 NIST, JOAN STIDHAM. "Perspective on World War II." Children's Lit erature 9 (1981):203-9. Reviews six books on World War II: Sheila Burnford's Bel Ria, pp. 208-9; Bette Greene's, Summer of My German Soldier, pp. 207-8; Hans Peter Richter's Friedrich, pp. 205-6; Yevgeny Ryss's Search Behind the Lines, pp. 206-7; Robert Westall's, The Machine-Gunners, pp. 204-5; and Alki Zei's Petros' War, pp. 203-4. B2136 ORVIG, MARY. "War in Books for Young People." Bookbird 5, no. 2 (1967):3-16. Surveys old and new children's books with war and its aftermath as their theme. Includes a bibliography of children's and adults' books discussed. B2137 PRAGER, ARTHUR. "Beating the Boche." In Rascals at Large, pp. 169-213. Analyzes the treatment of war in popular series books of the 1920s, 1930s, and 1940s. B2138 RAJALIN, MARITA. "The Second World War in Finnish Juvenile Lit erature." Bookbird 1 (1980):13-16. Discusses eleven Finnish and eight Bulgarian books for children and young people. B2139 RIFAS, LEONARD. "`War Makes Men' Is Message from Comic Books." IRBC 14, no. 6 (1983):8-12. An analysis of over 200 war comics reveals five common prowar themes: (1) war makes men, (2) war is necessary, (3) war defends freedom and democracy, (4) war improves race relations, and (5) war is the ultimate sport. B2140 SODERBERGH, PETER A. "The Dark Mirror: War Ethos in Juvenile Fiction, 1865-1919." University of Dayton Review 10, no. 1 (Sum mer 1973):13-24. Surveys the handling of war themes in popular American juvenile fiction. B2141 SHUTZE, MARCIA, and GREENLAW, M. JEAN. "Childhood's Island Receives a Gift of Myrrh: A Study of Children's Books with World War II Settings." TON 31 (January 1975):199-209. Examines trends in juvenile books set during World War II, based on a study of twenty-two books written from the time of the war itself up into the 1970s. B2142 TAYLOR, ANNE. "A Comparative Study of Juvenile Fiction Dealing with the Second World War." Emergency Librarian 11 (November- December 1983):13-21. Surveys a range of children's fiction dealing with World War II, analyzing various themes and approaches. Includes a bibliography grouped according to the country in which the story is set. B2143 "World War II Reflected in Children's Books." Bookbird no. 3 (1979): 3-17; no. 4 (1979):8-16. Issue 3 includes Winifred Kaminski's "The Depiction of War and Nazism in West-German Children's and Juvenile Literature," pp. 3-7; Lucia Binder's "World War II in Books Read by Austrian Children," pp. 8-13; and Sheila Ray's "1979--40 Years After World War II: Children's Books in Great Britain," pp. 14-17. Issue 4 includes Genevieve Humbert's "The Second World War in French Books for Adolescents," and Yoshiko Kogochi's "The Depiction of World War II in Japanese Books for Children." WEST POINT B2144 ADAMS, TIMOTHY DOW. "The Long Gray Lie: West Point in Chil dren's Fiction." CLE, n.s. 12, no. 3 (Autumn 1981):151-59. Examines the unrealistic way in which series writers handle moral and ethical problems in the West Point setting. WESTERNS B2145 DONELSON, KENNETH. "Westerns." In Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 234-38. Points out that the conventions of the western are "similar to those of the young adult novel." WILLOW PATTERN B2146 McCLARY, BEN HARRIS. "The Story of the Story: The Willow Pat tern Plate in Children's Literature." Children's Literature 10 (1982):56-69. Traces the development of the story from its origins with the plate's creation in 1780 up to the present. WORDLESS PICTURE BOOKS B2147 BADER, BARBARA. "Wordless Picturebooks." In American Picture books, pp. 539-43. Discusses the nature and development of the wordless and almost wordless picture book. B2148 CIANCIOLO, PATRICIA JEAN. "Use Wordless Picture Books to Teach Reading, Visual Literacy and to Study Literature." TON 29 (April 1973):226-34. (Reprinted in White, Children's Literature, pp. 163-71.) Suggests ways to use a wide range of wordless picture books to teach reading, visual literacy, and many aspects of literature. Includes a bibliography of wordless books. B2149 GRASTY, PATRICIA ELAINE. "The Status of Wordless Picture Books, 1960-1976." Ed.D. dissertation, Temple University, 1978, 124 pp., DA 39:2049A. Examines the mechanics and content of wordless picture books published between 1960 and 1976 and identifies major characteristics and trends. B2150 GROFF, PATRICK. "Children's Literature Versus Wordless `Books.'" TON 30 (April 1974):294-303. Argues against Cianciolo's thesis (see above) that wordless books can be used to teach children to read and appreciate literature. B2151 KAUFFMAN, DOROTHY MAE. "An Identification of Wordless Picture Story Books for Children Published in the United States from 1930 to 1980." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Maryland, 1981, 222 pp., DA 42:3478A. Describes the literacy, visual, and formal aspects of a sample of 127 wordless picture story books. Concludes that the wordless pic ture book is literary as well as visual, that its narrative art is comparable to verbal storytelling, and that it will continue to be published as a type of children's book. B2152 LARRICK, NANCY. "Wordless Picture Books and the Teaching of Reading." Reading Teacher 29 (May 1976):743-46. Explores the responses of young children and their teachers to a number of wordless picture books. Some highly praised by adults were not enjoyed by the children. B2153 OMOTOSO, S. "Responses of North Floridian American and Western Nigerian Seven-year Olds to Wordless Picture Storybooks: A Cross cultural Analysis." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Florida, 1976, 166 pp., DA 37:6352A. Found that Nigerian subjects told longer but less grammatically complex stories than the Americans. Concluded that "wordless picture story books might provide a vehicle for children raised in an oral storytelling tradition to develop both awareness and stimulate language development" and that "Children raised in a literary [book] culture might be encouraged to `tell' stories to wordless picture story books as a bridge to oral storytelling of original stories." B2154 SCHWARCZ, JOSEPH H. "The Textless Contemporary Picture Book: A Minor Art Form." Phaedrus 9 (1982):45-50. Defines textless picture books and categorizes them according to content and structure: collections of objects or scenes, conceptual challenge books, pictorial fiction, and framed sequences. Also discusses pseudotextless picture books and the role of the textless picture book. Includes references. YOUNG ADULT LITERATURE B2155 ABRAHAMSON, RICHARD. "Nowhere Runner: A Study in the Cre ation of a Novel for Adolescents." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1972, 204 pp., DA 38:2026A. Includes an original novel, The Nowhere Runner, written for a teenaged audience, the author's journal written during the creation of the novel, and a list of "ten conclusions about the creative process as it pertained to one writer during the creation of a novel for adoles cents." B2156 AGEE, HUGH. "Hackneyed, Acned, or Just Plain Good: Perceiving Quality in Young Adult Fiction." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1980, 20 pp., ED 185 549. Discusses the application of Stephen Dunning's rating scale for young adult fiction to Maureen Daly's Seventeenth Summer, M.E. Kerr's If I Love You Am I Trapped Forever?, Robert Cormier's The Chocolate War, and Alice Childress's A Hero Ain't Nothin But A Sandwich. B2157 ALM, RICHARD S. "The Glitter and the Gold." English Journal 44 (September 1955):315-22, 350. Discusses the rise of fiction centered on the personal concerns of teenagers. Among flaws pointed out are the "sugar puff" approach, oversimplification, and inconsistencies and lack of development in characterization. Among writers he praises as substantial are Anne Emery, Betty Cavanna, H. Gregor Felsen, Maureen Daly, Mary Stolz, Mildred Walker, Rumer Godden, and Harmon Bro. Also singles out Esther Forbes's Johnny Tremain and Marjorie K. Rawlings's The Yearling. B2158 -----. "A Study of the Assumptions Concerning Human Experience Underlying Certain Works of Fiction For and About Adolescents." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1954, 1044 pp., DA 16:2343A. Concludes from a study of books by ten recommended and ten not recommended authors that both contain false and valid assump tions about human behavior, that recommended novels in general contain a truer representation of human experience, and that they contain more valid assumptions than the not recommended books. B2159 AUBIN, PATRICIA. "The Young Adult Novel in American Schools, 1930-1980." Ed.D. dissertation, Boston University of Education, 1980, 174 pp., DA 41:3502A. Finds the young adult novel has developed "from romanticism to realism, from stereotyped characterizations to multi-faceted protagon ists, and from pedantic problem solving to problem posing." Recom mends that teachers acquaint themselves with the wide assortment of young adult novels, especially from the 1970s, that they listen to their students, and take into consideration "the developmental nature of appreciation and understanding in literary experience." B2160 BABBITT, NATALIE. "Between Innocence and Maturity." Horn Book 48 (February 1972):33-37. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Liter ature, pp. 140-44.) Says teenaged fiction is not needed. "Teenagers do not need a fiction of their own: they are quite ready to move into the world of adult fiction." B2161 BACHELDER, LINDA; KELLY, PATRICIA; KENNY, DONALD; and SMALL, ROBERT. "Looking Backword: Trying to Find the Classic Young Adult Novel." English Journal 69 (September 1980):86-89. An overview of the development of the young adult novel with a listing of those from the seventies whose status approaches "classic." B2162 BEASLEY, WALLACE. "The Self as the Source of Knowledge: A Philosophical Study of the Identity Theme in the Adolescent Novel." Ed.D. dissertation, University of Tennessee, 1980, 204 pp., DA 41:3395A. Examines identity searches in nine adolescent novels: Lynn Reid Banks's My Darling Villain, Gunnel Beckman's That Early Spring, John Bowers's November . . . December, Hila Colman's Sometimes I Don't Love My Mother, Charles P. Crawford's Letter Perfect, Alice Hoffman's Property of, Irene Hunt's William, Norma Klein's It's Ok if You Don't Love Me, and Ursula Le Guin's Very Far Away from Anywhere Else. Concludes that the search for identity in these novels contains "the same kinds of universal human concerns and experiences that were dominant in past philosophical, religious, and literary movements." B2163 BLEICH, LINDA LEE. "A Study of the Psychological and Social Char acteristics of Adolescence in Adolescent Literature, 1945-1975." Ph.D. dissertation, 1980, 206 pp., DA 41:2542A. Analyzes and compares the portrayal of stages of adolescent development in young adult novels published between 1945-60 and 1960-75. B2164 BURTON, DWIGHT L. "The Novel for the Adolescent." English Jour nal 40 (September 1951):363-69. An influential early survey of adolescent fiction. Among novel ists discussed are Maureen Daly, Paul Annixter, Betty Cavanna, John Tunis, and Madeleine L'Engle. B2165 -----. "Pap to Protein? Two Generations of Adolescent Fiction." Texas Tech Journal of Education 7 (Winter 1980):15-24. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 310-18.) Surveys development of the junior novel between 1951 and 1980. B2166 CAMERON, ELEANOR. "McLuhan, Youth and Literature: Part III." Horn Book 49 (February 1973):79-85. In the third part of this article (the first two parts dealt primarily with Roald Dahl's Charlie and the Chocolate Factory and E.B. White's Charlotte's Web) the focus is on young adult literature, which on the whole she finds lacking, although several titles she considers excellent are discussed briefly. B2167 CARLSEN, G.R. "Criteria for Excellence in Adolescent Literature." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1978, 10 pp., ED 155 670. Identifies the following characteristics as common to adolescent novels: a tone implied by diction and syntax, themes that relate to adolescent concerns, a predilection to convey a message, and an atmosphere of realism that presents life as it is through the use of details in setting, characters, and plot. B2168 Children's Literature in Education, n.s. 15, no. 3 (Autumn 1984):157-85. Includes "Fiction for Children 1970-1984: 4. Growing Up," pp. 157-70, a critically annotated list of recommended books on growing up; and Mary Hoffman's "Growing Up: A Survey," pp. 171-85, which argues that in the 1970s children's literature itself has grown up, and comments on books classified as "problem novels," books handling race, sexual identity, and family roles, and new themes and new stereotypes arising in the 1980s. B2169 CLARKE, LORETTA MARIE. "A Critical Approach to Four Novels of Adolescence." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1970, 131 pp., DA 31:4758A. Examines four adolescent novels "exclusively from the viewpoint of literary criticism": Paul Zindel's The Pigman, John Tunis's His Enemy, His Friend, Chaim Potok's The Chosen, and John Knowles's A Separate Peace. B2170 COHEN, PHYLLIS. "A New Look at Old Books: Coming of Age." Young Readers' Review 1, no. 1 (September 1964):12. Discusses And Now Miguel and Onion John by Jospeh Krum gold, and Call It Courage by Armstrong Sperry as examples of the initiation rite archetype. B2171 COMPTON, MARY F., and SKELTON, JUANITA. "A Study of Selected Adolescent Problems as Presented in Contemporary Realistic Fiction for Middle School Students." Adolescence 17 (Fall 1982):637-45. Finds the characters in contemporary realistic fiction positively portrayed as realistically confronting difficult problems. B2172 COOPER, B.W. "The Adolescent in Contemporary Fiction." School Librarian 19 (June 1971) 118-24. Analyzes the portrayal of adult-child relationships, adolescent friendships, and self-awareness or self-identity in fiction for adolescents. B2173 COPELAND, JEFFREY S. "A Refreshing Breeze in Young Adult Liter ature." TON 41 (Winter 1985):147-50. A humorous look at changing trends in young adult fiction from the 1940s and 1950s to the 1980s. B2174 DAVIS, JAMES E., ed. "Fiction for Adolescents: Theory and Practice." Focus: Teaching English Language Arts 3, no. 2 (Winter 1977):85 pp. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 85 pp., ED 157 082.) The entire issue focuses on the study and teaching of adolescent fiction. Articles on Robert Cormier, Judy Blume, M.E. Kerr, Norma Klein, and Paul Zindel have been indexed separately in this bibliog raphy. B2175 -----. "Recent Trends in Fiction for Adolescents." English Journal 56 (May 1967):720-24. Compares characteristics of novels for adolescents before and after 1959. B2176 DE LUCA, GERALDINE. "Taking True Risks: Controversial Issues in New Young Adult Novels." L&U 3, no. 2 (Winter 1979-80):125-48. Discusses five recent young adult novels where conventional morality does not always prevail. Sandra Scoppetone's Happy Endings Are All Alike, Walter Dean Myers's It Ain't All for Nothin', M.E. Kerr's Gentlehands, Robert Cormier's After the First Death, Aidan Chambers's Breaktime. B2177 -----. "Unself-Conscious Voices: Larger Contexts for Adolescents." L&U 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978):89-108. Argues that just as Catcher in the Rye is a descendant of Huck leberry Finn, the modern young adult novel is a direct descendant of Catcher. After outlining clich‚s found in most young adult fiction, which are traceable to Salinger, De Luca analyzes three novels which do not follow the pattern and which she feels are "worth an adoles cents time and attention." These are Mollie Hunter's A Sound of Chariots, Betty Smith's A Tree Grows in Brooklyn, and Judith Guest's Ordinary People." B2178 DERING, ROBERT H., Jr. "Ego Identity in Adolescent Literature." Ed.D. dissertation, Rutgers University, 1980, 146 pp., DA 41:3923A. Analyzes the characters from four popular adolescent novels using a psychosocial index based upon Erik Erikson's theories of adoles cence. B2179 DONELSON, KENNETH, and NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. Literature for Today's Young Adults. Glenview, Ill.: Scott, Foresman, 1980, 484 pp. Essentially a text book for teachers and librarians. Chapter 2, "Literary Aspects of Young Adult Books," provides a good overview of the field. Individual topics and authors are indexed separately in this bibliography. B2180 -----. "Young Adult Literature Comes of Age: Growing Up Real." WLB 52 (November 1977):241-47. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 58-67.) Provides a capsule history of young adult literature from the 1940s to the 1970s and identifies four themes in adolescent novels today: (1) humanity's loneness, (2) our need for love and compan ionship, (3) our need for hope and the search for truth, and (4) our need for laughter. Concludes that adolescent literature is coming of age. B2181 DONELSON, KENNETH, ed. "Adolescent Literature, Adolescent Read ing and the English Class." Arizona English Bulletin 14, no. 3 (April 1972):156 pp. Includes a wide range of articles on many aspects of young adult literature, many indexed separately in this bibliography. Includes bibliographies. B2182 -----. "Evaluation, Yes! But According to Whose Standards and For What Purposes?," and "Writing About and Critiquing Young Adult Literature," in Literature for Today's Young Adults, pp. 387-99. Examines problems of balancing interest to young adults and lit erary quality, and raises other issues pertinent to critiquing young adult literature. B2183 DUNCAN, FRANCES. "The Young Adult Novel: One Author's Response." Horn Book 57 (April 1981):221-28. (Reprinted in Bator, Signposts, pp. 324-30.) Argues against a separate category called "young adult," maintain ing that much excellent writing is hidden there and that "all these young adult novels are being written not for today's young adults but about yesterday's adolescents, by yesterday's adolescents." B2184 DUNNING, ARTHUR STEPHENSON. "Definition of the Role of the Junior Novel Based On Analysis of Thirty Selected Novels." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, 1959, 356 pp., DA 20:2641A. Analyzes thirty selected junior novels. B2185 EAGLEN, AUDREY. "Writing the Teen-age Soap Opera." SLJ 25 (April 1979):24-27. Explores the nature and excesses of the teenage problem novel. B2186 EDWARDS, MARGARET A. "How Do I Love Thee?" English Journal 4 (September 1952):335-40. An overview of the rise in the 1940s of adolescent fiction con cerning love and marriage, designed to appeal to teenaged girls. B2187 ELLA, COLIN. "Forum: Teenage Literature--Drawing that Line." Children's Literature in Education 13, no. 1 (Spring 1982):44-47. A teacher discusses the difficulties posed by explicit young adult books for classroom use. B2188 ELLIS, W. GEIGER. "Adolescent Literature's Changes, Cycles, and Constancy." English Journal 74 (March 1985):94-98. A personal view of recent trends in the writing and criticism of adolescent literature. B2189 ENGDAHL, SYLVIA. "Do Teenage Novels Fill a Need?" English Jour nal 64 (February 1975):48-52. Views the designation "teenage" as reflecting a book published by a children's book department of a publishing house. Disagrees with Babbitt (above): feels there is a need for a separate category for young adults and that the distinguishing characteristics of the genre are complexity and point of view. B2190 -----. "Why Write for Today's Teenagers?" Horn Book 48 (June 1972):249-54. (Reprinted in Heins, Crosscurrents, pp. 144-49.) Feels that young adult literature allows the writer a more optim istic outlook than is acceptable in adult novels. B2191 FORMAN, JACK. "Young Adult Books: `Watch Out for #1.'" Horn Book 61 (January 1985):85-87. Compares the approaches of Judy Blume and Alice Bach to social problems and finds more consciousness in Bach of the effect on other people of the consequences of actions. B2192 FRENCH, JEFFREY A. "Rock On, Read On: Music in Young Adult Novels." TON 38 (Summer 1982):360-63. Looks at rock music in young adult novels and finds there is not much. Discusses nine books briefly. B2193 FULLER, LAWRENCE B. "Literature for Adolescents: A Historical Perspective." English Education 11 (February 1980):131-41. Provides a historical overview of the development of young adult literature. Includes extensive references. B2194 GAUCH, PATRICIA LEE. "`Good Stuff' in Adolescent Fiction." TON 40 (Winter 1984):125-29. Explores, within the context of young adult fiction, the distinc tion between great literature (the "good stuff") and literature that is primarily entertainment (the "good read"). B2195 GRANITE, HARVEY R. "The Uses and Abuses of Junior Literature." Clearing House 42 (February 1968):337-40. Argues that most books classified as adolescent literature are popular, slickly written, stereotyped, and do not qualify as literature worthy of study in the English classroom. B2196 HENTOFF, NAT. "Fiction for Teen-Agers." WLB 43 (November 1968):261-65. Briefly discusses the writing of his own Jazz Country, then writes about what he feels is being left out of literature for young adults and suggests additional possibilities. An article entitled "Where Hentoff Left Off," by librarian Lyle Wilson Warwick, follows, pp. 266-68. B2197 -----. "Tell It As It Is." NYTBR, 7 May 1967, Children's Book sec., pp. 3, 51. Argues in favor of more realism in books for teenagers. B2198 HIGGINS, JOHN. "Evaluating Novels for Young Adults: All that Glit ters is Not Literature." English Record 32 (Winter 1981):22-23. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, ED 199 714.) Attacks the lack of artistry, poor characterization, and lack of narrative control in many of the books listed as "classics of the genre," while praising Virginia Hamilton's M.C. Higgins, The Great and Richard Peck's Father Figure. B2199 HINTON, SUSAN E. "Teen-Agers Are for Real." NYTBR, 27 August 1967, pp. 26-29. A plea for integrity, honesty, and reality in writing for young adults. B2200 HOLLAND, ISABELLE. "What Is Adolescent Literature?" TON 31 (June 1975):407-14. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 33-40.) Contends that there is no such category, that adolescent literature is any story that appeals to "people within the ages of about twelve and nineteen." B2201 HUTCHINSON, MARGARET. "Fifty Years of Young Adult Reading, 1921-1971." TON 30 (November 1973):24-53. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 39-69.) Reports on a survey of the field of young adult reading based on an examination of articles indexed in Library Literature under the headings Young People's Reading, Youth's Literature, Youth's Read ing, Young Adult's Reading, and Young Adult Literature, from 1921 to 1971. Includes a bibliography. B2202 JOHNSON, JAMES WILLIAM. "The Adolescent Hero: A Trend in Modern Fiction." Twentieth Century Literature 5 (April 1959):3-11. Examines the increasing importance of the adolescent hero in modern literature, primarily in works for adults. B2203 JONES, VICTOR H., ed. "Focus on Literature for Children and Young Adults." Indiana English Journal 7, no. 4 (Summer 1977):47 pp. (Also in ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 47 pp., ED 144 095.) Articles in this issue devoted to adolescent literature include Ken Donelson's "Keeping Up-to-Date with Adolescent Literature," a bibliographic essay that mentions key articles from significant journals, articles on current issues in young adult fiction, changes in portrayals of the family, and the use of comics and transactional analysis in teaching literature. B2204 "Junior Novel--Pro and Con." TON 17 (May 1961):19-28. Two librarians, Alice Krahn and Marjorie Hoke, argue against the young adult novel, and two writers of books for teenagers, Anne Emery and James L. Summers, argue in its favor. B2205 KAYE, MARILYN J. "Trappings of Morality: Didacticism and the Young Adult Novel." In New Directions for Young Adult Services. Edited by Ellen V. LiBretto. New York: R.R. Bowker, 1983, pp. 73-80. Explores the new didacticism in today's young adult fiction. B2206 KLEIN, NORMA. "Thoughts on the Adolescent Novel." TON 37 (Summer 1981):352-59. Discusses her realistic books and those of Judy Blume and argues that more realistic books for the young are needed. Argues for writers and teachers to have the courage to tackle difficult themes. B2207 KRAUS, WILLIS KEITH. "A Critical Survey of the Contemporary Adolescent-girl Problem Novel." Ph.D. dissertation, Southern Illinois University, 1974, 118 pp., DA 35:7910A. Surveys adolescent fiction published for girls since 1969 and finds that during the sixties the "safe" books of the 1940s and 1950s were superseded "by novels of more serious consequence." B2208 KURTH, ANITA. "Biting the Hand that Feeds You: Parents in Ado lescent Novels of the 70s." SLJ 28 (April 1982):26-28. Analyzes the portrayal of parents in young adult fiction of the 1970s and finds a preponderance of unhealthy family situations. B2209 LaCAMPAGNE, ROBERT J. "From Huck to Holden to Dinky Hocker: Current Humor in the American Adolescent Novel." L&U 1, no. 1 (1977):62-71. The best of humorous adolescent novels "satirize the exaggerated importance that adolescents give to certain passing issues in their lives while at the same time recognizing that their pains are real and legitimate." B2210 LENZ, MILLICENT, and MAHOOD, RAMONA M., comps. Young Adult Literature. Chicago: American Library Association, 1980, 516 pp. Contains a wide-ranging collection of previously published essays on various aspects of young adult literature, many indexed separately in this bibliography. B2211 Lion and the Unicorn 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978). Special issue. Includes articles on Robert Cormier, Paul Zindel, Judy Blume, Leon Garfield, M.E. Kerr, John Donovan, and Rudyard Kipling, as well as a subject-oriented article on poverty, and an article by Geraldine De Luca delineating the development of the genre young-adult fiction as originating with J.D. Salinger. B2212 LYSTAD, MARY. "The Adolescent Image in American Books for Chil dren: Then and Now." TON 31 (June 1975):407-14. (Reprinted in Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 27-33, and in Children Today 6, no. 35 [July-August 1977]:16-19.) Describes changing concerns of books read by adolescents over the past two hundred years. B2213 McBROOM, GERRY. "Young Adult Literature: Research: Our Defense Begins Here." English Journal 70 (October 1981):75-78. Review recent research, including reading interest surveys, devel opmental stages of adolescents, characterizations in young adult novels, and approaches to using this literature. Includes a bibliogra phy. B2214 MacQUOWN, VIVIAN J., and WESTPHAL, VIRGINIA. "The Teenage Novel." Library Journal 89 (15 April 1964):1832-33 and SLJ 11 (April 1964):34-35. The two authors offer a defense (Westphal) and a critique (Mac Quown) of the young adult novel, especially of the teenaged girls' romance as written by Betty Cavanna. B2215 MAGALIFF, CECILE. The Junior Novel: Its Relationship to Adoles cent Reading. Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat Press, 1964, 116 pp. Provides chapters on the background of the junior novel, the role of the junior novel in adolescent reading, and an evaluation of the junior novel. The major part of the book consists of chapters sum marizing and evaluating the works of six writers for young adults: Betty Cavanna, pp. 25-37, Stephen Meader, pp. 38-51, Phyllis Whit ney, pp. 52-61, Mary Stolz, pp. 65-77, Rosamund du Jardin, pp. 78-88, and Henry Gregor Felsen, pp. 89-99. Bibliographies of pri mary sources and excerpts from reviews are included for each author. B2216 MARZANO, ROBERT J., and DISTEFANO, PHILIP. "Literary Charac teristics Which Constitute `Quality' in the Junior Novel: An Empiri cal Approach." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Service, 1977, 15 pp., ED 136 301. Reports on a study to determine what constitutes quality in young adult fiction. Concludes that quality is a function of style, plot, setting, and theme, while characterization, literary devices, and "within-and-between-sentence modification were less important." B2217 MATTHEWS, DOROTHY. "Writing About Adolescent Literature: Cur rent Approaches and Future Directions." Arizona English Bulletin 18 (April 1976):216-19. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature.) Categorizes writing about adolescent literature into three types: (1) articles that stress reader response, (2) articles that are functional, and (3) articles that center on the books themselves. Also focuses on various critical approaches to the books as literature. Suggests more close analysis. B2218 MEADE, RICHARD A., and SMALL, ROBERT C., Jr. Literature for Adolescents: Selection and Use. Columbus, Ohio: Charles E. Merrill, 1973. A textbook-style compilation of previously published articles, many from English Journal, grouped around the topics of literature in the classroom, the why of adolescent literature, themes in litera ture for the adolescent, the literary quality of books for adolescent readers, and classroom use of literature for the adolescent. B2219 MERTZ, MAIA PANK, and ENGLAND, DAVID A. "The Legitimacy of American Adolescent Fiction." SLJ 30 (October 1983):119-23. Identifies ten characteristics of adolescent fiction in an attempt to define the genre. B2220 MERTZ, MAIA PANK. "New Realism: Traditional Cultural Values in Recent Young Adult Fiction." Phi Delta Kappan 60 (October 1978):101-5. Argues that the new realism in young-adult fiction tends to uphold standard American mores. B2221 MORGAN, LINDA O. "Insight Through Suffering: Cruelty in Adoles cent Fiction About Boys." English Journal 69 (December 1980):56-59. Examines the cruelty adolescents frequently inflict on each other as portrayed in Robert Lipsyte's One Fat Summer, Cormier's The Chocolate War, S.E. Hinton's The Outsiders, and Mildred Lee's The Skating Rink. B2222 MULLER, AL. "The Adolescent Novel in the Classroom." Media and Methods 10, no. 8 (April 1974):32-33. Essentially a list of popular young adult novels, categorized by the various literary techniques they employ: for example, flashbacks, interior monologues, symbolism, literary allusions, irony, etc. B2223 -----. "The Currently Popular Adolescent Novel as Transitional Litera ture." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, 1974, 336 pp., DA 35:1056A. Concludes that "despite the growing sophistication of the adoles cent novel, the genre conforms to the traditional characteristics of transitional literature." B2224 -----. "New Reading Material: The Junior Novel." Journal of Read ing 18 (April 1975):531-34. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 124-28.) Maintains that his study of thirty-one junior novels reveals that increasing sophistication in subject matter has been matched by increasing sophistication in literary techniques. B2225 -----. "Thirty Popular Adolescent Novels: A Content Analysis." English Journal 63 (September 1974):97-99. Finds the problems depicted in the novels are more controversial than those found by James E. Davis in his 1967 article "Recent Trends in Fiction for Adolescents" (see above). B2226 NEWFIELD, JOHN. "Young Adult Propaganda and Change." ALAN Review 10, no. 3 (Spring 1983):1-2. Answers the question of why he writes for young adults. B2227 NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE. "Bottoms Up in Young Adult Literature." TON 40 (Fall 1983):62-67. Examines the influence of popular forms such as romance fiction, formula, occult, and religious themes on mainstream young adult fiction. B2228 -----. "Rating, Ranking, Labeling Adolescent Literature." SLJ 28 (December 1981):24-27. Reports on a survey concerning the definitions and preferences for using the terms adolescent literature, junior novel, juvenile fiction, and young adult literature. Young adult literature was the preferred term. B2229 NILSEN, ALLEEN PACE, ed. English Journal 73 (November 1984). Special issue on young adult literature. Includes the editor's comments, "The Rites of Passage for Adolescent Literature," p. 21; Robert G. Carlson's "Teaching Literature for the Adolescent: A Historical Perspective," pp. 28-30; Don Gallo's "What Should Teachers Know About Young Adult Literature for 2004?," pp. 31-34; and Susan M. Nugent's "Adolescent Literature: A Transition into Future Reading," pp. 35-37. Several other articles, including discussions of specific themes and authors, have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B2230 ORTIZ, MIGUEL A. "The Politics of Poverty in Young Adult Litera ture." L&U 2, no. 2 (Fall 1978):6-15. Discusses three novels: A Hero Ain't Nothin But a Sandwich, by Alice Childress; Daddy Was a Number Runner, by Louise Merri wether; and Nilda, by Nicholasa Mohr. Praises the first for its aesthetic and political point of view, and finds the other two disap pointing. B2231 PATTERSON, EMMA L. "The Junior Novels and How They Grew." English Journal 45 (October 1956):381-87, 405. Traces the development of the "junior novel" and poses challenges concerning its future. B2232 PECK, RICHARD. "In the Country of Teenage Fiction." American Libraries 4 (April 1973):204-7. Expresses concerns about young adults' needs and the books being written for and about them. Argues that more middle ground is needed between "sex-violence-social problems on the one hand, and Tolkien fantasy on the other." B2233 -----. "The Invention of Adolescence and Other Thoughts on Youth." TON 39 (Winter 1983):182-90. A rambling personal statement about adolescents--what they like and what writers offer them. Provides some memorable insights into the nature of young adult literature and Peck himself. Example: "The great work thus far produced in Young Adult literature is Rob ert Cormier's The Chocolate War because it tells a truth too strong for its own readers: that the great threat comes to the young not from the world or their parents. It comes from their peers. But readers, young and old, don't reward writers for the truth. People don't read fiction to be informed or challenged or change." B2234 PETITT, DOROTHY. "A Study of the Qualities of Literary Excellence Which Characterize Selected Fiction for Young Adolescents." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1961, 380 pp., DA 24:1889A. Attempts to establish literary criteria for judging fiction for younger adolescents. Concludes that "the limitations imposed on such fiction by the immaturity of its readers result in artistic simplicity, rather than complexity, but literature need not necessarily be com plex." B2235 RADNER, REBECCA. "You're Being Paged Loudly in the Kitchen: Teen-Age Literature of the Forties and Fifties." Journal of Popular Culture 11 (spring 1978):789-99. Examines the ways in which Maureen Daly and other popular writers of the 1940s girls' books influenced young women, not always for the best. B2236 RAMSEY, JOSEPH. "The Initiation Theme in Adolescent Literature." Clearing House 52 (January 1979):210-13. Explores the theme of initiation as a means of unifying the study of adolescent literature. B2237 RAY, SHEILA. "Trends in the Teenage Novel." School Librarian 25 (March 1977):19-23. Traces the development of the young adult novel in the 1960s and 1970s, identifying key events, basic qualities of the books, and treatment of topics of interest to teenagers. B2238 RITT, SHARON ISAACSON. "Journeys: Another Look at the Junior Novel." Journal of Reading 19 (May 1976):627-34. Analyzes thirty-nine junior novels in terms of "journeys" made by the central characters, "journeys concerned with the broad themes of maturing, searching for self-definition, clarifying values, and relating to others." B2239 ROXBURGH, STEVE. "The Novel of Crisis: Contemporary Adolescent Fiction." In Lenz, Young Adult Literature, pp. 141-47. (Reprinted from Children's Literature 7 [1978]:248-54.) Discusses Judy Blume's Forever, Norma Klein's Hiding, Penelope Farmer's Year King, Isabelle Holland's Hitchhike, Paul Zindel's Pardon Me You're Stepping On My Eyeball, and Robert Cormier's I Am the Cheese in terms of identity crisis. B2240 SCHWARTZ, SHEILA. "Adolescent Literature and the Pursuit of Val ues." Media & Methods 12 (March 1976):20-25. Argues that adolescent fiction offers a "means of developing in our students the humanistic values that offer the promise of a better world." B2241 SEARSON, MARILYN. "Adolescent Culture in Junior Novels: A Con tent Analysis of Selected Junior Novels Recommended in the 1972, 1973, 1974 Supplements to the Junior High School Library Catalog." Ph.D. dissertation, Florida State University, 1975, 170 pp., DA 36:4827A. Analyzes the characteristics of American adolescent culture as portrayed in sixty selected junior novels. B2242 SEVERIN, MARY SUSAN. "Applying a Schema for Studying the Instructive Techniques Employed by Authors of Four Novels for Adolescents." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1976, 195 pp., DA 37:5022A. Examines the lessons communicated by the authors of four recent adolescent novels. B2243 SMALL, ROBERT C., Jr. "The Junior Novel and the Art of Litera ture." English Journal 66 (October 1977):56-59. Proposes use of young adult fiction as "working models" to teach elements of literature. B2244 STANEK, LOU WILLETT. "Adolescent Formula Literature and Its Pro miscuous Progeny." ERIC Educational Document Reproduction Ser vice, 1974, 19 pp., ED 102 573. Identifies the following characteristics of the "formula" for adolescent novels: (1) after the protagonist is introduced, the problem is dramatized by a brief episode; (2) some event destroys the precarious equilibrium of the protagonist and precipitates a crisis; (3) the protagonist reacts with increasing frustration and does not approach the solution to the problem; (4) just as a point of hopeless ness seems to have been reached, an accident of the sudden interven tion of a transcendent character brings illumination and insight to the protagonist; and (5) the problem is solved by the protagonist and appropriate action is taken. A brief synopsis and possible teaching approach are outlined for each of three adolescent formula novels: Watership Down, A Hero Ain't Nothing But a Sandwich, and The Chocolate War. B2245 -----. "The Junior Novel: A Stylistic Study." EE 51 (October 1974):947-53. Discusses Hope Campbell's Why Not Join the Giraffes? as an example of "a conventional formula novel with much action and visual description"; I Never Loved Your Mind, by Paul Zindel, as experimental, "perhaps a parody of formulaic fiction and more serious novels about adolescents"; and Mary Stolz's The Seagulls Woke Me as a classic that "holds up the whole spectrum of human life with no quick and easy solutions to serious problems." Analyzes the style of each. Includes references. B2246 -----. "The Maturation of the Junior Novel: From Gestation to the Pill." Library Journal 97 (15 December 1972):4046-51 and SLJ 19 (December 1972):34-39. (Reprinted in Gerhardt, Issues in Children's Book Selection, pp. 174-81.) Examines a common formula of young adult fiction to see how it has reflected changing adolescent culture and how it has changed and been adapted. Closely examines Zoa Sherburne's Too Bad About the Haines Girl, Henry Gregor Felsen's Two and the Town, Ann Head's Mr. and Mrs. Bo Jo Jones, and Paul Zindel's My Darling, My Ham burger. B2247 -----. "Real People, Real Books: About YA Readers." TON 31 (June 1975):417-27. Examines books popular with teenagers, looking at what they like and why. B2248 STEVENSON, DINAH. "Young Adult Fiction: An Editor's View Point." ChLAQ 9, no. 2 (Summer 1984):87-88. Explores reasons why fewer young adult books are being pub lished and attempts to define the changing genre. B2249 STRAUSER, ATHA MAXINE TUBBS. "Archetypal Analysis and the Teaching of Adolescent Novels." Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin, 1978, 197 pp., DA 39:2042A. Proposes the use of archetypal analysis, based on the work of Mircea Eliade, to teach adolescent fiction, emphasizing "a search for identity within a social structure that lacks a cohesive community," or the "attempt to find a meaningful existence in a chaotic world." B2250 SUTTON, ROGER. "The Critical Myth: Realistic Young Adult Nov els." SLJ 29 (November 1982):33-35. Argues that the realism in most teenage fiction is not "hard- hitting," "shattering," or "tragic," just "sad." "Truly challenging realism" is not often presented, but "we have talked and written ourselves into believing it is so." B2251 SUTTON, WENDY K. "Developing Literary Appreciation via Contem porary Adolescent Literature." ERIC Educational Document Repro duction Service, 1977, 15 pp., ED 158 265. Maintains that by examining the wide range of increasingly soph isticated literary techniques used in popular adolescent fiction, teachers can help make connections between juvenile and adult litera ture. B2252 THOMPSON, SUSAN. "Images of Adolescence." Signal 34 (January 1981):37-59; 35 (May 1981):108-25. The first part of this article discusses "how youth is represented in a small sample of novels, and then looks in more detail at the treatment of sexuality." The second part concentrates on "the search for independent identity" and considers "the potential of teen-age fiction and the limitations of a didactic approach." B2253 TUNIS, JOHN R. "What Is A Juvenile Book?" Horn Book 44 (June 1968):307-10. Objects to the term "juvenile" as a "product of a merchandising age." B2254 UNSWORTH, ROBERT. "Holden Caulfield, Where Are You?" SLJ (January 1977):40-41. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 120-23.) Argues that there is a need for more "rites of passage" fiction for adolescent boys. B2255 VARLEJS, JANA. Young Adult Literature in the Seventies: A Selec tion of Readings. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1978, 452 pp. Contains dozens of articles on all aspects of young adult litera ture: historical perspectives, reading interests, censorship, minorities, genres, selection, and use. Individual topics and authors have been indexed separately in this bibliography. B2256 WEISS, M. JERRY, ed. From Writers to Students: The Pleasures and Pains of Writing. Newark, Del.: International Reading Association, 1979, 113 pp. Interviews seventeen writers for young adults who talk about what it is like to be a writer, the way they work, their aims and influences: Sue Alexander, Judy Blume, Vera and Bill Cleaver, Julia Cunningham, S.E. Hinton, Isabelle Holland, Mollie Hunter, M.E. Kerr, Norma Klein, Norma and Henry Mazer, Milton Meltzer, Nicholasa Mohr, Richard Peck, Mary Rodgers, Barbara Wersba, Laur ence Yep, and Paul Zindel. B2257 WIGUTOFF, SHARON. "Junior Fiction: A Feminist Critique." L&U 5 (1981):4-18. Discusses three findings of her research on sex-roles portrayed in young adult fiction: (1) parents (especially mothers) are the "heavies" in junior fiction, (2) there are frequently wonderful friendships between young and elderly (usually grandparents), and (3) there is a paucity of good new books about Third World children and their families that are both nonsexist and nonracist. Cites many specific titles. B2258 YATES, JESSICA. "Controversial Teenage Fiction." School Librarian 32 (September 1984):206-13. Discusses a number of recent controversial books and the prob lems of censorship that they precipitate. B2259 YODER, JAN MILLER. "The Rites of Passage: A Study of the Ado lescent Girl." News from ALAN, Fall 1976, pp. 3-5. (Reprinted in Varlejs, Young Adult Literature, pp. 24-31.) Examines the treatment of three phases of initiation rites in adolescent fiction: separation, transition, and incorporation. Books discussed include Honor Arundel's The Blanket World and The Ter rible Temptation, Jean George's Julie of the Wolves, Carson McCul lers's A Member of the Wedding, and Donia Mills's Long Way Home from Troy. YUGOSLAVIA B2260 KAMENETSKY, CHRISTA. "Folklore Revival in Slovenia: A Quest for Cultural Identity." Library Journal 99 (15 May 1974):1441-45. Provides a detailed account of Slovenian children's books and their emphasis on folk heritage. B2261 PRIBIC, RADO. "Blue Jeans Fiction of Yugoslavia." Journal of Read ing 26 (February 1983):430-34. Describes characteristics of a new subgenre of adolescent litera ture currently popular in Eastern Europe. Includes a bibliography and sources of English translations.